
Spectroscopy, Quantum Chemistry and Atmospheric Remote Sensing


Imported from Scopus on 12/02/2024.

Bernath PF, Bhusal M and Liévin J (2024), "Opacities of Stype Stars: The Singlet B 1ΠX 1Σ+, B 1ΠA 1△, and C 1Σ+X 1Σ+ Band Systems of ZrO", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 960(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The ZrO B 1ΠX 1Σ+, B 1ΠA 1Δ, and C 1Σ+X 1Σ+ band systems are important opacity sources in the nearinfrared and optical spectra of Stype stars. A total of 21 rovibronic bands with v″ ≤ 7 and v ′ ≤ 5 were observed and fit for the B 1ΠX 1Σ+ transition, five bands for the 90ZrO B 1ΠA 1Δ transition and one band for the 90ZrO C 1Σ+X 1Σ+ transition. All band systems were analyzed using hightemperature, highresolution emission spectra collected at the National Solar Observatory (Kitt Peak). A modern spectroscopic analysis was performed using the PGOPHER program to provide updated spectroscopic constants. In general, we improve the accuracy of the line positions reported in the literature and slightly extend the vibrational analysis. Equilibrium molecular constants were then derived and combined with new ab initio calculations of transition dipole moment functions to produce line lists with line strengths. © 2023. The Author(s). Published by the American Astronomical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bernath2024,
author = {Bernath, Peter F. and Bhusal, Manish and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Opacities of Stype Stars: The Singlet B 1ΠX 1Σ+, B 1ΠA 1△, and C 1Σ+X 1Σ+ Band Systems of ZrO},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {2024},
volume = {960},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384357/ad0386}
}

Aerts A, Jolly SW, Kockaert P, Gorza SP, Auwera JV and Vaeck N (2023), "Modulated superGaussian laser pulse to populate a dark rovibrational state of acetylene", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 159(8)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A pulseshaping technique in the midinfrared spectral range based on pulses with a superGaussian temporal profile is considered for laser control. We show a realistic and efficient path to the population of a dark rovibrational state in acetylene (C2H2). The laserinduced dynamics in C2H2 are simulated using fully experimental structural parameters. Indeed, the rotationvibration energy structure, including anharmonicities, is defined by the global spectroscopic Hamiltonian for the ground electronic state of C2H2 built from the extensive highresolution spectroscopy studies on the molecule, transition dipole moments from intensities, and the effects of the (inelastic) collisions that are parameterized from line broadenings using the relaxation matrix [A. Aerts, J. Vander Auwera, and N. Vaeck, J. Chem. Phys. 154, 144308 (2021)]. The approach, based on an effective Hamiltonian, outperforms today’s ab initio computations both in terms of accuracy and computational cost for this class of molecules. With such accuracy, the Hamiltonian permits studying the inner mechanism of theoretical pulse shaping [A. Aerts et al., J. Chem. Phys. 156, 084302 (2022)] for laser quantum control. Here, the generated control pulse presents a number of interferences that take advantage of the control mechanism to populate the dark state. An experimental setup is proposed for inlaboratory investigation. © 2023 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Aerts2023,
author = {Aerts, Antoine and Jolly, Spencer W. and Kockaert, Pascal and Gorza, SimonPierre and Auwera, Jean Vander and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Modulated superGaussian laser pulse to populate a dark rovibrational state of acetylene},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2023},
volume = {159},
number = {8},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/5.0160526}
}

Bernath P, Dodangodage R and Liévin J (2023), "Stype Stars: Line List for the A2ΠX2Σ+ Band System of LaO", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 953(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: LaO bands are found in the spectra of cool Stype stars. The bands of the A2ΠX2Σ+ transition with v ′ ≤ 3 and v″ ≤ 4 are rotationally analyzed, providing spectroscopic constants for the A2Π state. Line strengths are calculated using an ab initio transition dipole moment function, and radiative lifetimes for the A2Π state have also been computed. A line list for the A2ΠX2Σ+ transition of LaO is provided and can be used to determine LaO stellar abundances. © 2023. The Author(s). Published by the American Astronomical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bernath2023,
author = {Bernath, P.F. and Dodangodage, R. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Stype Stars: Line List for the A2ΠX2Σ+ Band System of LaO},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {2023},
volume = {953},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384357/ace68a}
}

Carvajal Gallego H, Deprince J, Godefroid M, Goriely S, Palmeri P and Quinet P (2023), "On the importance of using realistic partition functions in kilonova opacity calculations", European Physical Journal D. Vol. 77(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Abstract: In the present work, we report an investigation on the importance of using realistic partition functions in the opacity calculations of lanthanide ions whether they are moderately or lowly ionized. In order to do this, atomic data for various moderately charged samarium (Sm V–XI) and lowly charged neodymium (Nd II–IV) ions were calculated by the pseudorelativistic Hartree–Fock method (HFR) and then, used to compute the expansion opacities for conditions characterizing the ejecta of kilonovae observed as a result of neutron star mergers, with a particular attention given to the partition function computations. Graphical abstract: [Figure not available: see fulltext.] © 2023, The Author(s), under exclusive licence to EDP Sciences, SIF and SpringerVerlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature. 
BibTeX:
@article{CarvajalGallego2023,
author = {Carvajal Gallego, Helena and Deprince, Jérôme and Godefroid, Michel and Goriely, Stéphane and Palmeri, Patrick and Quinet, Pascal},
title = {On the importance of using realistic partition functions in kilonova opacity calculations},
journal = {European Physical Journal D},
year = {2023},
volume = {77},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1140/epjd/s10053023006380}
}

Demaison J, Liévin J and Vogt N (2023), "Accurate equilibrium structures of some challenging molecules: FNO, ClNO, HONO, FNO2, and N2O", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 394
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: It is sometimes difficult to determine the structure of some molecules because the optimization using standard ab initio methods (coupledcluster with single, double, and perturbative triples [CCSD(T)] level) does not give the correct result and the experimental and semiexperimental methods are not accurate because the system of normal equations of the leastsquares method is illconditioned. In such a case, it may be still possible to derive an accurate equilibrium structure in the following way: the experimental rotational constants are compared to those obtained at the CCSD(T) level, the latter being corrected to take into account the rovibrational correction (and, if necessary, the electronic correction). Extrapolating (or interpolating) the rotational constants calculated with different basis sets (e.g. ccpwCVTZ and ccpwCVQZ) towards the experimental values as a function of the bond lengths and angles permits to obtain an accurate equilibrium structure. This method is first tested on two molecules for which the multireference effects are important: O3 and HOON. It is then, applied to molecules with a weak N–X bond (HONO, FNO, ClNO, FNO2, and N2O) for which the single reference CCSD(T) method gives bonds that are too short. The results are compared to the experimental and semiexperimental equilibrium structures. As a further check, the structure of ClNO is calculated at the CCSDTQ level and the structures of FNO and ClNO are calculated at the MRCIF12 level. From a comparison of the different results, it appears that the accuracy of the proposed method is better than 0.002 Å for the bond lengths and 0.3° for the angles. © 2023 Elsevier Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demaison2023,
author = {Demaison, Jean and Liévin, Jacques and Vogt, Natalja},
title = {Accurate equilibrium structures of some challenging molecules: FNO, ClNO, HONO, FNO2, and N2O},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2023},
volume = {394},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.jms.2023.111788}
}

Deprince J, Carvajal Gallego H, Godefroid M, Goriely S, Palmeri P and Quinet P (2023), "On the sensitivity of uranium opacity with respect to the atomic properties in the context of kilonova emission modeling", European Physical Journal D. Vol. 77(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Abstract: In this study, the sensitivity of the opacities with respect to the atomic parameters is investigated in the case of weakly charged uranium ions. In order to do this, atomic data for U II and U III were calculated with the pseudorelativistic Hartree–Fock method (HFR) and then, used to determine the expansion opacities for conditions characterizing the ejecta of kilonovae that follow neutron star mergers. In particular, we studied the sensitivity of the opacity with respect to the use of atomic data obtained considering several effects as the ionic core polarization and an adjustment procedure. Graphical abstract: [Figure not available: see fulltext.]. © 2023, The Author(s), under exclusive licence to EDP Sciences, SIF and SpringerVerlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature. 
BibTeX:
@article{Deprince2023,
author = {Deprince, Jérôme and Carvajal Gallego, Helena and Godefroid, Michel and Goriely, Stéphane and Palmeri, Patrick and Quinet, Pascal},
title = {On the sensitivity of uranium opacity with respect to the atomic properties in the context of kilonova emission modeling},
journal = {European Physical Journal D},
year = {2023},
volume = {77},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1140/epjd/s1005302300671z}
}

Flörs A, Silva R, Deprince J, Carvajal Gallego H, Leck G, Shingles L, MartínezPinedo G, Sampaio J, Amaro P, Marques J, Goriely S, Quinet P, Palmeri P and Godefroid M (2023), "Opacities of singly and doubly ionized neodymium and uranium for kilonova emission modeling", Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. 524(2), pp. 3083 – 3101.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Even though the electromagnetic counterpart AT2017gfo to the binary neutron star merger GW170817 is powered by the radioactive decay of rprocess nuclei, only few tentative identifications of light rprocess elements have been made so far. One of the major limitations for the identification of heavy nuclei is incomplete or missing atomic data. While substantial progress has been made on lanthanide atomic data over the last few years, for actinides there has been less emphasis, with the first complete set of opacity data only recently published. We perform atomic structure calculations of neodymium (Z = 60) as well as the corresponding actinide uranium (Z = 92). Using two different codes [ FLEXIBLE ATOMIC CODE (FAC) and HARTREEFOCK RELATIVISTIC (HFR)] for the calculation of the atomic data, we investigate the accuracy of the calculated data (energy levels and electric dipole transitions) and their effect on kilonova opacities. For the FAC calculations, we optimize the local central potential and the number of included configurations and use a dedicated calibration technique to improve the agreement between theoretical and available experimental atomic energy levels (AELs). For ions with vast amounts of experimental data available, the presented opacities agree quite well with previous estimations. On the other hand, the optimization and calibration method cannot be used for ions with only few available AELs. For these cases, where no experimental nor benchmarked calculations are available, a large spread in the opacities estimated from the atomic data obtained with the various atomic structure codes is observed. We find that the opacity of uranium is almost double the neodymium opacity. © 2023 The Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Floers2023,
author = {Flörs, A. and Silva, R.F. and Deprince, J. and Carvajal Gallego, H. and Leck, G. and Shingles, L.J. and MartínezPinedo, G. and Sampaio, J.M. and Amaro, P. and Marques, J.P. and Goriely, S. and Quinet, P. and Palmeri, P. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Opacities of singly and doubly ionized neodymium and uranium for kilonova emission modeling},
journal = {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society},
year = {2023},
volume = {524},
number = {2},
pages = {3083 – 3101},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1093/mnras/stad2053}
}

Froese Fischer C and Godefroid M (2023), "Atomic Structure: Variational Wave Functions and Properties", Springer Handbooks. , pp. 309 – 330.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This chapter describes variational methods for the determination of wave functions either in nonrelativistic (LS), quasi relativistic Breit–Pauli (LSJ), or Dirac (jj) theory. The emphasis is on Hartree–Fock and multiconfiguration Hartree–Fock theory with reference to similar Dirac theory. Although the underlying mathematics of the latter is technically different because of the properties of Dirac spinors, we draw parallels between the nonrelativistic and relativistic formulations that lay the foundation of, respectively, the Atomic Structure Package (ATSP) 1 ; 2 and the General Relativistic Atomic Structure Package (GRASP) 3 ; 4. Some results from the application of these multiconfiguration methods are presented for a number of atomic properties. Although framed entirely in terms of nonrelativistic calculations, the present chapter reveals a pattern that can be, and actually is, explored in the review article of variational theory 5 as in the following Chap. 23 on Relativistic Atomic Structure. © 2023, Springer Nature Switzerland AG. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer2023,
author = {Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Atomic Structure: Variational Wave Functions and Properties},
journal = {Springer Handbooks},
year = {2023},
pages = {309 – 330},
doi = {10.1007/9783030738938_22}
}

Gans B, Liévin J, Halvick P, Chen N, BoyéPéronne S, Hartweg S, Garcia G and Loison JC (2023), "Singlephoton ionization of SiC in the gas phase: experimental and ab initio characterization of SiC+", Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics. Vol. 25(35), pp. 23568 – 23578.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report the first experimental observation of singlephoton ionization transitions of the SiC radical between 8.0 and 11.0 eV performed on the DESIRS beamline at the SOLEIL synchrotron facility. The SiC radical, very difficult to synthesize in the gas phase, was produced through chemical reactions between CHx (x = 03) and SiHy (y = 03) in a continuous microwave discharge flow tube, the CHx and SiHy species being formed by successive hydrogenatom abstractions induced by fluorine atoms on methane and silane, respectively. Massselected ion yield and photoelectron spectra were recorded as a function of photon energy using a double imaging photoelectron/photoion coincidence spectrometer. The photoelectron spectrum enables the first direct experimental determinations of the X+ 4Σ− ← X 3Π and 1+ 2Π ← X 3Π adiabatic ionization energies of SiC (8.978(10) eV and 10.216(24) eV, respectively). Calculated spectra based on FranckCondon factors are compared with the experimental spectra. These spectra were obtained by solving the rovibrational Hamiltonian, using the potential energy curves calculated at the multireference single and double configuration interaction level with Davidson correction (MRCI + Q) and the augccpV5Z basis set. MRCI + Q calculations including the core and corevalence electron correlation were performed using the augccpCV6Z basis set to predict the spectroscopic properties of the six lowest electronic states of SiC+. Complete basis set extrapolations and relativistic energy corrections were also included in the determination of the energy differences characterizing the photoionization process. Using our experimental and theoretical results, we derived semiexperimental values for the five lowest ionization energies of SiC. © 2023 The Royal Society of Chemistry. 
BibTeX:
@article{Gans2023,
author = {Gans, B. and Liévin, J. and Halvick, P. and Chen, N.L. and BoyéPéronne, S. and Hartweg, S. and Garcia, G.A. and Loison, J.C.},
title = {Singlephoton ionization of SiC in the gas phase: experimental and ab initio characterization of SiC+},
journal = {Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics},
year = {2023},
volume = {25},
number = {35},
pages = {23568 – 23578},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1039/d3cp02775a}
}

Jönsson P, Gaigalas G, Fischer CF, Bieroń J, Grant IP, Brage T, Ekman J, Godefroid M, Grumer J, Li J and Li W (2023), "GRASP Manual for Users", Atoms. Vol. 11(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: grasp is a software package in Fortran 95, adapted to run in parallel under MPI, for research in atomic physics. The basic premise is that, given a wave function, any observed atomic property can be computed. Thus, the first step is always to determine a wave function. Different properties challenge the accuracy of the wave function in different ways. This software is distributed under the MIT Licence. © 2023 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson2023,
author = {Jönsson, Per and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Bieroń, Jacek and Grant, Ian P. and Brage, Tomas and Ekman, Jörgen and Godefroid, Michel and Grumer, Jon and Li, Jiguang and Li, Wenxian},
title = {GRASP Manual for Users},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2023},
volume = {11},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms11040068}
}

Jönsson P, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Ekman J, Grumer J, Li W, Li J, Brage T, Grant IP, Bieroń J and Fischer CF (2023), "An Introduction to Relativistic Theory as Implemented in GRASP", Atoms. Vol. 11(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Computational atomic physics continues to play a crucial role in both increasing the understanding of fundamental physics (e.g., quantum electrodynamics and correlation) and producing atomic data for interpreting observations from largescale research facilities ranging from fusion reactors to highpower laser systems, spacebased telescopes and isotope separators. A number of different computational methods, each with their own strengths and weaknesses, is available to meet these tasks. Here, we review the relativistic multiconfiguration method as it applies to the General Relativistic Atomic Structure Package [grasp2018, C. Froese Fischer, G. Gaigalas, P. Jönsson, J. Bieroń, Comput. Phys. Commun. (2018). DOI: 10.1016/j.cpc.2018.10.032]. To illustrate the capacity of the package, examples of calculations of relevance for nuclear physics and astrophysics are presented. © 2022 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson2023a,
author = {Jönsson, Per and Godefroid, Michel and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Ekman, Jörgen and Grumer, Jon and Li, Wenxian and Li , Jiguang and Brage, Tomas and Grant, Ian P. and Bieroń, Jacek and Fischer, Charlotte Froese},
title = {An Introduction to Relativistic Theory as Implemented in GRASP},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2023},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms11010007}
}

Li Y, Jönsson P, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Bieroń J, Marques JP, Indelicato P and Chen C (2023), "Independently Optimized Orbital Sets in GRASP—The Case of Hyperfine Structure in Li I", Atoms. Vol. 11(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In multiconfiguration Dirac–Hartree–Fock (MCDHF) calculations, there is a strong coupling between the localization of the orbital set and the configuration state function (CSF) expansion used to determine it. Furthermore, it is well known that an orbital set resulting from calculations, including CSFs describing core–core correlation and other effects, which aims to lower the weighted energies of a number of targeted states as much as possible, may be inadequate for building CSFs that account for correlation effects that are energetically unimportant but decisive for computed properties, e.g., hyperfine structures or transition rates. This inadequacy can be traced in irregular or oscillating convergence patterns of the computed properties as functions of the increasing orbital set. In order to alleviate the above problems, we propose a procedure in which the orbital set is obtained by merging several separately optimized, and mutually nonorthogonal, orbital sets. This computational strategy preserves the advantages of capturing electron correlation on the total energy through the variational MCDHF method and allows to target efficiently the correlation effects on the considered property. The orbital sets that are merged are successively orthogonalized against each other to retain orthonormality. The merged orbital set is used to build CSFs that efficiently lower the energy and also adequately account for the correlation effects that are important for the property. We apply the procedure to compute the hyperfine structure constants for the (Formula presented.) and (Formula presented.) states in (Formula presented.) Li and show that it leads to considerably improved convergence patterns with respect to the increasing orbital set compared to standard calculations based on a single orbital set, energyoptimized in the variational procedure. The perspectives of the new procedure are discussed in a broader context in the summary. © 2022 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2023a,
author = {Li, Yanting and Jönsson, Per and Godefroid, Michel and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Bieroń, Jacek and Marques, José Pires and Indelicato, Paul and Chen, Chongyang},
title = {Independently Optimized Orbital Sets in GRASP—The Case of Hyperfine Structure in Li I},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2023},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms11010004}
}

Li Y, Li J, Song C, Zhang C, Si R, Wang K, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Jönsson P and Chen C (2023), "Performance Tests and Improvements on the rmcdhf and rci Programs of GRASP", Atoms. Vol. 11(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The latest published version of GRASP (Generalpurpose Relativistic Atomic Structure Package), i.e., GRASP2018, retains a few suboptimal subroutines/algorithms, which reflect the limited memory and file storage of computers available in the 1980s. Here we show how the efficiency of the relativistic selfconsistentfield (SCF) procedure of the multiconfigurationDirac–Hartree–Fock (MCDHF) method and the relativistic configurationinteraction (RCI) calculations can be improved significantly. Compared with the original GRASP codes, the present modified version reduces the CPU times by factors of a few tens or more. The MPI performances for all the original and modified codes are carefully analyzed. Except for diagonalization, all computational processes show good MPI scaling. © 2023 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2023,
author = {Li, Yanting and Li, Jinqing and Song, Changxian and Zhang, Chunyu and Si, Ran and Wang, Kai and Godefroid, Michel and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Jönsson, Per and Chen, Chongyang},
title = {Performance Tests and Improvements on the rmcdhf and rci Programs of GRASP},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2023},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms11010012}
}

Li YT, Wang K, Si R, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Chen CY and Jönsson P (2023), "Reducing the computational load – atomic multiconfiguration calculations based on configuration state function generators", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 283
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In configuration interaction (CI) calculations the atomic wave functions are given as expansions over configuration state functions (CSFs) built on relativistic oneelectron orbitals. The expansion coefficients of the configuration state functions are obtained by constructing and diagonalizing the Hamiltonian matrix. Here we show how a regrouping of the configuration state functions and the introduction of configuration state function generators (CSFGs) allow for a substantial reduction of the computational load in relativistic CI calculations. The computational methodology based on configuration state function generators, recently implemented in the General Relativistic Atomic Structure package (GRASP2018, Froese Fischer et al. (2019) [16]), is applied to a number of atomic systems and correlation models with increasing sets of oneelectron orbitals. We demonstrate a reduction of the CPU time with factors between 10 and 14 for the largest CI calculations. The inclusion of the Breit interaction into the calculations is time consuming. By applying restrictions on the Breit integrals we show that it is possible to further reduce the CPU times with factors between 2 and 3, with negligible changes to the computed excitation energies. We also demonstrate that the introduction of configuration state function generators allows for efficient a priori condensation techniques, with reductions of the expansions sizes with factors between 1.5 and 2.5 and the CPU time with factors between 2.5 and 4.5, again with negligible changes to the excitation energies. In total we demonstrate reductions of the CPU time with factors up to 68 for CI calculations based on configuration state function generators, restrictions on the Breit integrals and with a priori condensed expansions compared to ordinary CI calculations without restrictions on the Breit integrals and with full expansions. Further perspectives of the new methodology based on configuration state function generators are given. © 2022 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2023b,
author = {Li, Yan Ting and Wang, Kai and Si, Ran and Godefroid, Michel and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Chen, Chong Yang and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Reducing the computational load – atomic multiconfiguration calculations based on configuration state function generators},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {2023},
volume = {283},
doi = {10.1016/j.cpc.2022.108562}
}

Plattner P, Wood E, Al Ayoubi L, Beliuskina O, Bissell M, Blaum K, Campbell P, Cheal B, De Groote R, Devlin C, Eronen T, Filippin L, Garcia Ruiz R, Ge Z, Geldhof S, Gins W, Godefroid M, Heylen H, Hukkanen M, Imgram P, Jaries A, Jokinen A, Kanellakopoulos A, Kankainen A, Kaufmann S, König K, Koszorús Á, Kujanpää S, Lechner S, MalbrunotEttenauer S, Müller P, Mathieson R, Moore I, Nörtershäuser W, Nesterenko D, Neugart R, Neyens G, OrtizCortes A, Penttilä H, Pohjalainen I, Raggio A, Reponen M, RintaAntila S, Rodríguez L, Romero J, Sánchez R, Sommer F, Stryjczyk M, Virtanen V, Xie L, Xu Z, Yang X and Yordanov D (2023), "Nuclear Charge Radius of Al 26m and Its Implication for Vud in the Quark Mixing Matrix", Physical Review Letters. Vol. 131(22)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Collinear laser spectroscopy was performed on the isomer of the aluminium isotope Al26m. The measured isotope shift to Al27 in the 3s23p P3/2○2→3s24s S1/22 atomic transition enabled the first experimental determination of the nuclear charge radius of Al26m, resulting in Rc=3.130(15) fm. This differs by 4.5 standard deviations from the extrapolated value used to calculate the isospinsymmetry breaking corrections in the superallowed β decay of Al26m. Its corrected Ft value, important for the estimation of Vud in the CabibboKobayashiMaskawa matrix, is thus shifted by 1 standard deviation to 3071.4(1.0) s. © 2023 authors. Published by the American Physical Society. Published by the American Physical Society under the terms of the "https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/"Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license. Further distribution of this work must maintain attribution to the author(s) and the published article's title, journal citation, and DOI. 
BibTeX:
@article{Plattner2023,
author = {Plattner, P. and Wood, E. and Al Ayoubi, L. and Beliuskina, O. and Bissell, M.L. and Blaum, K. and Campbell, P. and Cheal, B. and De Groote, R.P. and Devlin, C.S. and Eronen, T. and Filippin, L. and Garcia Ruiz, R.F. and Ge, Z. and Geldhof, S. and Gins, W. and Godefroid, M. and Heylen, H. and Hukkanen, M. and Imgram, P. and Jaries, A. and Jokinen, A. and Kanellakopoulos, A. and Kankainen, A. and Kaufmann, S. and König, K. and Koszorús, Á. and Kujanpää, S. and Lechner, S. and MalbrunotEttenauer, S. and Müller, P. and Mathieson, R. and Moore, I. and Nörtershäuser, W. and Nesterenko, D. and Neugart, R. and Neyens, G. and OrtizCortes, A. and Penttilä, H. and Pohjalainen, I. and Raggio, A. and Reponen, M. and RintaAntila, S. and Rodríguez, L.V. and Romero, J. and Sánchez, R. and Sommer, F. and Stryjczyk, M. and Virtanen, V. and Xie, L. and Xu, Z.Y. and Yang, X.F. and Yordanov, D.T.},
title = {Nuclear Charge Radius of Al 26m and Its Implication for Vud in the Quark Mixing Matrix},
journal = {Physical Review Letters},
year = {2023},
volume = {131},
number = {22},
note = {All Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevLett.131.222502}
}

Ripak A, De Kreijger S, Sampaio RN, Vincent CA, Cauët É, Jabin I, Tambar UK, Elias B and TroianGautier L (2023), "Photosensitized activation of diazonium derivatives for C–B bond formation", Chem Catalysis. Vol. 3(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Aryl diazonium salts are ubiquitous building blocks in chemistry, as they are useful radical precursors in organic synthesis as well as for the functionalization of solid materials. They can be reduced electrochemically or through a photoinduced electron transfer reaction. Here, we provide a detailed picture of the ground and excitedstate reactivity of a series of nine rare and earthabundant photosensitizers with 13 aryl diazonium salts, which also included three macrocyclic calix[4]arene tetradiazonium salts. Nanosecond transient absorption spectroscopy confirmed the occurrence of excitedstate electron transfer and was used to quantify cageescape yields (i.e., the efficiency with which the formed radicals separate and escape the solvent cage). Cageescape yields were large; they increased when the driving force for photoinduced electron transfer increased and also tracked with the C–N2+ bond cleavage propensity, among others. A photoinduced borylation reaction was then investigated with all the photosensitizers and proceeded with yields between 9% and 74%. © 2022 Elsevier Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ripak2023,
author = {Ripak, Alexia and De Kreijger, Simon and Sampaio, Renato N. and Vincent, Cooper A. and Cauët, Émilie and Jabin, Ivan and Tambar, Uttam K. and Elias, Benjamin and TroianGautier, Ludovic},
title = {Photosensitized activation of diazonium derivatives for C–B bond formation},
journal = {Chem Catalysis},
year = {2023},
volume = {3},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.checat.2022.100490}
}

Aerts A, Kockaert P, Gorza SP, Brown A, Vander Auwera J and Vaeck N (2022), "Laser control of a dark vibrational state of acetylene in the gas phase  Fourier transform pulse shaping constraints and effects of decoherence", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 156(8)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We propose a methodology to tackle the laser control of a nonstationary dark rovibrational state of acetylene (C2H2), given realistic experimental limitations in the 7.7 μm (1300 cm1) region. Simulations are performed using the Lindblad master equation, where the socalled Lindblad parameters are used to describe the effect of the environment in the dilute gas phase. A phenomenological representation of the parameters is used, and they are extracted from highresolution spectroscopy line broadening data. An effective Hamiltonian is used for the description of the system down to the rotational level close to experimental accuracy. The quality of both the Hamiltonian and Lindblad parameters is assessed by a comparison of a calculated infrared spectrum with the available experimental data. A single shaped laser pulse is used to perform the control, where elements of optics and pulse shaping using masks are introduced with emphasis on experimental limitations. The optimization procedure, based on gradients, explicitly takes into account the experimental constraints. Control performances are reported for shaping masks of increasing complexity. Although modest performances are obtained, mainly due to the strong pulse shaping constraints, we gain insights into the control mechanism. This work is the first step toward the conception of a realistic experiment that will allow for population characterization and manipulation of a nonstationary vibrational "dark"state. Effects of the collisions on the laser control in the dilute gas phase, leading to decoherence in the molecular system, are clearly shown. © 2022 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Aerts2022,
author = {Aerts, Antoine and Kockaert, Pascal and Gorza, SimonPierre and Brown, Alex and Vander Auwera, Jean and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Laser control of a dark vibrational state of acetylene in the gas phase  Fourier transform pulse shaping constraints and effects of decoherence},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2022},
volume = {156},
number = {8},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/5.0080332}
}

Bernath P, Dodangodage R and Liévin J (2022), "Stype Stars: LaO Line List for the B2ς+X2ς+Band System", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 933(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: LaO bands are a characteristic feature in the spectrum of cool Stype stars. La is made primarily by the sprocess during the asymptotic giant branch phase of stellar evolution. The B2ς+X2ς+ and A2ΠX2ς+ band systems can be used to determine the La abundances in cool S stars. The bands of the B2ς+X2ς+ with v′ and v′′≤5 have been rotationally analyzed from an emission spectrum from a carbon furnace. Line strengths are calculated using an ab initio transition dipole function, corrected using experimental lifetimes. We provide a line list for the B2ς+X2ς+ band system that can be used to determine La abundances. © 2022. The Author(s). Published by the American Astronomical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bernath2022a,
author = {Bernath, P.F. and Dodangodage, R. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Stype Stars: LaO Line List for the B2ς+X2ς+Band System},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {2022},
volume = {933},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384357/ac731f}
}

Bernath PF, Johnson RM and Liévin J (2022), "Line lists for X3Σ− and a1Δ vibrationrotation bands of SO", Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer. Vol. 290
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: SO is found in several astronomical sources such as the atmospheres of Io and Venus. To complete our work on SO line lists, we used our previous fits for v = 0 to v = 6 for the X3Σ state and v = 0–5 for the a1Δ state [JQSRT 272, 107772 (2021)] for line positions, and highlevel ab initio calculations of electric dipole moments for line strengths for the vibrationrotation bands. LeRoy's RKR program was used to produce pointwise potential energy curves. N and vdependent dipole matrix elements were produced with LeRoy's LEVEL program and the final line lists were made with Western's PGOPHER program. All possible vibrational bands were calculated, and the line strengths included the HermanWallis effect caused by vibrationrotation interaction. © 2022 
BibTeX:
@article{Bernath2022,
author = {Bernath, Peter F. and Johnson, Ryan M. and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Line lists for X3Σ− and a1Δ vibrationrotation bands of SO},
journal = {Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer},
year = {2022},
volume = {290},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.jqsrt.2022.108317}
}

De Kreijger S, Schott O, TroianGautier L, Cauët E, Hanan GS and Elias B (2022), "Red Absorbing Cyclometalated Ir(III) Diimine Photosensitizers Competent for Hydrogen Photocatalysis", Inorganic Chemistry. Vol. 61(13), pp. 5245 – 5254.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Two new cyclometalated Ir(III) diimine complexes were used as photosensitizers for homogeneous hydrogen evolution reaction (HER). These complexes were characterized by electrochemistry, ultravioletvisible absorption, timeresolved and steadystate photoluminescence spectroscopy as well as by theoretical methods. The metalligandtoligand charge transfer character of their lowest excited state was shown to be competent for efficient H2photoproduction in the presence of [Co(dmgH)2(py)Cl] as the hydrogen evolution catalyst, triethanolamine as the sacrificial electron donor, and HBF4as the proton source. Under optimized experimental conditions, both complexes displayed HER over a period of more than 90 h, with turnover numbers reaching up to 11,650, 10,600, and 174 molH2molPS1under blue, green, and redlight irradiation, respectively. Both complexes showed higher stability and efficiency vs HER than most of the previously described systems of the same kind. © 2022 American Chemical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{DeKreijger2022,
author = {De Kreijger, Simon and Schott, Olivier and TroianGautier, Ludovic and Cauët, Emilie and Hanan, Garry S. and Elias, Benjamin},
title = {Red Absorbing Cyclometalated Ir(III) Diimine Photosensitizers Competent for Hydrogen Photocatalysis},
journal = {Inorganic Chemistry},
year = {2022},
volume = {61},
number = {13},
pages = {5245 – 5254},
doi = {10.1021/acs.inorgchem.1c03727}
}

Demaison J and Liévin J (2022), "Accuracy of the equilibrium structure of sulphur dioxide", Molecular Physics. Vol. 120(1516)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The ground state rotational spectra of 12 different isotopologues of sulphur dioxide have been refitted in a consistent way and an accurate experimental cubic force field has been determined. The experimental, semiexperimental and ab initio equilibrium structures have been calculated and found in good agreement across themselves. Different approximations limiting the accuracy are discussed. In particular, the influence of centrifugal distortion is analysed. A method is proposed to estimate the higherorder rovibrational corrections (γconstants). Although an accurate semiexperimental structure was obtained for 19 isotopologues, it was not possible to determine and account for the breakdown of the Born–Oppenheimer approximation. Finally, it was shown that the ab initio CCSDTQ level of theory was required to obtain a good agreement with the experimental structure. © 2021 Informa UK Limited, trading as Taylor & Francis Group. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demaison2022,
author = {Demaison, Jean and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Accuracy of the equilibrium structure of sulphur dioxide},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2022},
volume = {120},
number = {1516},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2021.1950857}
}

Fischer CF and Godefroid M (2022), "Variational Methods for Atoms and the Virial Theorem", Atoms. Vol. 10(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In the case of the oneelectron Dirac equation with a point nucleus, the virial theorem (VT) states that the ratio of the kinetic energy to potential energy is exactly 1, a ratio that can be an independent test of the accuracy of a computed solution. This paper studies the virial theorem for subshells of equivalent electrons and their interactions in manyelectron atoms. This shows that the linear scaling of the dilation is achieved through the balancing of the contributions to the potential of an electron from inner and outer regions that some Slater integrals impose conditions on a single subshell, but others impose conditions between subshells. The latter slows the rate of convergence of the selfconsistent field process in which radial functions are updated one at a time. Several cases are considered. Results are also extended to the nonrelativistic case. © 2022 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fischer2022,
author = {Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Variational Methods for Atoms and the Virial Theorem},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2022},
volume = {10},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms10040110}
}

Li J, Gaigalas G, Bieroń J, Ekman J, Jönsson P, Godefroid M and Froese Fischer C (2022), "ReEvaluation of the Nuclear Magnetic Octupole Moment of 209Bi", Atoms. Vol. 10(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We modified the Hfs92 code of the GRASP package in order to describe the magnetic octupole hyperfine interaction. To illustrate the utility of the modified code, we carried out stateoftheart calculations of the electronic factors of the magnetic octupole hyperfine interaction constants for levels in the ground configuration of the Bi atom. The nuclear magnetic octupole moment of the (Formula presented.) Bi isotope was extracted by combining old measurements of the hyperfine structures of (Formula presented.) [Hull, R.; Brink, G. Phys. Rev. A 1970, 1, 685] and (Formula presented.) [Landman, D.A.; Lurio, A. Phys. Rev. A 1970, 1, 1330] using the atomicbeam magneticresonance technique with our theoretical electronic factors. The present extracted octupole moment was consistent with all the available values but the one obtained in the singleparticle nuclear shell model approximation. This observation supports the previous finding that nuclear manybody effects, such as the core polarization, significantly contribute to the nuclear magnetic octupole moment in the case of (Formula presented.) Bi. © 2022 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2022a,
author = {Li, Jiguang and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Bieroń, Jacek and Ekman, Jörgen and Jönsson, Per and Godefroid, Michel and Froese Fischer, Charlotte},
title = {ReEvaluation of the Nuclear Magnetic Octupole Moment of 209Bi},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2022},
volume = {10},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms10040132}
}

Li J, Zhang C, Del Zanna G, Jönsson P, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Rynkun P, Radziūte L, Wang K, Si R and Chen C (2022), "Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Clike Ions from O iii to Mg vii", Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series. Vol. 260(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Largescale multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculations are provided for the n ≤ 5 states in Clike ions from O iii to Mg vii. Electron correlation effects are accounted for by using large configuration state function expansions, built from sets of orbitals with principal quantum numbers n ≤ 10. An accurate and complete data set of excitation energies, wavelengths, radiative transition parameters, and lifetimes is offered for the 156 (196, 215, 272, 318) lowest states of the 2s 22p 2, 2s2p 3, 2p 4, 2s 22p3s, 2s 22p3p, 2s 22p3d, 2s2p 23s, 2s2p 23p, 2s2p 23d, 2p 33s, 2p 33p, 2p 33d, 2s 22p4s, 2s 22p4p, 2s 22p4d, 2s 22p4f, 2s2p 24s, 2s2p 24p, 2s2p 24d, 2s2p 24f, 2s 22p5s, 2s 22p5p, 2s 22p5d, 2s 22p5f, and 2s 22p5g configurations in O iii (F iv, Ne v, Na vi, Mg vii). By comparing available experimental wavelengths with the MCDHF results, the previous line identifications for the n = 5, 4, 3 → n = 2 transitions of Na vi in the Xray and EUV wavelength range are revised. For several previous identifications discrepancies are found, and tentative new (or revised) identifications are proposed. A consistent atomic data set including both energy and transition data with spectroscopic accuracy is provided for the lowest hundreds of states for Clike ions from O iii to Mg vii. © 2022. The Author(s). Published by the American Astronomical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2022,
author = {Li, J.Q. and Zhang, C.Y. and Del Zanna, G. and Jönsson, P. and Godefroid, M. and Gaigalas, G. and Rynkun, P. and Radziūte, L. and Wang, K. and Si, R. and Chen, C.Y.},
title = {Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Clike Ions from O iii to Mg vii},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series},
year = {2022},
volume = {260},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384365/ac63ae}
}

Schiffmann S, Li J, Ekman J, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Jönsson P and Bieroń J (2022), "Relativistic radial electron density functions and natural orbitals from GRASP2018", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 278
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new module, RDENSITY, of the GRASP2018 package [1] is presented for evaluating the radial electron density function of an atomic state described by a multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock or configuration interaction wave function in the fully relativistic scheme. The present module is the relativistic version of DENSITY [2] that was developed for the ATSP2K package [3]. The calculation of the spinangular factors entering in the expression of the expectation value of the density operator is performed using the angular momentum theory in orbital, spin, and quasispin spaces, adopting a generalized graphical technique [4]. The natural orbitals (NOs) are evaluated from the diagonalization of the density matrix, taking advantage of its κblock structure. The features of the code are discussed in detail, focusing on the advantages and properties of the NOs and on the electron radial density picture as a mean for investigating electron correlation and relativistic effects. Program summary: Program title: RDENSITY CPC Library link to program files: https://doi.org/10.17632/4sdrf5kfzd.1 Licensing provisions: MIT license Programming language: FORTRAN 95 Nature of problem: This program determines the atomic electron radial density in the MCDHF approximation. It also evaluates the natural orbitals by diagonalizing the density matrix. Solution method: Building the density operator using second quantization  Spherical symmetry averaging  Evaluating the matrix elements of the onebody excitation operators in the configuration state function (CSF) space using the angular momentum theory in orbital, spin, and quasispin spaces. Additional comments including restrictions and unusual features: We evaluated the electron radial density and natural orbitals of the lowest states in Mg II. The MCDHF wave functions consisted of four noninteracting blocks and a total of 79 000 CSFs. The calculation took around 2 minutes using a computer with an Intel(R) Xeon(R) Gold 6148 processor @ 2.4 GHz. References: [1] GRASP2018  A Fortran 95 version of the General Relativistic Atomic Structure Package, C. Froese Fischer, G. Gaigalas, P. Jönsson and J. Bieroń, Comput. Phys. Commun. 237 (2019) 184187. [2] Multiconfiguration electron density function for the ATSP2Kpackage, A. Borgoo, O. Scharf, G. Gaigalas and M. Godefroid, Comput. Phys. Commun. 181 (2010) 426439 [3] An MCHF atomicstructure package for largescale calculations, C. Froese Fischer, G. Tachiev, G. Gaigalas, and M. Godefroid, Comput. Phys. Commun. 176 (2007) 559579 [4] An efficient approach for spinangular integrations in atomic structure calculations, G. Gaigalas, Z. Rudzikas, and C. Froese Fischer, J. Phys. B: At. Mol. Phys., 30 (1997) 37473771 © 2022 
BibTeX:
@article{Schiffmann2022,
author = {Schiffmann, S. and Li, J.G. and Ekman, J. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M. and Jönsson, P. and Bieroń, J.},
title = {Relativistic radial electron density functions and natural orbitals from GRASP2018},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {2022},
volume = {278},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.cpc.2022.108403}
}

Sutcliffe B and Woolley RG (2022), "Is Chemistry Really Founded in Quantum Mechanics?", Synthese Library. Vol. 461, pp. 173 – 202.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The solutions of the Schrödinger Coulomb Hamiltonian, in which the nuclei are fixed and identified, are discussed as providing a theoretical foundation for chemistry. It is shown that supportive relevant aspects of these clampednuclei solutions do not arise in solutions of the full problem; further, it is not, at present, possible to regard the clampednuclei Hamiltonian as an approximation to the full Hamiltonian. © 2022, Springer Nature Switzerland AG. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2022,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {Is Chemistry Really Founded in Quantum Mechanics?},
journal = {Synthese Library},
year = {2022},
volume = {461},
pages = {173 – 202},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1007/9783030983734_8}
}

Zhang CY, Li JQ, Wang K, Si R, Godefroid M, Jönsson P, Xiao J, Gu MF and Chen CY (2022), "Benchmarking calculations of wavelengths and transition rates with spectroscopic accuracy for W xlviii through W lvi tungsten ions", Physical Review A. Vol. 105(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Atomic properties of n=3 levels for W47+W55+ ions (Z=74) are systematically calculated using two different and independent methods, namely, the secondorder manybody perturbation theory and the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method combined with the relativistic configuration interaction approach. Wavelengths and transition rates for electricand magneticdipole transitions involving the n=3 levels of W47+W55+ are calculated. In addition, we discuss in detail the importance of the valence and corevalence electron correlations, the Breit interaction, the higherorder frequencydependent retardation correction, and the leading quantum electrodynamical corrections for transition wavelengths. Spectroscopic accuracy is achieved for the present calculated wavelengths, and most of them agree with experimental values within 0.05%. Our calculated wavelengths, combined with collisional radiative model simulations, are used to identify the yet unidentified 25 observed lines in the extremely complex spectrum between 27Å and 34Å measured by Lennartsson etal. [Phys. Rev. A 87, 062505 (2013)10.1103/PhysRevA.87.062505]. We provide additional data for 472 strong electricdipole transitions in the wavelength range of 1750 Å, and 185 strong magneticdipole transitions between 36Å and 4384Å, with a line intensity greater than 1photon/s. These can provide benchmark data for future experiments and theoretical calculations. © 2022 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Zhang2022,
author = {Zhang, Chun Yu and Li, Jin Qing and Wang, Kai and Si, Ran and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per and Xiao, Jun and Gu, Ming Feng and Chen, Chong Yang},
title = {Benchmarking calculations of wavelengths and transition rates with spectroscopic accuracy for W xlviii through W lvi tungsten ions},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2022},
volume = {105},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.105.022817}
}

Aerts A, Vander Auwera J and Vaeck N (2021), "Lindblad parameters from high resolution spectroscopy to describe collisioninduced rovibrational decoherence in the gas phase  Application to acetylene", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 154(14)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Within the framework of the Lindblad master equation, we propose a general methodology to describe the effects of the environment on a system in the dilute gas phase. The phenomenological parameters characterizing the transitions between rovibrational states of the system induced by collisions can be extracted from experimental transition kinetic constants, relying on energy gap fitting laws. As the availability of these kinds of experimental data can be limited, this work relied on experimental line broadening coefficients, however still using energy gap fitting laws. The 3 μm infrared spectral range of acetylene was chosen to illustrate the proposed approach. The method shows fair agreement with available experimental data while being computationally inexpensive. The results are discussed in the context of state laser quantum control. © 2021 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Aerts2021,
author = {Aerts, Antoine and Vander Auwera, Jean and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Lindblad parameters from high resolution spectroscopy to describe collisioninduced rovibrational decoherence in the gas phase  Application to acetylene},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2021},
volume = {154},
number = {14},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/5.0045275}
}

Aydogan A, Bangle RE, Cadranel A, Turlington MD, Conroy DT, Cauët E, Singleton ML, Meyer GJ, Sampaio RN, Elias B and TroianGautier L (2021), "Accessing Photoredox Transformations with an Iron(III) Photosensitizer and Green Light", Journal of the American Chemical Society. Vol. 143(38), pp. 15661 – 15673.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Efficient excitedstate electron transfer between an iron(III) photosensitizer and organic electron donors was realized with green light irradiation. This advance was enabled by the use of the previously reported iron photosensitizer, [Fe(phtmeimb)2]+ (phtmeimb = phenyl[tris(3methylimidazolin2ylidene)]borate, that exhibited longlived and luminescent ligandtometal chargetransfer (LMCT) excited states. A benchmark dehalogenation reaction was investigated with yields that exceed 90% and an enhanced stability relative to the prototypical photosensitizer [Ru(bpy)3]2+. The initial catalytic step is electron transfer from an amine to the photoexcited iron sensitizer, which is shown to occur with a large cageescape yield. For LMCT excited states, this reductive electron transfer is vectorial and may be a general advantage of Fe(III) photosensitizers. Indepth timeresolved spectroscopic methods, including transient absorption characterization from the ultraviolet to the infrared regions, provided a quantitative description of the catalytic mechanism with associated rate constants and yields. © 2021 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Aydogan2021,
author = {Aydogan, Akin and Bangle, Rachel E. and Cadranel, Alejandro and Turlington, Michael D. and Conroy, Daniel T. and Cauët, Emilie and Singleton, Michael L. and Meyer, Gerald J. and Sampaio, Renato N. and Elias, Benjamin and TroianGautier, Ludovic},
title = {Accessing Photoredox Transformations with an Iron(III) Photosensitizer and Green Light},
journal = {Journal of the American Chemical Society},
year = {2021},
volume = {143},
number = {38},
pages = {15661 – 15673},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1021/jacs.1c06081}
}

Aydogan A, Bangle RE, De Kreijger S, Dickenson JC, Singleton ML, Cauët E, Cadranel A, Meyer GJ, Elias B, Sampaio RN and TroianGautier L (2021), "Mechanistic investigation of a visible light mediated dehalogenation/cyclisation reaction using iron(iii), iridium(iii) and ruthenium(ii) photosensitizers", Catalysis Science and Technology. Vol. 11(24), pp. 8037 – 8051.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The mechanism of a visible lightdriven dehalogenation/cyclization reaction was investigated using ruthenium(ii), iridium(iii) and iron(iii) photosensitizers by means of steadystate photoluminescence, timeresolved infrared spectroscopy, and nanosecond/femtosecond transient absorption spectroscopy. The nature of the photosensitizer was found to influence the product distribution such that the dehalogenated, noncyclized products were only detected for the iron photosensitizer. Strikingly, with the iron photosensitizer, large catalytic yields required a low dielectric solvent such as dichloromethane, consistent with a previous publication. This low dielectric solvent allowed ultrafast chargeseparation to outcompete geminate charge recombination and improved cage escape efficiency. Further, the identification of reaction mechanisms unique to the iron, ruthenium, and iridium photosensitizer represents progress towards the longsought goal of utilizing earthabundant, firstrow transition metals for emerging energy and environmental applications. © The Royal Society of Chemistry 2021. 
BibTeX:
@article{Aydogan2021a,
author = {Aydogan, Akin and Bangle, Rachel E. and De Kreijger, Simon and Dickenson, John C. and Singleton, Michael L. and Cauët, Emilie and Cadranel, Alejandro and Meyer, Gerald J. and Elias, Benjamin and Sampaio, Renato N. and TroianGautier, Ludovic},
title = {Mechanistic investigation of a visible light mediated dehalogenation/cyclisation reaction using iron(iii), iridium(iii) and ruthenium(ii) photosensitizers},
journal = {Catalysis Science and Technology},
year = {2021},
volume = {11},
number = {24},
pages = {8037 – 8051},
doi = {10.1039/d1cy01771c}
}

Barzakh A, Andreyev A, Raison C, Cubiss J, Van Duppen P, Péru S, Hilaire S, Goriely S, Andel B, Antalic S, Al Monthery M, Berengut J, Bieroń J, Bissell M, Borschevsky A, Chrysalidis K, Cocolios T, Day Goodacre T, Dognon JP, Elantkowska M, Eliav E, FarooqSmith G, Fedorov D, Fedosseev V, Gaffney L, Garcia Ruiz R, Godefroid M, Granados C, Harding R, Heinke R, Huyse M, Karls J, Larmonier P, Li J, Lynch K, Maison D, Marsh B, Molkanov P, Mosat P, Oleynichenko A, Panteleev V, Pyykkö P, Reitsma M, Rezynkina K, Rossel R, Rothe S, Ruczkowski J, Schiffmann S, Seiffert C, Seliverstov M, Sels S, Skripnikov L, Stryjczyk M, Studer D, Verlinde M, Wilman S and Zaitsevskii A (2021), "Large Shape Staggering in NeutronDeficient Bi Isotopes", Physical Review Letters. Vol. 127(19)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The changes in the meansquare charge radius (relative to Bi209), magnetic dipole, and electric quadrupole moments of Bi187,188,189,191 were measured using the insource resonanceionization spectroscopy technique at ISOLDE (CERN). A large staggering in radii was found in Bi187,188,189g, manifested by a sharp radius increase for the ground state of Bi188 relative to the neighboring Bi187,189g. A large isomer shift was also observed for Bi188m. Both effects happen at the same neutron number, N=105, where the shape staggering and a similar isomer shift were observed in the mercury isotopes. Experimental results are reproduced by meanfield calculations where the ground or isomeric states were identified by the blocked quasiparticle configuration compatible with the observed spin, parity, and magnetic moment. © 2021 authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Barzakh2021,
author = {Barzakh, A. and Andreyev, A.N. and Raison, C. and Cubiss, J.G. and Van Duppen, P. and Péru, S. and Hilaire, S. and Goriely, S. and Andel, B. and Antalic, S. and Al Monthery, M. and Berengut, J.C. and Bieroń, J. and Bissell, M.L. and Borschevsky, A. and Chrysalidis, K. and Cocolios, T.E. and Day Goodacre, T. and Dognon, J.P. and Elantkowska, M. and Eliav, E. and FarooqSmith, G.J. and Fedorov, D.V. and Fedosseev, V.N. and Gaffney, L.P. and Garcia Ruiz, R.F. and Godefroid, M. and Granados, C. and Harding, R.D. and Heinke, R. and Huyse, M. and Karls, J. and Larmonier, P. and Li, J.G. and Lynch, K.M. and Maison, D.E. and Marsh, B.A. and Molkanov, P. and Mosat, P. and Oleynichenko, A.V. and Panteleev, V. and Pyykkö, P. and Reitsma, M.L. and Rezynkina, K. and Rossel, R.E. and Rothe, S. and Ruczkowski, J. and Schiffmann, S. and Seiffert, C. and Seliverstov, M.D. and Sels, S. and Skripnikov, L.V. and Stryjczyk, M. and Studer, D. and Verlinde, M. and Wilman, S. and Zaitsevskii, A.V.},
title = {Large Shape Staggering in NeutronDeficient Bi Isotopes},
journal = {Physical Review Letters},
year = {2021},
volume = {127},
number = {19},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevLett.127.192501}
}

Bernath PF, Johnson R and Liévin J (2021), "Line lists for the b1Σ+X3Σ− and a1ΔX3Σ− transitions of SO", Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer. Vol. 272
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: SO is found in many astronomical sources such as the atmospheres of Io and Venus. In order to create more complete line lists, we fit spectroscopic data on SO from the literature using PGOPHER. The fits covered v = 0 to v = 6 for the X3Σ−state, v = 0–5 for the a1Δ state and v = 0–2 for b1Σ+ state. LeRoy's RKR program was used to produce pointwise potential energy curves. High level ab initio calculations, including spinorbit coupling, were carried out to obtain the electric transition dipole moment functions for the nominally forbidden b1Σ+X3Σ−and a1ΔX3Σ−transitions. The RKR potentials and transition dipole moment points were input into LeRoy's LEVEL program to calculate the transition dipole matrix elements for all possible bX and aX bands. For the b1Σ+X3Σ−transition, the electric and magnetic transition dipole matrix elements were scaled using the experimental values obtained by Setzer et al. [J Mol Spectrosc 1999;198:163–174] for the 0–0 band. The transition dipole moment matrix elements were used in PGOPHER to produce our line lists for all possible bands of the b1Σ+X3Σ−and a1ΔX3Σ−transitions. © 2021 Elsevier Ltd 
BibTeX:
@article{Bernath2021,
author = {Bernath, Peter F. and Johnson, Ryan and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Line lists for the b1Σ+X3Σ− and a1ΔX3Σ− transitions of SO},
journal = {Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer},
year = {2021},
volume = {272},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.jqsrt.2021.107772}
}

Boualili FZ, Nemouchi M, Godefroid M and Jönsson P (2021), "Weak correlation and strong relativistic effects on the hyperfine interaction in fluorine", Physical Review A. Vol. 104(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In previous work devoted to ab initio calculations of hyperfinestructure constants in nitrogen and fluorine atoms, we observed sizable relativistic effects, a priori unexpected for such light systems, that can even largely dominate over electron correlation. We observed that the atomic wave functions calculated in the BreitPauli approximation describe adequately the relevant atomic levels and hyperfine structures, even in cases for which a small relativistic LSterm mixing becomes crucial. In the present work we identify levels belonging to the spectroscopic terms 2p4(3P)3d2,4(P,D,F) of the fluorine atom, for which correlation effects on the hyperfine structures are small, but relativistic LSterm admixtures are decisive to correctly reproduce the experimental values. The BreitPauli analysis of the hyperfine matrix elements nails cases with large cancellation, either between LS pairs for individual hyperfine operators or between the orbital and the spin dipole contributions. Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculations are performed to support the BreitPauli analysis. © 2021 American Physical Society 
BibTeX:
@article{Boualili2021,
author = {Boualili, Fatima Zahra and Nemouchi, Messaoud and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Weak correlation and strong relativistic effects on the hyperfine interaction in fluorine},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2021},
volume = {104},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.104.062813}
}

Bowen K, Hillenbrand PM, Liévin J, Savin D and Urbain X (2021), "Dynamics of the isotope exchange reaction of D with H 3 +, H2D+, and D2H+", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 154(8)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have measured the mergedbeams rate coefficient for the titular isotope exchange reactions as a function of the relative collision energy in the range of ∼3 meV10 eV. The results appear to scale with the number of available sites for deuteration. We have performed extensive theoretical calculations to characterize the zeropoint energy corrected reaction path. Vibrationally adiabatic minimum energy paths were obtained using a combination of unrestricted quadratic configuration interaction of single and double excitations and internally contracted multireference configuration interaction calculations. The resulting barrier height, ranging from 68 meV to 89 meV, together with the various asymptotes that may be reached in the collision, was used in a classical overthebarrier model. All competing endoergic reaction channels were taken into account using a flux reduction factor. This model reproduces all three experimental sets quite satisfactorily. In order to generate thermal rate coefficients down to 10 K, the internal excitation energy distribution of each H3+ isotopologue is evaluated level by level using available line lists and accurate spectroscopic parameters. Tunneling is accounted for by a direct inclusion of the exact quantum tunneling probability in the evaluation of the cross section. We derive a thermal rate coefficient of <1×1012 cm3 s1 for temperatures below 44 K, 86 K, and 139 K for the reaction of D with H3+, H2D+, and D2H+, respectively, with tunneling effects included. The derived thermal rate coefficients exceed the ring polymer molecular dynamics prediction of Bulut et al. [J. Phys. Chem. A 123, 8766 (2019)] at all temperatures. © 2021 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Bowen2021,
author = {Bowen, K.P. and Hillenbrand, P.M. and Liévin, J. and Savin, D.W. and Urbain, X.},
title = {Dynamics of the isotope exchange reaction of D with H 3 +, H2D+, and D2H+},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2021},
volume = {154},
number = {8},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/5.0038434}
}

Heylen H, Devlin C, Gins W, Bissell M, Blaum K, Cheal B, Filippin L, Ruiz RFG, Godefroid M, Gorges C, Holt J, Kanellakopoulos A, Kaufmann S, Koszorús Á, König K, MalbrunotEttenauer S, Miyagi T, Neugart R, Neyens G, Nörtershäuser W, Sánchez R, Sommer F, Rodríguez L, Xie L, Xu Z, Yang X and Yordanov D (2021), "Highresolution laser spectroscopy of Al 2732", Physical Review C. Vol. 103(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Hyperfine spectra of Al2732 (Z=13) have been measured at the ISOLDECERN facility via collinear laser spectroscopy using the 3s23p2P3/2o→3s24s2S1/2 atomic transition. For the first time, meansquare charge radii of radioactive aluminum isotopes have been determined alongside the previously unknown magnetic dipole moment of Al29 and electric quadrupole moments of Al29,30. A potentially reduced charge radius at N=19 may suggest an effect of the N=20 shell closure, which is visible in the Al chain, contrary to other isotopic chains in the sd shell. The experimental results are compared with theoretical calculations in the framework of the valencespace inmedium similarity renormalization group using multiple sets of twoand threenucleon forces from chiral effective field theory. While the trend of experimental magnetic dipole and electric quadrupole moments is well reproduced, the absolute values are underestimated by theory, which is consistent with earlier studies. Moreover, both the scale and trend of the charge radii appear to be very sensitive to the chosen interaction. © 2021 authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Heylen2021,
author = {Heylen, H. and Devlin, C.S. and Gins, W. and Bissell, M.L. and Blaum, K. and Cheal, B. and Filippin, L. and Ruiz, R. F. Garcia and Godefroid, M. and Gorges, C. and Holt, J.D. and Kanellakopoulos, A. and Kaufmann, S. and Koszorús, Á. and König, K. and MalbrunotEttenauer, S. and Miyagi, T. and Neugart, R. and Neyens, G. and Nörtershäuser, W. and Sánchez, R. and Sommer, F. and Rodríguez, L.V. and Xie, L. and Xu, Z.Y. and Yang, X.F. and Yordanov, D.T.},
title = {Highresolution laser spectroscopy of Al 2732},
journal = {Physical Review C},
year = {2021},
volume = {103},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevC.103.014318}
}

Lentz C, Marcélis L, TroianGautier L, Robeyns K, Cauët E and Elias B (2021), "Excitedstate behavior and photoinduced electron transfer of pHsensitive Ir(III) complexes with cyclometallation (C/N–) ratios between 0/6 and 3/3", Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology A: Chemistry. Vol. 405
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The first coordination sphere of Ir(III) 2,2′bipyridine / 2phenylpyridine complexes can be tuned to achieve either C– or N–chelation in ratios that range between 0/6 and 3/3. Of particular interest is the synthesis of Ir(III) complexes bearing a 2,2′bipyridine ligand coordinated in a N,C3 pattern, leaving an exposed pyridine moiety, accessible for acidbase chemistry or coordination to a second transition metal center. The protonated forms of these “rolledover” Ir(III) complexes were isolated in a straightforward procedure using trifluoroacetic acid. The photophysical, photochemical and electrochemical properties of both the protonated and unprotonated Ir(III) complexes were investigated by steadystate and timeresolved spectroscopies, as well as by density functional theory calculations. The nature of the excited states was shown to depend on both the ligand coordination pattern and protonation state of the complex. In addition, the unprotonated and protonated analogues were efficiently quenched by hydroquinone and benzoquinone in acetonitrile with quenching rate constants close to the solvent diffusion limit. The results presented herein have direct implications for proton sensitive photoredox chemistry and the development of photoacids and photobases. © 2020 Elsevier B.V. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lentz2021,
author = {Lentz, Cédric and Marcélis, Lionel and TroianGautier, Ludovic and Robeyns, Koen and Cauët, Emilie and Elias, Benjamin},
title = {Excitedstate behavior and photoinduced electron transfer of pHsensitive Ir(III) complexes with cyclometallation (C/N–) ratios between 0/6 and 3/3},
journal = {Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology A: Chemistry},
year = {2021},
volume = {405},
doi = {10.1016/j.jphotochem.2020.112957}
}

Papoulia A, Schiffmann S, Bieroń J, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Harman Z, Jönsson P, Oreshkina NS, Pyykkö P and Tupitsyn II (2021), "Ab initio electronic factors of the A and B hyperfine structure constants for the 5s25p6s P1o 1,3 states in Sn i", Physical Review A. Vol. 103(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Largescale ab initio calculations of the electronic contribution to the electric quadrupole hyperfine constant B were performed for the 5s25p6s1,3P1o excited states of neutral tin. To probe the sensitivity of B to different electron correlation effects, three sets of variational multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock and relativistic configuration interaction calculations employing different strategies were carried out. In addition, a fourth set of calculations was based on the configuration interaction DiracFockSturm theory. For the 5s25p6sP1o1 state, the final value of B/Q=703(50) MHz/b differs by 0.4% from the one recently used by Yordanov et al. [Commun. Phys. 3, 107 (2020)10.1038/s4200502003489] to extract the nuclear quadrupole moments Q for tin isotopes in the range Sn117131 from collinear laser spectroscopy measurements. Efforts were made to provide a realistic theoretical uncertainty for the final B/Q value of the 5s25p6sP1o1 state based on statistical principles and on correlation with the electronic contribution to the magnetic dipole hyperfine constant A. © 2021 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Papoulia2021,
author = {Papoulia, Asimina and Schiffmann, Sacha and Bieroń, Jacek and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Godefroid, Michel and Harman, Zoltán and Jönsson, Per and Oreshkina, Natalia S. and Pyykkö, Pekka and Tupitsyn, Ilya I.},
title = {Ab initio electronic factors of the A and B hyperfine structure constants for the 5s25p6s P1o 1,3 states in Sn i},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2021},
volume = {103},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.103.022815}
}

Schiffmann S and Godefroid M (2021), "Electronic isotope shift factors for the Ir 5d76s24F9/2→(odd,J=9/2) line at 247.587 nm", Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer. Vol. 258
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present the theoretical calculations of the electronic isotope shift factors of the 5d76s24F9/2→(odd,J=9/2) line at 247.587 nm, that were recently used to extract nuclear mean square radii and nuclear deformations of iridium isotopes [Mukai et al. (2020)]. The fully relativistic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method and the relativistic configuration interaction method were used to perform the atomic structure calculations. Additional properties such as the sharing rule, Landé g factors or phase tracking were employed to ensure an adequate description of the targeted odd level. © 2020 Elsevier Ltd 
BibTeX:
@article{Schiffmann2021,
author = {Schiffmann, Sacha and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Electronic isotope shift factors for the Ir 5d76s24F9/2→(odd,J=9/2) line at 247.587 nm},
journal = {Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer},
year = {2021},
volume = {258},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.jqsrt.2020.107332}
}

Shetye S, Van Eck S, Jorissen A, Goriely S, Siess L, Van Winckel H, Plez B, Godefroid M and Wallerstein G (2021), "S stars and sprocess in the Gaia era: II. Constraining the luminosity of the third dredgeup with Tcrich S stars", Astronomy and Astrophysics. Vol. 650
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Context. S stars are latetype giants that are transition objects between Mtype stars and carbon stars on the asymptotic giant branch (AGB). They are classified into two types: intrinsic or extrinsic, based on the presence or absence of technetium (Tc). The Tcrich or intrinsic S stars are thermally pulsing (TP)AGB stars internally producing sprocess elements (including Tc) that are brought to their surface via the third dredgeup (TDU). The Tcpoor or extrinsic S stars gained their sprocess overabundances via the accretion of sprocessrich material from an AGB companion that has since turned into a dim white dwarf. Aims. Our goal is to investigate the evolutionary status of Tcrich S stars by locating them in a HertzsprungRussell (HR) diagram using the results of Gaia Early Data Release 3 (EDR3). We combine the current sample of 13 Tcrich stars with our previous studies of 10 Tcrich stars to determine the observational onset of the TDU in the metallicity range [0.7; 0]. We also compare our abundance determinations with dedicated AGB nucleosynthesis predictions. Methods. We derived the stellar parameters using an iterative tool that combines HERMES highresolution spectra, accurate Gaia EDR3 parallaxes, stellar evolution models, and tailored MARCS model atmospheres for Stype stars. Using these stellar parameters, we determined the heavyelement abundances by line synthesis. Results. In the HR diagram, the intrinsic S stars are located at higher luminosities than the predicted onset of the TDU. These findings are consistent with Tcrich S stars being genuine TPAGB stars. The comparison of the derived sprocess abundance profiles of our intrinsic S stars with the nucleosynthesis predictions provide an overall good agreement. Stars with highest [s/Fe] tend to have the highest C/O ratios. © 2021 ESO. 
BibTeX:
@article{Shetye2021,
author = {Shetye, Shreeya and Van Eck, Sophie and Jorissen, Alain and Goriely, Stephane and Siess, Lionel and Van Winckel, Hans and Plez, Bertrand and Godefroid, Michel and Wallerstein, George},
title = {S stars and sprocess in the Gaia era: II. Constraining the luminosity of the third dredgeup with Tcrich S stars},
journal = {Astronomy and Astrophysics},
year = {2021},
volume = {650},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1051/00046361/202040207}
}

Si R, Schiffmann S, Wang K, Chen CY and Godefroid M (2021), "Ab initio multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculations of the in and Tl electron affinities and their isotope shifts", Physical Review A. Vol. 104(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock and relativistic configuration interaction calculations on the thallium (Tl) electron affinity, as well as on the excited energy levels arising from the ground configuration of Tl. The results are compared with the available experimental values and further validated by extending the study to its homologous, lighter element, indium (In), belonging to group 13 (III.A) of the Periodic Table. The calculated electron affinities of In and Tl, 383.4 and 322.8 meV, agree with the latest measurements by within 1%. Three bound states 3P0,1,2 are confirmed in the 5s25p2 configuration of In, while only the ground state 3P0 is bound in the 6s26p2 configuration of Tl. The isotope shifts on the In and Tl electron affinities are also estimated. The E2 and M1 intraconfiguration radiative transition rates within 5s25p2 3P0,1,2 of In are used to calculate the radiative lifetimes of the metastable 3P1,2 levels. © 2021 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Si2021,
author = {Si, Ran and Schiffmann, Sacha and Wang, Kai and Chen, Chong Yang and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Ab initio multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculations of the in and Tl electron affinities and their isotope shifts},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2021},
volume = {104},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.104.012802}
}

Song C, Zhang C, Wang K, Si R, Godefroid M, Jönsson P, Dang W, Zhao X, Yan J and Chen C (2021), "Extended calculations with spectroscopic accuracy: Energy levels and radiative rates for Olike ions between Ar XI and Cr XVII", Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables. Vol. 138
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Using the multiconfiguration Dirac–Hartree–Fock and the relativistic configuration interaction methods, a consistent set of transition energies and radiative transition data for the main states of the 2s22p4, 2s2p5, 2p6, 2s22p33s, 2s22p33p, 2s22p33d, 2s2p43s, 2s2p43p, and 2s2p43d configurations in Olike Ions between Ar XI (Z=18) and Cr XVII (Z=24) is provided. Our data set is compared with the NIST compiled values and previous calculations. The data are accurate enough for identification and deblending of new emission lines from hot astrophysical and laboratory plasmas. The amount of data of high accuracy is significantly increased for the n=3 states of several Olike ions, where experimental data are very scarce. © 2020 Elsevier Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Song2021,
author = {Song, C.X. and Zhang, C.Y. and Wang, K. and Si, R. and Godefroid, M. and Jönsson, P. and Dang, W. and Zhao, X.H. and Yan, J. and Chen, C.Y.},
title = {Extended calculations with spectroscopic accuracy: Energy levels and radiative rates for Olike ions between Ar XI and Cr XVII},
journal = {Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables},
year = {2021},
volume = {138},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.adt.2020.101377}
}

Sutcliffe B (2021), "Treating nuclei in molecules with quantum mechanical respect", Theoretical Chemistry Accounts. Vol. 140(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An examination is made of how nuclear motion ought to be considered in solutions to the eigenvalue problem for the full Coulomb Hamiltonian and the role played by the usual clampednuclei electronic Hamiltonian in the construction of such solutions. © 2021, The Author(s), under exclusive licence to SpringerVerlag GmbH, DE part of Springer Nature. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2021,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {Treating nuclei in molecules with quantum mechanical respect},
journal = {Theoretical Chemistry Accounts},
year = {2021},
volume = {140},
number = {3},
doi = {10.1007/s00214021027223}
}

Zhang CY, Wang K, Si R, Godefroid M, Jönsson P, Xiao J, Gu MF and Chen CY (2021), "Benchmarking calculations with spectroscopic accuracy of level energies and wavelengths in W LVII–W LXII tungsten ions", Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer. Vol. 269
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Atomic properties of n=3 states of the W56+  W61+ ions are systematically investigated through two stateoftheart methods, namely, the secondorder manybody perturbation theory, and the multiconfiguration Dirac–Hartree–Fock method combined with the relativistic configuration interaction approach. The contributions of valencevalence and corevalence electron correlations, the Breit interaction, the higherorder retardation correction beyond the Breit interaction through the transverse photon interaction, and the quantum electrodynamical corrections to the excitation energies are studied in detail. The excitation energies and wavelengths obtained with the two methods agree with each other within ≈0.01%. The present results achieve spectroscopic accuracy and provide a benchmark test for various applications and other theoretical calculations of W56+  W61+ ions. They will assist spectroscopists in their assignment and direct identification of observed lines in complex spectra. © 2021 Elsevier Ltd 
BibTeX:
@article{Zhang2021,
author = {Zhang, Chun Yu and Wang, Kai and Si, Ran and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per and Xiao, Jun and Gu, Ming Feng and Chen, Chong Yang},
title = {Benchmarking calculations with spectroscopic accuracy of level energies and wavelengths in W LVII–W LXII tungsten ions},
journal = {Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer},
year = {2021},
volume = {269},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.jqsrt.2021.107650}
}

Zhang X, Del Zanna G, Wang K, Rynkun P, Jönsson P, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Radžiūtė L, Ma L, Si R, Xiao J, Chen Z, Yan J, Wu Y and Chen C (2021), "Benchmarking Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Silike Ions from Cr xi to Zn xvii", Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series. Vol. 257(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) and relativistic configuration interaction methods are used to provide excitation energies, lifetimes, and radiative transition data for the 604 (699, 702, 704, 704, 704, and 699) lowest levels of the 3s 23p 2, 3s3p 3, 3s 23p3d, 3p 4, 3s3p 23d, 3s 23d 2, 3p 33d, 3s3p3d 2, 3s3d 3, 3p3d 3, 3p 23d 2, 3s 23p4s, 3s 23p4p, 3s 23p4d, 3s 23p4f, 3s3p 24s, 3s3p 24p, 3s3p 24d, 3s3p 24f, 3s 23d4s, 3s 23d4p, 3p 34s, 3p 34p, 3s3p3d4s, 3s 23p5s, and 3s 23p5p configurations in Cr xi, (Mn xii, Fe xiii, Co xiv, Ni xv, Cu xvi, and Zn xvii). Previous line identifications of Fe xiii and Ni xv in the EUV and Xray wavelength ranges are reviewed by comprehensively comparing the MCDHF theoretical results with available experimental data. Many recent identifications of Fe xiii and Ni xv lines are confirmed, and several new identifications for these two ions are proposed. A consistent atomic data set with spectroscopic accuracy is provided for the lowest hundreds of levels for Silike ions of irongroup elements of astrophysical interest, for which experimental values are scarce. The uncertainty estimation method suggested by Kramida, applied to the comparison of the length and velocity line strength values, is used for ranking the transition data. The correlation of the latter with the gauge dependency patterns of the line strengths is investigated. © 2021. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved.. 
BibTeX:
@article{Zhang2021a,
author = {Zhang, X.H. and Del Zanna, G. and Wang, K. and Rynkun, P. and Jönsson, P. and Godefroid, M. and Gaigalas, G. and Radžiūtė, L. and Ma, L.H. and Si, R. and Xiao, J. and Chen, Z.B. and Yan, J. and Wu, Y. and Chen, C.Y.},
title = {Benchmarking Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Silike Ions from Cr xi to Zn xvii},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series},
year = {2021},
volume = {257},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384365/ac2a3f}
}

Aprà E, Bylaska E, De Jong W, Govind N, Kowalski K, Straatsma T, Valiev M, Van Dam H, Alexeev Y, Anchell J, Anisimov V, Aquino F, AttaFynn R, Autschbach J, Bauman N, Becca J, Bernholdt D, BhaskaranNair K, Bogatko S, Borowski P, Boschen J, Brabec J, Bruner A, Cauët E, Chen Y, Chuev G, Cramer C, Daily J, Deegan M, Dunning T, Dupuis M, Dyall K, Fann G, Fischer S, Fonari A, Früchtl H, Gagliardi L, Garza J, Gawande N, Ghosh S, Glaesemann K, Götz A, Hammond J, Helms V, Hermes E, Hirao K, Hirata S, Jacquelin M, Jensen L, Johnson B, Jónsson H, Kendall R, Klemm M, Kobayashi R, Konkov V, Krishnamoorthy S, Krishnan M, Lin Z, Lins R, Littlefield R, Logsdail A, Lopata K, Ma W, Marenich A, Martin Del Campo J, MejiaRodriguez D, Moore J, Mullin J, Nakajima T, Nascimento D, Nichols J, Nichols P, Nieplocha J, OteroDeLaRoza A, Palmer B, Panyala A, Pirojsirikul T, Peng B, Peverati R, Pittner J, Pollack L, Richard R, Sadayappan P, Schatz G, Shelton W, Silverstein D, Smith D, Soares T, Song D, Swart M, Taylor H, Thomas G, Tipparaju V, Truhlar D, Tsemekhman K, Van Voorhis T, VázquezMayagoitia A, Verma P, Villa O, Vishnu A, Vogiatzis K, Wang D, Weare J, Williamson M, Windus T, Woliński K, Wong A, Wu Q, Yang C, Yu Q, Zacharias M, Zhang Z, Zhao Y and Harrison R (2020), "NWChem: Past, present, and future", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 152(18)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Specialized computational chemistry packages have permanently reshaped the landscape of chemical and materials science by providing tools to support and guide experimental efforts and for the prediction of atomistic and electronic properties. In this regard, electronic structure packages have played a special role by using firstprincipledriven methodologies to model complex chemical and materials processes. Over the past few decades, the rapid development of computing technologies and the tremendous increase in computational power have offered a unique chance to study complex transformations using sophisticated and predictive manybody techniques that describe correlated behavior of electrons in molecular and condensed phase systems at different levels of theory. In enabling these simulations, novel parallel algorithms have been able to take advantage of computational resources to address the polynomial scaling of electronic structure methods. In this paper, we briefly review the NWChem computational chemistry suite, including its history, design principles, parallel tools, current capabilities, outreach, and outlook. © 2020 U.S. Government. 
BibTeX:
@article{Apra2020,
author = {Aprà, E. and Bylaska, E.J. and De Jong, W.A. and Govind, N. and Kowalski, K. and Straatsma, T.P. and Valiev, M. and Van Dam, H.J.J. and Alexeev, Y. and Anchell, J. and Anisimov, V. and Aquino, F.W. and AttaFynn, R. and Autschbach, J. and Bauman, N.P. and Becca, J.C. and Bernholdt, D.E. and BhaskaranNair, K. and Bogatko, S. and Borowski, P. and Boschen, J. and Brabec, J. and Bruner, A. and Cauët, E. and Chen, Y. and Chuev, G.N. and Cramer, C.J. and Daily, J. and Deegan, M.J.O. and Dunning, T.H. and Dupuis, M. and Dyall, K.G. and Fann, G.I. and Fischer, S.A. and Fonari, A. and Früchtl, H. and Gagliardi, L. and Garza, J. and Gawande, N. and Ghosh, S. and Glaesemann, K. and Götz, A.W. and Hammond, J. and Helms, V. and Hermes, E.D. and Hirao, K. and Hirata, S. and Jacquelin, M. and Jensen, L. and Johnson, B.G. and Jónsson, H. and Kendall, R.A. and Klemm, M. and Kobayashi, R. and Konkov, V. and Krishnamoorthy, S. and Krishnan, M. and Lin, Z. and Lins, R.D. and Littlefield, R.J. and Logsdail, A.J. and Lopata, K. and Ma, W. and Marenich, A.V. and Martin Del Campo, J. and MejiaRodriguez, D. and Moore, J.E. and Mullin, J.M. and Nakajima, T. and Nascimento, D.R. and Nichols, J.A. and Nichols, P.J. and Nieplocha, J. and OteroDeLaRoza, A. and Palmer, B. and Panyala, A. and Pirojsirikul, T. and Peng, B. and Peverati, R. and Pittner, J. and Pollack, L. and Richard, R.M. and Sadayappan, P. and Schatz, G.C. and Shelton, W.A. and Silverstein, D.W. and Smith, D.M.A. and Soares, T.A. and Song, D. and Swart, M. and Taylor, H.L. and Thomas, G.S. and Tipparaju, V. and Truhlar, D.G. and Tsemekhman, K. and Van Voorhis, T. and VázquezMayagoitia, A. and Verma, P. and Villa, O. and Vishnu, A. and Vogiatzis, K.D. and Wang, D. and Weare, J.H. and Williamson, M.J. and Windus, T.L. and Woliński, K. and Wong, A.T. and Wu, Q. and Yang, C. and Yu, Q. and Zacharias, M. and Zhang, Z. and Zhao, Y. and Harrison, R.J.},
title = {NWChem: Past, present, and future},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2020},
volume = {152},
number = {18},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/5.0004997}
}

Bowen K, Hillenbrand PM, Liévin J, Urbain X and Savin D (2020), "Astrophysically motivated laboratory measurements of deuterium reacting with isotopologues of H+3", Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union. , pp. 114 – 115.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: H2D+ and D2H+ are important chemical tracers of prestellar cores due to their pure rotational spectra that can be excited at the ∼ 20 K temperature of these environments. The use of these molecules as probes of prestellar cores requires understanding the chemistry that forms and destroys these molecules. Of the eight key reactions that have been identified (Albertsson et al. 2013), five are thought to be well understood. The remaining three are the isotope exchange reactions of atomic D with H+ 3 , H2D+, and D2H+. Semiclassical results differ from the classical Langevin calculations by an order of magnitude (Moyano et al. 2004). To resolve this discrepancy, we have carried out laboratory measurements for these three reactions. Absolute cross sections were measured using a dualsource, merged fastbeams apparatus for relative collision energies between ∼ 10 meV to ∼ 10 eV (Hillenbrand et al. 2019). A semiempirical model was developed incorporating high level quantum mechanical ab initio calculations for the zeropointenergycorrected potential energy barrier in order to generate thermal rate coefficients for astrochemical models. Based on our studies, we find that these three reactions proceed too slowly at prestellar core temperatures to play a significant role in the deuteration of H+ 3 isotopologues. © International Astronomical Union 2020. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bowen2020,
author = {Bowen, K.P. and Hillenbrand, P.M. and Liévin, J. and Urbain, X. and Savin, D.W.},
title = {Astrophysically motivated laboratory measurements of deuterium reacting with isotopologues of H+3},
journal = {Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union},
year = {2020},
pages = {114 – 115},
doi = {10.1017/S1743921319006471}
}

Elias B, Cerfontaine S, TroianGautier L, Wehlin SAM, Loiseau F and Cauët E (2020), "Tuning the excitedstate deactivation pathways of dinuclear ruthenium(ii) 2,2′bipyridine complexes through bridging ligand design", Dalton Transactions. Vol. 49(24), pp. 8096 – 8106.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A detailed photophysical investigation of two dinuclear ruthenium(ii) complexes is reported. The two metallic centers were coordinated to a bis2,2′bipyridine bridging ligand, connected either through the para (Lp, Dp) or the meta position (Lm, Dm). The results obtained herein were compared to the prototypical [Ru(bpy)3]2+ parent compound. The formation of dinuclear complexes was accompanied by the expected increase in molar absorption coefficients, i.e. 12 000 M1 cm1, 17 000 M1 cm1, and 22 000 M1 cm1 at the lowest energy MLCTmax transition for [Ru(bpy)3]2+, Dm and Dp respectively. The Lp bridging ligand resulted in a ruthenium(ii) dinuclear complex that absorbed more visible light, and had a longerlived and more delocalized excitedstate compared to a complex with the Lm bridging ligand. Variable temperature measurements provided valuable information about activation energies to the uppermost 3MLCT state and the metalcentered (3MC) state, often accompanied by irreversible ligandloss chemistry. At 298 K, 48% of [Ru(bpy)3]2+∗ excitedstate underwent deactivation through the 3MC state, whereas this deactivation pathway remained practically unpopulated (<0.5%) in both dinuclear complexes. This journal is © The Royal Society of Chemistry. 
BibTeX:
@article{Elias2020,
author = {Elias, Benjamin and Cerfontaine, Simon and TroianGautier, Ludovic and Wehlin, Sara A. M. and Loiseau, Frédérique and Cauët, Emilie},
title = {Tuning the excitedstate deactivation pathways of dinuclear ruthenium(ii) 2,2′bipyridine complexes through bridging ligand design},
journal = {Dalton Transactions},
year = {2020},
volume = {49},
number = {24},
pages = {8096 – 8106},
doi = {10.1039/d0dt01216e}
}

Gamrath S, Godefroid M, Palmeri P, Quinet P and Wang K (2020), "Spectral line list of potential cosmochronological interest deduced from new calculations of radiative transition rates in singly ionized thorium (Th II)", Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. 496(4), pp. 4507 – 4516.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In this work, we report a list of 91 strong Th II spectral lines in the visible wavelength region that could be used as cosmochronometers in future investigations to determine stellar ages from thorium radioactive decay. This list was established on the basis of a pseudorelativistic HartreeFock model including corepolarization corrections (HFR+CPOL) allowing us to compute the corresponding radiative decay parameters, the latter being found to be in good overall agreement with the most accurate experimental data when available. Besides this semiempirical approach, the fully relativistic ab initio multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) method was attempted, showing large discrepancies with both the present HFR+CPOL and the most recent experimental oscillator strengths, although the calculated wavelengths from theoretical energy levels agreed with observed spectral line wavelengths within 2.4 per cent. © 2020 The Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Gamrath2020,
author = {Gamrath, S. and Godefroid, M.R. and Palmeri, P. and Quinet, P. and Wang, K.},
title = {Spectral line list of potential cosmochronological interest deduced from new calculations of radiative transition rates in singly ionized thorium (Th II)},
journal = {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society},
year = {2020},
volume = {496},
number = {4},
pages = {4507 – 4516},
doi = {10.1093/mnras/staa1740}
}

Jiang J, Du Z, Liévin J and Field RW (2020), "Onecolour (∼220 nm) resonanceenhanced (S1 − S0) multiphoton dissociation of acetylene: probe of the C2 A 1 Π u − X 1 Σ+ g band by frequencymodulation spectroscopy", Molecular Physics. Vol. 118(15)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In a recent paper, we demonstrated that onecolour (∼220 nm), resonanceenhanced (S (Formula presented.) S (Formula presented.)), photodissociation of acetylene generates strong (Formula presented.) Swan band ((Formula presented.)) and (Formula presented.) Deslandresd'Azambuja band ((Formula presented.)) fluorescence, and longlived (>3 µs) fluorescence from an electronicallyexcited (Formula presented.) H (Formula presented.) species. It was not known whether the (Formula presented.) and (Formula presented.) states are also directly populated in this process. In this work, multiple vibrationrotation transitions between the (Formula presented.) state v = 2 and the Xstate v = 0 level are examined by timeresolved frequencymodulation (FM) spectroscopy. The photolysis laser wavelength is tuned into resonance at the onephoton level with S (Formula presented.) S (Formula presented.) transitions that populate individual rotational levels of the S (Formula presented.) conformer (Formula presented.), (Formula presented.), and (Formula presented.) vibrational states. By comparing the phase of the FM signals from the (Formula presented.) transitions with that from the Rb D (Formula presented.) line absorption transition, we determine that, for all of the probed A−X transitions, the Xstate level is more populated than the Astate level. We propose that the acetylene S (Formula presented.) level is excited by the second photon to an acetylene dissociation precursor state, which undergoes sequential CH bondbreaking to produce the (Formula presented.) state. The dissociation precursor is assigned as the (Formula presented.) valence state, which correlates to a doublyexcited configuration, (Formula presented.), at linear geometry. Based on the rotational distributions of the (Formula presented.) state fragments, we believe that at least one of the transition states involved in the photolysis via S (Formula presented.) has a larger CCH bendangle for the departing Hatom than that involved in the S (Formula presented.) and (Formula presented.) photolysis. © 2020 Informa UK Limited, trading as Taylor & Francis Group. 
BibTeX:
@article{Jiang2020,
author = {Jiang, Jun and Du, Zhenhui and Liévin, Jacques and Field, Robert W.},
title = {Onecolour (∼220 nm) resonanceenhanced (S1 − S0) multiphoton dissociation of acetylene: probe of the C2 A 1 Π u − X 1 Σ+ g band by frequencymodulation spectroscopy},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2020},
volume = {118},
number = {15},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2020.1724340}
}

Kas M, Liévin J, Vaeck N and Loreau J (2020), "Cold collisions of C2 with Li and Rb atoms in hybrid traps", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 1412(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a theoretical investigation of reactive and nonreactive collisions of Li and Rb atoms with C2 molecular anions at low temperatures in the context of sympathetic cooling in hybrid trap experiments. Based on accurate potential energy surfaces for the singlet and triplet states of the LiC2 and RbC2 systems, we show that the associative electronic detachment reaction is inefficient but that it occurs with a large rate for collisions involving excited states of either Li/Rb or C2. We also investigate rotationally inelastic collisions in order to explore the cooling of the translational and rotational degrees of freedom of C2 in hybrid ionatom traps. The effect of micromotion is taken into account by considering Tsallis distributions of collision energies. We show that the translational cooling occurs much more rapidly than rotational cooling and that the presence of excited atoms leads to losses of anions on a timescale comparable to that of rotational cooling. © Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Kas2020,
author = {Kas, Milaim and Liévin, Jacques and Vaeck, Nathalie and Loreau, Jérôme},
title = {Cold collisions of C2 with Li and Rb atoms in hybrid traps},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2020},
volume = {1412},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/1412/6/062003}
}

Mukai M, Hirayama Y, Watanabe Y, Schiffmann S, Ekman J, Godefroid M, Schury P, Kakiguchi Y, Oyaizu M, Wada M, Jeong S, Moon J, Park J, Ishiyama H, Kimura S, Ueno H, Ahmed M, Ozawa A, Watanabe H, Kanaya S and Miyatake H (2020), "Ingascell laser resonance ionization spectroscopy of Ir 196,197,198", Physical Review C. Vol. 102(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Hyperfine structure (HFS) measurements of neutronrich iridium isotopes Ir196,197,198 (Z=77,N=119121) were performed via ingascell laser resonance ionization spectroscopy at the KEK Isotope Separation System. Magnetic dipole moments μ and isotope shifts were determined from the HFS spectra. The variation of meansquare charge radii and quadrupole deformation parameters of these isotopes were evaluated from the isotope shifts. The μ value of Ir197 agreed with a theoretical value based on the strong coupling model, and the Ir nucleus was interpreted as prolately deformed by the theoretical calculations. The μ values of Ir196,198 were also compared with semiempirical values calculated based on the strong coupling model. From the comparison, we can suggest the possible spin values of Iπ=1,2 for Ir196 and Iπ=1 for Ir198. © 2020 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Mukai2020,
author = {Mukai, M. and Hirayama, Y. and Watanabe, Y.X. and Schiffmann, S. and Ekman, J. and Godefroid, M. and Schury, P. and Kakiguchi, Y. and Oyaizu, M. and Wada, M. and Jeong, S.C. and Moon, J.Y. and Park, J.H. and Ishiyama, H. and Kimura, S. and Ueno, H. and Ahmed, M. and Ozawa, A. and Watanabe, H. and Kanaya, S. and Miyatake, H.},
title = {Ingascell laser resonance ionization spectroscopy of Ir 196,197,198},
journal = {Physical Review C},
year = {2020},
volume = {102},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevC.102.054307}
}

Schiffmann S, Filippin L, Baye D and Godefroid M (2020), "POLALMM: A program to compute polarizabilities for nominal oneelectron systems using the Lagrangemesh method", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 256
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a program to compute polarizabilities of nominal oneelectron systems using the Lagrangemesh method (LMM) (Baye, 2015), that was used by Filippin et al., (2018). A semiempiricalcorepotential approach is implemented, ultimately solving a Diraclike equation by diagonalizing the corresponding Hamiltonian matrix. In order to build the core potential, the core orbitals are obtained from independent calculations using the GRASP2018 package (Fischer et al., 2019). Therefore we provide an easytouse interface between the GRASP2018 package and the LMM complete finite basis, allowing to switch easily from one oneelectron basis to the other. Program summary: Program Title: POLALMM CPC Library link to program files: http://dx.doi.org/10.17632/6mw5gdwfkt.1 Licensing provisions: MIT license Programming language: Fortran90 Nature of problem: Determination of the dipole and quadrupole polarizabilities. Solution method: We combine a semiempiricalcorepotential approach with the numerical Lagrangemesh method to solve a Diraclike oneelectron equation [2]. The building of the core potential requires the prior knowledge of core orbitals provided by GRASP [3]. Two free parameters are optimized by fitting the computed singleelectron valence energies to their experimental reference value. References: [1] The Lagrangemesh method, D. Baye, Phys. Rep. 565 (2015) 1107 [2] Relativistic semiempiricalcorepotential calculations in Ca+, Ba+ and Sr+ ions on Lagrange meshes, L. Filippin, S. Schiffmann, J. DohetEraly, D. Baye and M. Godefroid, Phys. Rev. A 97 (2018) 012506 [3] GRASP2018  A Fortran 95 version of the General Relativistic Atomic Structure Package, C. Froese Fischer, G. Gaigalas, P. Jönsson and J. Bieroń, Comput. Phys. Commun. 237 (2019) 184187 © 2020 Elsevier B.V. 
BibTeX:
@article{Schiffmann2020,
author = {Schiffmann, Sacha and Filippin, Livio and Baye, Daniel and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {POLALMM: A program to compute polarizabilities for nominal oneelectron systems using the Lagrangemesh method},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {2020},
volume = {256},
doi = {10.1016/j.cpc.2020.107452}
}

Schiffmann S, Godefroid M, Ekman J, Jönsson P and Fischer CF (2020), "Natural orbitals in multiconfiguration calculations of hyperfinestructure parameters", Physical Review A. Vol. 101(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We are reinvestigating the hyperfine structure of sodium using a fully relativistic multiconfiguration approach. In the fully relativistic approach, the computational strategy somewhat differs from the original nonrelativistic counterpart used by P. Jönsson, Phys. Rev. A 53, 4021 (1996)PLRAAN1050294710.1103/PhysRevA.53.4021. Numerical instabilities force us to use a layerbylayer approach that has some broad unexpected effects. Core correlation is found to be significant and therefore should be described in an adequate orbital basis. The naturalorbital basis provides an interesting alternative to the orbital basis from the layerbylayer approach, allowing us to overcome some deficits of the latter, giving rise to magnetic dipole hyperfine structure constant values, in excellent agreement with observations. Effort is made to assess the reliability of the naturalorbital bases and to illustrate their efficiency. © 2020 American Physical Society 
BibTeX:
@article{Schiffmann2020a,
author = {Schiffmann, Sacha and Godefroid, Michel and Ekman, Jörgen and Jönsson, Per and Fischer, Charlotte Froese},
title = {Natural orbitals in multiconfiguration calculations of hyperfinestructure parameters},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2020},
volume = {101},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.101.062510}
}

Song C, Wang K, Wang K, Del Zanna G, Jönsson P, Si R, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Radžiūtė L, Rynkun P, Zhao X, Yan J and Chen C (2020), "Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: N = 4 Levels in Plike Ions from Mn Xi to Ni XIV", Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series. Vol. 247(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Using the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock and the relativistic configuration interaction methods, a consistent set of transition energies and radiative transition data for the lowest 546 (623, 701, and 745) states of the 3p43, 3s3p23d2, 3s3p33, 3s3p4, 3s23d33, 3s23p23d, 3s23p24d, 3s23p24s, 3p33d2, 3p5, 3s3p3d3, 3s3p33d, 3s3p34s, 3s23p3d2, 3s23p24p, and 3s23p3 configurations in Mn xi (Fe xii, Co xiii, and Ni xiv) is provided. The comparison between calculated excitation energies for the n = 4 states and available experimental values for Fe xii indicate that the calculations are highly accurate, with uncertainties of only a few hundred cm1. Lines from these states are prominent in the soft Xrays. With the present calculations, several recent new identifications are confirmed. Other identifications involving 3p24d levels in Fe xii that were found to be questionable are discussed and a few new assignments are recommended. As some n = 4 states of the other ions also show large discrepancies between experimental and calculated energies, we reassess their identification. The present study provides highly accurate atomic data for the n = 4 states of Plike ions of astrophysical interest, for which experimental data are scarce. © 2020. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Song2020,
author = {Song, C.X. and Wang, K. and Wang, K. and Del Zanna, G. and Jönsson, P. and Si, R. and Godefroid, M. and Gaigalas, G. and Radžiūtė, L. and Rynkun, P. and Zhao, X.H. and Yan, J. and Chen, C.Y.},
title = {Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: N = 4 Levels in Plike Ions from Mn Xi to Ni XIV},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series},
year = {2020},
volume = {247},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384365/ab7cc6}
}

Urbain X, De Ruette N, Dochain A, Launoy T, Nascimento R, Kaminska M, Stockett M, Loreau J, Liévin J, Vaeck N, Thomas R, Schmidt H and Cederquist H (2020), "Merged beam studies of mutual neutralization at subthermal collision energies", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 1412(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have measured the kinetic energy distributions for the mutual neutralization of a large ensemble of atomic anions and cations. Ions are accelerated to equal velocities in a merged beam setup, enabling measurements at collision energies as low as 5 meV. Threedimensional momentum imaging is performed with two position sensitive detectors located several meters downstream from the few centimeter long region where the beams overlap. An unprecedented resolution in the kinetic energy release (KER) spectra allows us to identify the states of both reactants and products down to their fine structure. Knowing the angular distribution of the products in the laboratory and centerofmass frame, allows for total, partial, and differential cross sections to be retrieved. © Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Urbain2020,
author = {Urbain, X. and De Ruette, N. and Dochain, A. and Launoy, T. and Nascimento, R.F. and Kaminska, M. and Stockett, M.H. and Loreau, J. and Liévin, J. and Vaeck, N. and Thomas, R.D. and Schmidt, H.T. and Cederquist, H.},
title = {Merged beam studies of mutual neutralization at subthermal collision energies},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2020},
volume = {1412},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/1412/6/062009}
}

Wang K, Wang K, Wang K, Jönsson P, Del Zanna G, Godefroid M, Chen Z, Chen C and Yan J (2020), "Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Cllike Ions from Cr viii to Zn xiv", Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series. Vol. 246(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We use the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) method combined with the relativistic configuration interaction approach (GRASP2K) to provide a consistent set of transition energies and radiative transition data for the lower n = 3 states in all Cllike ions of astrophysical importance, from Cr viii to Zn xiv. We also provide excitation energies calculated for Fe x using the manybody perturbation theory (MBPT, implemented within FAC). The comparison of the present MCDHF results with MBPT and with the available experimental energies indicates that the theoretical excitation energies are highly accurate, with uncertainties of only a few hundred cm1. Detailed comparisons for Fe x and Ni xii highlight discrepancies in the experimental energies found in the literature. Several new identifications are proposed. © 2019. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wang2020,
author = {Wang, K. and Wang, K. and Wang, K. and Jönsson, P. and Del Zanna, G. and Godefroid, M. and Chen, Z.B. and Chen, C.Y. and Yan, J.},
title = {Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Cllike Ions from Cr viii to Zn xiv},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series},
year = {2020},
volume = {246},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384365/ab5530}
}

Yordanov DT, Rodríguez LV, Balabanski DL, Bieroń J, Bissell ML, Blaum K, Cheal B, Ekman J, Gaigalas G, Garcia Ruiz RF, Georgiev G, Gins W, Godefroid MR, Gorges C, Harman Z, Heylen H, Jönsson P, Kanellakopoulos A, Kaufmann S, Keitel CH, Lagaki V, Lechner S, Maaß B, MalbrunotEttenauer S, Nazarewicz W, Neugart R, Neyens G, Nörtershäuser W, Oreshkina NS, Papoulia A, Pyykkö P, Reinhard PG, Sailer S, Sánchez R, Schiffmann S, Schmidt S, Wehner L, Wraith C, Xie L, Xu Z and Yang X (2020), "Structural trends in atomic nuclei from laser spectroscopy of tin", Communications Physics. Vol. 3(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Tin is the chemical element with the largest number of stable isotopes. Its complete proton shell, comparable with the closed electron shells in the chemically inert noble gases, is not a mere precursor to extended stability; since the protons carry the nuclear charge, their spatial arrangement also drives the nuclear electromagnetism. We report highprecision measurements of the electromagnetic moments and isomeric differences in charge radii between the lowest 1/2+, 3/2+, and 11/2− states in 117–131Sn, obtained by collinear laser spectroscopy. Supported by stateoftheart atomicstructure calculations, the data accurately show a considerable attenuation of the quadrupole moments in the closedshell tin isotopes relative to those of cadmium, with two protons less. Linear and quadratic massdependent trends are observed. While microscopic density functional theory explains the global behaviour of the measured quantities, interpretation of the local patterns demands higherfidelity modelling. © 2020, The Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Yordanov2020,
author = {Yordanov, Deyan T. and Rodríguez, Liss V. and Balabanski, Dimiter L. and Bieroń, Jacek and Bissell, Mark L. and Blaum, Klaus and Cheal, Bradley and Ekman, Jörgen and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Garcia Ruiz, Ronald F. and Georgiev, Georgi and Gins, Wouter and Godefroid, Michel R. and Gorges, Christian and Harman, Zoltán and Heylen, Hanne and Jönsson, Per and Kanellakopoulos, Anastasios and Kaufmann, Simon and Keitel, Christoph H. and Lagaki, Varvara and Lechner, Simon and Maaß, Bernhard and MalbrunotEttenauer, Stephan and Nazarewicz, Witold and Neugart, Rainer and Neyens, Gerda and Nörtershäuser, Wilfried and Oreshkina, Natalia S. and Papoulia, Asimina and Pyykkö, Pekka and Reinhard, PaulGerhard and Sailer, Stefan and Sánchez, Rodolfo and Schiffmann, Sacha and Schmidt, Stefan and Wehner, Laura and Wraith, Calvin and Xie, Liang and Xu, Zhengyu and Yang, Xiaofei},
title = {Structural trends in atomic nuclei from laser spectroscopy of tin},
journal = {Communications Physics},
year = {2020},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1038/s4200502003489}
}

Zhang CY, Wang K, Godefroid M, Jönsson P, Si R and Chen CY (2020), "Benchmarking calculations with spectroscopic accuracy of excitation energies and wavelengths in sulfurlike tungsten", Physical Review A. Vol. 101(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Atomic properties of Slike W are evaluated through a stateoftheart method, namely, the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method combined with the relativistic configurationinteraction approach. The level energies, wavelengths, and transition parameters involving the 88 lowest levels of W58+ (W lix) are calculated. We discuss in detail the relative importance of the valenceand corevalence electron correlation effects, the Breit interaction, the higherorder retardation correction beyond the Breit interaction through the transverse photon interaction, and the quantum electrodynamical corrections. The present level energies are highly accurate, with uncertainties close to what can be achieved from spectroscopy. As such, they provide benchmark tests for other theoretical calculations of Slike W and should assist the spectroscopists in their assignment and identification of observed lines in complex spectra. © 2020 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Zhang2020,
author = {Zhang, Chun Yu and Wang, Kai and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per and Si, Ran and Chen, Chong Yang},
title = {Benchmarking calculations with spectroscopic accuracy of excitation energies and wavelengths in sulfurlike tungsten},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2020},
volume = {101},
number = {3},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.101.032509}
}

Ekman J, Jönsson P, Godefroid M, Nazé C, Gaigalas G and Bieroń J (2019), "RIS 4: A program for relativistic isotope shift calculations", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 235, pp. 433 – 446.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Spectral lines from different isotopes display a small separation in energy, commonly referred to as the line isotope shift. The program RIS 4 (Relativistic Isotope Shift) calculates normal and specific mass shift parameters as well as field shift electronic factors from relativistic multiconfiguration Dirac–Hartree–Fock wave functions. These quantities, together with available nuclear data, determine isotopedependent energy shifts. Using a reformulation of the field shift, it is possible to study, in a modelindependent way, the atomic energy shifts arising from changes in nuclear charge distributions, e.g. deformations. Program summary: Program title: RIS 4 Program Files doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.17632/8vjpf69zch.1 Licensing provisions: MIT Programming language: Fortran 77 and Fortran 90 Journal reference of previous version: Comput. Phys. Comm. 184 (2013) 2187 Does the new version supersede the previous version?: Yes Subprograms used: GRASP 2K VERSION 1_1 Nature of problem: Prediction of level and transition isotope shifts in atoms using fourcomponent relativistic wave functions. Solution method: The nuclear mass shifts and field shifts are treated using first order perturbation theory. The electron density and the normal and specific mass shift parameters can be expressed as [Formula presented], where [Formula presented] is the relevant operator and [Formula presented] is the configuration state expansion, where P, J and MJ are the parity and angular quantum numbers, respectively. The matrix elements, in turn, can be decomposed as sums over radial integrals multiplied by angular coefficients. The angular coefficients are calculated using routines from the GRASP2K VERSION 1_1 package [1]. Reasons for new version: This new version calculates field shift electronic factors resulting from nonconstant (varying) electron densities inside the nucleus. Summary of revisions: This new version uses an expression of the field shift that through a polynomial expansion of the electron density contains higher order radial moments and thus takes the varying electron density within the nuclear volume into account. Restrictions: The complexity of the cases that can be handled is entirely determined by the GRASP2K package [1] used for the generation of the electronic wave functions. Unusual features: Using a reformulation of the field shift, it is possible to study the atomic energy shifts arising from changes in nuclear charge distributions, e.g. deformations. References: [1] P. Jönsson, G. Gaigalas, J. Bieroń, C. Froese Fischer, I.P. Grant, New version: Grasp2K relativistic atomic structure package, Comput. Phys. Commun. 184 (9) (2013) 2197–2203. © 2018 
BibTeX:
@article{Ekman2019,
author = {Ekman, J. and Jönsson, P. and Godefroid, M. and Nazé, C. and Gaigalas, G. and Bieroń, J.},
title = {RIS 4: A program for relativistic isotope shift calculations},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {2019},
volume = {235},
pages = {433 – 446},
doi = {10.1016/j.cpc.2018.08.017}
}

Froese Fischer C and Godefroid MR (2019), "Electron correlation in the lanthanides: 4f2 spectrum of Ce2+", Physical Review A. Vol. 99(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Atoms and ions of lanthanides have multiple opens shells along with an open 4fk subshell. This paper studies the effect of electron correlation in such systems and how wave functions can be determined for the accurate prediction of atomic properties in the case of Ce2+ where k=2, using the multireference single and doubleexcitation method. An efficient higherorder method is recommended for more reliable results. © 2019 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer2019,
author = {Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Godefroid, Michel R.},
title = {Electron correlation in the lanthanides: 4f2 spectrum of Ce2+},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2019},
volume = {99},
number = {3},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.99.032511}
}

Gans B, BoyéPéronne S and Liévin J (2019), "Vibronic structure of the cyanobutadiyne cation. II. Theoretical exploration of the complex energy landscape of HC5N+", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 150(24)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The results of an extensive ab initio study of the cyanobutadiyne cation, initially motivated by thresholdphotoelectron spectroscopy experiments [see the study by Gans et al., J. Chem. Phys. 150, 244304 (2019)], are reported in the present paper. Calculations at the internally contracted multireference configuration interaction level of theory have been performed to derive the rovibronic properties of the seven lowest electronic states of HC5N+. Equilibrium geometries, rotational constants, vibrational frequencies, electric dipole moments, and spinorbit constants have been calculated and compared with experimental data when available. Adiabatic and vertical ionization energies from the neutral ground state as well as transition energies within the cation electronic manifold are predicted, using the convergence to the complete basis set limit. The accurate description of the complex energy landscape up to 32 000 cm1 above the ionization potential allows us to perform FranckCondon simulations of the photoionization spectrum to the X+ 2Π, A+ 2Π, B+ 2ς+, and C+ 2Π states and allows us to simulate the A+ 2Π → X+ 2Π emission spectrum. The vibronic perturbations occurring on the excited potential energy surfaces are revealed and discussed, in particular, for the 3 2Π surface, which presents a doublewell topography. © 2019 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Gans2019a,
author = {Gans, Bérenger and BoyéPéronne, Séverine and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Vibronic structure of the cyanobutadiyne cation. II. Theoretical exploration of the complex energy landscape of HC5N+},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2019},
volume = {150},
number = {24},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.5097691}
}

Gans B, Lamarre N, Guillemin JC, Douin S, Alcaraz C, Romanzin C, Garcia GA, Liévin J and BoyéPéronne S (2019), "Vibronic structure of the cyanobutadiyne cation. I. VUV photoionization study of HC5N", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 150(24)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report the vacuumultraviolet thresholdphotoelectron spectrum of HC5N recorded over a wide spectral range, from 84 000 to 120 000 cm1, with a 120 cm1 spectral resolution, better than what was achieved in previous photoelectron studies, and with mass selectivity. The adiabatic ionization potential of cyanobutadiyne is measured at 85 366 (±40) cm1. Assignment of the vibrational bands of the four lowest electronic states X+2Π, A+2Π, B+2ς+, and C+2Π are performed, supported by high level ab initio calculations which are fully detailed in Paper II [B. Gans et al., J. Chem. Phys. 150, 244303 (2019)] and by FranckCondon simulations. Only vibrational stretching modes are observed in the thresholdphotoelectron spectra. The ground state of HC5N+ exhibits a vibrational progression in the ν2 stretching mode involving mainly the elongation of the CC triple bonds, whereas the A+ and C+ excited electronic states show a progression in the stretching mode mainly associated with the elongation of the CN bond, i.e., ν4 and ν3, respectively. The B+ state appears almost as a vibrationless structure in close vicinity to the A+ state. © 2019 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Gans2019,
author = {Gans, Bérenger and Lamarre, Nicolas and Guillemin, JeanClaude and Douin, Stéphane and Alcaraz, Christian and Romanzin, Claire and Garcia, Gustavo A. and Liévin, Jacques and BoyéPéronne, Séverine},
title = {Vibronic structure of the cyanobutadiyne cation. I. VUV photoionization study of HC5N},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2019},
volume = {150},
number = {24},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.5097688}
}

Hillenbrand PM, Bowen K, Liévin J, Urbain X and Savin D (2019), "Experimental and Theoretical Studies of the Isotope Exchange Reaction D + H3 + → H2D+ + H", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 877(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Deuterated molecules are important chemical tracers of prestellar and protostellar cores. Up to now, the titular reaction has been assumed to contribute to the generation of these deuterated molecules. We have measured the mergedbeams rate coefficient for this reaction as a function of the relative collision energy in the range of about 10meV10 eV. By varying the internal temperature of the reacting H+ 3 molecules, we found indications for the existence of a reaction barrier. We have performed detailed theoretical calculations for the zeropointcorrected energy profile of the reaction and determined a new value for the barrier height of ≈68 meV. Furthermore, we have calculated the tunneling probability through the barrier. Our experimental and theoretical results show that the reaction is essentially closed at astrochemically relevant temperatures. We derive a thermal rate coefficient of <1 × 1012 cm3 s1 for temperatures below 75 K with tunneling effects included and below 155 K without tunneling. © 2019. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hillenbrand2019,
author = {Hillenbrand, P.M. and Bowen, K.P. and Liévin, J. and Urbain, X. and Savin, D.W.},
title = {Experimental and Theoretical Studies of the Isotope Exchange Reaction D + H3 + → H2D+ + H},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {2019},
volume = {877},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384357/ab16dc}
}

Kas M, Loreau J, Liévin J and Vaeck N (2019), "Cold reactive and nonreactive collisions of Li and Rb with C2: Implications for hybridtrap experiments", Physical Review A. Vol. 99(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a theoretical investigation of cold reactive and nonreactive collisions of Li and Rb atoms with C2. The potential energy surfaces for the singlet and triplet states of the LiC2 and RbC2 systems have been obtained using the CASSCF followed by icMRCI approach with extended basis sets. The potential energy surfaces are then used to investigate the associative detachment reaction and to calculate rotationally inelastic cross sections at low collision energies by means of the closecoupling method. The results are compared to those obtained for other anionic systems such as RbOH, and the implications for hybridtrap experiments and sympathetic cooling experiments are explored. Furthermore, we discuss the possibility to perform Doppler thermometry on the C2 anion and investigate the collision process involving excited electronic states. © 2019 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kas2019,
author = {Kas, Milaim and Loreau, Jérôme and Liévin, Jacques and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Cold reactive and nonreactive collisions of Li and Rb with C2: Implications for hybridtrap experiments},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2019},
volume = {99},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.99.042702}
}

Kas M, Loreau J, Liévin J and Vaeck N (2019), "Reactivity of Hydrated Hydroxide Anion Clusters with H and Rb: An ab Initio Study", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 123(41), pp. 8893 – 8906.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a theoretical investigation of the hydrated hydroxide anion clusters, OH(H2O)n, and of the collisional complexes, HOH(H2O)n and RbOH(H2O)n (with n = 14). The MP2 and CCSD(T) methods are used to calculate interaction energies, optimized geometries, and vertical detachment energies. Parts of the potential energy surfaces are explored with a focus on the autodetachment region. We point out the importance of diffuse functions to correctly describe the latter. We use our results to discuss the different water loss and electronic detachment channels, which are the main reaction routes at room temperature and below. In particular, we have considered a direct and an indirect process for the electronic detachment, depending on whether water loss follows or precedes the detachment of the excess electron. We use our results to discuss the implications for astrochemistry and hybrid trap experiments in the context of cold chemistry. © 2019 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kas2019a,
author = {Kas, Milaim and Loreau, Jérôme and Liévin, Jacques and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Reactivity of Hydrated Hydroxide Anion Clusters with H and Rb: An ab Initio Study},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2019},
volume = {123},
number = {41},
pages = {8893 – 8906},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1021/acs.jpca.9b05971}
}

Launoy T, Loreau J, Dochain A, Liévin J, Vaeck N and Urbain X (2019), "Mutual Neutralization in Li+D Collisions: A Combined Experimental and Theoretical Study", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 883(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a combined experimental and theoretical study of the mutual neutralization (MN) process in collisions of lithium ions (Li+) with deuterium anions (D) at collision energies below 1 eV. We employ a mergedbeam apparatus to determine total and statetostate MN cross sections. We perform nuclear dynamics calculations using the multichannel LandauZener model based on accurate ab initio molecular data. We obtain an excellent agreement between the experimental and theoretical results over the energy range covered in this work. We show that the basis sets used in the ab initio calculations have a limited influence on the total cross section, but strongly impacts the results obtained for the partial cross sections or the reaction branching ratios. This demonstrates the important role of highprecision measurements to validate the theoretical approaches used to study gasphase reactive processes. Finally, we compute MN rate coefficients for Li+ + H and Li+ + D, and discuss their significance for astrochemistry models. © 2019. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Launoy2019,
author = {Launoy, Thibaut and Loreau, Jérôme and Dochain, Arnaud and Liévin, Jacques and Vaeck, Nathalie and Urbain, Xavier},
title = {Mutual Neutralization in Li+D Collisions: A Combined Experimental and Theoretical Study},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {2019},
volume = {883},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384357/ab3346}
}

Maggiolo R, Gibbons A, Cessateur G, Keyser JD, Dhooghe F, Gunell H, Loreau J, Mousis O and Vaeck N (2019), "Effect of the Surface Roughness of Icy Grains on Molecular Oxygen Chemistry in Molecular Clouds", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 882(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Molecular cloud and protosolar nebula chemistry involves a strong interaction between the gas phase and the surface of icy grains. The exchanges between the gas phase and the solid phase depend not only on the adsorption and desorption rates but also on the geometry of the surface of the grains. Indeed, for sufficient levels of surface roughness, atoms and molecules have a significant probability to collide with the grain icy mantle several times before being potentially captured. In consequence, their net sticking probability may differ from their sticking probability for a single collision with the grain surface. We estimate the effectiveness of the recapture on uneven surfaces for the various desorption processes at play in astrophysical environments. We show that surface roughness has a significant effect on the desorption rates. We focus in particular on the production of O2 since unexpectedly large amounts of it, probably incorporated in the comet when it formed, have been detected in the coma of comet 67P by the Rosetta probe. Our results suggest that the higher escape probability of hydrogen compared to heavier species on rough surfaces can contribute to enhancing the production of O2 in the icy mantles of grains while keeping its abundance low in the gas phase and may significantly decrease the desorption probability of molecules involved in the O2 chemical network. © 2019. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved.. 
BibTeX:
@article{Maggiolo2019,
author = {Maggiolo, R. and Gibbons, A. and Cessateur, G. and Keyser, J. De and Dhooghe, F. and Gunell, H. and Loreau, J. and Mousis, O. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Effect of the Surface Roughness of Icy Grains on Molecular Oxygen Chemistry in Molecular Clouds},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {2019},
volume = {882},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384357/ab3400}
}

Papoulia A, Ekman J, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Gustafsson S, Hartman H, Li W, Radžiute L, Rynku P, Schiffmann S, Wang K and Jönsson P (2019), "Coulomb (Velocity) Gauge Recommended in Multiconfiguration Calculations of Transition Data Involving Rydberg Series", Atoms. Vol. 7(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Astronomical spectroscopy has recently expanded into the nearinfrared (nIR) wavelength region, raising the demands on atomic transition data. The interpretation of the observed spectra largely relies on theoretical results, and progress towards the production of accurate theoretical data must continuously be made. Spectrum calculations that target multiple atomic states at the same time are by nomeans trivial. Further, numerous atomic systems involve Rydberg series,which are associated with additional difficulties. In this work, we demonstrate how the challenges in the computations of Rydberg series can be handled in largescale multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) and relativistic configuration interaction (RCI) calculations. By paying special attention to the construction of the radial orbital basis that builds the atomic state functions, transition data that are weakly sensitive to the choice of gauge can be obtained. Additionally, we show that the Babushkin gauge should not always be considered as the preferred gauge, and that, in the computations of transition data involving Rydberg series, the Coulomb gauge could be more appropriate for the analysis of astrophysical spectra. To illustrate the above, results from computations of transitions involving Rydberg series in the astrophysically important C IV and C III ions are presented and analyzed. © 2019 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Papoulia2019,
author = {Papoulia, Asimina and Ekman, Jörgen and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Godefroid, Michel and Gustafsson, Stefan and Hartman, Henrik and Li, Wenxian and Radžiute, Laima and Rynku, Pavel and Schiffmann, Sacha and Wang, Kai and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Coulomb (Velocity) Gauge Recommended in Multiconfiguration Calculations of Transition Data Involving Rydberg Series},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2019},
volume = {7},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms7040106}
}

Xie L, Yang X, Wraith C, Babcock C, Bieroń J, Billowes J, Bissell M, Blaum K, Cheal B, Filippin L, Flanagan K, Garcia Ruiz R, Gins W, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Gorges C, Grob L, Heylen H, Jönsson P, Kaufmann S, Kowalska M, Krämer J, MalbrunotEttenauer S, Neugart R, Neyens G, Nörtershäuser W, Otsuka T, Papuga J, Sánchez R, Tsunoda Y and Yordanov D (2019), "Nuclear charge radii of 62−80Zn and their dependence on crossshell proton excitations", Physics Letters, Section B: Nuclear, Elementary Particle and HighEnergy Physics. Vol. 797
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Nuclear charge radii of 62−80Zn have been determined using collinear laser spectroscopy of bunched ion beams at CERNISOLDE. The subtle variations of observed charge radii, both within one isotope and along the full range of neutron numbers, are found to be well described in terms of the proton excitations across the Z=28 shell gap, as predicted by largescale shell model calculations. It comprehensively explains the changes in isomertoground state mean square charge radii of 69−79Zn, the inversion of the oddeven staggering around N=40 and the oddeven staggering systematics of the Zn charge radii. With two protons above Z=28, the observed charge radii of the Zn isotopic chain show a cumulative effect of different aspects of nuclear structure including single particle structure, shell closure, correlations and deformations near the proposed doubly magic nuclei, 68Ni and 78Ni. © 2019 The Author(s) 
BibTeX:
@article{Xie2019,
author = {Xie, L. and Yang, X.F. and Wraith, C. and Babcock, C. and Bieroń, J. and Billowes, J. and Bissell, M.L. and Blaum, K. and Cheal, B. and Filippin, L. and Flanagan, K.T. and Garcia Ruiz, R.F. and Gins, W. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M. and Gorges, C. and Grob, L.K. and Heylen, H. and Jönsson, P. and Kaufmann, S. and Kowalska, M. and Krämer, J. and MalbrunotEttenauer, S. and Neugart, R. and Neyens, G. and Nörtershäuser, W. and Otsuka, T. and Papuga, J. and Sánchez, R. and Tsunoda, Y. and Yordanov, D.T.},
title = {Nuclear charge radii of 62−80Zn and their dependence on crossshell proton excitations},
journal = {Physics Letters, Section B: Nuclear, Elementary Particle and HighEnergy Physics},
year = {2019},
volume = {797},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.physletb.2019.134805}
}

Aourir N, Nemouchi M, Godefroid M and Jönsson P (2018), "Theoretical hyperfine structures of F 19 i and O 17 i", Physical Review A. Vol. 97(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) and multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) calculations are performed for the 2p5Po2, 2p4(3P)3s4P, 2p4(3P)3s2P, and 2p4(3P)3p4So states of F19 i to determine their hyperfine constants. Several computing strategies are considered to investigate electron correlation and relativistic effects. Highorder correlation contributions are included in MCHF calculations based on single and double multireference expansions. The largest components of the single reference MCHF wave functions are selected to define the multireference (MR) sets. In this scheme, relativistic corrections are evaluated in the BreitPauli approximation. A similar strategy is used for the calculation of MCDHF relativistic wave functions and hyperfine parameters. While correlation and relativistic corrections are found to be rather small for the ground state, we highlight large relativistic effects on the hyperfine constant A3/2 of 2p4(3P)3p4So and, to a lesser extent, on A1/2 of 2p4(3P)3s4P. As expected for such a light system, electron correlation effects dominate over relativity in the calculation of the hyperfine interaction of all other levels considered. We also revisit the hyperfine constants of 2p3(4S)3sSo5 and 2p3(4S)3p5P in O17 using similar strategies. The results are found to be in excellent agreement with experiment. © 2018 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Aourir2018,
author = {Aourir, Nouria and Nemouchi, Messaoud and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Theoretical hyperfine structures of F 19 i and O 17 i},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2018},
volume = {97},
number = {3},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.97.032506}
}

Bieroń J, Filippin L, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Jönsson P and Pyykkö P (2018), "Ab initio calculations of the hyperfine structure of zinc and evaluation of the nuclear quadrupole moment Q(Zn 67)", Physical Review A. Vol. 97(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The relativistic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock and the nonrelativistic multiconfiguration HartreeFock methods have been employed to calculate the magnetic dipole and electric quadrupole hyperfine structure constants of zinc. The calculated electric field gradients for the 4s4pP1o3 and 4s4pP2o3 states, together with experimental values of the electric quadrupole hyperfine structure constants, made it possible to extract a nuclear electric quadrupole moment Q(Zn67)=0.122(10) b. The error bar was evaluated in a quasistatistical approach  the calculations were carried out with 11 different methods, and then the error bar was estimated from the differences between the results obtained with those methods. © 2018 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bieron2018,
author = {Bieroń, Jacek and Filippin, Livio and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per and Pyykkö, Pekka},
title = {Ab initio calculations of the hyperfine structure of zinc and evaluation of the nuclear quadrupole moment Q(Zn 67)},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2018},
volume = {97},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.97.062505}
}

De Ruette N, Dochain A, Launoy T, Nascimento R, Kaminska M, Stockett M, Vaeck N, Schmidt H, Cederquist H and Urbain X (2018), "Mutual Neutralization of O with O+ and N+ at Subthermal Collision Energies", Physical Review Letters. Vol. 121(8)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have measured total absolute cross sections for the mutual neutralization (MN) of O with O+ and N+. A fine resolution (of about 50 meV) in the kinetic energy spectra of the product neutral atoms allows unique identification of the atomic states participating in the mutual neutralization process. Cross sections and branching ratios have also been calculated down to 1 meV centerofmass collision energy for these two systems, with a multichannel LandauZener model and an asymptotic method for the ioniccovalent coupling matrix elements. The importance of twoelectron processes in oneelectron transfer is demonstrated by the dominant contribution of a coreexcited configuration of the nitrogen atom in N++O collisions. This effect is partially accounted for by introducing configuration mixing in the evaluation of coupling matrix elements. © 2018 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{DeRuette2018,
author = {De Ruette, N. and Dochain, A. and Launoy, T. and Nascimento, R.F. and Kaminska, M. and Stockett, M.H. and Vaeck, N. and Schmidt, H.T. and Cederquist, H. and Urbain, X.},
title = {Mutual Neutralization of O with O+ and N+ at Subthermal Collision Energies},
journal = {Physical Review Letters},
year = {2018},
volume = {121},
number = {8},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevLett.121.083401}
}

Filippin L, Schiffmann S, DohetEraly J, Baye D and Godefroid M (2018), "Relativistic semiempiricalcorepotential calculations in Ca+, Sr+, and Ba+ ions on Lagrange meshes", Physical Review A. Vol. 97(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Relativistic atomic structure calculations are carried out in alkalineearthmetal ions using a semiempiricalcorepotential approach. The systems are partitioned into frozencore electrons and an active valence electron. The core orbitals are defined by a DiracHartreeFock calculation using the grasp2k package. The valence electron is described by a Diraclike Hamiltonian involving a corepolarization potential to simulate the corevalence electron correlation. The associated equation is solved with the Lagrangemesh method, which is an approximate variational approach having the form of a mesh calculation because of the use of a Gauss quadrature to calculate matrix elements. Properties involving the lowlying metastable D3/2,5/22 states of Ca+, Sr+, and Ba+ are studied, such as polarizabilities, one and twophoton decay rates, and lifetimes. Good agreement is found with other theory and observation, which is promising for further applications in alkalilike systems. © 2018 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Filippin2018,
author = {Filippin, Livio and Schiffmann, Sacha and DohetEraly, Jérémy and Baye, Daniel and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Relativistic semiempiricalcorepotential calculations in Ca+, Sr+, and Ba+ ions on Lagrange meshes},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2018},
volume = {97},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.97.012506}
}

Gamrath S, Palmeri P, Quinet P, Bouazza S and Godefroid M (2018), "MCDHF calculations of isotope shifts in neutral antimony", Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer. Vol. 218, pp. 38 – 45.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio multiconfiguration Dirac–Hartree–Fock (MCDHF) calculations have been carried out in order to determine the isotope shift (IS) electronic parameters of transitions belonging to electric dipole (E1) transition arrays 5s25p3−5s25p26s, 5s25p26s−5s25p26p and 5s25p26s−5s25p27p in neutral antimony, Sb I. In a correlation model limited to single and double excitations from the valence shells, these parameters, combined with the changes in meansquare nuclear charge radius δ⟨r2⟩123,121 compiled by Angeli and Marinova [3] produce isotope shifts values in good agreement with the most recent measurements by highresolution emission and optogalvanic absorption spectroscopy of Sobolewski et al. [5] but not with the old measurements of Buchholz et al. [4] for 5p3−5p26s. However, our analysis does not allow to reject the latter due to the large uncertainty affecting δ⟨r2⟩123,121, i.e. 0.072 ± 0.048 fm2 [3]. This shows the need of a more accurate determination of this nuclear parameter. Although improving excitation energies, the inclusion of corevalence correlation limited to one hole in the 4d core subshell destroyed the theoryexperiment agreement on the IS parameters. © 2018 Elsevier Ltd 
BibTeX:
@article{Gamrath2018,
author = {Gamrath, S. and Palmeri, P. and Quinet, P. and Bouazza, S. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {MCDHF calculations of isotope shifts in neutral antimony},
journal = {Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer},
year = {2018},
volume = {218},
pages = {38 – 45},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.jqsrt.2018.07.004}
}

Loreau J, Ryabchenko S, Burgos JMM and Vaeck N (2018), "Charge transfer in lowenergy collisions of H with He+ and H+ with He in excited states", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 51(8)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The charge transfer process in collisions of excited (n = 2, 3) hydrogen atoms with He+ and in collisions of excited helium atoms with H+ is studied theoretically. A combination of a fully quantummechanical method and a semiclassical approach is employed to calculate the chargeexchange cross sections at collision energies from 0.1 eV u1 up to 1 keV u1. These methods are based on accurate ab initio potential energy curves and nonadiabatic couplings for the molecular ion HeH+. Charge transfer can occur either in singlet or in triplet states, and the differences between the singlet and triplet spin manifolds are discussed. The dependence of the cross section on the quantum numbers n and l of the initial state is demonstrated. The isotope effect on the charge transfer cross sections, arising at low collision energy when H is substituted by D or T, is investigated. Rate coefficients are calculated for all isotopes up to 106 K. Finally, the impact of the present calculations on models of laboratory plasmas is discussed. © 2018 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2018,
author = {Loreau, J. and Ryabchenko, S. and Burgos, J M Munoz and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Charge transfer in lowenergy collisions of H with He+ and H+ with He in excited states},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2018},
volume = {51},
number = {8},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/13616455/aab425}
}

Santos L, Herman M, DesouterLecomte M and Vaeck N (2018), "Rovibrational laser control targeting a dark state in acetylene. Simulation in the Ns = 1, Nr = 5 polyad", Molecular Physics. Vol. 116(17), pp. 2213 – 2225.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Optimal control theory in the Liouville space is used to perform rovibrational control by means of a laser pulse in a polyad of acetylene in order to populate a dark vibrational state. The initial mixed state is a truncated Boltzmann distribution of rotational levels from J=27 to J=31 of the ground vibrational state. The target state is a rotational equidistribution of levels ranging from J=28 to J=32 of the first excited vibrational dark state including quanta of energy in each bending modes, with positive vibrational angular momenta. The simulation is performed by using a manifold of eigenstates of a fulldimensional Hamiltonian calibrated by high precision spectroscopy known as the global acetylene Hamiltonian [B. Amyay et al., J. Chem. Phys. 131, 114301 (2009)]. The control is successful as an Uhlmann's fidelity of 0.98 is reached. © 2018, © 2018 Informa UK Limited, trading as Taylor & Francis Group. 
BibTeX:
@article{Santos2018,
author = {Santos, L. and Herman, M. and DesouterLecomte, M. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Rovibrational laser control targeting a dark state in acetylene. Simulation in the Ns = 1, Nr = 5 polyad},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2018},
volume = {116},
number = {17},
pages = {2213 – 2225},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2018.1469797}
}

Wang K, Song C, Jönsson P, Zanna GD, Schiffmann S, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Zhao X, Si R, Chen C and Yan J (2018), "Benchmarking Atomic Data from Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Slike Ions from Crix to Cuxiv", Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series. Vol. 239(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a consistent set of calculated energies and E1, M1, E2, M2 radiative transition data for the main n = 3 levels from the 3s 23p 4, 3p 6, 3p6, 3s3p43d, 3s23p23d2, 3s3p5, 3s23p33d, and 3s3p33d2 configurations for Slike ions from Cr ix to Cu xiv. The fully relativistic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method implemented in the GRASP2K code is used to perform the present calculations. The excitation energies of the lowest 47 levels from the , , and configurations, producing the strongest lines, are found to be in good agreement, reaching spectroscopic accuracy, with the latest experimental values for Fe xi evaluated by Del Zanna. Our energies can reliably be used to identify in astrophysical and laboratory spectra the levels in other Slike ions, which are mostly unknown. On the contrary, significant discrepancies with the 3s3p 43d levels were found, emphasizing the need for more detailed experimental studies. A few new tentative identifications are suggested. The benchmarks we present indicate that our consistent set of radiative data is accurate and can be used for spectral line modeling. © 2018. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved.. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wang2018a,
author = {Wang, K. and Song, C.X. and Jönsson, P. and Zanna, G. Del and Schiffmann, S. and Godefroid, M. and Gaigalas, G. and Zhao, X.H. and Si, R. and Chen, C.Y. and Yan, J.},
title = {Benchmarking Atomic Data from Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock Calculations for Astrophysics: Slike Ions from Crix to Cuxiv},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series},
year = {2018},
volume = {239},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384365/aaedba}
}

Wang K, Song CX, Jönsson P, Ekman J, Godefroid M, Zhang CY, Si R, Zhao XH, Chen CY and Yan J (2018), "Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock and Relativistic Configuration Interaction Calculations of Transition Data for Blike S xii", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 864(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Excitation energies and lifetimes for the 213 lowest states of the n ≤ 5 configurations in Blike S xii are calculated using highly correlated wave functions, optimized with the fully relativistic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method. Multipole transition rates and associated radiative data (line strengths and oscillator strengths) for transitions connecting these levels are also reported. The theoretical excitation energies are systematically compared with the NIST Atomic Spectra Database in which misidentifications are pointed out. After eliminating the latter, a mean energy difference with the standard deviation between computed and observed energies of 12 ±341 cm1 is obtained for the n ≥ 3 highlying states. This level of accuracy confirms that elaborate ab initio calculations can assist in the identification of new emission lines in the solar and other astrophysical spectra. The present work provides atomic data of high accuracy for an ion of astrophysical interest, Blike S xii, for which experimental data are scarce. © 2018. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wang2018,
author = {Wang, Kai and Song, Chang Xian and Jönsson, Per and Ekman, Jörgen and Godefroid, Michel and Zhang, Chun Yu and Si, Ran and Zhao, Xiao Hui and Chen, Chong Yang and Yan, Jun},
title = {Largescale Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock and Relativistic Configuration Interaction Calculations of Transition Data for Blike S xii},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {2018},
volume = {864},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384357/aad5dc}
}

Doppelbauer MJ, Schullian O, Loreau J, Vaeck N, Van Der Avoird A, Rennick CJ, Softley TP and Heazlewood BR (2017), "Using a direct simulation Monte Carlo approach to model collisions in a buffer gas cell", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 146(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A direct simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC) method is applied to model collisions between He buffer gas atoms and ammonia molecules within a buffer gas cell. Statetostate cross sections, calculated as a function of the collision energy, enable the inelastic collisions between He and NH3 to be considered explicitly. The inclusion of rotationalstatechanging collisions affects the translational temperature of the beam, indicating that elastic and inelastic processes should not be considered in isolation. The properties of the cold molecular beam exiting the cell are examined as a function of the cell parameters and operating conditions; the rotational and translational energy distributions are in accord with experimental measurements. The DSMC calculations show that thermalisation occurs well within the typical 1020 mm length of many buffer gas cells, suggesting that shorter cells could be employed in many instances  yielding a higher flux of cold molecules. © 2017 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Doppelbauer2017,
author = {Doppelbauer, Maximilian J. and Schullian, Otto and Loreau, Jerome and Vaeck, Nathalie and Van Der Avoird, Ad and Rennick, Christopher J. and Softley, Timothy P. and Heazlewood, Brianna R.},
title = {Using a direct simulation Monte Carlo approach to model collisions in a buffer gas cell},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2017},
volume = {146},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4974253}
}

Filippin L, Bieroń J, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M and Jönsson P (2017), "Multiconfiguration calculations of electronic isotopeshift factors in Zn i", Physical Review A. Vol. 96(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The present work reports results from systematic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculations of electronic isotopeshift factors for a set of transitions between lowlying states in neutral zinc. These electronic quantities, together with observed isotope shifts between different pairs of isotopes, provide the changes in meansquare charge radii of the atomic nuclei. Within this computational approach, different models for electron correlation are explored in a systematic way to determine a reliable computational strategy and to estimate theoretical error bars of the isotopeshift factors. © 2017 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Filippin2017,
author = {Filippin, Livio and Bieroń, Jacek and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Multiconfiguration calculations of electronic isotopeshift factors in Zn i},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2017},
volume = {96},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.96.042502}
}

Jönsson P, Gaigalas G, Rynkun P, Radžiute L, Ekman J, Gustafsson S, Hartman H, Wang K, Godefroid M, Fischer CF, Grant I, Brage T and Del Zanna G (2017), "Multiconfiguration dirachartreefock calculations with spectroscopic accuracy: Applications to astrophysics", Atoms. Vol. 5(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Atomic data, such as wavelengths, spectroscopic labels, broadening parameters and transition rates, are necessary for many applications, especially in plasma diagnostics, and for interpreting the spectra of distant astrophysical objects. The experiment with its limited resources is unlikely to ever be able to provide a complete dataset on any atomic system. Instead, the bulk of the data must be calculated. Based on fundamental principles and welljustified approximations, theoretical atomic physics derives and implements algorithms and computational procedures that yield the desired data. We review progress and recent developments in fullyrelativistic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock methods and show how largescale calculations can give transition energies of spectroscopic accuracy, i.e., with an accuracy comparable to the one obtained from observations, as well as transition rates with estimated uncertainties of a few percent for a broad range of ions. Finally, we discuss further developments and challenges. © 2017 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson2017,
author = {Jönsson, Per and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Rynkun, Pavel and Radžiute, Laima and Ekman, Jörgen and Gustafsson, Stefan and Hartman, Henrik and Wang, Kai and Godefroid, Michel and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Grant, Ian and Brage, Tomas and Del Zanna, Giulio},
title = {Multiconfiguration dirachartreefock calculations with spectroscopic accuracy: Applications to astrophysics},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2017},
volume = {5},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms5020016}
}

Kas M, Loreau J, Liévin J and Vaeck N (2017), "Ab initio study of the neutral and anionic alkali and alkaline earth hydroxides: Electronic structure and prospects for sympathetic cooling of OH", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 146(19)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have performed a systematic ab initio study on alkali and alkaline earth hydroxide neutral (MOH) and anionic (MOH) species where M = Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs or Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba. The CCSD(T) method with extended basis sets and DiracFock relativistic effective core potentials for the heavier atoms has been used to study their equilibrium geometries, interaction energies, electron affinities, electric dipole moment, and potential energy surfaces. All neutral and anionic species exhibit a linear shape with the exception of BeOH, BeOH, and MgOH, for which the equilibrium structure is found to be bent. Our analysis shows that the alkaline earth hydroxide anions are valencebound whereas the alkali hydroxide anions are dipole bound. In the context of sympathetic cooling of OH by collision with ultracold alkali and alkaline earth atoms, we investigate the 2D MOH potential energy surfaces and the associative detachment reaction M + OH→ MOH + e, which is the only energetically allowed reactive channel in the cold regime. We discuss the implication for the sympathetic cooling of OH and conclude that Li and K are the best candidates for an ultracold buffer gas. © 2017 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Kas2017,
author = {Kas, Milaim and Loreau, Jérôme and Liévin, Jacques and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Ab initio study of the neutral and anionic alkali and alkaline earth hydroxides: Electronic structure and prospects for sympathetic cooling of OH},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2017},
volume = {146},
number = {19},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4983627}
}

Launoy T, Béroff K, Chabot M, Martinet G, Le Padellec A, Pino T, Bouneau S, Vaeck N, Liévin J, Féraud G, Loreau J and Mahajan T (2017), "Ionpair dissociation of highly excited carbon clusters: Size and charge effects", Physical Review A. Vol. 95(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present measurements of ionpair dissociation (IPD) of highly excited neutral and ionized carbon clusters Cn=25(q=03)+. The tool for producing these species was a highvelocity collision between Cn+ projectiles (v=2.25 a.u.) and helium atoms. The setup allowed us to detect in coincidence anionic and cationic fragments, event by event, leading to a direct and unambiguous identification of the IPD process. Compared with dissociation without anion emission, we found typical 104 IPD rates, not depending much on the size and charge of the (n,q) species. Exceptions were observed for C2+ and, to a lesser extent, C43+ whose IPDs were notably lower. We tentatively interpret IPDs of C2+ and C3+ by using a statistical approach based on the counting of final states allowed by energetic criteria. The model is able to furnish the right order of magnitude for the experimental IPD rates and to provide a qualitative explanation of the lower IPD rate observed in C2+. © 2017 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Launoy2017,
author = {Launoy, Thibaut and Béroff, Karine and Chabot, Marin and Martinet, Guillaume and Le Padellec, Arnaud and Pino, Thomas and Bouneau, Sandra and Vaeck, Nathalie and Liévin, Jacques and Féraud, Géraldine and Loreau, Jérôme and Mahajan, Thejus},
title = {Ionpair dissociation of highly excited carbon clusters: Size and charge effects},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2017},
volume = {95},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.95.022711}
}

Sutcliffe B and Woolley RG (2017), "The position of the clamped nuclei electronic hamiltonian in quantum mechanics", Handbook of Computational Chemistry. , pp. 69 – 121.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Arguments are advanced to support the view that at present it is not possible to derive molecular structure from the full quantum mechanical Coulomb Hamiltonian associated with a given molecular formula that is customarily regarded as representing the molecule in terms of its constituent electrons and nuclei. However molecular structure may be identified provided that some additional chemically motivated assumptions that lead to the clamped nuclei Hamiltonian are added to the quantum mechanical account. © Springer International Publishing Switzerland 2017. 
BibTeX:
@book{Sutcliffe2017,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {The position of the clamped nuclei electronic hamiltonian in quantum mechanics},
journal = {Handbook of Computational Chemistry},
year = {2017},
pages = {69 – 121},
doi = {10.1007/9783319272825_2}
}

TroianGautier L, Mugeniwabagara E, Fusaro L, Cauët E, KirschDe Mesmaeker A and Luhmer M (2017), "PhotoCIDNP Reveals Different Protonation Sites Depending on the Primary Step of the Photoinduced Electron/ProtonTransfer Process with Ru(II) Polyazaaromatic Complexes", Journal of the American Chemical Society. Vol. 139(42), pp. 14909 – 14912.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The excitedstate quenching of [Ru(TAP)2(HAT)]2+ (TAP = 1,4,5,8tetraazaphenanthrene, HAT= 1,4,5,8,9,12hexaazatriphenylene) by hydroquinone (H2Q), Nacetyltyrosine (NAcTyr) or guanosine5′monophosphate (GMP) was investigated at various pH values. The quenching occurs via electron/proton transfer, as evidenced by transient absorption spectroscopy and confirmed by 1H photochemically induced dynamic nuclear polarization (photoCIDNP). Reductive quenching also occurs in strongly acidic solution despite a much shorter lifetime of the protonated excitedstate complex. PhotoCIDNP revealed a different mechanism at low pH, involving protonation before electron transfer and yielding a distinct protonated monoreduced complex. The experimental photoCIDNP patterns are consistent with density functional theory calculations. This work highlights the power of 1H photoCIDNP for characterizing, at the atomic level, transient species involved in electrontransfer processes. © 2017 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{TroianGautier2017,
author = {TroianGautier, Ludovic and Mugeniwabagara, Epiphanie and Fusaro, Luca and Cauët, Emilie and KirschDe Mesmaeker, Andrée and Luhmer, Michel},
title = {PhotoCIDNP Reveals Different Protonation Sites Depending on the Primary Step of the Photoinduced Electron/ProtonTransfer Process with Ru(II) Polyazaaromatic Complexes},
journal = {Journal of the American Chemical Society},
year = {2017},
volume = {139},
number = {42},
pages = {14909 – 14912},
doi = {10.1021/jacs.7b09513}
}

Vanfleteren T, Földes T, Herman M, Liévin J, Loreau J and Coudert LH (2017), "Experimental and theoretical investigations of H2OAr", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 147(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have used continuouswave cavity ringdown spectroscopy to record the spectrum of H2OAr in the 2OH excitation range of H2O. 24 subbands have been observed. Their rotational structure (Trot = 12 K) is analyzed and the lines are fitted separately for ortho and para species together with microwave and far infrared data from the literature, with a unitless standard deviation σ=0.98 and 1.31, respectively. Their vibrational analysis is supported by a theoretical input based on an intramolecular potential energy surface obtained through ab initio calculations and computation of the rotational energy of substates of the complex with the water monomer in excited vibrational states up to the first hexad. For the ground and (010) vibrational states, the theoretical results agree well with experimental energies and rotational constants in the literature. For the excited vibrational states of the first hexad, they guided the assignment of the observed subbands. The upper state vibrational predissociation lifetime is estimated to be 3 ns from observed spectral linewidths. © 2017 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Vanfleteren2017,
author = {Vanfleteren, Thomas and Földes, Tomas and Herman, Michel and Liévin, Jacques and Loreau, Jérôme and Coudert, Laurent H.},
title = {Experimental and theoretical investigations of H2OAr},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2017},
volume = {147},
number = {1},
doi = {10.1063/1.4990738}
}

Wang K, Jönsson P, Ekman J, Brage T, Chen CY, Fischer CF, Gaigalas G and Godefroid M (2017), "Comment on "theoretical Confirmation of the Low Experimental 3C/3D f Value Ratio in Fe xvii "", Physical Review Letters. Vol. 119(18)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A Comment on the Letter by Mendoza and Bautista [Phys. Rev. Lett. 118, 163002 (2017)PRLTAO0031900710.1103/PhysRevLett.118.163002]. © 2017 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wang2017,
author = {Wang, Kai and Jönsson, Per and Ekman, Jörgen and Brage, Tomas and Chen, Chong Yang and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Comment on "theoretical Confirmation of the Low Experimental 3C/3D f Value Ratio in Fe xvii "},
journal = {Physical Review Letters},
year = {2017},
volume = {119},
number = {18},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.189301}
}

Wang K, Jönsson P, Ekman J, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Si R, Chen Z, Li S, Chen C and Yan J (2017), "Extended Calculations of Spectroscopic Data: Energy Levels, Lifetimes, and Transition Rates for Olike Ions from Cr xxiii", Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series. Vol. 229(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Employing two stateoftheart methods, multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock and secondorder manybody perturbation theory, the excitation energies and lifetimes for the lowest 200 states of the 2s22p4, 2s2p5, 2p6, 2s22p33s, 2s22p33p, 2s22p33d, 2s2p43s, 2s2p43p, and 2s2p43d configurations, and multipole (electric dipole (E1), magnetic dipole (M1), and electric quadrupole (E2)) transition rates, line strengths, and oscillator strengths among these states are calculated for each Olike ion, from Cr XVII to Zn XXIII. Our two data sets are compared with the National Institute of Standards and Technology and CHIANTI compiled values, and previous calculations. The data are accurate enough for identification and deblending of new emission lines from the Sun and other astrophysical sources. The amount of highaccuracy data is significantly increased for the n = 3 states of several Olike ions of astrophysical interest, where experimental data are very scarce. © 2017. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wang2017a,
author = {Wang, K. and Jönsson, P. and Ekman, J. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M.R. and Si, R. and Chen, Z.B. and Li, S. and Chen, C.Y. and Yan, J.},
title = {Extended Calculations of Spectroscopic Data: Energy Levels, Lifetimes, and Transition Rates for Olike Ions from Cr xxiii},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal, Supplement Series},
year = {2017},
volume = {229},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3847/15384365/aa6847}
}

Wraith C, Yang X, Xie L, Babcock C, Bieroń J, Billowes J, Bissell M, Blaum K, Cheal B, Filippin L, Garcia Ruiz R, Gins W, Grob L, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Gorges C, Heylen H, Honma M, Jönsson P, Kaufmann S, Kowalska M, Krämer J, MalbrunotEttenauer S, Neugart R, Neyens G, Nörtershäuser W, Nowacki F, Otsuka T, Papuga J, Sánchez R, Tsunoda Y and Yordanov D (2017), "Evolution of nuclear structure in neutronrich oddZn isotopes and isomers", Physics Letters, Section B: Nuclear, Elementary Particle and HighEnergy Physics. Vol. 771, pp. 385 – 391.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Collinear laser spectroscopy was performed on Zn (Z=30) isotopes at ISOLDE, CERN. The study of hyperfine spectra of nuclei across the Zn isotopic chain, N=33–49, allowed the measurement of nuclear spins for the ground and isomeric states in oddA neutronrich nuclei up to N=50. Exactly one longlived (>10 ms) isomeric state has been established in each 69–79Zn isotope. The nuclear magnetic dipole moments and spectroscopic quadrupole moments are well reproduced by largescale shell–model calculations in the f5pg9 and fpg9d5 model spaces, thus establishing the dominant term in their wave function. The magnetic moment of the intruder Iπ=1/2+ isomer in 79Zn is reproduced only if the νs1/2 orbital is added to the valence space, as realized in the recently developed PFSDGU interaction. The spin and moments of the lowlying isomeric state in 73Zn suggest a strong onset of deformation at N=43, while the progression towards 79Zn points to the stability of the Z=28 and N=50 shell gaps, supporting the magicity of 78Ni. © 2017 The Author(s) 
BibTeX:
@article{Wraith2017,
author = {Wraith, C. and Yang, X.F. and Xie, L. and Babcock, C. and Bieroń, J. and Billowes, J. and Bissell, M.L. and Blaum, K. and Cheal, B. and Filippin, L. and Garcia Ruiz, R.F. and Gins, W. and Grob, L.K. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M. and Gorges, C. and Heylen, H. and Honma, M. and Jönsson, P. and Kaufmann, S. and Kowalska, M. and Krämer, J. and MalbrunotEttenauer, S. and Neugart, R. and Neyens, G. and Nörtershäuser, W. and Nowacki, F. and Otsuka, T. and Papuga, J. and Sánchez, R. and Tsunoda, Y. and Yordanov, D.T.},
title = {Evolution of nuclear structure in neutronrich oddZn isotopes and isomers},
journal = {Physics Letters, Section B: Nuclear, Elementary Particle and HighEnergy Physics},
year = {2017},
volume = {771},
pages = {385 – 391},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.physletb.2017.05.085}
}

Bissell M, Carette T, Flanagan K, Vingerhoets P, Billowes J, Blaum K, Cheal B, Fritzsche S, Godefroid M, Kowalska M, Krämer J, Neugart R, Neyens G, Nörtershäuser W and Yordanov D (2016), "Cu charge radii reveal a weak subshell effect at N=40", Physical Review C. Vol. 93(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Collinear laser spectroscopy on Cu5875 isotopes was performed at the CERNISOLDE radioactive ion beam facility. In this paper we report on the isotope shifts obtained from these measurements. Stateoftheart atomic physics calculations have been undertaken in order to determine the changes in meansquare charge radii δ(r2)A,A′ from the observed isotope shifts. A local minimum is observed in these radii differences at N=40, providing evidence for a weak N=40 subshell effect. However, comparison of δ(r2)A,A′ with a droplet model prediction including static deformation deduced from the spectroscopic quadrupole moments, points to the persistence of correlations at N=40. © 2016 authors. Published by the American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bissell2016,
author = {Bissell, M.L. and Carette, T. and Flanagan, K.T. and Vingerhoets, P. and Billowes, J. and Blaum, K. and Cheal, B. and Fritzsche, S. and Godefroid, M. and Kowalska, M. and Krämer, J. and Neugart, R. and Neyens, G. and Nörtershäuser, W. and Yordanov, D.T.},
title = {Cu charge radii reveal a weak subshell effect at N=40},
journal = {Physical Review C},
year = {2016},
volume = {93},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevC.93.064318}
}

Cessateur G, De Keyser J, Maggiolo R, Rubin M, Gronoff G, Gibbons A, Jehin E, Dhooghe F, Gunell H, Vaeck N and Loreau J (2016), "2D photochemical model for forbidden oxygen line emission for comet 1P/Halley", Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. 462, pp. S116 – S123.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present here a 2D model of photochemistry for computing the production and loss mechanisms of the O(1S) and O(1D) states, which are responsible for the emission lines at 577.7, 630, and 636.4 nm, in case of the comet 1P/Halley. The presence of O2 within cometary atmospheres, measured by the in situ Rosetta and Giotto missions, necessitates a revision of the usual photochemical models. Indeed, the photodissociation of molecular oxygen also leads to a significant production of oxygen in excited electronic states. In order to correctly model the solar ultraviolet (UV) flux absorption, we consider here a 2D configuration. While the green to reddoublet ratio is not affected by the solar UV flux absorption, estimates of the reddoublet and green lines emissions are, however, overestimated by a factor of 2 in the 1D model compared to the 2D model. Considering a spherical symmetry, emission maps can be deduced from the 2D model in order to be directly compared to ground and/or in situ observations. © 2017 The Authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cessateur2016,
author = {Cessateur, G. and De Keyser, J. and Maggiolo, R. and Rubin, M. and Gronoff, G. and Gibbons, A. and Jehin, E. and Dhooghe, F. and Gunell, H. and Vaeck, N. and Loreau, J.},
title = {2D photochemical model for forbidden oxygen line emission for comet 1P/Halley},
journal = {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society},
year = {2016},
volume = {462},
pages = {S116 – S123},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1093/mnras/stw2150}
}

Cessateur G, Keyser JD, Maggiolo R, Gibbons A, Gronoff G, Gunell H, Dhooghe F, Loreau J, Vaeck N, Altwegg K, Bieler A, Briois C, Calmonte U, Combi M, Fiethe B, Fuselier S, Gombosi T, Hässig M, Le Roy L, Neefs E, Rubin M and Sémon T (2016), "Photochemistry of forbidden oxygen lines in the inner coma of 67P/ChuryumovGerasimenko", Journal of Geophysical Research: Space Physics. Vol. 121(1), pp. 804 – 816.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Observations of the green and reddoublet emission lines have previously been realized for several comets. We present here a chemistryemission coupled model to study the production and loss mechanisms of the O(1S) and O(1D) states, which are responsible for the emission lines of interest for comet 67P/ChuryumovGerasimenko. The recent discovery of O2 in significant abundance relative to water 3.80 ± 0.85 within the coma of 67P has been taken into consideration for the first time in such models. We evaluate the effect of the presence of O2 on the green to reddoublet emission intensity ratio, which is traditionally used to assess the CO2 abundance within cometary atmospheres. Model simulations, solving the continuity equation with transport, show that not taking O2 into account leads to an underestimation of the CO2 abundance within 67P, with a relative error of about 25%. This strongly suggests that the green to reddoublet emission intensity ratio alone is not a proper tool for determining the CO2 abundance, as previously suggested. Indeed, there is no compelling reason why O2 would not be a common cometary volatile, making revision of earlier assessments regarding the CO2 abundance in cometary atmospheres necessary. The large uncertainties of the CO2 photodissociation cross section imply that more studies are required in order to better constrain the O(1S) and O(1D) production through this mechanism. Space weather phenomena, such as powerful solar flares, could be used as tools for doing so, providing additional information on a good estimation of the O2 abundance within cometary atmospheres. ©2016. The Authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cessateur2016a,
author = {Cessateur, G. and Keyser, J. De and Maggiolo, R. and Gibbons, A. and Gronoff, G. and Gunell, H. and Dhooghe, F. and Loreau, J. and Vaeck, N. and Altwegg, K. and Bieler, A. and Briois, C. and Calmonte, U. and Combi, M.R. and Fiethe, B. and Fuselier, S.A. and Gombosi, T.I. and Hässig, M. and Le Roy, L. and Neefs, E. and Rubin, M. and Sémon, T.},
title = {Photochemistry of forbidden oxygen lines in the inner coma of 67P/ChuryumovGerasimenko},
journal = {Journal of Geophysical Research: Space Physics},
year = {2016},
volume = {121},
number = {1},
pages = {804 – 816},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1002/2015JA022013}
}

Desrier A, Romanzin C, Lamarre N, Alcaraz C, Gans B, Gauyacq D, Liévin J and BoyéPéronne S (2016), "Experimental and ab initio characterization of HC3N+ vibronic structure. I. Synchrotronbased threshold photoelectron spectroscopy", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 145(23)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Thresholdphotoionization spectroscopy of cyanoacetylene (HC3N) and its 15N isotopologue has been investigated in the vacuumultraviolet range with a synchrotronbased experiment allowing to record thresholdphotoelectron spectrum and photoion yield over a large energy range (from 88 500 to 177 500 cm1, i.e., from 11 to 22 eV). Adiabatic ionization energies towards the three lowest electronic states X+ 2Π, A+ Σ+2, and B+ Π2 are derived from the thresholdphotoelectron spectrum. A detailed description of the vibrational structure of these states is proposed leading to the determination of the vibrational frequencies for most modes. The vibrational assignments and the discussion about the electronic structure are supported by multireference ab initio calculations (CASPT2, MRCI). Unprecedented structures are resolved and tentatively assigned in the region of the B+ X transition. Exploratory calculations highlight the complexity of the electronic landscape of the cation up to approximately 10 eV above its ground state. © 2016 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Desrier2016,
author = {Desrier, Antoine and Romanzin, Claire and Lamarre, Nicolas and Alcaraz, Christian and Gans, Bérenger and Gauyacq, Dolores and Liévin, Jacques and BoyéPéronne, Séverine},
title = {Experimental and ab initio characterization of HC3N+ vibronic structure. I. Synchrotronbased threshold photoelectron spectroscopy},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2016},
volume = {145},
number = {23},
doi = {10.1063/1.4972019}
}

Filippin L, Beerwerth R, Ekman J, Fritzsche S, Godefroid M and Jönsson P (2016), "Multiconfiguration calculations of electronic isotope shift factors in Al i", Physical Review A. Vol. 94(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The present work reports results from systematic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculations of electronic isotope shift factors for a set of transitions between lowlying levels of neutral aluminium. These electronic quantities together with observed isotope shifts between different pairs of isotopes provide the changes in meansquare charge radii of the atomic nuclei. Two computational approaches are adopted for the estimation of the mass and fieldshift factors. Within these approaches, different models for electron correlation are explored in a systematic way to determine a reliable computational strategy and to estimate theoretical error bars of the isotope shift factors. © 2016 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Filippin2016a,
author = {Filippin, Livio and Beerwerth, Randolf and Ekman, Jörgen and Fritzsche, Stephan and Godefroid, Michel and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Multiconfiguration calculations of electronic isotope shift factors in Al i},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2016},
volume = {94},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.94.062508}
}

Filippin L, Godefroid M and Baye D (2016), "Relativistic twophoton decay rates with the Lagrangemesh method", Physical Review A. Vol. 93(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Relativistic twophoton decay rates of the 2s1/2 and 2p1/2 states towards the 1s1/2 ground state of hydrogenic atoms are calculated by using numerically exact energies and wave functions obtained from the Dirac equation with the Lagrangemesh method. This approach is an approximate variational method taking the form of equations on a grid because of the use of a Gauss quadrature approximation. Highly accurate values are obtained by a simple calculation involving different meshes for the initial, final, and intermediate wave functions and for the calculation of matrix elements. The accuracy of the results with a Coulomb potential is improved by several orders of magnitude in comparison with benchmark values from the literature. The general requirement of gauge invariance is also successfully tested, down to rounding errors. The method provides high accuracies for twophoton decay rates of a particle in other potentials and is applied to a hydrogen atom embedded in a Debye plasma simulated by a Yukawa potential. © 2016 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Filippin2016,
author = {Filippin, Livio and Godefroid, Michel and Baye, Daniel},
title = {Relativistic twophoton decay rates with the Lagrangemesh method},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2016},
volume = {93},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.93.012517}
}

Filippin L, Godefroid M, Ekman J and Jönsson P (2016), "Core correlation effects in multiconfiguration calculations of isotope shifts in Mg I", Physical Review A. Vol. 93(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The present work reports results from systematic multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculations of isotope shifts for several wellknown transitions in neutral magnesium. Relativistic normal and specific mass shift factors as well as the electronic probability density at the origin are calculated. Combining these electronic quantities with available nuclear data, energy and transition level shifts are determined for the Mg26Mg24 pair of isotopes. Different models for electron correlation are adopted. It is shown that, although valence and corevalence models provide accurate values for the isotope shifts, the inclusion of corecore excitations in the computational strategy significantly improves the accuracy of the transition energies and normal mass shift factors. © 2016 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Filippin2016b,
author = {Filippin, Livio and Godefroid, Michel and Ekman, Jörgen and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Core correlation effects in multiconfiguration calculations of isotope shifts in Mg I},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {2016},
volume = {93},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.93.062512}
}

Fischer CF, Godefroid M, Brage T, Jönsson P and Gaigalas G (2016), "Advanced multiconfiguration methods for complex atoms: I. Energies and wave functions", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 49(18)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Multiconfiguration wave function expansions combined with configuration interaction methods are a method of choice for complex atoms where atomic state functions are expanded in a basis of configuration state functions. Combined with a variational method such as the multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) or multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF), the associated set of radial functions can be optimized for the levels of interest. The present review updates the variational MCHF theory to include MCDHF, describes the multireference single and double process for generating expansions and the systematic procedure of a computational scheme for monitoring convergence. It focuses on the calculations of energies and wave functions from which other atomic properties can be predicted such as transition rates, hyperfine structures and isotope shifts, for example. © 2016 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fischer2016,
author = {Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Godefroid, Michel and Brage, Tomas and Jönsson, Per and Gaigalas, Gediminas},
title = {Advanced multiconfiguration methods for complex atoms: I. Energies and wave functions},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2016},
volume = {49},
number = {18},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/49/18/182004}
}

Gans B, Lamarre N, Broquier M, Liévin J and BoyéPéronne S (2016), "Experimental and ab initio characterization of HC3N+ vibronic structure. II. Highresolution VUV PFIZEKE spectroscopy", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 145(23)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Vacuumultraviolet pulsedfieldionization zerokineticenergy photoelectron spectra of X+Π2←XΣ+1 and B+Π2←XΣ+1 transitions of the HC314N and HC315N isotopologues of cyanoacetylene have been recorded. The resolution of the photoelectron spectra allowed us to resolve the vibrational structures and the spinorbit splittings in the cation. Accurate values of the adiabatic ionization potentials of the two isotopologues (EI/hc(HC314N)=93 909(2) cm1 and EI/hc(HC315N)=93 912(2) cm1), the vibrational frequencies of the ν2, ν6, and ν7 vibrational modes, and the spinorbit coupling constant (ASO = 44(2) cm1) of the X+Π2 cationic ground state have been derived from the measurements. Using ab initio calculations, the unexpected structure of the B+Π2←XΣ+1 transition is tentatively attributed to a conical intersection between the A+ and B+ electronic states of the cation. © 2016 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Gans2016,
author = {Gans, Bérenger and Lamarre, Nicolas and Broquier, Michel and Liévin, Jacques and BoyéPéronne, Séverine},
title = {Experimental and ab initio characterization of HC3N+ vibronic structure. II. Highresolution VUV PFIZEKE spectroscopy},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2016},
volume = {145},
number = {23},
doi = {10.1063/1.4972018}
}

Hadjichrysanthou C, Cauët E, Lawrence E, Vegvari C, De Wolf F and Anderson RM (2016), "Understanding the withinhost dynamics of influenza A virus: From theory to clinical implications", Journal of the Royal Society Interface. Vol. 13(119)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Mathematical models have provided important insights into acute viral dynamics within individual patients. In this paper, we study the simplest target celllimited models to investigate the withinhost dynamics of influenza A virus infection in humans. Despite the biological simplicity of the models, we show how these can be used to understand the severity of the infection and the key attributes of possible immunotherapy and antiviral drugs for the treatment of infection at different times post infection. Through an analytic approach, we derive and estimate simple summary biological quantities that can provide novel insights into the infection dynamics and the definition of clinical endpoints. We focus on nine quantities, including the area under the viral load curve, peak viral load, the time to peak viral load and the level of cell death due to infection. Using Markov chain Monte Carlo methods, we fitted the models to data collected from 12 untreated volunteers who participated in two clinical studies that tested the antiviral drugs oseltamivir and zanamivir. Based on the results, we also discuss various difficulties in deriving precise estimates of the parameters, even in the very simple models considered, when experimental data are limited to viral load measures and/or there is a limited number of viral load measurements post infection. © 2016 The Authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hadjichrysanthou2016,
author = {Hadjichrysanthou, Christoforos and Cauët, Emilie and Lawrence, Emma and Vegvari, Carolin and De Wolf, Frank and Anderson, Roy M.},
title = {Understanding the withinhost dynamics of influenza A virus: From theory to clinical implications},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Society Interface},
year = {2016},
volume = {13},
number = {119},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1098/rsif.2016.0289}
}

Jönsson P, Radžiute L, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M, Marques J, Brage T, Froese Fischer C and Grant I (2016), "Accurate multiconfiguration calculations of energy levels, lifetimes, and transition rates for the silicon isoelectronic sequence: Ti IX  Ge XIX, Sr XXV, Zr XXVII, Mo XXIX", Astronomy and Astrophysics. Vol. 585
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) calculations and relativistic configuration interaction (RCI) calculations are performed for states of the 3s23p2, 3s3p3 and 3s23p3d configurations in the Silike ions Ti IX  Ge XIX, Sr XXV, Zr XXVII and Mo XXIX. Valence and corevalence electron correlation effects are accounted for through large configuration state function expansions. Calculated energy levels are compared with data from other calculations and with experimental data from the reference databases. Lifetime and transition rates along with uncertainty estimations are given for all ions. Energies from the calculations are in excellent agreement with observations and computed wavelength are almost of spectroscopic accuracy, aiding line identification in spectra. © 2015 ESO. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson2016,
author = {Jönsson, P. and Radžiute, L. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M.R. and Marques, J.P. and Brage, T. and Froese Fischer, C. and Grant, I.P.},
title = {Accurate multiconfiguration calculations of energy levels, lifetimes, and transition rates for the silicon isoelectronic sequence: Ti IX  Ge XIX, Sr XXV, Zr XXVII, Mo XXIX},
journal = {Astronomy and Astrophysics},
year = {2016},
volume = {585},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1051/00046361/201527106}
}

Kas M, Loreau J, Liévin J and Vaeck N (2016), "Ab initio study of reactive collisions between Rb(2 S) or Rb(2 P) and OH(1Σ+)", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 144(20)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A theoretical rate constant for the associative detachment reaction Rb(2S) + OH(1Σ+) → RbOH(1Σ+) + e of 4 × 1010 cm3 s1 at 300 K has been calculated. This result agrees with the experimental rate constant of 2  1 + 2 × 1 0  10 cm 3 s  1 obtained by Deiglmayr et al. [Phys. Rev. A 86, 043438 (2012)] for a temperature between 200 K and 600 K. A Langevinbased dynamics which depends on the crossing point between the anion (RbOH) and neutral (RbOH) potential energy surfaces has been used. The calculations were performed using the ECP28MDF effective core potential to describe the rubidium atom at the CCSD(T) level of theory and extended basis sets. The effect of ECPs and basis set on the height of the crossing point, and hence the rate constant, has been investigated. The temperature dependence of the latter is also discussed. Preliminary work on the potential energy surface for the excited reaction channel Rb(2P) + OH(1Σ+) calculated at the CASSCFicMRCI level of theory is presented. We qualitatively discuss the charge transfer and associative detachment reactions arising from this excited entrance channel. © 2016 Author(s). 
BibTeX:
@article{Kas2016,
author = {Kas, Milaim and Loreau, Jérôme and Liévin, Jacques and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Ab initio study of reactive collisions between Rb(2 S) or Rb(2 P) and OH(1Σ+)},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2016},
volume = {144},
number = {20},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4950784}
}

Li J, Godefroid M and Wang J (2016), "Atomic parameters for the 2p^53p;^2[3/2]22p^53s;^2[3/2]2^otransition of Ne i relevant in nuclear physics", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 49(11)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We calculated the magnetic dipole hyperfine interaction constants and the electric field gradients of and levels of Ne I by using the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method. The electronic factors contributing to the isotope shifts were also estimated for the transition connecting these two states. Electron correlation and relativistic effects including the Breit interaction were investigated in detail. Combining with recent measurements, we extracted the nuclear quadrupole moment values for 20Ne and 23Ne with a smaller uncertainty than the current available data. Isotope shifts in the transition based on the present calculated field and massshift parameters are in good agreement with the experimental values. However, the field shifts in this transition are two or three orders of magnitude smaller than the mass shifts, making rather difficult to deduce changes in nuclearcharge meansquare radii. According to our theoretical predictions, we suggest using instead transitions connecting levels arising from the 2p53s configuration to the ground state, for which the normal mass shift and specific mass shift contributions counteract each other, producing relatively small mass shifts that are only one order of magnitude larger than relatively large field shifts, especially for the transition. © 2016 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2016,
author = {Li, Jiguang and Godefroid, Michel and Wang, Jianguo},
title = {Atomic parameters for the 2p^53p;^2[3/2]22p^53s;^2[3/2]2^otransition of Ne i relevant in nuclear physics},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2016},
volume = {49},
number = {11},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/49/11/115002}
}

Vegvari C, Cauët E, Hadjichrysanthou C, Lawrence E, Weverling GJ, De Wolf F and Anderson RM (2016), "Using clinical trial simulators to analyse the sources of variance in clinical trials of novel therapies for acute viral infections", PLoS ONE. Vol. 11(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Background About 90% of drugs fail in clinical development. The question is whether trials fail because of insufficient efficacy of the new treatment, or rather because of poor trial design that is unable to detect the true efficacy. The variance of the measured endpoints is a major, largely underestimated source of uncertainty in clinical trial design, particularly in acute viral infections. We use a clinical trial simulator to demonstrate how a thorough consideration of the variability inherent in clinical trials of novel therapies for acute viral infections can improve trial design. Methods and Findings We developed a clinical trial simulator to analyse the impact of three different types of variation on the outcome of a challenge study of influenza treatments for infected patients, including individual patient variability in the response to the drug, the variance of the measurement procedure, and the variance of the lower limit of quantification of endpoint measurements. In addition, we investigated the impact of protocol variation on clinical trial outcome. We found that the greatest source of variance was interindividual variability in the natural course of infection. Running a larger phase II study can save up to $38 million, if an unlikely to succeed phase III trial is avoided. In addition, lowsensitivity viral load assays can lead to falsely negative trial outcomes. Conclusions Due to high interindividual variability in natural infection, the most important variable in clinical trial design for challenge studies of potential novel influenza treatments is the number of participants. 100 participants are preferable over 50. Using more sensitive viral load assays increases the probability of a positive trial outcome, but may in some circumstances lead to false positive outcomes. Clinical trial simulations are powerful tools to identify the most important sources of variance in clinical trials and thereby help improve trial design. © 2016 Vegvari et al. This is an open access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vegvari2016a,
author = {Vegvari, Carolin and Cauët, Emilie and Hadjichrysanthou, Christoforos and Lawrence, Emma and Weverling, GerritJan and De Wolf, Frank and Anderson, Roy M.},
title = {Using clinical trial simulators to analyse the sources of variance in clinical trials of novel therapies for acute viral infections},
journal = {PLoS ONE},
year = {2016},
volume = {11},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0156622}
}

Vegvari C, Hadjichrysanthou C, Cauët E, Lawrence E, Cori A, De Wolf F and Anderson RM (2016), "How can viral dynamics models inform endpoint measures in clinical trials of therapies for acute viral infections?", PLoS ONE. Vol. 11(7)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Acute viral infections pose many practical challenges for the accurate assessment of the impact of novel therapies on viral growth and decay. Using the example of influenza A, we illustrate how the measurement of infectionrelated quantities that determine the dynamics of viral load within the human host, can inform investigators on the course and severity of infection and the efficacy of a novel treatment. We estimated the values of key infectionrelated quantities that determine the course of natural infection from viral load data, using Markov Chain Monte Carlo methods. The data were placebo group viral load measurements collected during volunteer challenge studies, conducted by Roche, as part of the oseltamivir trials. We calculated the values of the quantities for each patient and the correlations between the quantities, symptom severity and body temperature. The greatest variation among individuals occurred in the viral load peak and area under the viral load curve. Total symptom severity correlated positively with the basic reproductive number. The most sensitive endpoint for therapeutic trials with the goal to cure patients is the duration of infection. We suggest laboratory experiments to obtain more precise estimates of virological quantities that can supplement clinical endpoint measurements. © 2016 Vegvari et al. This is an open access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vegvari2016,
author = {Vegvari, Carolin and Hadjichrysanthou, Christoforos and Cauët, Emilie and Lawrence, Emma and Cori, Anne and De Wolf, Frank and Anderson, Roy M.},
title = {How can viral dynamics models inform endpoint measures in clinical trials of therapies for acute viral infections?},
journal = {PLoS ONE},
year = {2016},
volume = {11},
number = {7},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0158237}
}

Berger G, Gelbcke M, Cauët E, Luhmer M, Nève J and Dufrasne F (2015), "Erratum:Corrigendum to "synthesis of 15Nlabeled vicinal diamines through Nactivated chiral aziridines: Tools for the NMR study of platinumbased anticancer compounds" (Tetrahedron Letters (2013) 54 (545548) doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2014.11.086))", Tetrahedron Letters. Vol. 56(2), pp. 485.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Berger2015,
author = {Berger, Gilles and Gelbcke, Michel and Cauët, Emilie and Luhmer, Michel and Nève, Jean and Dufrasne, François},
title = {Erratum:Corrigendum to "synthesis of 15Nlabeled vicinal diamines through Nactivated chiral aziridines: Tools for the NMR study of platinumbased anticancer compounds" (Tetrahedron Letters (2013) 54 (545548) doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2014.11.086))},
journal = {Tetrahedron Letters},
year = {2015},
volume = {56},
number = {2},
pages = {485},
doi = {10.1016/j.tetlet.2014.11.086}
}

Földes T, Lauzin C, Vanfleteren T, Herman M, Liévin J and Didriche K (2015), "Highresolution, nearinfrared CWCRDS, and ab initio investigations of N2OHDO", Molecular Physics. Vol. 113(5), pp. 473 – 482.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have investigated the N2OHDO molecular complex using ab initio calculations at the CCSD(T)F12a/augccpVTZ level of theory and using cavity ringdown spectroscopy to probe an HDO/N2O/Ar supersonic jet around 1.58 m. A single atype vibrational band was observed, 13 cm1 redshifted compared to the OH+OD excited band in HDO, and 173 vibrationrotation lines were assigned (Trot ≈ 20 K). A weighted fit of existing microwave and present near infrared (NIR) data was achieved using a standard Watson's Hamiltonian (σ = 1.26), producing ground and excited states rotational constants. The comparison of the former with those calculated ab initio suggests a planar geometry in which the OD rather than the OH bond in water is almost parallel to NNO. The equilibrium geometry and dissociation energy (De = 11.7 kJ/mol) of the waternitrous oxide complex were calculated. The calculations further demonstrate and allow characterising another minimum, 404 cm1 (ΔE0) higher in energy. Harmonic vibrational frequencies and dissociation energies, D0, were calculated for various conformers and isotopic forms of the complex, in both minima. The absence of N2OD2O from dedicated NIR experiments is reported and discussed. © 2014 Taylor & Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Foeldes2015,
author = {Földes, T. and Lauzin, C. and Vanfleteren, T. and Herman, M. and Liévin, J. and Didriche, K.},
title = {Highresolution, nearinfrared CWCRDS, and ab initio investigations of N2OHDO},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {113},
number = {5},
pages = {473 – 482},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2014.953611}
}

Jecko T, Sutcliffe BT and Woolley RG (2015), "On factorization of molecular wavefunctions", Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and Theoretical. Vol. 48(44)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Recently there has been a renewed interest in the chemical physics literature of factorization of the position representation eigenfunctions φ of the molecular Schrödinger equation as originally proposed by Hunter in the 1970s. The idea is to represent φ in the form φχ where χ is purely a function of the nuclear coordinates, while φ must depend on both electron and nuclear position variables in the problem. This is a generalization of the approximate factorization originally proposed by Born and Oppenheimer, the hope being that an 'exact' representation of φ can be achieved in this form with φ and χ interpretable as 'electronic' and 'nuclear' wavefunctions respectively. We offer a mathematical analysis of these proposals that identifies ambiguities stemming mainly from the singularities in the Coulomb potential energy. © 2015 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Jecko2015,
author = {Jecko, Thierry and Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {On factorization of molecular wavefunctions},
journal = {Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and Theoretical},
year = {2015},
volume = {48},
number = {44},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17518113/48/44/445201}
}

Lamarre N, Gans B, Alcaraz C, De Miranda BC, Guillemin JC, Broquier M, Liévin J and BoyéPéronne S (2015), "Vibronic structure of the 2Π u ground electronic state of dicyanoacetylene cation revisited by PFIZEKE photoelectron spectroscopy and ab initio calculations", Molecular Physics. Vol. 113(24), pp. 3946 – 3954.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The X+ 2Πu ← X1Σ+ g transition of dicyanoacetylene has been recorded for the first time using pulsedfieldionisation zerokineticenergy photoelectron spectroscopy. The analysis of the photoelectron spectrum allowed an accurate determination of the adiabatic ionisation potential of C4N2 (Ei, ad./hc = 95,479 ± 2 cm1) and a description of the vibrational structure of the electronic ground state of the cation which is affected by the RennerTeller effect and the spinorbit interaction. The spinorbit coupling constant was measured as 52 ± 2 cm1. These results are supported by ab initio calculations performed at the complete active space selfconsistent field and secondorder perturbation theory levels of theory, with extrapolation to the complete basis set limit. © 2015 Taylor and Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lamarre2015,
author = {Lamarre, Nicolas and Gans, Bérenger and Alcaraz, Christian and De Miranda, Barbara Cunha and Guillemin, JeanClaude and Broquier, Michel and Liévin, Jacques and BoyéPéronne, Séverine},
title = {Vibronic structure of the 2Π u ground electronic state of dicyanoacetylene cation revisited by PFIZEKE photoelectron spectroscopy and ab initio calculations},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {113},
number = {24},
pages = {3946 – 3954},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2015.1075074}
}

Launoy T, Chabot M, Martinet G, Pino T, Le Padellec A, Bouneau S, Féraud G, Do Thi N, Vaeck N, Liévin J, Loreau J and Béroff K (2015), "Ionpair dissociation of highly excited carbon clusters, size and charge effects", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 635(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ionpair dissociation of a highly excited molecule is a relaxation process giving rise to emission of anionic and cationic fragments. We present first measurements of ionpair dissociation of carbon clusters. We found that ion pair relaxation is an ubiquitous, although very small, relaxation channel common to all sizes and charges of Cq+n species produced in high velocity C+nHe collisions. Quantitative interpretation of measured branching ratios is conducted on the basis of a statistical approach i.e through listing of all possible final states. © Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Launoy2015,
author = {Launoy, T. and Chabot, M. and Martinet, G. and Pino, T. and Le Padellec, A. and Bouneau, S. and Féraud, G. and Do Thi, N. and Vaeck, N. and Liévin, J. and Loreau, J. and Béroff, K.},
title = {Ionpair dissociation of highly excited carbon clusters, size and charge effects},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2015},
volume = {635},
number = {3},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/635/3/032085}
}

Launoy T, Vaeck N, Urbain X, Liévin J, Loreau J, Béroff K and Chabot M (2015), "On the reactivity of ion pairs into different diatomic systems", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 635(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ion pair collisions are an important process in many astrophysical environments. We present ab initio calculations of highly excited states of C2+ and identify the ion pair channel C2+/C. We use these results to interpret recent experiments on carbon cluster dissociation. © Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Launoy2015a,
author = {Launoy, T. and Vaeck, N. and Urbain, X. and Liévin, J. and Loreau, J. and Béroff, K. and Chabot, M.},
title = {On the reactivity of ion pairs into different diatomic systems},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2015},
volume = {635},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/635/2/022018}
}

Nazé C, Li J and Godefroid M (2015), "Theoretical isotope shifts in neutral barium", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 91(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The present work deals with a set of problems in isotope shifts of neutral barium spectral lines. Some wellknown transitions (6s21S06s6p1,3P1o and 6s21S06p23P0) are investigated. Values of the changes in the nuclear meansquare charge radius are deduced from the available experimental isotope shifts using our ab initio electronic factors. The three sets δ r2A,A′ obtained from these lines are consistent with each other. The combination of the available nuclear meansquare radii with our electronic factors for the 6s5d3D1,26s6p1P1o transitions produces isotope shift values in conflict with the laser spectroscopy measurements of U. Dammalapati et al. [Eur. Phys. J. D 53, 1 (2009)EPJDF61434606010.1140/epjd/e200900076x]. © 2015 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Naze2015,
author = {Nazé, C. and Li, J.G. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Theoretical isotope shifts in neutral barium},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {91},
number = {3},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.91.032511}
}

Santos L, Iacobellis N, Herman M, Perry D, DesouterLecomte M and Vaeck N (2015), "A test of optimal laser impulsion for controlling population within the N s = 1, N r = 5 polyad of 12C 2H 2 ", Molecular Physics. Vol. 113(24), pp. 4000 – 4006.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Optimal control theory has been employed to populate separately two dark states of the acetylene polyad, Ns = 1 and Nr = 5, by indirect coupling via the ground state. Relevant level energies and transition dipole moments are extracted from the experimental literature. The optimal pulses are rather simple. The evolution of the population is shown for the duration of the control process and also for the fieldfree evolution that follows the control. One of the dark states appears to be a potential target for realistic experimental investigation because the average population of the Rabi oscillation remains high and decoherence is expected to be weak. © 2015 Taylor and Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Santos2015a,
author = {Santos, L. and Iacobellis, N. and Herman, M. and Perry, D.S. and DesouterLecomte, M. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {A test of optimal laser impulsion for controlling population within the N s = 1, N r = 5 polyad of 12C 2H 2 },
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {113},
number = {24},
pages = {4000 – 4006},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2015.1102980}
}

Santos L, Justum Y, Vaeck N and DesouterLecomte M (2015), "Simulation of the elementary evolution operator with the motional states of an ion in an anharmonic trap", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 142(13)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Following a recent proposal of L. Wang and D. Babikov [J. Chem. Phys. 137, 064301 (2012)], we theoretically illustrate the possibility of using the motional states of a Cd+ ion trapped in a slightly anharmonic potential to simulate the singleparticle timedependent Schrödinger equation. The simulated wave packet is discretized on a spatial grid and the grid points are mapped on the ion motional states which define the qubit network. The localization probability at each grid point is obtained from the population in the corresponding motional state. The quantum gate is the elementary evolution operator corresponding to the timedependent Schrödinger equation of the simulated system. The corresponding matrix can be estimated by any numerical algorithm. The radiofrequency field which is able to drive this unitary transformation among the qubit states of the ion is obtained by multitarget optimal control theory. The ion is assumed to be cooled in the ground motional state, and the preliminary step consists in initializing the qubits with the amplitudes of the initial simulated wave packet. The time evolution of the localization probability at the grids points is then obtained by successive applications of the gate and reading out the motional state population. The gate field is always identical for a given simulated potential, only the field preparing the initial wave packet has to be optimized for different simulations. We check the stability of the simulation against decoherence due to fluctuating electric fields in the trap electrodes by applying dissipative Lindblad dynamics. © 2015 AIP Publishing LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Santos2015,
author = {Santos, Ludovic and Justum, Yves and Vaeck, Nathalie and DesouterLecomte, M.},
title = {Simulation of the elementary evolution operator with the motional states of an ion in an anharmonic trap},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {142},
number = {13},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4916355}
}

Schullian O, Loreau J, Vaeck N, Avoird AVD, Heazlewood B, Rennick C and Softley T (2015), "Simulating rotationally inelastic collisions using a direct simulation Monte Carlo method", Molecular Physics. Vol. 113(24), pp. 3972 – 3978.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new approach to simulating rotational cooling using a direct simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC) method is described and applied to the rotational cooling of ammonia seeded into a helium supersonic jet. The method makes use of ab initio rotational state changing cross sections calculated as a function of collision energy. Each particle in the DSMC simulations is labelled with a vector of rotational populations that evolves with time. Transfer of energy into translation is calculated from the mean energy transfer for this population at the specified collision energy. The simulations are compared with a continuum model for the onaxis density, temperature and velocity; rotational temperature as a function of distance from the nozzle is in accord with expectations from experimental measurements. The method could be applied to other types of gas mixture dynamics under nonuniform conditions, such as buffer gas cooling of NH3 by He. © 2015 Taylor and Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Schullian2015,
author = {Schullian, O. and Loreau, J. and Vaeck, N. and Avoird, A. Van Der and Heazlewood, B.R. and Rennick, C.J. and Softley, T.P.},
title = {Simulating rotationally inelastic collisions using a direct simulation Monte Carlo method},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {113},
number = {24},
pages = {3972 – 3978},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2015.1098740}
}

Softley T, Herman M and Vaeck N (2015), "Special issue on atomic and molecular collision mechanisms", Molecular Physics. Vol. 113(24), pp. 3917.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Softley2015,
author = {Softley, Tim and Herman, Michel and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Special issue on atomic and molecular collision mechanisms},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {113},
number = {24},
pages = {3917},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2015.1114702}
}

Sutcliffe BT (2015), "The quantum form of the reaction path Hamiltonian", Molecular Physics. Vol. 113(1314), pp. 1600 – 1607.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An examination is made of the way in which the kinetic energy operator for internal motion alone is commonly constructed in molecular quantum mechanics. It is shown that some care needs to be taken to specify the precise conditions under which the form of the operator so obtained is a valid form. Particular care is needed in constructing a reaction path Hamiltonian. © 2015 Taylor & Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2015,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The quantum form of the reaction path Hamiltonian},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {113},
number = {1314},
pages = {1600 – 1607},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2014.999839}
}

Vanfleteren T, Földes T, Liévin J and Herman M (2015), "Overtone, 2NH ( 1+ 3) spectroscopy of NH 3Ar and NH 3Kr", Molecular Physics. Vol. 113(24), pp. 3934 – 3945.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have recorded between 6561 and 6671 cm1 the spectrum of jetcooled ammonia seeded in Ne, Ar and Kr, using continuous wave cavity ringdown spectroscopy (CWCRDS). The equivalent absorption pathlength was around 750 m. Three bands are assigned to Π(11)←Σ(00), Π(11)←Π(10) and Δ(?)←Π(10) in the 2NH, 1+3←GS transition of the ortho NH3Ar dimer. They are rotationally analysed and a simultaneous fitting procedure, together with one farinfrared ground state band from the literature is successfully achieved. A possible Mjdependent cooling process is reported. Only the first of these bands is observed in the ortho NH3Kr dimer, and rotationally analysed. Individual line perturbations and anomalous line broadening effects are reported. A Jdependent vibrational predissociation lifetime with a mean value around 0.6 ns is obtained for the Π(11) substate in NH3Ar and NH3Kr. Two additional bands are assigned to NH3Ar involving close Π upper substates. A group of close bands from the para dimer is identified in NH3Ar. The energy of all observed ortho and para substates is extracted from the analysis. Finally, more bands are reported but their carriers could not be identified. © 2015 Taylor and Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vanfleteren2015,
author = {Vanfleteren, T. and Földes, T. and Liévin, J. and Herman, M.},
title = {Overtone, 2NH ( 1+ 3) spectroscopy of NH 3Ar and NH 3Kr},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {113},
number = {24},
pages = {3934 – 3945},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2015.1072252}
}

Vranckx S, Loreau J, Vaeck N, Meier C and DesouterLecomte M (2015), "Photodissociation of the carbon monoxide dication in the 3Σ manifold: Quantum control simulation towards the C2+ + O channel", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 143(16)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The photodissociation and laser assisted dissociation of the carbon monoxide dication X3Π CO2+ into the 3Σ states are investigated. Ab initio electronic structure calculations of the adiabatic potential energy curves, radial nonadiabatic couplings, and dipole moments for the X 3Π state are performed for 13 excited 3Σ states of CO2+. The photodissociation cross section, calculated by timedependent methods, shows that the C+ + O+ channels dominate the process in the studied energy range. The carbon monoxide dication CO2+ is an interesting candidate for control because it can be produced in a single, long lived, v = 0 vibrational state due to the instability of all the other excited vibrational states of the ground 3Π electronic state. In a spectral range of about 25 eV, perpendicular transition dipoles couple this 3Π state to a manifold of 3Σ excited states leading to numerous C+ + O+ channels and a single C2+ + O channel. This unique channel is used as target for control calculations using local control theory. We illustrate the efficiency of this method in order to find a tailored electric field driving the photodissociation in a manifold of strongly interacting electronic states. The selected local pulses are then concatenated in a sequence inspired by the "laser distillation" strategy. Finally, the local pulse is compared with optimal control theory. © 2015 AIP Publishing LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vranckx2015,
author = {Vranckx, S. and Loreau, J. and Vaeck, N. and Meier, C. and DesouterLecomte, M.},
title = {Photodissociation of the carbon monoxide dication in the 3Σ manifold: Quantum control simulation towards the C2+ + O channel},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2015},
volume = {143},
number = {16},
doi = {10.1063/1.4934233}
}

Baye D, Filippin L and Godefroid M (2014), "Accurate solution of the Dirac equation on Lagrange meshes", Physical Review E  Statistical, Nonlinear, and Soft Matter Physics. Vol. 89(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The Lagrangemesh method is an approximate variational method taking the form of equations on a grid because of the use of a Gauss quadrature approximation. With a basis of Lagrange functions involving associated Laguerre polynomials related to the Gauss quadrature, the method is applied to the Dirac equation. The potential may possess a 1/r singularity. For hydrogenic atoms, numerically exact energies and wave functions are obtained with small numbers n+1 of mesh points, where n is the principal quantum number. Numerically exact mean values of powers 2 to 3 of the radial coordinate r can also be obtained with n+2 mesh points. For the Yukawa potential, a 15digit agreement with benchmark energies of the literature is obtained with 50 or fewer mesh points. © 2014 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Baye2014,
author = {Baye, Daniel and Filippin, Livio and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Accurate solution of the Dirac equation on Lagrange meshes},
journal = {Physical Review E  Statistical, Nonlinear, and Soft Matter Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {89},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevE.89.043305}
}

Bogatko S, Cauët E, Geerlings P and De Proft F (2014), "On the coupling of solvent characteristics to the electronic structure of solute molecules", Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics. Vol. 16(8), pp. 3807 – 3814.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present the results of a theoretical investigation focusing on the solvent structure surrounding the 1, 0 and +1 charged species of F, Cl, Br and I halogen atoms and F2, Cl2, Br2 and I 2 dihalogen molecules in a methanol solvent and its influence on the electronic structure of the solute molecules. Our results show a large stabilizing effect arising from the solutesolvent interactions. Wellformed first solvation shells are observed for all species, the structure of which is strongly influenced by the charge of the solute species. Detailed analysis reveals that coordination number, CN, solvent orientation, and solutesolvent distance, d, are important structural characteristics which are coupled to changes in the electronic structure of the solute. We propose that the fundamental chemistry of any solute species is generally regulated by these solvent degrees of freedom. © 2014 the Owner Societies. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bogatko2014,
author = {Bogatko, Stuart and Cauët, Emilie and Geerlings, Paul and De Proft, Frank},
title = {On the coupling of solvent characteristics to the electronic structure of solute molecules},
journal = {Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {16},
number = {8},
pages = {3807 – 3814},
doi = {10.1039/c3cp54944e}
}

BoyéPéronne S, Gauyacq D and Liévin J (2014), "Theoretical description of electronically excited vinylidene up to 10 eV: First high level ab initio study of singlet valence and Rydberg states", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 141(17)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The first quantitative description of the Rydberg and valence singlet electronic states of vinylidene lying in the 010 eV region is performed by using large scale ab initio calculations. A deep analysis of Rydbergvalence interactions has been achieved thanks to the comprehensive information contained in the accurate MultiReference Configuration Interaction wavefunctions and an original population analysis highlighting the respective role played by orbital and state mixing in such interactions. The present theoretical approach is thus adequate for dealing with larger than diatomic Rydberg systems. The nine lowest singlet valence states have been optimized. Among them, some are involved in strong Rydbergvalence interactions in the region of the Rydberg state equilibrium geometry. The Rydberg states of vinylidene present a great similarity with the acetylene isomer, concerning their quantum defects and Rydberg molecular orbital character. As in acetylene, strong sd mixing is revealed in the n = 3 sd supercomplex. Nevertheless, unlike in acetylene, the closeenergy of the two vinylidene ionic cores 2A1 and 2B1 results into two overlapped Rydberg series. These Rydberg series exhibit local perturbations when an accidental degeneracy occurs between them and results in avoided crossings. In addition, some Δl = 1 (sp and pd) mixings arise for some Rydberg states and are rationalized in term of electrostatic interaction from the electric dipole moment of the ionic core. The strongest dipole moment of the 2 B1 cationic state also stabilizes the lowest members of the n = 3 Rydberg series converging to this excited state, as compared to the adjacent series converging toward the 2A1 ionic ground state. The overall energies of vinylidene Rydberg states lie above their acetylene counterpart. Finally, predictions for optical transitions in singlet vinylidene are suggested for further experimental spectroscopic characterization of vinylidene. © 2014 AIP Publishing LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{BoyePeronne2014,
author = {BoyéPéronne, Séverine and Gauyacq, Dolores and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Theoretical description of electronically excited vinylidene up to 10 eV: First high level ab initio study of singlet valence and Rydberg states},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {141},
number = {17},
doi = {10.1063/1.4900875}
}

Carette T and Godefroid M (2014), "Theoretical study of the isotope effects on the detachment thresholds of Si", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 89(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The isotope effects in Si bound levels are studied using the multiconfiguration HartreeFock ab initio approach. Largescale calculations are carried out for the 3p34So, 2Do, and 2Po multiplets of Si and the 3p23P multiplet of Si. We predict an anomalous isotope shift on the electron affinity, dominated by the specific mass shift, with a value of 0.66(6) m1 for the 3028 isotope pair. We also report hyperfinestructure parameters for the studied multiplets. We provide the values of level electricfield gradients at the nucleus that could be of interest in a study of the metastable silicon isotopes. Relativistic corrections are estimated using nonrelativistic orbitals in the BreitPauli and fully relativistic frameworks. © 2014 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carette2014,
author = {Carette, T. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Theoretical study of the isotope effects on the detachment thresholds of Si},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {89},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.89.052513}
}

Ekman J, Godefroid MR and Hartman H (2014), "Validation and implementation of uncertainty estimates of calculated transition rates", Atoms. Vol. 2(2), pp. 215 – 224.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Uncertainties of calculated transition rates in LSallowed electric dipole transitions in boronlike O IV and carbonlike Fe XXI are estimated using an approach in which differences in line strengths calculated in length and velocity gauges are utilized. Estimated uncertainties are compared and validated against several highquality theoretical data sets in O IV, and implemented in large scale calculations in Fe XXI. © 2014 by the authors. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ekman2014a,
author = {Ekman, Jörgen and Godefroid, Michel R. and Hartman, Henrik},
title = {Validation and implementation of uncertainty estimates of calculated transition rates},
journal = {Atoms},
year = {2014},
volume = {2},
number = {2},
pages = {215 – 224},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/atoms2020215}
}

Ekman J, Jönsson P, Gustafsson S, Hartman H, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M and Froese Fischer C (2014), "Calculations with spectroscopic accuracy: Energies, transition rates,and Lande gJfactors in the carbon isoelectronic sequence from Ar XIII to Zn XXV", Astronomy and Astrophysics. Vol. 564
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Extensive selfconsistent multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) calculations and subsequent relativistic configuration interaction calculations are performed for 262 states belonging to the 15 configurations 2s 22p2, 2s2p3, 2p4, 2s 22p3l, 2s2p23l, 2p33l and 2s22p4l(l = 0,1,2) in selected carbonlike ions from Ar XIII to Zn XXV. Electron correlation effects are accounted for through large configuration state function expansions. Calculated energy levels are compared with existing theoretical calculations and data from the Chianti and NIST databases. In addition, Landé gJfactors and radiative electric dipole transition rates are given for all ions. The accuracy of the calculations are high enough to facilitate the identification of observed spectral lines. © 2014 ESO. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ekman2014,
author = {Ekman, J. and Jönsson, P. and Gustafsson, S. and Hartman, H. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M.R. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Calculations with spectroscopic accuracy: Energies, transition rates,and Lande gJfactors in the carbon isoelectronic sequence from Ar XIII to Zn XXV},
journal = {Astronomy and Astrophysics},
year = {2014},
volume = {564},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1051/00046361/201323163}
}

Filippin L, Godefroid M and Baye D (2014), "Relativistic polarizabilities with the Lagrangemesh method", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 90(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Relativistic dipolar to hexadecapolar polarizabilities of the ground state and some excited states of hydrogenic atoms are calculated by using numerically exact energies and wave functions obtained from the Dirac equation with the Lagrangemesh method. This approach is an approximate variational method taking the form of equations on a grid because of the use of a Gauss quadrature approximation. The partial polarizabilities conserving the absolute value of the quantum number κ are also numerically exact with small numbers of mesh points. The ones where κ changes are very accurate when using three different meshes for the initial and final wave functions and for the calculation of matrix elements. The polarizabilities of the n=2 excited states of hydrogenic atoms are also studied with a separate treatment of the final states that are degenerate at the nonrelativistic approximation. The method provides high accuracies for polarizabilities of a particle in a Yukawa potential and is applied to a hydrogen atom embedded in a Debye plasma. © 2014 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Filippin2014,
author = {Filippin, Livio and Godefroid, Michel and Baye, Daniel},
title = {Relativistic polarizabilities with the Lagrangemesh method},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {90},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.90.052520}
}

Keller A, Rackwitz J, Cauët E, Liévin J, Körzdörfer T, Rotaru A, Gothelf KV, Besenbacher F and Bald I (2014), "Sequence dependence of electroninduced DNA strand breakage revealed by DNA nanoarrays", Scientific Reports. Vol. 4
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The electronic structure of DNA is determined by its nucleotide sequence, which is for instance exploited in molecular electronics. Here we demonstrate that also the DNA strand breakage induced by lowenergy electrons (18 eV) depends on the nucleotide sequence. To determine the absolute cross sections for electron induced single strand breaks in specific 13 mer oligonucleotides we used atomic force microscopy analysis of DNA origami based DNA nanoarrays. We investigated the DNA sequences 5′TT(XYX) 3 TT with X = A, G, C and Y = T, BrU 5bromouracil and found absolute strand break cross sections between 2.66 · 1014 cm2 and 7.06 · 1014 cm2. The highest cross section was found for 5 2TT(ATA) 3 TT and 5 2TT(ABrUA) 3 TT, respectively. BrU is a radiosensitizer, which was discussed to be used in cancer radiation therapy. The replacement of T by BrU into the investigated DNA sequences leads to a slight increase of the absolute strand break cross sections resulting in sequencedependent enhancement factors between 1.14 and 1.66. Nevertheless, the variation of strand break cross sections due to the specific nucleotide sequence is considerably higher. Thus, the present results suggest the development of targeted radiosensitizers for cancer radiation therapy. 
BibTeX:
@article{Keller2014,
author = {Keller, Adrian and Rackwitz, Jenny and Cauët, Emilie and Liévin, Jacques and Körzdörfer, Thomas and Rotaru, Alexandru and Gothelf, Kurt V. and Besenbacher, Flemming and Bald, Ilko},
title = {Sequence dependence of electroninduced DNA strand breakage revealed by DNA nanoarrays},
journal = {Scientific Reports},
year = {2014},
volume = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1038/srep07391}
}

Loreau J, Liévin J, Scribano Y and Van Der Avoird A (2014), "Potential energy surface and bound states of the NH3Ar and ND3Ar complexes", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 141(22)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new, fourdimensional potential energy surface for the interaction of NH3 and ND3 with Ar is computed using the coupledcluster method with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations and large basis sets. The umbrella motion of the ammonia molecule is explicitly taken into account. The bound states of both NH3Ar and ND3Ar are calculated on this potential for total angular momentum values from J = 0 to 10, with the inclusion of Coriolis interactions. The energies and splittings of the rovibrational levels are in excellent agreement with the extensive highresolution spectroscopic data accumulated over the years in the infrared and microwave regions for both complexes, which demonstrates the quality of the potential energy surface. © 2014 AIP Publishing LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2014a,
author = {Loreau, J. and Liévin, J. and Scribano, Y. and Van Der Avoird, A.},
title = {Potential energy surface and bound states of the NH3Ar and ND3Ar complexes},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {141},
number = {22},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4903047}
}

Loreau J, Ryabchenko S and Vaeck N (2014), "Charge transfer in protonhelium collisions from low to high energy", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 47(13)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The cross section for charge transfer in protonhelium collisions has been computed in the energy range from 10eV/u up to 10 MeV/u. Four different methods (full quantal timeindependent and timedependent methods, molecular and atomic basis set semiclassical approaches) valid in different energy regimes have been used to calculate the partial and total cross section for singleelectron capture. The results are compared with previous theoretical calculations and experimental measurements and the different theoretical methods used are shown to be complementary for describing the charge transfer reaction. A fit of the cross section, valid for collision energies from 10eV/u up to 10 MeV/u is presented based on these results. © 2014 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2014,
author = {Loreau, J. and Ryabchenko, S. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Charge transfer in protonhelium collisions from low to high energy},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {47},
number = {13},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/47/13/135204}
}

Masseron T, Plez B, Van Eck S, Colin R, Daoutidis I, Godefroid M, Coheur PF, Bernath P, Jorissen A and Christlieb N (2014), "CH in stellar atmospheres: An extensive linelist", Astronomy and Astrophysics. Vol. 571
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The advent of highresolution spectrographs and detailed stellar atmosphere modelling has strengthened the need for accurate molecular data. Carbonenhanced metalpoor (CEMP) stars spectra are interesting objects with which to study transitions from the CH molecule. We combine programs for spectral analysis of molecules and stellarradiative transfer codes to build an extensive CH linelist, including predissociation broadening as well as newly identified levels. We show examples of strong predissociation CH lines in CEMP stars, and we stress the important role played by the CH features in the BondNeff feature depressing the spectra of barium stars by as much as 0.2 mag in the λ = 30005500 Å range. Because of the extreme thermodynamic conditions prevailing in stellar atmospheres (compared to the laboratory), molecular transitions with high energy levels can be observed. Stellar spectra can thus be used to constrain and improve molecular data. © 2014 ESO. 
BibTeX:
@article{Masseron2014,
author = {Masseron, T. and Plez, B. and Van Eck, S. and Colin, R. and Daoutidis, I. and Godefroid, M. and Coheur, P.F. and Bernath, P. and Jorissen, A. and Christlieb, N.},
title = {CH in stellar atmospheres: An extensive linelist},
journal = {Astronomy and Astrophysics},
year = {2014},
volume = {571},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1051/00046361/201423956}
}

Nazé C, Verdebout S, Rynkun P, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M and Jönsson P (2014), "Isotope shifts in beryllium, boron, carbon, and nitrogenlike ions from relativistic configuration interaction calculations", Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables. Vol. 100(5), pp. 1197 – 1249.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Energy levels, normal and specific mass shift parameters as well as electronic densities at the nucleus are reported for numerous states along the beryllium, boron, carbon, and nitrogen isoelectronic sequences. Combined with nuclear data, these electronic parameters can be used to determine values of level and transition isotope shifts. The calculation of the electronic parameters is done using firstorder perturbation theory with relativistic configuration interaction wavefunctions that account for valence, corevalence, and corecore correlation effects as zeroorder functions. Results are compared with experimental and other theoretical values, when available. © 2014 Elsevier Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Naze2014,
author = {Nazé, C. and Verdebout, S. and Rynkun, P. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M. and Jönsson, P.},
title = {Isotope shifts in beryllium, boron, carbon, and nitrogenlike ions from relativistic configuration interaction calculations},
journal = {Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables},
year = {2014},
volume = {100},
number = {5},
pages = {1197 – 1249},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.adt.2014.02.004}
}

Riffet V, Jacquemin D, Cauët E and Frison G (2014), "Benchmarking DFT and TDDFT functionals for the ground and excited states of hydrogenrich peptide radicals", Journal of Chemical Theory and Computation. Vol. 10(8), pp. 3308 – 3318.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We assess the pros and cons of a large panel of DFT exchangecorrelation functionals for the prediction of the electronic structure of hydrogenrich peptide radicals formed after electron attachment on a protonated peptide. Indeed, despite its importance in the understanding of the chemical changes associated with the reduction step, the question of the attachment site of an electron and, more generally, of the reduced species formed in the gas phase through electroninduced dissociation (ExD) processes in mass spectrometry is still a matter of debate. For hydrogenrich peptide radicals in which several positive groups and lowlying π* orbitals can capture the incoming electron in ExD, inclusion of full HartreeFock exchange at longrange interelectronic distance is a prerequisite for an accurate description of the electronic states, thereby excluding several popular exchangecorrelation functionals, e.g., B3LYP, M062X, or CAMB3LYP. However, we show that this condition is not sufficient by comparing the results obtained with asymptotically correct rangeseparated hybrids (M11, LCBLYP, LCBPW91, ωB97, ωB97X, and ωB97XD) and with reference CASSCFMRCI and EOMCCSD calculations. The attenuation parameter ω significantly tunes the spin density distribution and the excited states vertical energies. The investigated model structures, ranging from methylammonium to hexapeptide, allow us to obtain a description of the nature and energy of the electronic states, depending on (i) the presence of hydrogen bond(s) around the cationic site(s), (ii) the presence of π* molecular orbitals (MOs), and (iii) the selected DFT approach. It turns out that, in the present framework, LCBLYP and ωB97 yields the most accurate results. © 2014 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Riffet2014,
author = {Riffet, Vanessa and Jacquemin, Denis and Cauët, Emilie and Frison, Gilles},
title = {Benchmarking DFT and TDDFT functionals for the ground and excited states of hydrogenrich peptide radicals},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Theory and Computation},
year = {2014},
volume = {10},
number = {8},
pages = {3308 – 3318},
doi = {10.1021/ct5004912}
}

Sugny D, Vranckx S, Ndong M, Vaeck N, Atabek O and DesouterLecomte M (2014), "Control of molecular dynamics with zeroarea fields: Application to molecular orientation and photofragmentation", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 90(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The constraint of timeintegrated zero area on the laser field is a fundamental requirement, both theoretically and experimentally, in the control of molecular dynamics. By using techniques of local and optimal control theory, we show how to enforce this constraint in two benchmark control problems, namely, molecular orientation and photofragmentation. The origin and the physical implications for the dynamics of this zeroarea control field are discussed. © 2014 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sugny2014,
author = {Sugny, Dominique and Vranckx, Stéphane and Ndong, Mamadou and Vaeck, Nathalie and Atabek, Osman and DesouterLecomte, Michèle},
title = {Control of molecular dynamics with zeroarea fields: Application to molecular orientation and photofragmentation},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {90},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.90.053404}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Woolley RG (2014), "Comment on "on the quantum theory of molecules" [J. Chem. Phys. 137, 22A544 (2012)]", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 140(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In our previous paper [B. T. Sutcliffe and R. G. Woolley, J. Chem. Phys. 137, 22A544 (2012)] we argued that the BornOppenheimer approximation could not be based on an exact transformation of the molecular Schrödinger equation. In this Comment we suggest that the fundamental reason for the approximate nature of the BornOppenheimer model is the lack of a complete set of functions for the electronic space, and the need to describe the continuous spectrum using spectral projection. © 2014 AIP Publishing LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2014,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {Comment on "on the quantum theory of molecules" [J. Chem. Phys. 137, 22A544 (2012)]},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2014},
volume = {140},
number = {3},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4861897}
}

Verdebout S, Nazé C, Jönsson P, Rynkun P, Godefroid M and Gaigalas G (2014), "Hyperfine structures and Landé gJfactors for n=2 states in beryllium, boron, carbon, and nitrogenlike ions from relativistic configuration interaction calculations", Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables. Vol. 100(5), pp. 1111 – 1155.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Energy levels, hyperfine interaction constants, and Landé gJfactors are reported for n=2 states in beryllium, boron, carbon, and nitrogenlike ions from relativistic configuration interaction calculations. Valence, corevalence, and corecore correlation effects are taken into account through single and doubleexcitations from multireference expansions to increasing sets of active orbitals. A systematic comparison of the calculated hyperfine interaction constants is made with values from the available literature. © 2014 Elsevier Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verdebout2014,
author = {Verdebout, S. and Nazé, C. and Jönsson, P. and Rynkun, P. and Godefroid, M. and Gaigalas, G.},
title = {Hyperfine structures and Landé gJfactors for n=2 states in beryllium, boron, carbon, and nitrogenlike ions from relativistic configuration interaction calculations},
journal = {Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables},
year = {2014},
volume = {100},
number = {5},
pages = {1111 – 1155},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.adt.2014.05.001}
}

Berger G, Gelbcke M, Cauët E, Luhmer M, Nève J and Dufrasne F (2013), "Synthesis of 15Nlabeled vicinal diamines through Nactivated chiral aziridines: Tools for the NMR study of platinumbased anticancer compounds", Tetrahedron Letters. Vol. 54(6), pp. 545 – 548.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new method for the synthesis of 15Nlabeled chiral βdiamines from a common precursor, either optically pure amino acids or antiβamino alcohols, is reported. The two diastereomeric series of vicinal diamines are produced through the nucleophilic ring opening of activated chiral aziridines. 15N was introduced by means of [ 15N]benzylamine, prepared from 15NH4Cl. The final compounds are highly valuable because [1H15N] NMR is considered a powerful tool for studying the chemical properties of platinumbased complexes. © 2012 Published by Elsevier Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Berger2013,
author = {Berger, Gilles and Gelbcke, Michel and Cauët, Emilie and Luhmer, Michel and Nève, Jean and Dufrasne, François},
title = {Synthesis of 15Nlabeled vicinal diamines through Nactivated chiral aziridines: Tools for the NMR study of platinumbased anticancer compounds},
journal = {Tetrahedron Letters},
year = {2013},
volume = {54},
number = {6},
pages = {545 – 548},
doi = {10.1016/j.tetlet.2012.11.079}
}

Bogatko S, Cauët E, Bylaska E, Schenter G, Fulton J and Weare J (2013), "The aqueous Ca2+ system, in comparison with Zn2+, Fe3 +, and Al3 +: An ab initio molecular dynamics study", Chemistry  A European Journal. Vol. 19(9), pp. 3047 – 3060.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Herein, we report on the structure and dynamics of the aqueous Ca 2+ system studied by using ab initio molecular dynamics (AIMD) simulations. Our detailed study revealed the formation of wellformed hydration shells with characteristics that were significantly different to those of bulk water. To facilitate a robust comparison with stateoftheart Xray absorption fine structure (XAFS) data, we employ a 1st principles MDXAFS procedure and directly compare simulated and experimental XAFS spectra. A comparison of the data for the aqueous Ca2+ system with those of the recently reported Zn2+, Fe3+, and Al3+ species showed that many of their structural characteristics correlated well with charge density on the cation. Some very important exceptions were found, which indicated a strong sensitivity of the solvent structure towards the cation′s valence electronic structure. Average dipole moments for the 2nd shell of all cations were suppressed relative to bulk water. Like a duck to water: An investigation into the solvent structure and dynamics around the Ca2+ cation was validated by comparison with XAFS data. A comparison with ab initio molecular dynamics studies of aqueous Zn2+, Fe3+, and Al 3+ was used to discuss general trends in the ability of these solvated cations to form extended structures. Copyright © 2013 WILEYVCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bogatko2013,
author = {Bogatko, Stuart and Cauët, Emilie and Bylaska, Eric and Schenter, Gregory and Fulton, John and Weare, John},
title = {The aqueous Ca2+ system, in comparison with Zn2+, Fe3 +, and Al3 +: An ab initio molecular dynamics study},
journal = {Chemistry  A European Journal},
year = {2013},
volume = {19},
number = {9},
pages = {3047 – 3060},
doi = {10.1002/chem.201202821}
}

Bogatko S, Cauët E and Geerlings P (2013), "Improved DFTbased interpretation of ESIMS of aqueous metal cations", Journal of the American Society for Mass Spectrometry. Vol. 24(6), pp. 926 – 931.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present results showing that our recently developed density functional theory (DFT)based speciation model of the aqueous Al3+ system has the potential to improve the interpretations of ESIMS studies of aqueous metal cation hydrolytic speciation. The main advantages of our method are that (1) it allows for the calculation of the relative abundance of a given species which may be directly assigned to the signal intensity in a mass spectrum; (2) in cases where species with identical m/z ratios may coexist, the assignment can be unambiguously assigned based on their theoretical relative abundances. As a demonstration of its application, we study four pairs of monomer and dimer aqueous Al3+ species, each with identical m/z ratio. For some of these pairs our method predicts that the dominant species changes from the monomer to the dimer species under varying pH conditions. [Figure not available: see fulltext.] © 2013 American Society for Mass Spectrometry. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bogatko2013b,
author = {Bogatko, Stuart and Cauët, Emilie and Geerlings, Paul},
title = {Improved DFTbased interpretation of ESIMS of aqueous metal cations},
journal = {Journal of the American Society for Mass Spectrometry},
year = {2013},
volume = {24},
number = {6},
pages = {926 – 931},
doi = {10.1007/s133610130617x}
}

Bogatko S, Cauët E and Geerlings P (2013), "Rydberg electron capture by neutral Al hydrolysis products", Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics. Vol. 15(37), pp. 15309 – 15311.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We predict that electron attachment may be used with ESIMS techniques to observe neutral Al metal aquaoxohydroxo species and the complex polymerization and precipitation reactions in which they participate. Neutral aqueous metal species have, so far, been invisible to ESIMS techniques. This journal is © 2013 the Owner Societies. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bogatko2013a,
author = {Bogatko, Stuart and Cauët, Emilie and Geerlings, Paul},
title = {Rydberg electron capture by neutral Al hydrolysis products},
journal = {Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics},
year = {2013},
volume = {15},
number = {37},
pages = {15309 – 15311},
doi = {10.1039/c3cp51935j}
}

Carette T and Godefroid M (2013), "Isotope shift on the chlorine electron affinity revisited by an MCHF/CI approach", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 46(9)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Today, the electron affinity is experimentally well known for most of the elements and is a useful guideline for developing ab initio computational methods. However, the measurements of isotope shifts on the electron affinity are limited by both resolution and sensitivity. In this context, theory is of great help to further our knowledge and understanding of atomic structures, even though correlation plays a dominant role in negative ions' properties and, particularly, in the calculation of the specific mass shift contribution. This study solves the longstanding discrepancy between calculated and measured specific mass shifts on the electron affinity of chlorine (Berzinsh et al 1995 Phys. Rev. A 51 231). © 2013 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carette2013a,
author = {Carette, T. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Isotope shift on the chlorine electron affinity revisited by an MCHF/CI approach},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2013},
volume = {46},
number = {9},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/46/9/095003}
}

Carette T, Nemouchi M, Li J and Godefroid M (2013), "Relativistic effects on the hyperfine structures of 2p4(3P) 3p2Do,4Do, and 4Po in 19F i", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 88(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The hyperfine interaction constants of the 2p4(3P)3p 2D3/2,5/2o, 4D1/27/2o, and 4P1/25/2o levels in neutral fluorine are investigated theoretically. Largescale calculations are carried out using the multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) and DiracHartreeFock (MCDHF) methods. In the framework of the MCHF approach, the relativistic effects are taken into account in the BreitPauli approximation using nonrelativistic orbitals. In the fully relativistic approach, the orbitals are optimized using the DiracCoulomb Hamiltonian with correlation models inspired by the nonrelativistic calculations. Higherorder excitations are captured through multireference configuration interaction calculations including the Breit interaction. In a third (intermediate) approach, the DiracCoulombBreit Hamiltonian matrix is diagonalized in a relativistic configuration space built with nonrelativistic MCHF radial functions converted into Dirac spinors using the Pauli approximation. The magnetic dipole hyperfinestructure constants calculated with the three relativistic models are consistent and reveal unexpectedly large effects of relativity for 2D5/2o, 4P3/2o, and 4P5/2o. The agreement with the few available experimental values is satisfactory. The strong J dependence of relativistic corrections on the hyperfine constants is investigated through the detailed analysis of the orbital, spindipole, and contact relative contributions calculated with the nonrelativistic magnetic dipole operator. © 2013 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carette2013,
author = {Carette, Thomas and Nemouchi, Messaoud and Li, Jiguang and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Relativistic effects on the hyperfine structures of 2p4(3P) 3p2Do,4Do, and 4Po in 19F i},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2013},
volume = {88},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.88.042501}
}

CassamChenaï P and Liévin J (2013), "An improved third order dipole moment surface for methane", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 291, pp. 77 – 84.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In a previous article a dipole moment surface (DMS) of fullelectron, multireference configuration interaction (MRCI) quality was obtained and used to calculate the rotational spectrum of methane vibrational ground state, by means of a combination of the mean field configuration interaction method (VMFCI) with a generalized perturbation theory. The theoretical line intensities were matching the experimental ones obtained at the SOLEIL synchrotron well within experimental uncertainties. However, not all third order terms were included in this DMS. In the present work, additional DMS points have been calculated and fitted using a complete third order expansion. The new results give Rbranch intensities systematically smaller by about 1% compared to those previously obtained by using the same ab initio method, so still within experimental errors. The relevance of this DMS to calculate intensities for excited vibrational states, in particular for the dyad, is addressed. © 2013 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{CassamChenai2013,
author = {CassamChenaï, P. and Liévin, J.},
title = {An improved third order dipole moment surface for methane},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2013},
volume = {291},
pages = {77 – 84},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.jms.2013.07.004}
}

Cauët E, Bogatko S, Liévin J, De Proft F and Geerlings P (2013), "Electronattachmentinduced DNA damage: Instantaneous strand breaks", Journal of Physical Chemistry B. Vol. 117(33), pp. 9669 – 9676.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Low energy electronattachmentinduced damage in DNA, where dissociation channels may involve multiple bonds including complex bond rearrangements and significant nuclear motions, is analyzed here. Quantum mechanics/molecular mechanics (QM/MM) calculations reveal how rearrangements of electron density after vertical electron attachment modulate the position and dynamics of the atomic nuclei in DNA. The nuclear motions involve the elongation of the PO (PO3′ and PO5′) and CC (C3′C4′ and C4′C5′) bonds for which the acquired kinetic energy becomes high enough so that the neighboring C3′O3′ or C5′O5′ phosphodiester bond may break almost immediately. Such dynamic behavior should happen on a very short time scale, within 1530 fs, which is of the same order of magnitude as the time scale predicted for the excess electron to localize around the nucleobases. This result indicates that the CO phosphodiester bonds can break before electron transfer from the backbone to the base. © 2013 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2013,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Bogatko, Stuart and Liévin, Jacques and De Proft, Frank and Geerlings, Paul},
title = {Electronattachmentinduced DNA damage: Instantaneous strand breaks},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry B},
year = {2013},
volume = {117},
number = {33},
pages = {9669 – 9676},
doi = {10.1021/jp406320g}
}

Froese Fischer C, Verdebout S, Godefroid M, Rynkun P, Jönsson P and Gaigalas G (2013), "Doubletquartet energy separation in boron: A partitionedcorrelation functioninteraction method", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 88(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: No lines have been observed for transitions between the doublet and quartet levels of B i. Consequently, energy levels based on observation for the latter are obtained through extrapolation of wavelengths along the isoelectronic sequence for the 2s22p 2P3/2o  2s2p2 4P5/2 transition. In this paper, accurate theoretical excitation energies from a partitionedcorrelation functioninteraction (PCFI) method are reported for B i that include both relativistic effects in the BreitPauli approximation and a finite mass correction. Results are compared with extrapolated values from observed data. For B i our estimate of the excitation energy 28 959 ± 5 cm1 is in better agreement with the values obtained by Edlén (1969) than those reported by Kramida and Ryabtsev (2007). Our method is validated by applying the same procedure to the separation of these levels in C ii. © 2013 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer2013,
author = {Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Verdebout, Simon and Godefroid, Michel and Rynkun, Pavel and Jönsson, Per and Gaigalas, Gediminas},
title = {Doubletquartet energy separation in boron: A partitionedcorrelation functioninteraction method},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2013},
volume = {88},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.88.062506}
}

Jönsson P, Ekman J, Gustafsson S, Hartman H, Karlsson L, Du Rietz R, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M and Froese Fischer C (2013), "Energy levels and transition rates for the boron isoelectronic sequence: Si X, Ti XVIIICu XXV", Astronomy and Astrophysics. Vol. 559
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Relativistic configuration interaction (RCI) calculations are performed for 291 states belonging to the configurations 1s22s22p, 1s22s2p2, 1s22p3, 1s 22s23l, 1s22s2p3l, 1s22p 23l, 1s22s24l′, 1s 22s2p4l′, and 1s22p24l′ (l = 0,1,2 and l′ = 0,1,2,3) in boronlike ions Si X and Ti XVIII to Cu XXV. Electron correlation effects are represented in the wave functions by large configuration state function (CSF) expansions. States are transformed from jjcoupling to LScoupling, and the LSpercentage compositions are used for labeling the levels. Radiative electric dipole transition rates are given for all ions, leading to massive data sets. Calculated energy levels are compared with other theoretical predictions and crosschecked against the Chianti database, NIST recommended values, and other observations. The accuracy of the calculations are high enough to facilitate the identification of observed spectral lines. © 2013 ESO. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson2013,
author = {Jönsson, P. and Ekman, J. and Gustafsson, S. and Hartman, H. and Karlsson, L.B. and Du Rietz, R. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M.R. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Energy levels and transition rates for the boron isoelectronic sequence: Si X, Ti XVIIICu XXV},
journal = {Astronomy and Astrophysics},
year = {2013},
volume = {559},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1051/00046361/201321893}
}

Jönsson P, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G, Bieroń J and Brage T (2013), "Accurate transition probabilities from largescale multiconfiguration calculations  A tribute to Charlotte Froese Fischer", AIP Conference Proceedings. Vol. 1545, pp. 266 – 278.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The development of multiconfiguration computer packages for atomic structure calculations is reviewed with special attention to the work of Charlotte Froese Fischer. The underlying theory is described along with methodologies to choose basis expansions of configuration state functions. Calculations of energies and transitions rates are presented and the accuracy of the results is assessed. Limitations of multiconfiguration methods are discussed and it is shown how these limitations can be circumvented by a division of the original largescale computational problem into a number of smaller problems. © 2013 AIP Publishing LLC. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Joensson2013a,
author = {Jönsson, Per and Godefroid, Michel and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Bieroń, Jacek and Brage, Tomas},
title = {Accurate transition probabilities from largescale multiconfiguration calculations  A tribute to Charlotte Froese Fischer},
journal = {AIP Conference Proceedings},
year = {2013},
volume = {1545},
pages = {266 – 278},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4815863}
}

Lauzin C, Coudert LH, Herman M and Liévin J (2013), "Ab initio intermolecular potential of ArC2H2 refined using highresolution spectroscopic data", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 117(50), pp. 13767 – 13774.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The highresolution infrared spectra of the ν1 + ν3 (2CH) band of the ArC2H2 complex has been recorded from 6544 to 6566 cm1. The previously reported K a = 1 ← 0, 2 ← 1, and 0 ← 1 subbands were observed and the Ka = 1 ← 2, 2 ← 3, and 3 ← 2 subbands were assigned for the first time. The intermolecular potential energy surface of this complex has been calculated ab initio and optimized by fitting the new highresolution data. Refined intermolecular potential energy surfaces have been obtained for the ground vibrational state and for the excited v1 = v3 = 1 stretching state. For the former state, the results of the analysis are satisfactory and the microwave transitions of the complex are reproduced with a rootmeansquare deviation of 5 MHz. For the latter state, systematic discrepancies arise in the analysis. © 2013 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lauzin2013,
author = {Lauzin, Clément and Coudert, Laurent H. and Herman, Michel and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Ab initio intermolecular potential of ArC2H2 refined using highresolution spectroscopic data},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2013},
volume = {117},
number = {50},
pages = {13767 – 13774},
doi = {10.1021/jp408013n}
}

Loreau J, Vranckx S, DesouterLecomte M, Vaeck N and Dalgarno A (2013), "Photodissociation and radiative association of HeH+ in the metastable triplet state", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 117(39), pp. 9486 – 9492.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We investigate the photodissociation of HeH+ in the metastable triplet state as well as its formation through the inverse process, radiative association. In models of astrophysical plasmas, HeH+ is assumed to be present only in the ground state, and the influence of the triplet state has not been explored. It may be formed by radiative association during collisions between a proton and metastable helium, which are present in significant concentrations in nebulae. The triplet state can also be formed by association of He+ and H, although this process is less likely to occur. We compute the cross sections and rate coefficients corresponding to the photodissociation of the triplet state by UV photons from a central star using a wave packet method. We show that the photodissociation cross sections depend strongly on the initial vibrational state and that the effects of excited electronic states and nonadiabatic couplings cannot be neglected. We then calculate the cross section and rate coefficient for the radiative association of HeH+ in the metastable triplet state. © 2013 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2013,
author = {Loreau, J. and Vranckx, S. and DesouterLecomte, M. and Vaeck, N. and Dalgarno, A.},
title = {Photodissociation and radiative association of HeH+ in the metastable triplet state},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2013},
volume = {117},
number = {39},
pages = {9486 – 9492},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1021/jp312007q}
}

Nazé C, Gaidamauskas E, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M and Jönsson P (2013), "Ris3: A program for relativistic isotope shift calculations", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 184(9), pp. 2187 – 2196.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An atomic spectral line is characteristic of the element producing the spectrum. The line also depends on the isotope. The program ris3 (Relativistic Isotope Shift) calculates the electron density at the origin and the normal and specific mass shift parameters. Combining these electronic quantities with available nuclear data, isotopedependent energy level shifts are determined. © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Naze2013,
author = {Nazé, C. and Gaidamauskas, E. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M. and Jönsson, P.},
title = {Ris3: A program for relativistic isotope shift calculations},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {2013},
volume = {184},
number = {9},
pages = {2187 – 2196},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.cpc.2013.02.015}
}

Servaty K, Cauët E, Thomas F, Lambermont J, Gerbaux P, De Winter J, Ovaere M, Volker L, Vaeck N, Van Meervelt L, Dehaen W, Moucheron C and KirschDe Mesmaeker A (2013), "Peculiar properties of homoleptic Cu complexes with dipyrromethene derivatives", Dalton Transactions. Vol. 42(39), pp. 14188 – 14199.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In view of preparing Cu polynuclear complexes with dipyrromethene ligands, the mononuclear complexes [Cu(ii)(dipy)2] (dipyH = 5phenyldipyrromethene) and [Cu(ii)(dpdipy)2] (dpdipyH = 1,5,9triphenyldipyrromethene) have been prepared and characterized by Xray crystallography, mass spectrometry and EPR spectroscopy. Their peculiar redox and spectroscopic (absorption/emission) behaviours are discussed. In contrast to CuII complexes of 1,1′bidypyrrin, the reduction electrolysis of [Cu(ii)(dpdipy)2] leads to decomposition products on a time scale of a few hours. Moreover in relation to this observation, [Cu(i)(dpdipy) 2] could not be synthesized in spite of the Cu I core protection by the phenyl substituents in ortho position of the nitrogen atoms. Theoretical calculations provide some explanations for this instability. Interestingly [Cu(ii)(dipy)2] and [Cu(ii)(dpdipy) 2] display weak luminescence at room temperature, attributed to a ligand centered emission. © 2013 The Royal Society of Chemistry. 
BibTeX:
@article{Servaty2013,
author = {Servaty, Kathleen and Cauët, Emilie and Thomas, Fabrice and Lambermont, Javiera and Gerbaux, Pascal and De Winter, Julien and Ovaere, Margriet and Volker, Leen and Vaeck, Nathalie and Van Meervelt, Luc and Dehaen, Wim and Moucheron, Cécile and KirschDe Mesmaeker, Andrée},
title = {Peculiar properties of homoleptic Cu complexes with dipyrromethene derivatives},
journal = {Dalton Transactions},
year = {2013},
volume = {42},
number = {39},
pages = {14188 – 14199},
doi = {10.1039/c3dt51541a}
}

Sutcliffe B and Woolley RG (2013), "The Potential Energy Surface in Molecular Quantum Mechanics", Progress in Theoretical Chemistry and Physics. Vol. 27, pp. 3 – 40.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The idea of a Potential Energy Surface (PES) forms the basis of almost all accounts of the mechanisms of chemical reactions, and much of theoretical molecular spectroscopy. It is assumed that, in principle, the PES can be calculated by means of clampednuclei electronic structure calculations based upon the Schrödinger Coulomb Hamiltonian. This article is devoted to a discussion of the origin of the idea, its development in the context of the Old Quantum Theory, and its present status in the quantum mechanics of molecules. It is argued that its present status must be regarded as uncertain. © 2013, Springer International Publishing Switzerland. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2013,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {The Potential Energy Surface in Molecular Quantum Mechanics},
journal = {Progress in Theoretical Chemistry and Physics},
year = {2013},
volume = {27},
pages = {3 – 40},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1007/9783319015293_1}
}

Verdebout S, Rynkun P, Jönsson P, Gaigalas G, Fischer CF and Godefroid M (2013), "A partitioned correlation function interaction approach for describing electron correlation in atoms", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 46(8)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The traditional multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) and configuration interaction (CI) methods are based on a single orthonormal orbital basis. For atoms with many closed core shells, or complicated shell structures, a large orbital basis is needed to saturate the different electron correlation effects such as valence, corevalence and correlation within the core shells. The large orbital basis leads to massive configuration state function (CSF) expansions that are difficult to handle, even on large computer systems. We show that it is possible to relax the orthonormality restriction on the orbital basis and break down the originally very large calculations into a series of smaller calculations that can be run in parallel. Each calculation determines a partitioned correlation function (PCF) that accounts for a specific correlation effect. The PCFs are built on optimally localized orbital sets and are added to a zeroorder multireference (MR) function to form a total wave function. The expansion coefficients of the PCFs are determined from a low dimensional generalized eigenvalue problem. The interaction and overlap matrices are computed using a biorthonormal transformation technique (Verdebout et al 2010 J. Phys. B: At. Mol. Phys. 43 074017). The new method, called partitioned correlation function interaction (PCFI), converges rapidly with respect to the orbital basis and gives total energies that are lower than the ones from ordinary MCHF and CI calculations. The PCFI method is also very flexible when it comes to targeting different electron correlation effects. Focusing our attention on neutral lithium, we show that by dedicating a PCF to the single excitations from the core, spin and orbitalpolarization effects can be captured very efficiently, leading to highly improved convergence patterns for hyperfine parameters compared with MCHF calculations based on a single orthogonal radial orbital basis. By collecting separately optimized PCFs to correct the MR function, the variational degrees of freedom in the relative mixing coefficients of the CSFs building the PCFs are inhibited. The constraints on the mixing coefficients lead to small offsets in computed properties such as hyperfine structure, isotope shift and transition rates, with respect to the correct values. By (partially) deconstraining the mixing coefficients one converges to the correct limits and keeps the tremendous advantage of improved convergence rates that comes from the use of several orbital sets. Reducing ultimately each PCF to a single CSF with its own orbital basis leads to a nonorthogonal CI approach. Various perspectives of the new method are given. © 2013 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verdebout2013,
author = {Verdebout, S. and Rynkun, P. and Jönsson, P. and Gaigalas, G. and Fischer, C. Froese and Godefroid, M.},
title = {A partitioned correlation function interaction approach for describing electron correlation in atoms},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2013},
volume = {46},
number = {8},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/46/8/085003}
}

Vranckx S, Loreau J, DesouterLecomte M and Vaeck N (2013), "Determination of photodissociation and radiative association cross sections from the same timedependent calculation", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 46(15)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We illustrate some of the difficulties that may be encountered when computing photodissociation and radiative association cross sections from the same timedependent approach based on wavepacket propagation. The total and partial photodissociation cross sections from the 33 vibrational levels of the b 3Σ+ state of HeH+ towards the nine other 3Σ+ and 6 3Π n = 2, 3 higher lying electronic states are calculated, using the autocorrelation method introduced by Heller (1978 J. Chem. Phys. 68 3891) and the method based on the asymptotic behaviour of wavepackets introduced by BalintKurti et al (1990 J. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans. 86 1741). The corresponding radiative association cross sections are extracted from the same calculations, and the photodissociation and radiative association rate constants are determined. © 2013 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vranckx2013,
author = {Vranckx, S. and Loreau, J. and DesouterLecomte, M. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Determination of photodissociation and radiative association cross sections from the same timedependent calculation},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2013},
volume = {46},
number = {15},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/46/15/155201}
}

Borgoo A, Godefroid MR and Geerlings P (2012), "Atomic Density Functions: Atomic Physics Calculations Analyzed with Methods from Quantum Chemistry", Progress in Theoretical Chemistry and Physics. Vol. 22, pp. 139 – 171.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This contribution reviews a selection of findings on atomic density functions and discusses ways for reading chemical information from them. First an expression for the density function for atoms in the multiconfiguration Hartree–Fock scheme is established. The spherical harmonic content of the density function and ways to restore the spherical symmetry in a general openshell case are treated. The evaluation of the density function is illustrated in a few examples. In the second part of the paper, atomic density functions are analyzed using quantum similarity measures. The comparison of atomic density functions is shown to be useful to obtain physical and chemical information. Finally, concepts from information theory are introduced and adopted for the comparison of density functions. In particular, based on the Kullback–Leibler form, a functional is constructed that reveals the periodicity in Mendeleev’s table. Finally a quantum similarity measure is constructed, based on the integrand of the Kullback–Leibler expression and the periodicity is regained in a different way. © 2012, Springer Science+Business Media B.V. 
BibTeX:
@article{Borgoo2012,
author = {Borgoo, Alex and Godefroid, Michel R. and Geerlings, Paul},
title = {Atomic Density Functions: Atomic Physics Calculations Analyzed with Methods from Quantum Chemistry},
journal = {Progress in Theoretical Chemistry and Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {22},
pages = {139 – 171},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1007/9789400720763_9}
}

CassamChenaï P and Liévin J (2012), "Ab initio calculation of the rotational spectrum of methane vibrational ground state", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 136(17)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In a previous article we have introduced an alternative perturbation scheme to the traditional one starting from the harmonic oscillator, rigid rotator Hamiltonian, to find approximate solutions of the spectral problem for rotationvibration molecular Hamiltonians. The convergence of our method for the methane vibrational ground state rotational energy levels was quicker than that of the traditional method, as expected, and our predictions were quantitative. In this second article, we study the convergence of the ab initio calculation of effective dipole moments for methane within the same theoretical frame. The first order of perturbation when applied to the electric dipole moment operator of a spherical top gives the expression used in previous spectroscopic studies. Higher orders of perturbation give corrections corresponding to higher centrifugal distortion contributions and are calculated accurately for the first time. Two potential energy surfaces of the literature have been used for solving the anharmonic vibrational problem by means of the vibrational mean field configuration interaction approach. Two corresponding dipole moment surfaces were calculated in this work at a high level of theory. The predicted intensities agree better with recent experimental values than their empirical fit. This suggests that our ab initio dipole moment surface and effective dipole moment operator are both highly accurate. © 2012 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{CassamChenai2012,
author = {CassamChenaï, P. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Ab initio calculation of the rotational spectrum of methane vibrational ground state},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {136},
number = {17},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4705278}
}

Cauët E, Bogatko SA, Bylaska EJ and Weare JH (2012), "Ion association in AlCl 3 aqueous solutions from constrained firstprinciples molecular dynamics", Inorganic Chemistry. Vol. 51(20), pp. 10856 – 10869.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The CarParrinellobased molecular dynamics (CPMD) method was used to investigate the ionpairing behavior between Cl  and Al 3+ ions in an aqueous AlCl 3 solution containing 63 water molecules. A series of constrained simulations was carried out at 300 K for up to 16 ps each, with the internuclear separation (r AlCl) between the Al 3+ ion and one of the Cl  ions held constant. The calculated potential of mean force (PMF) of the Al 3+Cl  ion pair shows a global minimum at r AlCl = 2.3 Å corresponding to a contact ion pair (CIP). Two local minima assigned to solventseparated ion pairs (SSIPs) are identified at r AlCl = 4.4 and 6.0 Å. The positions of the free energy minima coincide with the hydrationshell intervals of the Al 3+ cation, suggesting that the Cl  ion is inclined to reside in regions with low concentrations of water molecules, that is, between the first and second hydration shells of Al 3+ and between the second shell and the bulk. A detailed analysis of the solvent structure around the Al 3+ and Cl  ions as a function of r AlCl is presented. The results are compared to structural data from Xray measurements and unconstrained CPMD simulations of single Al 3+ and Cl  ions and AlCl 3 solutions. The dipole moments of the water molecules in the first and second hydration shells of Al 3+ and in the bulk region and those of Cl  ions were calculated as a function of r AlCl. Major changes in the electronic structure of the system were found to result from the removal of Cl  from the first hydration shell of the Al 3+ cation. Finally, two unconstrained CPMD simulations of aqueous AlCl 3 solutions corresponding to CIP and SSIP configurations were performed (17 ps, 300 K). Only minor structural changes were observed in these systems, confirming their stability. © 2012 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2012,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Bogatko, Stuart A. and Bylaska, Eric J. and Weare, John H.},
title = {Ion association in AlCl 3 aqueous solutions from constrained firstprinciples molecular dynamics},
journal = {Inorganic Chemistry},
year = {2012},
volume = {51},
number = {20},
pages = {10856 – 10869},
doi = {10.1021/ic301346k}
}

Cauët E, Carette T, Lauzin C, Li J, Loreau J, Delsaut M, Nazé C, Verdebout S, Vranckx S, Godefroid M, Liévin J and Vaeck N (2012), "From atoms to biomolecules: A fruitful perspective", Theoretical Chemistry Accounts. Vol. 131(8), pp. 1 – 17.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a summary of the research activities of the "Quantum Chemistry and Atomic Physics" theoretical group of the "Chimie Quantique et Photophysique" Laboratory at Université Libre de Bruxelles. We emphasize the links between the three orientations of the group: theoretical atomic spectroscopy, structure, and molecular dynamics and list the perspectives of our collaboration. © SpringerVerlag 2012. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2012c,
author = {Cauët, E. and Carette, T. and Lauzin, C. and Li, J.G. and Loreau, J. and Delsaut, M. and Nazé, C. and Verdebout, S. and Vranckx, S. and Godefroid, M. and Liévin, J. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {From atoms to biomolecules: A fruitful perspective},
journal = {Theoretical Chemistry Accounts},
year = {2012},
volume = {131},
number = {8},
pages = {1 – 17},
doi = {10.1007/s0021401212543}
}

Cauët E and Jacquemin D (2012), "A theoretical spectroscopy investigation of oxosumanenes", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 519520, pp. 49 – 53.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Using Density Functional Theory approaches, we investigate the structure and spectroscopic signatures of sumanene, monooxosumanene and trioxosumanene, three synthesised bowlshaped compounds. The simulated properties include geometries, charges, polarisabilities, infrared and UV/visible spectra as well as complexation energies. Refined approaches have been considered (anharmonic frequencies, statespecific solvent model, dispersioncorrected DFT...) and a valuable agreement with experimental reference values is reached for most properties. The evolution of the electronic features of sumanene upon oxidation has been rationalised. © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2012b,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Jacquemin, Denis},
title = {A theoretical spectroscopy investigation of oxosumanenes},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {2012},
volume = {519520},
pages = {49 – 53},
doi = {10.1016/j.cplett.2011.11.021}
}

Cauët E, Valiev M, Weare J and Liévin J (2012), "Quantum mechanical calculations related to ionization and charge transfer in DNA", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 373
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ionization and charge migration in DNA play crucial roles in mechanisms of DNA damage caused by ionizing radiation, oxidizing agents and photoirradiation. Therefore, an evaluation of the ionization properties of the DNA bases is central to the full interpretation and understanding of the elementary reactive processes that occur at the molecular level during the initial exposure and afterwards. Ab initio quantum mechanical (QM) methods have been successful in providing highly accurate evaluations of key parameters, such as ionization energies (IE) of DNA bases. Hence, in this study, we performed highlevel QM calculations to characterize the molecular energy levels and potential energy surfaces, which shed light on ionization and charge migration between DNA bases. In particular, we examined the IEs of guanine, the most easily oxidized base, isolated and embedded in base clusters, and investigated the mechanism of charge migration over two and three stacked guanines. The IE of guanine in the human telomere sequence has also been evaluated. We report a simple molecular orbital analysis to explain how modifications in the base sequence are expected to change the efficiency of the sequence as a hole trap. Finally, the application of a hybrid approach combining quantum mechanics with molecular mechanics brings an interesting discussion as to how the native aqueous DNA environment affects the IE threshold of nucleobases. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Cauet2012a,
author = {Cauët, E. and Valiev, M. and Weare, J.H. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Quantum mechanical calculations related to ionization and charge transfer in DNA},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {373},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/373/1/012003}
}

CerónCarrasco JP, Jacquemin D and Cauët E (2012), "Cisplatin cytotoxicity: A theoretical study of induced mutations", Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics. Vol. 14(36), pp. 12457 – 12464.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We investigate possible mutations in the genetic code induced by cisplatin with an approach combining molecular dynamics (MD) and hybrid quantum mechanics/molecular mechanics (QM/MM) calculations. Specifically, the impact of platination on the natural tautomeric equilibrium in guaninecytosine (GC) base pairs is assessed to disclose the possible role played by noncanonical forms in antitumour activity. To obtain valuable predictions, the main interactions present in a real DNA environment, namely hydration and stacking, are simultaneously taken into account. According to our results, the PtDNA adduct promotes a single proton transfer reaction in GC in the DNA sequence AGGC. Such rare tautomers might play an important role in the cisplatin biological activity since they meet the stability requirements necessary to promote a permanent mutation. This journal is © the Owner Societies 2012. 
BibTeX:
@article{CeronCarrasco2012,
author = {CerónCarrasco, José P. and Jacquemin, Denis and Cauët, Emilie},
title = {Cisplatin cytotoxicity: A theoretical study of induced mutations},
journal = {Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {14},
number = {36},
pages = {12457 – 12464},
doi = {10.1039/c2cp40515f}
}

Didriche K, Földes T, Lauzin C, Golebiowski D, Liévin J and Herman M (2012), "Experimental 2CH excitation in acetylenecontaining van der Waals complexes", Molecular Physics. Vol. 110(2122), pp. 2781 – 2796.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Spectroscopic results are presented concerning the 2CH excitation around 1.5 mm in van der Waals complexes of acetylene (C2H2) with Ar, Kr, N2, CO2, N2O and C2H 2. Many are reviewed from the literature, with some updates. Previously unpublished results are also presented, concerning the mechanism of formation of C2H2Ar in the supersonic jet, the assignment of new spectral structures in C2H2N2O, and the first observation of 2CH excitation in C2H2Ne, C 2H2H2O, C2H2D 2O and (C2H2)n. Lifetimes of these 2CH vibrationally excited dimers are discussed. © 2012 Taylor and Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Didriche2012,
author = {Didriche, K. and Földes, T. and Lauzin, C. and Golebiowski, D. and Liévin, J. and Herman, M.},
title = {Experimental 2CH excitation in acetylenecontaining van der Waals complexes},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {110},
number = {2122},
pages = {2781 – 2796},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2012.705347}
}

Fulton JL, Bylaska EJ, Bogatko S, Balasubramanian M, Cauët E, Schenter GK and Weare JH (2012), "Nearquantitative agreement of modelfree DFTMD predictions with XAFS observations of the hydration structure of highly charged transitionmetal ions", Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. Vol. 3(18), pp. 2588 – 2593.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Firstprinciples dynamics simulations (DFT, PBE96, and PBE0) and electron scattering calculations (FEFF9) provide nearquantitative agreement with new and existing XAFS measurements for a series of transitionmetal ions interacting with their hydration shells via complex mechanisms (high spin, covalency, charge transfer, etc.). This analysis does not require either the development of empirical interparticle interaction potentials or structural models of hydration. However, it provides consistent parameterfree analysis and improved agreement with the higherR scattering region (first and secondshell structure, symmetry, dynamic disorder, and multiple scattering) for this comprehensive series of ions. DFT+GGA MD methods provide a high level of agreement. However, improvements are observed when exact exchange is included. Higher accuracy in the pseudopotential description of the atomic potential, including core polarization and reducing core radii, was necessary for very detailed agreement. The firstprinciples nature of this approach supports its application to more complex systems. © 2012 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fulton2012,
author = {Fulton, John L. and Bylaska, Eric J. and Bogatko, Stuart and Balasubramanian, Mahalingam and Cauët, Emilie and Schenter, Gregory K. and Weare, John H.},
title = {Nearquantitative agreement of modelfree DFTMD predictions with XAFS observations of the hydration structure of highly charged transitionmetal ions},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters},
year = {2012},
volume = {3},
number = {18},
pages = {2588 – 2593},
doi = {10.1021/jz3008497}
}

Keller A, Bald I, Rotaru A, Cauët E, Gothelf KV and Besenbacher F (2012), "Probing electroninduced bond cleavage at the singlemolecule level using DNA origami templates", ACS Nano. Vol. 6(5), pp. 4392 – 4399.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Lowenergy electrons (LEEs) play an important role in nanolithography, atmospheric chemistry, and DNA radiation damage. Previously, the cleavage of specific chemical bonds triggered by LEEs has been demonstrated in a variety of small organic molecules such as halogenated benzenes and DNA nucleobases. Here we present a strategy that allows for the first time to visualize the electroninduced dissociation of single chemical bonds within complex, but welldefined selfassembled DNA nanostructures. We employ atomic force microscopy to image and quantify LEEinduced bond dissociations within specifically designed oligonucleotide targets that are attached to DNA origami templates. In this way, we use a highly selective approach to compare the efficiency of the electroninduced dissociation of a single disulfide bond with the more complex cleavage of the DNA backbone within a Π dinucleotide sequence. This novel technique enables the fast and parallel determination of DNA strand break yields with unprecedented control over the DNA's primary and secondary structure. Thus the detailed investigation of DNA radiation damage in its most natural environment, e.g., DNA nucleosomes constituting the chromatin, now becomes feasible. © 2012 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Keller2012,
author = {Keller, Adrian and Bald, Ilko and Rotaru, Alexandru and Cauët, Emilie and Gothelf, Kurt V. and Besenbacher, Flemming},
title = {Probing electroninduced bond cleavage at the singlemolecule level using DNA origami templates},
journal = {ACS Nano},
year = {2012},
volume = {6},
number = {5},
pages = {4392 – 4399},
doi = {10.1021/nn3010747}
}

Lauzin C, Cauët E, Demaison J, Herman M, Stoll H and Liévina J (2012), "Accurate groundstate potential energy surfaces of the C2H 2Kr and C2H2Xe van der Waals complexes", Molecular Physics. Vol. 110(2122), pp. 2751 – 2760.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Accurate ab initio intermolecular potential energy surfaces (IPES) have been obtained for the first time for the ground electronic state of the C 2H2Kr and C2H2Xe van der Waals complexes. Extensive tests, including complete basis set and allelectron scalar relativistic results, support their calculation at the CCSD(T) level of theory, using smallcore relativistic pseudopotentials for the raregas atoms and augccpVQZ basis sets extended with a set of 3s3p2d1f1g midbond functions. All results are corrected for the basis set superposition error. The importance of the scalar relativistic and raregas outercore (n.1)d correlation effects is investigated. The calculated IPES, adjusted to analytical functions, are characterized by global minima corresponding to skew Tshaped geometries, in which the Jacobi vector positioning the raregas atom with respect to the center of mass of the C2H2 moiety corresponds to distances of 4.064 and 4.229Å, and angles of 65.22° and 68.67° for C 2H2Kr and C2H2Xe, respectively. The interaction energy of both complexes is estimated to be 151.88 (1.817 kJ mol1) and 182.76 cm1 (2.186 kJ mol1), respectively. The evolution of the topology of the IPES as a function of the raregas atom, from He to Xe, is also discussed. © 2012 Taylor and Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lauzin2012,
author = {Lauzin, C. and Cauët, E. and Demaison, J. and Herman, M. and Stoll, H. and Liévina, J.},
title = {Accurate groundstate potential energy surfaces of the C2H 2Kr and C2H2Xe van der Waals complexes},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {110},
number = {2122},
pages = {2751 – 2760},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2012.713524}
}

Li J, Jönsson P, Godefroid M, Dong C and Gaigalas G (2012), "Effects of the electron correlation and Breit and hyperfine interactions on the lifetime of the 2p53s states in neutral neon", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 86(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In the framework of the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method, we investigate the transition properties of four excited states in the 2p53s configuration of neutral neon. The electron correlation effects are taken into account systematically by using the active space approach. The effect of higherorder correlation on fine structures is shown. We also study the influence of the Breit interaction and find that it reduces the oscillator strength of the 3P1o1S0 transition by 17%. It turns out that the inclusion of the Breit interaction is essential even for such a light atomic system. Our ab initio calculated line strengths, oscillator strengths, and transition rates are compared with other theoretical values and experimental measurements. Good agreement is found except for the 3P2o1S0 M2 transition for which discrepancies of around 15% between theories and experiments remain. In addition, the impact of hyperfine interactions on the lifetimes of the 3P0o and 3P2o metastable states is investigated for the 21Ne isotope (I=3/2). We find that hyperfine interactions reduce the lifetimes drastically. For the 3P0o state the lifetime is decreased by a factor of 630. © 2012 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2012b,
author = {Li, Jiguang and Jönsson, Per and Godefroid, Michel and Dong, Chenzhong and Gaigalas, Gediminas},
title = {Effects of the electron correlation and Breit and hyperfine interactions on the lifetime of the 2p53s states in neutral neon},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {86},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.86.052523}
}

Li J, Nazé C, Godefroid M, Fritzsche S, Gaigalas G, Indelicato P and Jönsson P (2012), "Mass and fieldshift isotope parameters for the 2s2p resonance doublet of lithiumlike ions", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 86(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: It was recently shown that dielectronic recombination measurements can be used for accurately inferring changes in the nuclear meansquare charge radii of highly charged lithiumlike neodymium. To make use of this method to derive information about the nuclear charge distribution for other elements and isotopes, accurate electronic isotope shift parameters are required. In this work, we calculate and discuss the relativistic mass and fieldshift factors for the two 2s2S 1/22p2P1/2,3/2o transitions along the lithium isoelectronic sequence. Based on the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method, the electron correlation and the Breit interaction are taken into account systematically. The analysis of the isotope shifts for these two transitions along the isoelectronic sequence demonstrates the importance and competition between the mass shifts and the field shifts. © 2012 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2012,
author = {Li, Jiguang and Nazé, Cédric and Godefroid, Michel and Fritzsche, Stephan and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Indelicato, Paul and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Mass and fieldshift isotope parameters for the 2s2p resonance doublet of lithiumlike ions},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {86},
number = {2},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.86.022518}
}

Li J, Nazé C, Godefroid M, Gaigalas G and Jönsson P (2012), "On the breakdown of the Dirac kinetic energy operator for estimating normal mass shifts", European Physical Journal D. Vol. 66(11)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The Dirac kinetic energy (DKE) form of the normal mass shift operator (me/M ∑i=1N Ti), which is an approximation of the (1/2M ∑i=1N pi 2) operator built on the relativistic electron momenta, is widely used in relativistic atomic structure calculations. In the present paper, we illustrate the progressive breakdown of the Dirac kinetic energy form relatively to the momentum form when increasing the nuclear charge along the lithium isoelectronic sequence. Both forms are incorrect in the relativistic case but the DKE operator provides expectation values that are closer to the results obtained with the more complete relativistic recoil operator. © EDP Sciences, Società Italiana di Fisica, SpringerVerlag 2012. 
BibTeX:
@article{Li2012a,
author = {Li, J.G. and Nazé, C. and Godefroid, M. and Gaigalas, G. and Jönsson, P.},
title = {On the breakdown of the Dirac kinetic energy operator for estimating normal mass shifts},
journal = {European Physical Journal D},
year = {2012},
volume = {66},
number = {11},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1140/epjd/e2012303285}
}

Li J, Verdebout S and Godefroid M (2012), "Abinitio multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculation on the lifetimes of levels in 2p53s configuration of neutral neon", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 388(PART 15)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Largescale calculations have been performed using the GRASP2K package to accurately determine the lifetime of levels in 2p53s configuration of neutral neon. In particular, we calculated the hyperfineinduced transition rates from two metastable levels 3P20,0 to the ground state for odd Ne isotopes. It was found that hyperfine interactions drastically quench the lifetime of these two levels. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Li2012c,
author = {Li, J.G. and Verdebout, S. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Abinitio multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock calculation on the lifetimes of levels in 2p53s configuration of neutral neon},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {388},
number = {PART 15},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/388/15/152007}
}

Nazé C, Li J and Godefroid M (2012), "Relativistic calculations on isotope shifts in barium", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 388(PART 15)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: When the effects of the finite mass of the nucleus and the spatial nuclear charge distribution are taken into account in the Hamiltonian describing an atomic system, the isotopes of an element have different electronic energy levels. In the present work, we are investigating these mass and field effects in neutral barium, hoping to shed some light on the surprising observed deviation of isotope shifts from their expected behavior for odd isotopes in an analysis based on Kingplots. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Naze2012,
author = {Nazé, C. and Li, J.G. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Relativistic calculations on isotope shifts in barium},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {388},
number = {PART 15},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/388/15/152008}
}

Sutcliffe B (2012), "Is there an exact potential energy surface?", Theoretical Chemistry Accounts. Vol. 131(4), pp. 1 – 11.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Transition state theory was introduced in the 1930s to account for chemical reactions. Central to this theory is the idea of a potential energy surface (PES). It was assumed that quantum mechanical computation, when it became possible, would yield such surfaces, but for the time being they would have to be constructed empirically. The approach was very successful. Nowadays, quantum mechanical ab initio electronic structure calculations are possible and from their results PESs can be constructed. Such surfaces are now widely used in the explanation of chemical reactions in place of the traditional empirical ones. It is argued here that theoretical basis of such PESs is not quite as clear as is usually assumed and that, from a quantum mechanical perspective, certain puzzles remain. © 2012 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2012e,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {Is there an exact potential energy surface?},
journal = {Theoretical Chemistry Accounts},
year = {2012},
volume = {131},
number = {4},
pages = {1 – 11},
doi = {10.1007/s002140121215x}
}

Sutcliffe B (2012), "Some difficulties in considering rotation motion within the BornOppenheimer approximation for polyatomic molecules", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 112(17), pp. 2894 – 2903.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The original account of the BornOppenheimer approximation is not mathematically secure because it is not legitimate to use perturbation theory in its development. It is necessary to use an asymptotic expansion based upon an electronic Hamiltonian defined in terms of a fiber bundle. Although with this approach it has been possible account for the traditional results for a diatomic molecule, rotational motion in the polyatomic case has not so far been accounted for. It is argued here that it is not generally possible to provide a mathematically secure account of the BornOppenheimer approximation for polyatomic molecules, in which rotation can be considered as a separable motion. © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. Copyright © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2012b,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {Some difficulties in considering rotation motion within the BornOppenheimer approximation for polyatomic molecules},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {2012},
volume = {112},
number = {17},
pages = {2894 – 2903},
doi = {10.1002/qua.24021}
}

Sutcliffe B and Woolley RG (2012), "The position of the clamped nuclei electronic hamiltonian in quantum mechanics", Handbook of Computational Chemistry. , pp. 13 – 54.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Arguments are advanced to support the view that at present it is not possible to derive molecular structure from the full quantum mechanical Coulomb Hamiltonian associated with a given molecular formula that is customarily regarded as representing the molecule in terms of its constituent electrons and nuclei. However molecular structure may be identified provided that some additional chemically motivated assumptions that lead to the clamped nuclei Hamiltonian are added to the quantum mechanical account. © Springer Science+Business Media B.V. 2012. 
BibTeX:
@book{Sutcliffe2012d,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {The position of the clamped nuclei electronic hamiltonian in quantum mechanics},
journal = {Handbook of Computational Chemistry},
year = {2012},
pages = {13 – 54},
doi = {10.1007/9789400707115_2}
}

Sutcliffe BT (2012), "Chemistry as a "manifestation of quantum phenomena" and the BornOppenheimer approximation?", Structure and Bonding. Vol. 143, pp. 101 – 120.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: When considering the work of Carl Ballhausen on vibrational spectra, it is suggested that his use of the BornOppenheimer approximation is capable of some refinement and extension in the light of later developments. A consideration of the potential energy surface in the context of a full Coulomb Schrödinger Hamiltonian in which translational and rotational motions are explicitly considered would seem to require a reformulation of the BornOppenheimer approach. The resulting potential surface for vibrational motion should be treated, allowing for the rotational motion and the nuclear permutational symmetry of the molecule. © 2011 SpringerVerlag Berlin Heidelberg. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2012a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Chemistry as a "manifestation of quantum phenomena" and the BornOppenheimer approximation?},
journal = {Structure and Bonding},
year = {2012},
volume = {143},
pages = {101 – 120},
doi = {10.1007/430_2011_44}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Guy Woolley R (2012), "Atoms and molecules in classical chemistry and quantum mechanics", Philosophy of Chemistry. , pp. 387 – 426.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This chapter starts by giving a brief account of the development of the atomicmolecular conception of chemistry. An essential backdrop to the whole discussion is the importance throughout human history of the practical chemical arts that have informed the production of the whole range of useful materials and stimulated enquiry into the theoretical aspects of chemical processes. Chemistry is concerned with the composition and properties of matter, and with the transformations of matter that can occur spontaneously or under the action of heat, radiation or other sources of energy. From the results of chemical experiments the chemist singles out a particular class of materials that have characteristic and invariant properties. Such materials are called pure substances and may be of two kinds, viz: compounds and elements. Elements may be defined as substances which have not been converted either by the action of heat, radiation, or chemical reaction with other substances, or small electrical voltages, into any simpler substance. Compounds are formed from the chemical combination of the elements, and have properties that are invariably different from the properties of the constituent elements; they are also homogeneous. This characteristic chemical notion of a pure substance is based on an ideal conception of the chemical and physical properties of matter and their changes under specified experimental conditions. © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@book{Sutcliffe2012c,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Guy Woolley, R.},
title = {Atoms and molecules in classical chemistry and quantum mechanics},
journal = {Philosophy of Chemistry},
year = {2012},
pages = {387 – 426},
doi = {10.1016/B9780444516756.500281}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Woolley RG (2012), "On the quantum theory of molecules", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 137(22)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Transition state theory was introduced in 1930s to account for chemical reactions. Central to this theory is the idea of a potential energy surface (PES). It was assumed that such a surface could be constructed using eigensolutions of the Schrödinger equation for the molecular (Coulomb) Hamiltonian but at that time such calculations were not possible. Nowadays quantum mechanical ab initio electronic structure calculations are routine and from their results PESs can be constructed which are believed to approximate those assumed derivable from the eigensolutions. It is argued here that this belief is unfounded. It is suggested that the potential energy surface construction is more appropriately regarded as a legitimate and effective modification of quantum mechanics for chemical purposes. © 2012 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2012,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {On the quantum theory of molecules},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {137},
number = {22},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.4755287}
}

Urbain X, Lecointre J, Loreau J and Vaeck N (2012), "Photodissociation from the ground state of HeH+: Comparison with experiment", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 388(PART 2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We investigate the photodissociation process for both hot and cold HeH + ions. Detailed comparison with experiments performed at FLASH is made possible by experimentally determining the rovibrational distribution of the ions under identical source conditions, and averaging the theoretical cross sections accordingly. © Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Urbain2012,
author = {Urbain, X. and Lecointre, J. and Loreau, J. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Photodissociation from the ground state of HeH+: Comparison with experiment},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {388},
number = {PART 2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/388/2/022107}
}

Verdebout S, Rynkun P, Jönsson P, Gaigalast G, Froese Fischer C and Godefroid M (2012), "Interaction of variational localised correlation functions for atomic properties of Be I", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 388(PART 15)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present some progress associated to the localised correlation function interaction (LCFI) method. In this report, the LCFI method is tested not only for total energy but also for the specific mass shift operator, the hyperfine structure parameters and the transition probabilities. These properties are computed for the three lowest electronic states of the beryllium atom. These calculations illustrate the importance of the contraction effects. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Verdebout2012,
author = {Verdebout, S. and Rynkun, P. and Jönsson, P. and Gaigalast, G. and Froese Fischer, C. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Interaction of variational localised correlation functions for atomic properties of Be I},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {388},
number = {PART 15},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/388/15/152006}
}

Vieira Mendes LA, BoyéPéronne S, Jacovella U, Liévin J and Gauyacq D (2012), "Rydberg states of cyanoacetylene investigated by (3+1) REMPI spectroscopy in the 77,000.90,000 cm1 energy range", Molecular Physics. Vol. 110(2122), pp. 2829 – 2842.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: (3+1) resonantly enhanced multiphoton ionization (REMPI) spectroscopy coupled to photoelectron spectroscopy (REMPIPES) has been carried out to study the Rydberg states of HC3N in the 77,000.90,000 cm1 region. Ab initio calculations (energies and optimized equilibrium geometries) have been performed for the first time for the lowlying X̃2Π, Ã 2Σ+ and B̃2Π states of the cation HC3N+ in order to help the analysis. Thanks to the combination of the threephoton REMPI spectra, onephoton spectrum and photoelectron spectra, unambiguous assignments of the Rydberg series and their vibrationally excited members are proposed. The electronic Rydberg structure of cyanoacetylene is very similar to that of C2H2 and HCN (almost identical quantum defects), fully supporting the present analysis. New threephoton allowed Rydberg series are identified belonging to ns and nd series. The threephoton vibrational band assignments, confirmed by the photoelectrons spectra, reveal excitation of only one or two quanta of the v1 (C≅N) mode. Apparent discrepancies between the threephoton REMPI spectrum and the onephoton absorption spectrum are removed via a minor reassignment of the absorption spectrum previously analysed by Connors et al. J. Chem. Phys. 60(12), 5011 (1974). Finally the observed analogy with C 2H2 and HCN can be rationalized by a partial relocalization of the 2π electrons upon excitation to Rydberg states converging to the X̃2Π state of HC3N+, as predicted by the present ab initio calculations on the cation core. © 2012 Taylor and Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{VieiraMendes2012,
author = {Vieira Mendes, Luiz A. and BoyéPéronne, Séverine and Jacovella, Ugo and Liévin, Jacques and Gauyacq, Dolores},
title = {Rydberg states of cyanoacetylene investigated by (3+1) REMPI spectroscopy in the 77,000.90,000 cm1 energy range},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2012},
volume = {110},
number = {2122},
pages = {2829 – 2842},
doi = {10.1080/00268976.2012.706327}
}

Vranckx S, Loreau J, DesouterLecomte M and Vaeck N (2012), "Radiative stabilization and photodissociation of HeH+ in its two lowest 3Σ+ states", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 388(PART 2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Although it is thought to play an important role in the chemistry of some extraterrestrial environments, the HeH+ cation has not been detected in space so far. We suggest it could be observed in its triplets rather than singlet states and we study the formation by radiative stabiliation and the destruction by photodissociation of the two lowest states of this symmetry. © Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Vranckx2012,
author = {Vranckx, Stéphane and Loreau, Jérôme and DesouterLecomte, Michèle and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Radiative stabilization and photodissociation of HeH+ in its two lowest 3Σ+ states},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {388},
number = {PART 2},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/388/2/022109}
}

Vranckx S, Meier C, Bomble L, Chenel A, DesouterLecomte M and Vaeck N (2012), "Local control of nonadiabatic photodissociation dynamics using Moller operators", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 388(PART 11)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We implement a local control strategy based on the use of Moller operators and use it to control the photodissociation of diatomic molecules in the presence of nonadiabatic interactions. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Vranckx2012a,
author = {Vranckx, Stéphane and Meier, Christoph and Bomble, Laetitia and Chenel, Aurélie and DesouterLecomte, Michèle and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Local control of nonadiabatic photodissociation dynamics using Moller operators},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {388},
number = {PART 11},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/388/11/112009}
}

Wang Q, Li J, Fritzsche S, Godefroid M, Chang Z and Dong C (2012), "Theoretical study of hyperfine structure constants of Ga isotopes", Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 388(PART 15)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The hyperfine structure constants for the ground 4s24p 2P°3/2 and lowest excited states 4s25s 2S1/2 of 71Ga are calculated using the GRASP2K package based on the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock method. Furthermore, the magnetic dipole (μ) and the electric quadrupole (Q) moments of the Ga isotopes from 67Ga to 81Ga are derived. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Wang2012,
author = {Wang, Q.M. and Li, J.G. and Fritzsche, S. and Godefroid, M. and Chang, Z.W. and Dong, C.Z.},
title = {Theoretical study of hyperfine structure constants of Ga isotopes},
journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series},
year = {2012},
volume = {388},
number = {PART 15},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/17426596/388/15/152009}
}

Bogatko S, Cauët E and Geerlings P (2011), "Influence of F coordination on Al3+ hydrolysis reactions from density functional theory calculations", Journal of Physical Chemistry C. Vol. 115(14), pp. 6910 – 6921.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Aqua/hydroxo mononuclear Al3+ species coordinated by F  in aqueous solution are investigated using density functional theory (DFT B3LYP/6311++G(d,p)) and the polarized continuum model (PCM). Optimized gasphase geometries have been obtained for the species AlF(OH) n(H2O)m(2n)+ in which n = 0, 1, 2, or 3 while (n + m) = 3, 4, or 5. Analysis of the AlF, AlO, and OH bond lengths and the Al, F, O, and H natural charges of these complexes reveals clear trends that suggest increased acidity with decreasing coordination number (CN) and decreased water stability with increased hydrolysis. These observations are supported by the calculation and analysis of the dehydration and hydrolysis reaction Gibbs free energies δGaqueous dehydration and δGaqueous hydrolysis of the AlF(OH)n(H2O)m(2n) + complexes, which clearly show a strong correlation between increased hydrolysis and a preference to coordinate fewer water molecules. The combination of the appropriate δGaqueous dehydration and δGaqueous hydrolysis values generate the aqueous Gibbs free energies relative to AlF(H2O)52+ and demonstrate the clear transition from a 6 to 5 to 4 coordinate species as a function of ligand hydrolysis. Calculation of the equilibrium mole fraction of each species as a function of pH shows that this system is largely dominated by the AlF(OH) 1(H2O)41+ and AlF(OH) 31 species. A comparison of structural and electronic data with the aqueous Al3+ complexes shows a remarkable similarity when plotted against the number negative ligands (F or OH ), suggesting that the F anion coordinates the Al 3+ cation in a similar way to the remaining OH anions. The comparison of the calculated equilibrium mole fractions of each species displays important changes in the composition of our model system upon Al 3+ coordination by F in the direction of increased acidity of these complexes. Our predicted decreased stability of the Alwater bond is in complete agreement with experimental NMR observations of an increased water exchange rate upon F coordination of aqueous aluminum complexes. Our prediction of stable hydroxide ternary complexes is not in agreement with recent NMR data, which indicate that these complexes do not readily form. An explanation for this may lie in the increased lability of these complexes, which may lead to difficulties in NMR detection. © 2011 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bogatko2011,
author = {Bogatko, Stuart and Cauët, Emilie and Geerlings, Paul},
title = {Influence of F coordination on Al3+ hydrolysis reactions from density functional theory calculations},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry C},
year = {2011},
volume = {115},
number = {14},
pages = {6910 – 6921},
doi = {10.1021/jp112076r}
}

Carette T and Godefroid M (2011), "Ab initio calculations of the 33S 3p4 3PJ and 33S/37, 35Cl 3p5 2PoJ hyperfine structures", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 44(10)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present highly correlated multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) calculations of the hyperfine structure of the 3p5 2P oJ levels of 33S and 35, 37Cl. We obtain good agreement with observation. The hyperfine structure of the neutral sulphur 33S 3p4 3PJ lowest multiplet that has never been measured to the knowledge of the authors is also estimated theoretically. We discuss some interesting observations made on the description of the atomic core in MCHF theory. © 2011 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carette2011a,
author = {Carette, T. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Ab initio calculations of the 33S 3p4 3PJ and 33S/37, 35Cl 3p5 2PoJ hyperfine structures},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2011},
volume = {44},
number = {10},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/44/10/105001}
}

Carette T and Godefroid M (2011), "Theoretical study of the C 4S3/2o and 2D3/2,5/2o bound states and C ground configuration: Fine and hyperfine structures, isotope shifts, and transition probabilities", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 83(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This work is an ab initio study of the 2p34S3/2o, and 2D3/2,5/2o states of C and 2p23P0,1,2, 1D2, and 1S0 states of neutral carbon. We use the multiconfiguration HartreeFock approach, focusing on the accuracy of the wave function itself. We obtain all C  detachment thresholds, including correlation effects to about 0.5%. Isotope shifts and hyperfine structures are calculated. The achieved accuracy of the latter is of the order of 0.1 MHz. Intraconfiguration transition probabilities are also estimated. © 2011 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carette2011,
author = {Carette, T. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Theoretical study of the C 4S3/2o and 2D3/2,5/2o bound states and C ground configuration: Fine and hyperfine structures, isotope shifts, and transition probabilities},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2011},
volume = {83},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.83.062505}
}

Cauët E (2011), "Quantum mechanical methods related to ionization of nucleic acid bases", DNA Microarrays, Synthesis and Synthetic DNA. , pp. 255 – 284.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: Ab initio quantum mechanical methods provide microscopic insights into DNA characteristics and are, today, essential to the full interpretation and understanding of results obtained by experimental techniques. In this chapter we summarize the contributions of modern quantum chemicalcalculations to the determination of the electronic properties of DNA bases, isolated or embedded in base clusters. In particular, the calculations discussed concern the characterization of the molecular energy levels and potential energy surfaces, which shed light on ionization and charge migration along DNA molecules. We mainly consider the estimation of key parameters, such as ionization potentials (IPs) of DNA bases, which govern the charge injection into DNA. The effects of the stacking and Hbonding DNA base interactions and the solvation of DNA on these quantities are described. We also discuss the mechanisms of charge migration over stacked DNA bases. These aspects are illustrated by a survey of the literature and by our own selected recent results. © 2012 by Nova Science Publishers, Inc. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@book{Cauet2011,
author = {Cauët, Emilie},
title = {Quantum mechanical methods related to ionization of nucleic acid bases},
journal = {DNA Microarrays, Synthesis and Synthetic DNA},
year = {2011},
pages = {255 – 284}
}

Cauët E (2011), "Unique holetrapping property of the human telomere sequence", Journal of Biomolecular Structure and Dynamics. Vol. 29(3), pp. 557 – 561.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The hypothetical protection of genes from oxidative damage provided by the Grich telomeric overhangs located at the end of chromosomes, which consist, in humans, of single strands of TTAGGG sequence repeats, is investigated here. First principle MøllerPlesset perturbation theory calculations reveal that the TTAGGG human telomere sequence is particularly prone to oxidation and can act as a profound hole trap as deep as a sequence of five consecutive guanines. In addition, we show that the sequence dependence is very important and that modifications in the human telomeric sequence can induce crucial changes in the electronic structure of the sequence, with concomitant increase of the ionization energy. These theoretical results provide, for the first time, quantitative data indicating a high and unique efficiency of the human telomeric sequence as a trap in longrange hole migration which will aid in the design of subsequent experiments. © 2011 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2011a,
author = {Cauët, Emilie},
title = {Unique holetrapping property of the human telomere sequence},
journal = {Journal of Biomolecular Structure and Dynamics},
year = {2011},
volume = {29},
number = {3},
pages = {557 – 561},
doi = {10.1080/07391102.2011.10507405}
}

Gaidamauskas E, Nazé C, Rynkun P, Gaigalas G, Jönsson P and Godefroid M (2011), "Tensorial form and matrix elements of the relativistic nuclear recoil operator", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 44(17)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Within the lowestorder relativistic approximation (∼v 2/c2) and to first order in me/M, the tensorial form of the relativistic corrections of the nuclear recoil Hamiltonian is derived, opening interesting perspectives for calculating isotope shifts in the multiconfiguration DiracHartreeFock framework. Their calculation is illustrated for selected Li, B and Clike ions. This work underlines the fact that the relativistic corrections to the nuclear recoil are definitively necessary for obtaining reliable isotope shift values. © 2011 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Gaidamauskas2011,
author = {Gaidamauskas, E. and Nazé, C. and Rynkun, P. and Gaigalas, G. and Jönsson, P. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Tensorial form and matrix elements of the relativistic nuclear recoil operator},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2011},
volume = {44},
number = {17},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/44/17/175003}
}

Liévin J, Demaison J, Herman M, Fayt A and Puzzarini C (2011), "Comparison of the experimental, semiexperimental and ab initio equilibrium structures of acetylene: Influence of relativisitic effects and of the diagonal BornOppenheimer corrections", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 134(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The equilibrium structure of acetylene (also named ethyne) has been reinvestigated to resolve the small discrepancies noted between different determinations. The size of the system as well as the large amount of available experimental data provides the quite unique opportunity to check the magnitude and relevance of various contributions to equilibrium structure as well as to verify the accuracy of experimental results. With respect to pure theoretical investigation, quantumchemical calculations at the coupledcluster level have been employed together with extrapolation to the basis set limit, consideration of higher excitations in the cluster operator, inclusion of core correlation effects as well as relativistic and diagonal BornOppenheimer corrections. In particular, it is found that the extrapolation to the complete basis set limit, the inclusion of higher excitations in the electroniccorrelation treatment and the relativistic corrections are of the same order of magnitude. It also appears that a basis set as large as a corevalence quintuplezeta set is required for accurately accounting for the innershell correlation contribution. From a pure experimental point of view, the equilibrium structure has been determined using very accurate rotational constants recently obtained by a global analysis (that is to say that all nonnegligible interactions are explicitely included in the Hamiltonian matrix) of rovibrational spectra. Finally, a semiexperimental equilibrium structure (where the equilibrium rotational constants are obtained from the experimental ground state rotational constants and computed rovibrational corrections) has been obtained from the available experimental groundstate rotational constants for ten isotopic species corrected for computed vibrational corrections. Such a determination led to the revision of the groundstate rotational constants of two isotopologues, thus showing that structural determination is a good method to identify errors in experimental rotational constants. The three structures are found in a very good agreement, and our recommended values are rCC 120.2958(7) pm and rCH 106.164(1) pm. © 2011 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin2011,
author = {Liévin, J. and Demaison, J. and Herman, M. and Fayt, A. and Puzzarini, C.},
title = {Comparison of the experimental, semiexperimental and ab initio equilibrium structures of acetylene: Influence of relativisitic effects and of the diagonal BornOppenheimer corrections},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2011},
volume = {134},
number = {6},
doi = {10.1063/1.3553203}
}

Loreau J, Lecointre J, Urbain X and Vaeck N (2011), "Rovibrational analysis of the XUV photodissociation of HeH+ ions", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 84(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We investigate the dynamics of the photodissociation of the helium hydride ion HeH+ by XUV radiation with the aim to establish a detailed comparison with a recent experimental work carried out at the FLASH free electron laser using both vibrationally hot and cold ions. We determine the corresponding rovibrational distributions using a dissociative charge transfer setup and the same source conditions as in the FLASH experiment. Using a nonadiabatic timedependent wavepacket method, we calculate the partial photodissociation cross sections for the n=13 coupled electronic states of HeH+. We find good agreement with the experiment for the cross section into the He + H+ dissociative channel. On the other hand, we show that the experimental observation of the importance of the electronic states with n>3 cannot be well explained theoretically, especially for cold (v=0) ions. We find a good agreement with the experiment on the relative contribution of the Σ and Π states to the cross section for the He + + H channel, but only a qualitative one for the He + H+ channel. We discuss the factors that could explain the remaining discrepancies between theory and experiment. © 2011 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2011,
author = {Loreau, J. and Lecointre, J. and Urbain, X. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Rovibrational analysis of the XUV photodissociation of HeH+ ions},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2011},
volume = {84},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.84.053412}
}

Loreau J, Ryabchenko S, Dalgarno A and Vaeck N (2011), "Isotope effect in chargetransfer collisions of H with He+", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 84(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present a theoretical study of the isotope effect arising from the replacement of H by T in the chargetransfer collision H(n=2) + He +(1s) at low energy. Using a quasimolecular approach and a timedependent wavepacket method, we compute the cross sections for the reaction including the effects of the nonadiabatic radial and rotational couplings. For H(2s) + He+(1s) collisions, we find a strong isotope effect at energies below 1 eV/amu for both singlet and triplet states. We find a much smaller isotopic dependence of the cross section for H(2p) + He +(1s) collisions in triplet states, and no isotope effect in singlet states. We explain the isotope effect on the basis of the potential energy curves and the nonadiabatic couplings, and we evaluate the importance of the isotope effect on the chargetransfer rate coefficients. © 2011 American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2011a,
author = {Loreau, J. and Ryabchenko, S. and Dalgarno, A. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Isotope effect in chargetransfer collisions of H with He+},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2011},
volume = {84},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.84.052720}
}

Rooman M, Cauët E, Liévin J and Wintjens R (2011), "Conformations consistent with charge migration observed in dna and rna xray structures", Journal of Biomolecular Structure and Dynamics. Vol. 28(6), pp. 949 – 954.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Electron holes are known to migrate along the DNA or RNA duplexes and to localize preferentially on successive guanines. The stationary point conformations of Gua pairs that can trap or let pass these holes have been characterized by quantum chemistry calculations. Here we show their recurrent occurrence in DNA and RNA Xray structures, often in quadruplex conformations or in interaction with proteins, ligands or metal ions. These findings give support to the biological, possibly regulatory, roles of charge migration in cell functioning. © 2011 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Rooman2011,
author = {Rooman, Marianne and Cauët, Emilie and Liévin, Jacques and Wintjens, René},
title = {Conformations consistent with charge migration observed in dna and rna xray structures},
journal = {Journal of Biomolecular Structure and Dynamics},
year = {2011},
volume = {28},
number = {6},
pages = {949 – 954},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/073911011010524985}
}

Soorkia S, Shafizadeh N, Liévin J, Gaveau MA, Pothier C, Mestdagh JM, Soep B and Field RW (2011), "Determination of the ground electronic state in transition metal halides: ZrF", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 115(34), pp. 9620 – 9632.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The spectroscopy of the ZrF radical, produced by a laser ablationmolecular beam experimental setup, has been investigated for the first time using a twocolor twophoton (1 + 1′) REMPI scheme and timeofflight (TOF) mass spectrometry detection. The region of intense bands 400470 nm has been studied, based upon the first spectroscopic observations of the isovalent ZrCl radical by Carroll and Daly.(1)The overall spectrum observed is complex. However, simultaneous and individual ion detection of the five naturally occurring isotopologues of ZrF has provided a crucial means of identifying band origins and characterization via the isotopic shift, δ iso, of the numerous vibronic transitions recorded. Hence, five (00) transitions, of which only two were free of overlap with other transitions, have been identified. The most intense (00) transition at 23113 cm 1 presented an unambiguously characteristic RQP rotational structure. From rotational contour simulations of the observed spectra, the nature of the ground electronic state is found to be unambiguously of 2Δ symmetry, leading to the assignment of this band as (00) 2Δ ← X 2Δ at 23113 cm 1. A set of transitions (10) 2Δ ← X 2Δ at 22105 cm 1 and (20) 2 ← X 2Δ at 22944 cm 1 involving the X 2Δ state has also been identified and analyzed. Furthermore, a second series of transitions with lesser intensity has also been related to the longlived metastable 4Σ  state: (30) 4Π 1/2 ← 4Σ  at 21801 cm 1, (20) 4Π 1/2 ← 4Σ  at 21285 cm 1 and (20) 4Σ  ← 4Σ  at 23568 cm 1. These spectroscopic assignments are supported by MRCI ab initio calculations, performed using the MOLPRO quantum chemistry package, and show that the lowlying excited states of the ZrF radical are the 4Σ  and 4 states lying at 2383 and 4179 cm 1 respectively above the ground X 2Δ state. The difference in the nature of ground state and ordering of the first electronic states with TiF (X 4)(24)and ZrCl,(5)respectively, is examined in terms of the ligand field theory (LFT)(7)applied to diatomic molecules. These results give a precise description of the electronic structure of the low lying electronic states of the ZrF transition metal radical. © 2011 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Soorkia2011,
author = {Soorkia, Satchin and Shafizadeh, Niloufar and Liévin, Jacques and Gaveau, MarcAndré and Pothier, Christophe and Mestdagh, JeanMichel and Soep, Benoît and Field, Robert W.},
title = {Determination of the ground electronic state in transition metal halides: ZrF},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2011},
volume = {115},
number = {34},
pages = {9620 – 9632},
doi = {10.1021/jp2004997}
}

Sutcliffe BT (2011), "An analysis of the role of the BornOppenheimer approximation in calculating rotationalvibrational interactions in molecules", Theoretical Chemistry Accounts. Vol. 130(23), pp. 187 – 195.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: It is argued that whether the use of the BornOppenheimer approximation is thought to require consideration of the potential energy surface in the context of a full Coulomb Schrödinger Hamiltonian in which translational and rotational motions are explicitly considered, and then it is inconsistent to treat that surface without allowing for the rotational motion of the molecule. Some of the implications of this upon the calculation of partition functions are considered. © 2011 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2011a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {An analysis of the role of the BornOppenheimer approximation in calculating rotationalvibrational interactions in molecules},
journal = {Theoretical Chemistry Accounts},
year = {2011},
volume = {130},
number = {23},
pages = {187 – 195},
doi = {10.1007/s0021401109535}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Woolley G (2011), "A comment on "Editorial 37"", Foundations of Chemistry. Vol. 13(2), pp. 93 – 95.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2011b,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Woolley, Guy},
title = {A comment on "Editorial 37"},
journal = {Foundations of Chemistry},
year = {2011},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {93 – 95},
doi = {10.1007/s1069801191104}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Woolley RG (2011), "Atoms and Molecules in Classical Chemistry and Quantum Mechanics", Philosophy of Chemistry. , pp. 387 – 426.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This chapter starts by giving a brief account of the development of the atomic–molecular conception of chemistry. An essential backdrop to the whole discussion is the importance throughout human history of the practical chemical arts that have informed the production of the whole range of useful materials and stimulated enquiry into the theoretical aspects of chemical processes. Chemistry is concerned with the composition and properties of matter, and with the transformations of matter that can occur spontaneously or under the action of heat, radiation or other sources of energy. From the results of chemical experiments the chemist singles out a particular class of materials that have characteristic and invariant properties. Such materials are called pure substances and may be of two kinds, viz: compounds and elements. Elements may be defined as substances which have not been converted either by the action of heat, radiation, or chemical reaction with other substances, or small electrical voltages, into any simpler substance. Compounds are formed from the chemical combination of the elements, and have properties that are invariably different from the properties of the constituent elements; they are also homogeneous. This characteristic chemical notion of a pure substance is based on an ideal conception of the chemical and physical properties of matter and their changes under specified experimental conditions. © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@book{Sutcliffe2011,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {Atoms and Molecules in Classical Chemistry and Quantum Mechanics},
journal = {Philosophy of Chemistry},
year = {2011},
pages = {387 – 426},
doi = {10.1016/B9780444516756.500281}
}

Tandy J, Wang JG, Liévin J and Bernath P (2011), "Investigating the electronic states of BaOH by Vtype double resonance spectroscopy and ab initio calculations: Further evidence of perturbation from the Ã′2Δ state", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 270(1), pp. 44 – 50.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A single band belonging to the Ã′2Δ X̃2Σ+ band system has been rotationally analyzed for each of the two isotopologues, BaOH and BaOD, using highresolution Vtype opticaloptical double resonance spectroscopy. BaOH and BaOD molecules were synthesized in a Broidatype oven. Highresolution spectra were recorded by monitoring the dip in fluorescence of the B2Σ+ X2Σ+ transition excited by a singlemode ring dye laser (pump laser), whilst a singlemode Ti:Sapphire laser scanned the corresponding Ã′2ΔX̃2 Σ+ transition. The observed spectra resemble a typical 2Π2Σ transition, believed to emanate from single or triple quanta of the bending vibration in the Ã ′2Δ state. Measured rotational lines have been assigned and rotational and fine structure parameters determined through a combined leastsquares fit with the millimeterwave pure rotational data of the X 2Σ+ state. Previous analyses of the Ã2ΠX̃2Σ+ transitions of BaOH and BaOD yielded significantly different spinorbit coupling constants, which were attributed to possible global and local perturbations arising from vibrationallyexcited bands of the A′2Δ state. Although the newly observed A′2Δ state bands have not been conclusively assigned a specific spin state, the derived Ωdoubling constants show significant 2Π1/2 character, further indicating strong interactions between the A2Π and A ′2Δ states of BaOH. To validate these conclusions, ab initio calculations have been carried out to further understand the nature of the BaOH excited states. The D̃′2Σ+, D̃2Σ+, C̃2Π, B̃2Σ+, Ã2Π, Ã′2Δ and X̃2Σ+ states have been characterized by means of multireference configuration interaction calculations using the MOLPRO software. Calculated vertical term energies show relatively good agreement with existing optical data. © 2011 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tandy2011,
author = {Tandy, J.D. and Wang, J.G. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Investigating the electronic states of BaOH by Vtype double resonance spectroscopy and ab initio calculations: Further evidence of perturbation from the Ã′2Δ state},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2011},
volume = {270},
number = {1},
pages = {44 – 50},
doi = {10.1016/j.jms.2011.08.009}
}

Vandenbussche S, Reisse J, Bartik K and Lievin J (2011), "The search for a deterministic origin for the presence of nonracemic aminoacids in meteorites: A computational approach", Chirality. Vol. 23(5), pp. 367 – 373.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Aminoacid enantiomeric excesses (ee's) have been detected in different types of carbonaceous chondrites, all in favor of the L enantiomer. In this article, we discuss possible deterministic causes to the presence of these aminoacid ee's in meteorites and evaluate in particular enantioselective photolysis by circularly polarized light (CPL). The electronic circular dichroism spectra of a set of amino and hydroxyacids, all detected in chondritic matter but some with ee's and others without ee's, were calculated and compared. The spectra were calculated for the most stable conformation(s) of the considered molecules using quantum mechanical methods (density functional theory). Our results suggest that CPL photolysis in the gas phase was perhaps not at the origin of the presence of ee's in meteorites and that the search for another, but still unknown, deterministic cause must be seriously undertaken. © 2011 WileyLiss, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vandenbussche2011,
author = {Vandenbussche, Sophie and Reisse, Jacques and Bartik, Kristin and Lievin, Jacques},
title = {The search for a deterministic origin for the presence of nonracemic aminoacids in meteorites: A computational approach},
journal = {Chirality},
year = {2011},
volume = {23},
number = {5},
pages = {367 – 373},
doi = {10.1002/chir.20933}
}

Borgoo A, Scharf O, Gaigalas G and Godefroid M (2010), "Multiconfiguration electron density function for the ATSP2Kpackage", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 181(2), pp. 426 – 439.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new atsp2K module is presented for evaluating the electron density function of any multiconfiguration HartreeFock or configuration interaction wave function in the nonrelativistic or relativistic BreitPauli approximation. It is first stressed that the density function is not a priori spherically symmetric in the general open shell case. Ways of building it as a spherical symmetric function are discussed, from which the radial electron density function emerges. This function is written in second quantized coupled tensorial form for exploring the atomic spherical symmetry. The calculation of its expectation value is performed using the angular momentum theory in orbital, spin, and quasispin spaces, adopting a generalized graphical technique. The natural orbitals are evaluated from the diagonalization of the density matrix. Program summary: Program title: DENSITY. Catalogue identifier: AEFR_v1_0. Program summary URL: http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AEFR_v1_0.html. Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University, Belfast, N. Ireland. Licensing provisions: Standard CPC license, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html. No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 6603. No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 169 881. Distribution format: tar.gz. Programming language: FORTRAN 90. Computer: HP XC Cluster Platform 4000. Operating system: HP XC System Software 3.2.1, which is a Linux distribution compatible with Red Hat Enterprise Advanced Server. Word size: 32 bits. Classification: 2.1, 2.9, 4.1. Subprograms used:A table is presented. Nature of problem: This program determines the atomic electronic density in the MCHF (LS) or BreitPauli (LS J) approximation. It also evaluates the natural orbitals by diagonalizing the density matrix. Solution method: Building the density operator using second quantization  spherical symmetry averaging  evaluating the matrix elements of the onebody excitation operators in the configuration state function (CSF) space using the angular momentum theory in orbital, spin, and quasispin spaces. Restrictions: Original restrictions from ATSP2K package, i.e. all orbitals within a wave function expansion are assumed to be orthonormal. Configuration states are restricted to at most eight subshells in addition to the closed shells common to all configuration states. The maximum size of the working arrays, related to the number of CSFs and active orbitals, is limited by the available memory and disk space. Unusual features: The programming style is essentially F77 with extensions for the POINTER data type and associated memory allocation. These have been available on workstations for more than a decade, but their implementations are compiler dependent. The present code has been installed and tested extensively using the Portland Group, pgf90, compiler. Running time: The calculation of the electron density for an n = 9 complete active space (CAS) MCHF wave function (271 733 CSFs  45 orbitals) takes around 9 minutes on one AMD Opteron dualcore at 2.4 GHz CPU. References: [1]C. Froese Fischer, G. Tachiev, G. Gaigalas, M.R. Godefroid, An MCHF atomicstructure package for largescale calculation, Comput. Phys. Commun. 176 (2007) 559579. © 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Borgoo2010,
author = {Borgoo, A. and Scharf, O. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Multiconfiguration electron density function for the ATSP2Kpackage},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {2010},
volume = {181},
number = {2},
pages = {426 – 439},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.cpc.2009.10.014}
}

Carette T, Drag C, Scharf O, Blondel C, Delsart C, Froese Fischer C and Godefroid M (2010), "Isotope shift in the sulfur electron affinity: Observation and theory", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 81(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The sulfur electron affinities eA(S) are measured by photodetachment microscopy for the two isotopes S32 and S34 (16752.9753(41) and 16752.9776(85) cm1, respectively). The isotope shift in the electron affinity is found to be more probably positive, eA(S34)eA(S32) =+0.0023(70) cm 1, but the uncertainty allows for the possibility that it may be either "normal" [eA(S34) eA(S32)] or "anomalous" [eA(S34)

BibTeX:
@article{Carette2010,
author = {Carette, Thomas and Drag, Cyril and Scharf, Oliver and Blondel, Christophe and Delsart, Christian and Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Isotope shift in the sulfur electron affinity: Observation and theory},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {81},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.81.042522}
}

Carette T, Nemouchi M, Jönsson P and Godefroid M (2010), "Saturation spectra of low lying states of Nitrogen: Reconciling experiment with theory", European Physical Journal D. Vol. 60(2), pp. 231 – 242.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The hyperfine constants of the levels 2p 2 (3P)3s 4P J, 2p 2 (3P)3p 4P oJ and 2p 2 (3P)3p 4D oJ, deduced by Jennerich et al. [Eur. Phys. J. D 40, 81 (2006)] from the observed hyperfine structures of the transitions 2p 2 (3P)3s 4P J→ 2p2 (3P)3p 4P oJ and 2p 2 (3P)3s 4P J→ 2p 2 ( 3P)3p 4D oJ recorded by saturation spectroscopy in the nearinfrared, strongly disagree with the ab initio values of Jönsson et al. [J. Phys. B: At. Mol. Opt. Phys. 43, 115006 (2010)]. We propose a new interpretation of the recorded weak spectral lines. If the latter are indeed reinterpreted as crossover signals, a new set of experimental hyperfine constants is deduced, in very good agreement with the ab initio predictions. © 2010 EDP Sciences, SIF, SpringerVerlag Berlin Heidelberg. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carette2010a,
author = {Carette, T. and Nemouchi, M. and Jönsson, P. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Saturation spectra of low lying states of Nitrogen: Reconciling experiment with theory},
journal = {European Physical Journal D},
year = {2010},
volume = {60},
number = {2},
pages = {231 – 242},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1140/epjd/e2010002412}
}

Cauët E, Bogatko S, Mugeniwabagara E, Fusaro L, KirschDe Mesmaeker A, Luhmer M and Vaeck N (2010), "Density functional theory interpretation of the 1H photochemically induced dynamic nuclear polarization enhancements characterizing photoreduced polyazaaromatic Ru(II) coordination complexes", Inorganic Chemistry. Vol. 49(17), pp. 7826 – 7831.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The unprotonated and protonated monoreduced forms of the polyazaaromatic Ru(II) coordination complexes [Ru(tap)3]2+ and [Ru(tap)2(phen)]2+ (tap = 1,4,5,8tetraazaphenanthrene; phen = 1,10phenanthroline), that is, [Ru(tap)3]•+, [Ru(tap)2(phen)]•+, [Ru(tap)2(tapH)] •2+, and [Ru(tap)(tapH)(phen)]•2+, were studied by Density Functional Theory (DFT). The electron spin density of these radical cations, the isotropic Fermicontact, and the anisotropic dipolar contributions to the hyperfine coupling constants of the H nuclei were calculated in vacuo and using a continuum model for water solvation. For [Ru(tap)2(phen)] •+, as well as for its protonated form, the DFT results show that the unpaired electron is not localized on the phen ligand. For both [Ru(tap)3]•+ and [Ru(tap)2(phen)] •+, they reveal high electron spin density in the vicinity of tap H2 and tap H7 (the H atoms in the ortho position of the tap nonchelating N atoms). These results are in full agreement with recent steadystate 1H photoChemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization (photoCIDNP) measurements. The DFT calculations performed for the protonated species also predict major 1H photoCIDNP enhancements at these positions. Interestingly, they indicate significantly different polarization for tap H9,10, suggesting that the occurrence of a photoinduced electron transfer with protonation of the reduced species might be detected by highprecision photoCIDNP experiments. © 2010 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2010,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Bogatko, Stuart and Mugeniwabagara, Epiphanie and Fusaro, Luca and KirschDe Mesmaeker, Andrée and Luhmer, Michel and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Density functional theory interpretation of the 1H photochemically induced dynamic nuclear polarization enhancements characterizing photoreduced polyazaaromatic Ru(II) coordination complexes},
journal = {Inorganic Chemistry},
year = {2010},
volume = {49},
number = {17},
pages = {7826 – 7831},
doi = {10.1021/ic100636j}
}

Cauët E, Bogatko S, Weare JH, Fulton JL, Schenter GK and Bylaska EJ (2010), "Structure and dynamics of the hydration shells of the Zn2+ ion from ab initio molecular dynamics and combined ab initio and classical molecular dynamics simulations", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 132(19)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results of ab initio molecular dynamics (AIMD) simulations (density functional theory+PBE96) of the dynamics of waters in the hydration shells surrounding the Zn2+ ion (T≈300 K, ρ ≈1 gm/ cm3) are compared to simulations using a combined quantum and classical molecular dynamics [AIMD/molecular mechanical (MM)] approach. Both classes of simulations were performed with 64 solvating water molecules (∼15 ps) and used the same methods in the electronic structure calculation (planewave basis set, time steps, effective mass, etc.). In the AIMD/MM calculation, only six waters of hydration were included in the quantum mechanical (QM) region. The remaining 58 waters were treated with a published flexible waterwater interaction potential. No reparametrization of the waterwater potential was attempted. Additional AIMD/MM simulations were performed with 256 water molecules. The hydration structures predicted from the AIMD and AIMD/MM simulations are found to agree in detail with each other and with the structural results from xray data despite the very limited QM region in the AIMD/MM simulation. To further evaluate the agreement of these parameterfree simulations, predicted extended xray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) spectra were compared directly to the recently obtained EXAFS data and they agree in remarkable detail with the experimental observations. The first hydration shell contains six water molecules in a highly symmetric octahedral structure is (maximally located at 2.132.15 Å versus 2.072 Å EXAFS experiment). The widths of the peak of the simulated EXAFS spectra agree well with the data (8.4 Å2 versus 8.9 Å2 in experiment). Analysis of the Hbond structure of the hydration region shows that the second hydration shell is trigonally bound to the first shell water with a high degree of agreement between the AIMD and AIMD/MM calculations. Beyond the second shell, the bonding pattern returns to the tetrahedral structure of bulk water. The AIMD/MM results emphasize the importance of a quantum description of the first hydration shell to correctly describe the hydration region. In these calculations the full d10 electronic structure of the valence shell of the Zn2+ ion is retained. The simulations show substantial and complex charge relocation on both the Zn 2+ ion and the first hydration shell. The dipole moment of the waters in the first hydration shell is 3.4 D (3.3 D AIMD/MM) versus 2.73 D bulk. Little polarization is found for the waters in the second hydration shell (2.8 D). No exchanges were seen between the first and the second hydrations shells; however, many water transfers between the second hydration shell and the bulk were observed. For 64 waters, the AIMD and AIMD/MM simulations give nearly identical results for exchange dynamics. However, in the larger particle simulations (256 waters) there is a significant reduction in the second shell to bulk exchanges. © 2010 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2010a,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Bogatko, Stuart and Weare, John H. and Fulton, John L. and Schenter, Gregory K. and Bylaska, Eric J.},
title = {Structure and dynamics of the hydration shells of the Zn2+ ion from ab initio molecular dynamics and combined ab initio and classical molecular dynamics simulations},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {132},
number = {19},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.3421542}
}

Cauët E, Valiev M and Weare JH (2010), "Vertical ionization potentials of nucleobases in a fully solvated DNA environment", Journal of Physical Chemistry B. Vol. 114(17), pp. 5886 – 5894.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Vertical ionization potentials (IPs) of nucleobases embedded in a fully solvated DNA fragment (12mer BDNA fragment + 22 sodium counterions + 5760 water molecules equilibrated to 298 K) have been calculated using a combined quantum mechanical molecular mechanics (QM/MM) approach. Calculations of the vertical IP of the anion Cl are reported that support the accuracy of the application of a QM/MM method to this problem. It is shown that the π nucleotide HOMO origin for the emitted electron is localized on the base by the hydration structure surrounding the DNA in a way similar to that recently observed for pyrimidine nucleotides in aqueous solutions (Slavícě k, P.; et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2009, 131, 6460). In a first step, a high level of theory, CCSD(T)/augccpVDZ, was used to calculate the vertical IP of each of the four single bases isolated in the QM region while the remaining DNA fragment, counterions, and water solvent molecules were included in the MM region. The calculated vertical IPs show a large positive shift of 3.23.3 eV compared to the corresponding gasphase values. This shift is similar for all four DNA bases. The origin of the large increase in vertical IPs of nucleobases is found to be the longrange electrostatic interactions with the solvation structure outside the DNA helix. Thermal fluctuations in the fluid can result in IP changes of roughly 1 eV on a picosecond time scale. IPs of πstacked and Hbonded clusters of DNA bases were also calculated using the same QM/MM model but with a lower level of theory, B3LYP/631G(d=0.2). An IP shift of 4.02 eV relative to the gas phase is found for a fourbasepair BDNA duplex configuration. The primary goal of this work was to estimate the influence of longrange solvation interactions on the ionization properties of DNA bases rather than provide highly precise IP evaluations. The QM/MM model presented in this work provides an attractive method to treat the difficult problem of incorporating a detailed longrange structural model of physiological conditions into investigations of the electronic processes in DNA. © 2010 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2010b,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Valiev, Marat and Weare, John H.},
title = {Vertical ionization potentials of nucleobases in a fully solvated DNA environment},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry B},
year = {2010},
volume = {114},
number = {17},
pages = {5886 – 5894},
doi = {10.1021/jp9120723}
}

Jönsson P, Carette T, Nemouchi M and Godefroid M (2010), "Ab initio calculations of 14N and 15N hyperfine structures", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 43(11)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Hyperfine structure parameters are calculated for the 2p2( 3P)3s 4PJ, 2p2(3P)3p 4PoJ and 2p2(3P)3p 4DoJ levels, using the ab initio multiconfiguration HartreeFock method. The theoretical hyperfine coupling constants are in complete disagreement with the experimental values of Jennerich et al deduced from the analysis of the nearinfrared Dopplerfree saturated absorption spectra. © 2010 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson2010,
author = {Jönsson, P. and Carette, T. and Nemouchi, M. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Ab initio calculations of 14N and 15N hyperfine structures},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {43},
number = {11},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/43/11/115006}
}

Loreau J, Liévin J, Palmeri P, Quinet P and Vaeck N (2010), "Ab initio calculation of the 66 lowlying electronic states of HeH +: Adiabatic and diabatic representations", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 43(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Using the quantum chemistry package MOLPRO and an adapted basis set, we have calculated the adiabatic potential energy curves of the first 20 1Σ+, 19 3Σ+, 12 1Π, 9 3Π, 4 1Δ and 2 3Δ electronic states of the HeH+ molecular ion in CASSCF and CI approaches. The results are compared with previous works. The radial and rotational nonadiabatic coupling matrix elements as well as the dipole moments are also calculated. The asymptotic behaviour of the potential energy curves and of the various couplings between the states is also studied. Using the radial couplings, the diabatic representation is defined and we present an example of our diabatization procedure on the 1Σ + states. © 2010 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2010,
author = {Loreau, Jérme and Liévin, Jacques and Palmeri, Patrick and Quinet, Pascal and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Ab initio calculation of the 66 lowlying electronic states of HeH +: Adiabatic and diabatic representations},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {43},
number = {6},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/43/6/065101}
}

Loreau J, Lívin J and Vaeck N (2010), "Radiative lifetime of the a 3∑+ + state of HeH+ from ab initio calculations", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 133(11)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The first metastable triplet state of HeH+ was found to be present in ion beam experiments, with its lifetime estimated to be between hundreds of milliseconds and thousand of seconds. In this work, we use ab initio methods to evaluate the radiative lifetimes of the six vibrational levels of the a 3∑+ of HeH+. The transition a 3∑+ → X1∑+ is spinforbidden, but acquires intensity through spinorbit interaction with the singlet and triplet Π states. Large scale CASSCF/MRCI calculations using an adapted basis set were performed to determine the potential energy curves of the relevant states of HeH+ as well as the matrix elements of the dipole and spinorbit operators. The wave functions and energies of the vibrational levels of the a3∑+ and X1∑+ states are obtained using a Bspline method and compared to previous works. We find that the radiative lifetime of the vibrational levels increases strongly with v, the lifetime of the v=0 state being 150 s. We also analyze the contributions from discrete and continuum parts of the spectrum. With such a long lifetime, the a3∑+ state could have astrophysical implications. © 2010 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2010a,
author = {Loreau, J. and Lívin, J. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Radiative lifetime of the a 3∑+ + state of HeH+ from ab initio calculations},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {133},
number = {11},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.3481782}
}

Loreau J, Sodoga K, Lauvergnat D, DesouterLecomte M and Vaeck N (2010), "Ab initio calculation of H+He+ chargetransfer cross sections for plasma physics", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 82(1)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The chargetransfer in lowenergy (0.25 to 150eV/amu) H(nl)+He +(1s) collisions is investigated using a quasimolecular approach for the n=2,3 as well as the first two n=4 singlet states. The diabatic potential energy curves of the HeH+ molecular ion are obtained from the adiabatic potential energy curves and the nonadiabatic radial coupling matrix elements using a twobytwo diabatization method, and a timedependent wavepacket approach is used to calculate the statetostate cross sections. We find a strong dependence of the chargetransfer cross section on the principal and orbital quantum numbers n and l of the initial or final state. We estimate the effect of the nonadiabatic rotational couplings, which is found to be important even at energies below 1eV/amu. However, the effect is small on the total cross sections at energies below 10eV/amu. We observe that to calculate chargetransfer cross sections in an n manifold, it is only necessary to include states with n′≤n, and we discuss the limitations of our approach as the number of states increases. © 2010 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Loreau2010b,
author = {Loreau, J. and Sodoga, K. and Lauvergnat, D. and DesouterLecomte, M. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Ab initio calculation of H+He+ chargetransfer cross sections for plasma physics},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {82},
number = {1},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.82.012708}
}

Mathonet P, Krins S, Godefroid M, Lamata L, Solano E and Bastin T (2010), "Entanglement equivalence of Nqubit symmetric states", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 81(5)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We study the interconversion of multipartite symmetric Nqubit states under stochastic local operations and classical communication (SLOCC). We demonstrate that if two symmetric states can be connected with a nonsymmetric invertible local operation (ILO), then they belong necessarily to the separable, W, or GreenbergerHorneZeilinger (GHZ) entanglement class, establishing a practical method of discriminating subsets of entanglement classes. Furthermore, we prove that there always exists a symmetric ILO connecting any pair of symmetric Nqubit states equivalent under SLOCC, simplifying the requirements for experimental implementations of local interconversion of those states. © 2010 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Mathonet2010,
author = {Mathonet, P. and Krins, S. and Godefroid, M. and Lamata, L. and Solano, E. and Bastin, T.},
title = {Entanglement equivalence of Nqubit symmetric states},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {81},
number = {5},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.81.052315}
}

Sutcliffe B (2010), "To what question is the clampednuclei electronic potential the answer?", Theoretical Chemistry Accounts. Vol. 127(3), pp. 121 – 131.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An examination is made of how the nuclear motion Hamiltonian arises from a consideration of solutions to the eigenvalue problem for the full Coulomb Hamiltonian and the role played by the usual clampednuclei electronic Hamiltonian in the construction of such solutions. © 2009 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2010,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {To what question is the clampednuclei electronic potential the answer?},
journal = {Theoretical Chemistry Accounts},
year = {2010},
volume = {127},
number = {3},
pages = {121 – 131},
doi = {10.1007/s0021400905940}
}

Verdebout S, Jönsson P, Gaigalas G, Godefroid M and Fischer CF (2010), "Exploring biorthonormal transformations of paircorrelation functions in atomic structure variational calculations", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 43(7)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Multiconfiguration expansions frequently target valence correlation and correlation between valence electrons and the outermost core electrons. Correlation within the core is often neglected. A large orbital basis is needed to saturate both the valence and corevalence correlation effects. This in turn leads to huge numbers of configuration state functions (CSFs), many of which are unimportant. To avoid the problems inherent to the use of a single common orthonormal orbital basis for all correlation effects in the multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) method, we propose to optimize independent MCHF paircorrelation functions (PCFs), bringing their own orthonormal oneelectron basis. Each PCF is generated by allowing single and doubleexcitations from a multireference (MR) function. This computational scheme has the advantage of using targeted and optimally localized orbital sets for each PCF. These paircorrelation functions are coupled together and with each component of the MR space through a low dimension generalized eigenvalue problem. Nonorthogonal orbital sets being involved, the interaction and overlap matrices are built using biorthonormal transformation of the coupled basis sets followed by a countertransformation of the PCF expansions. Applied to the ground state of beryllium, the new method gives total energies that are lower than the ones from traditional complete active space (CAS)MCHF calculations using large orbital active sets. It is fair to say that we now have the possibility to account for, in a balanced way, correlation deep down in the atomic core in variational calculations. © 2010 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verdebout2010,
author = {Verdebout, S. and Jönsson, P. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M. and Fischer, C Froese},
title = {Exploring biorthonormal transformations of paircorrelation functions in atomic structure variational calculations},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2010},
volume = {43},
number = {7},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/43/7/074017}
}

Bastin T, Krins S, Mathonet P, Godefroid M, Lamata L and Solano E (2009), "Operational families of entanglement classes for symmetric Nqubit states", Physical Review Letters. Vol. 103(7)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We solve the entanglement classification under stochastic local operations and classical communication (SLOCC) for all multipartite symmetric states in the general Nqubit case. For this purpose, we introduce 2 parameters playing a crucial role, namely, the diversity degree and the degeneracy configuration of a symmetric state. Those parameters give rise to a simple method of identifying operational families of SLOCC entanglement classes of all symmetric Nqubit states, where the number of families grows as the partition function of the number of qubits. © 2009 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bastin2009,
author = {Bastin, T. and Krins, S. and Mathonet, P. and Godefroid, M. and Lamata, L. and Solano, E.},
title = {Operational families of entanglement classes for symmetric Nqubit states},
journal = {Physical Review Letters},
year = {2009},
volume = {103},
number = {7},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevLett.103.070503}
}

Cauëet E and Liévin J (2009), "Ab initio study of the electron transfer in an ionized stacked complex of guanines", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 113(36), pp. 9881 – 9890.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The charge transfer process in an ionized stacking of two consecutive guanines (G5'G3')+ has been studied by means of stateaveraged CASSCF/MRCI and RASSCF/RASPT2 calculations. The ground and two first excited states of the radical cation have been characterized, and the topology of the corresponding potential energy surfaces (PESs) has been studied as a function of all intermolecular geometrical parameters. The results demonstrate that the charge transfer process in (G5'G 3') is governed by the avoiding crossing between the ground and first excited states of the complex. Relative translation motions of both guanines in their molecular planes are shown to lead to the charge migration between G5' and G3'. Five stationary points (three minima and two saddle points) have been characterized along the reaction path describing the passage of the positive charge from G5' to G 3'. The global minimum on the PES is found to correspond to the charge configuration G5'+G3'. The existence of an intermediate minimum along the reaction path has been established, characterizing a structure where the positive charge is equally distributed between the two guanines. The calculated energy profile allowed us to determine the height of the potential energy barrier (7.33 kcal/mol) and to evaluate the electronic coupling at a geometry close to the avoiding crossing (3.6 kcal/mol). Test calculations showed that the topology of the ground state PES of the complex GG+ is qualitatively conserved upon optimization of the intramolecular geometrical parameters of the stationary points. © 2009 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Caueet2009,
author = {Cauëet, Emilie and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Ab initio study of the electron transfer in an ionized stacked complex of guanines},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2009},
volume = {113},
number = {36},
pages = {9881 – 9890},
doi = {10.1021/jp902426p}
}

Laruelle F, BoyéPéronne S, Gauyacq D and Liévin J (2009), "Revisiting mulliken's concepts about rydberg states and rydbergvalence interactions from largescale ab initio calculations on the acetylene molecule", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 113(47), pp. 13210 – 13220.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A quantitative characterization of the Rydberg and valence singlet electronic states of acetylene lying in the 510.7 eV region is performed by using largescale ab initio calculations. A special attention is paid on the comparison between the present calculations and Mulliken's concepts for Rydberg states, based on singleelectron and singleconfiguration description. Most of the properties of the Rydberg states have been qualitatively understood via this comparison, mainly shown by the shape and size of the outer Rydberg molecular orbital. More quantitatively, Rydbergvalence mixing has been evaluated in several excited energy regions, as for instance, the interaction between the C̃ ' (1πg)2 1Ag doubly excited valence state and the manifold of electronic components of the np series, or the interaction between the Ẽ 1πg 1Bu valence state and the F̃ 3dπg 1σu+ Rydberg state. The rapid predissociation of the lowest C̃ 3só 1.u Rydberg state has been interpreted as a case of Rydbergization, earlier predicted by Mulliken. © 2009 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Laruelle2009,
author = {Laruelle, Fabrice and BoyéPéronne, Séverine and Gauyacq, Dolores and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Revisiting mulliken's concepts about rydberg states and rydbergvalence interactions from largescale ab initio calculations on the acetylene molecule},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2009},
volume = {113},
number = {47},
pages = {13210 – 13220},
doi = {10.1021/jp903948k}
}

Lauzin C, Didriche K, Macko P, Demaison J, Lievin J and Herman M (2009), "12C2H2Ar van der Waals complex", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 113(11), pp. 2359 – 2365.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: New theoretical and experimental results on the acetyleneAr van der Waals complex are presented and the literature is reviewed. New ab initio calculations at the MP2 level were performed using large basis sets with diffuse functions and taking into account the basis set superposition error. It was found that the structure of acetylene is not significantly altered by the complexation and that its vibrational frequencies are only slightly lowered. Finally, it was observed that the calculated properties of the complex (structure, vibrational spectrum, bond dissociation energy) are not sensitive to the structure imposed on acetylene. Experimentally, acetyleneAr was produced in a supersonic expansion under experimental conditions corresponding to 9 K rotational temperature. Thanks to the performances of CWCRDS detection, the Ka = 0 ← 1, 1 ← 0, and 2 ← 1 sub bands of the v1 + v3 band could be recorded and resolved and most of their lines assigned. Upperstate rotational constants were fitted, however not including the upper Ka = 2 state, which shows Kdoubling the opposite of the expected. The Lorentzian width of most line profiles sets the mean lifetime to some 7.5 ns. Local perturbations affecting line positions and/or line widths are demonstrated. Additional series of lines tentatively attributed to acetyleneAr are discussed.© 2009 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lauzin2009,
author = {Lauzin, C. and Didriche, K. and Macko, P. and Demaison, J. and Lievin, J. and Herman, M.},
title = {12C2H2Ar van der Waals complex},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2009},
volume = {113},
number = {11},
pages = {2359 – 2365},
doi = {10.1021/jp8077908}
}

Nemouchi M and Godefroid M (2009), "Irreducible tensor form of the relativistic corrections to the M1 transition operator", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 42(17)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The relativistic corrections to the magnetic dipole moment operator in the Pauli approximation were derived originally by Drake (1971 Phys. Rev. A 3 908). In the present paper, we derive their irreducible tensoroperator form to be used in atomic structure codes adopting the FanoRacahWigner algebra for calculating its matrix elements. © 2009 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Nemouchi2009,
author = {Nemouchi, M. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Irreducible tensor form of the relativistic corrections to the M1 transition operator},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2009},
volume = {42},
number = {17},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/42/17/175002}
}

Ram RS, Liévin J and Bernath PF (2009), "Fourier transform emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on WO", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 256(2), pp. 216 – 227.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Emission spectra of WO have been observed in the 400035 000 cm1 region using a Fourier transform spectrometer. Molecules were produced by exciting a mixture of WCl6 vapor and He in a microwave discharge lamp. A 3Σ state has been assigned as the ground state of WO based on a rotational analysis of the observed bands and ab initio calculations. After rotational analysis, a majority of strong bands have been classified into three groups. Most of the transitions belonging to the first group have an Ω = 0+ state as the lower state while the bands in the second group have an Ω′′ = 1 state as the lower state. These two lower states have been assigned as X0+ and X1 spin components of the X3Σ ground state of WO. The third group consists of additional bands interconnected by common vibrational levels involving some very lowlying states. The spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states have been predicted from ab initio calculations. The details of the rotational analysis are presented and an attempt has been made to explain the experimental observations in the light of the ab initio results. © 2009 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2009,
author = {Ram, Ram S. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, Peter F.},
title = {Fourier transform emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on WO},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2009},
volume = {256},
number = {2},
pages = {216 – 227},
doi = {10.1016/j.jms.2009.04.010}
}

Sodoga K, Loreau J, Lauvergnat D, Justum Y, Vaeck N and DesouterLecomte M (2009), "Photodissociation of the HeH+ ion into excited fragments (n=2,3) by timedependent methods", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 80(3)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The total and partial photodissociation cross sections of the molecular ion HeH+ are computed by timedependent methods for fragmentation into the excited shells n=1,2,3 up to a photon energy of 40 eV. Σ1 + and Π1 states are considered for parallel and perpendicular transitions for different initial rotational or vibrational excitations. Nonadiabatic radial and rotational couplings are taken into account. The results from coupledchannel equations are compared with the BornOppenheimer approximation. A timedependent calculation with a femtosecond laser pulse is carried out to simulate a recent crossed beam photodissociation imaging experiment with vacuum ultraviolet freeelectron laser. The dominance of photodissociation perpendicular to the photon polarization is confirmed. © 2009 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sodoga2009,
author = {Sodoga, K. and Loreau, J. and Lauvergnat, D. and Justum, Y. and Vaeck, N. and DesouterLecomte, M.},
title = {Photodissociation of the HeH+ ion into excited fragments (n=2,3) by timedependent methods},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2009},
volume = {80},
number = {3},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.80.033417}
}

CassamChenaï P, Scribano Y and Liévin J (2008), "Influence of kinetic coupling in rectilinear coordinates on the vibrational spectrum of fluoroform", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 466(13), pp. 16 – 20.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The vibrational energy levels of fluoroform have been computed with and without the kinetic coupling terms of the EckartWatson Hamiltonian by using the vibrational mean field configuration interaction method. The results are wellconverged as demonstrated by a comparison with those obtained with other variational methods when kinetic coupling is omitted. It is found that kinetic coupling is not negligible for this system. The wave number difference with and without kinetic coupling is 37 cm1 for the ν1 (CHstretching) fundamental transition and can be larger than 60 cm1 in the ν1 s() ν4 (HCF bending) overtones. © 2008 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{CassamChenai2008,
author = {CassamChenaï, Patrick and Scribano, Yohann and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Influence of kinetic coupling in rectilinear coordinates on the vibrational spectrum of fluoroform},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {2008},
volume = {466},
number = {13},
pages = {16 – 20},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1016/j.cplett.2008.10.025}
}

Demaison J and Lievin J (2008), "Equilibrium structure of the hydrogen bonded dimer H2O ⋯ HF", Molecular Physics. Vol. 106(910), pp. 1249 – 1256.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The equilibrium structure of the hydrogen bonded complex H2O HF has been calculated ab initio using the CCSD(T) method with basis sets up to sextuple quality with diffuse functions and taking into account the basis set superposition error correction. The calculations carried out confirm the importance of diffuse functions and of counterpoise correction to obtain an accurate geometry. The most important point is that the basis set convergence is extremely slow and, for this reason an accurate ab initio structure requires a very large basis set. Nevertheless, the ab initio structure is significantly different from the experimental r0 and rm structures. Analysis of the basis set convergence and of the approximations used for the determination of the experimental structures indicates that the ab initio structure is expected to be more reliable. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demaison2008,
author = {Demaison, J. and Lievin, J.},
title = {Equilibrium structure of the hydrogen bonded dimer H2O ⋯ HF},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2008},
volume = {106},
number = {910},
pages = {1249 – 1256},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/00268970802139908}
}

Demaison J, Liévin J, Császár AG and Gutle C (2008), "Equilibrium structure and torsional barrier of BH3NH3", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 112(19), pp. 4477 – 4482.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: BornOppenheimer equilibrium structures, reBO, of the electronic ground state of the borazane (BH3NH3) molecule of C3v., pointgroup symmetry are computed ab initio using the CCSD(T) method with basis sets up to quintupleζ quality. Inclusion of the counterpoise correction and extrapolation of the structural parameters to the complete basis set limit yield a best estimate of reBO of BH3NH3. The anharmonic force field of BH 3NH3, computed at the CCSD(T) level of theory with a basis set of tripleζ quality, allows the determination of semiexperimental equilibrium rotational constants, which in turn result in a semiexperimental equilibrium structure, reSE. The re BO and reSE structures are in excellent agreement, indicating the validity of the methods used for their determination. The empirical massdependent structure, rm(1), of BH 3NH3 is also determined. Although it is inferior in quality to the previous two structures, it is much more accurate than the standard empirical r0 and rs structures reported earlier for BH3NH3. The semiexperimental re SE as well as the empirical rm(1) structures determined are based on experimental groundstate rotational constants available from the literature for nine isotopologues of borazane. The effective barrier to the internal rotation of BH3NH3, a molecule isoelectronic with CH3CH3, has been computed ab initio, employing the focalpoint analysis (FPA) approach, to be 699 ±11 cm 1. This compares favorably with an empirical redetermination of the effective barrier based on the above reSE structure, V3 = 718(17) cm1. © 2008 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demaison2008a,
author = {Demaison, Jean and Liévin, Jacques and Császár, Attila G. and Gutle, Claudine},
title = {Equilibrium structure and torsional barrier of BH3NH3},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2008},
volume = {112},
number = {19},
pages = {4477 – 4482},
doi = {10.1021/jp710630j}
}

Le Padellec A, Liévin J, StaicuCasagrande E, Nzeyimana T, Naji E and Urbain X (2008), "Competitive processes in the associative ionization of C with C+, N+, and O+", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 78(6)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Absolute integral cross sections have been measured for associative ionization reactions involving the C and C+, N+, and O+ reactants. These measurements, obtained using a mergedbeam setup in the keV range, provide us with useful experimental information on the efficiency and mechanisms of molecular ion formation from ionic reactants. The relative magnitudes of the different cross sections are rationalized by considering the spin multiplicities of initial and final states, and the exothermicities of the detachment and transfer ionization channels. The very different production efficiencies of C O+ ions via the O + C+ and C + O+ channels are explained by statistical and energetic considerations. The potential energy curves of CO and C O+ have been calculated by quantum ab initio methods in order to characterize the reactive pathways leading to autoionization. Thermal rate coefficients are derived to serve the plasma physics community. © 2008 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{LePadellec2008,
author = {Le Padellec, A. and Liévin, J. and StaicuCasagrande, E.M. and Nzeyimana, T. and Naji, E.A. and Urbain, X.},
title = {Competitive processes in the associative ionization of C with C+, N+, and O+},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2008},
volume = {78},
number = {6},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.78.062705}
}

Sutcliffe B (2008), "Risk aversion", Chemistry World. Vol. 5(1), pp. 40.
[BibTeX]

BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2008a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {Risk aversion},
journal = {Chemistry World},
year = {2008},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {40}
}

Sutcliffe BT (2008), "What mathematicians know about the solutions of Schrodinger Coulomb Hamiltonian. Should chemists care?", Journal of Mathematical Chemistry. Vol. 44(4), pp. 988 – 1008.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An attempt is made to determine the relationship between the full Schrödinger Coulomb Hamiltonian and the clamped nuclei form that is usually the basis of electronic structure calculations, without treating identical nuclei as distinguishable. It is concluded that it is not at present possible to establish such a relationship in a mathematically secure way. © 2008 Springer Science+Business Media, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2008,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {What mathematicians know about the solutions of Schrodinger Coulomb Hamiltonian. Should chemists care?},
journal = {Journal of Mathematical Chemistry},
year = {2008},
volume = {44},
number = {4},
pages = {988 – 1008},
doi = {10.1007/s1091000893587}
}

Bégué D, Gohaud N, Pouchan C, CassamChenai P and Liévin J (2007), "A comparison of two methods for selecting vibrational configuration interaction spaces on a heptatomic system: Ethylene oxide", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 127(16)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Two recently developed methods for solving the molecular vibrational Schrödinger equation, namely, the parallel vibrational multiple window configuration interaction and the vibrational mean field configuration interaction, are presented and compared on the same potential energy surface of ethylene oxide, cC2H4O. It is demonstrated on this heptatomic system with strong resonances that both approaches converge towards the same fundamental frequencies. This confirms their ability to tackle the vibrational problem of large molecules for which full configuration interaction calculations are not tractable. © 2007 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Begue2007,
author = {Bégué, Didier and Gohaud, Neil and Pouchan, Claude and CassamChenai, Patrick and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {A comparison of two methods for selecting vibrational configuration interaction spaces on a heptatomic system: Ethylene oxide},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2007},
volume = {127},
number = {16},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.2795711}
}

Borgoo A, Godefroid M, Indelicato P, De Proft F and Geerlings P (2007), "Quantum similarity study of atomic density functions: Insights from information theory and the role of relativistic effects", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 126(4)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A novel quantum similarity measure (QSM) is constructed based on concepts from information theory. In an application of QSM to atoms, the new QSM and its corresponding quantum similarity index (QSI) are evaluated throughout the periodic table, using the atomic electron densities and shape functions calculated in the HartreeFock approximation. The periodicity of Mendeleev's table is regained for the first time through the evaluation of a QSM. Evaluation of the information theory based QSI demonstrates, however, that the patterns of periodicity are lost due to the renormalization of the QSM, yielding chemically less appealing results for the QSI. A comparison of the information content of a given atom on top of a group with the information content of the elements in the subsequent rows reveals another periodicity pattern. Relativistic effects on the electronic density functions of atoms are investigated. Their importance is quantified in a QSI study by comparing for each atom, the density functions evaluated in the HartreeFock and DiracFock approximations. The smooth decreasing of the relevant QSI along the periodic table illustrates in a quantitative way the increase of relativistic corrections with the nuclear charge. © 2007 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Borgoo2007,
author = {Borgoo, A. and Godefroid, M. and Indelicato, P. and De Proft, F. and Geerlings, P.},
title = {Quantum similarity study of atomic density functions: Insights from information theory and the role of relativistic effects},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2007},
volume = {126},
number = {4},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.2428295}
}

Cauët E and Liévin J (2007), "Radical Cations of the Nucleic Bases and Radiation Damage to DNA: Ab Initio Study", Advances in Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 52, pp. 121 – 147.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This review summarizes the contribution of high level quantum chemical calculations to the investigation of some elementary reactive processes related to the radiation damage to DNA. It is focused on the biomimetic species that govern these processes at the molecular level. These species are the DNA bases, isolated or embedded in base clusters. Their cations, formed by ionization in their ground and first excited electronic states, are at the center of the present work. We present a synthetic and critical overview of the computational methods used to predict accurate ionization potentials, to correctly describe the nonbonding interactions (stacking, Hbonding and cationπ) stabilizing the studied biomimetic clusters, to characterize their excited states and to investigate the topology of the corresponding potential energy surfaces (minima, transition states, avoided crossings, conical intersections, reaction paths). All these aspects are illustrated by the recent literature and by our own research work, namely on the electron transfer occurring within a stacked dimer of guanines. © 2007 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2007,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Radical Cations of the Nucleic Bases and Radiation Damage to DNA: Ab Initio Study},
journal = {Advances in Quantum Chemistry},
year = {2007},
volume = {52},
pages = {121 – 147},
doi = {10.1016/S00653276(06)520064}
}

Czakó G, Császár AG, Szalay V and Sutcliffe BT (2007), "Adiabatic Jacobi corrections for H2+ like systems", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 126(2)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The Coulomb threebody problem in Jacobi coordinates was solved by treating the distance of the particles having equal charge as a parameter. This method allows computation of electronic energies with finite nuclear masses while maintaining the notion of a potential energy curve. The rotationless groundstate electronic and the socalled adiabatic Jacobi correction (AJC) energies are presented for H2+, D2+, and H D+ at fixed internuclear separations. The AJCs are defined as the difference between the results obtained from calculations using proper finite and infinite nuclear masses. Except at the united atom limit, the AJCs are smaller than the traditional firstorder diagonal BornOppenheimer corrections. Expectation values of protonelectron, pe, and deuteronelectron, de, distances for H D+ have been computed as a function of internuclear separation. Similarly to the fully nonadiabatic approach, the present method is able to follow the symmetry breaking in H D+. Exact and approximate analytical and numerical results are given for counterfactual systems as well. In these cases changes are allowed for the values of the electron rest mass or the elementary charge, as well as for the mass or charge of the unique particle (electron). © 2007 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Czako2007a,
author = {Czakó, Gábor and Császár, Attila G. and Szalay, Viktor and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Adiabatic Jacobi corrections for H2+ like systems},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2007},
volume = {126},
number = {2},
doi = {10.1063/1.2406068}
}

Czakó G, Furtenbacher T, Barletta P, Császár AG, Szalay V and Sutcliffe BT (2007), "Use of a nondirectproduct basis for treating singularities in triatomic rotationalvibrational calculations", Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics. Vol. 9(26), pp. 3407 – 3415.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A technique has been developed which in principle allows the determination of the full rotationalvibrational eigenspectrum of triatomic molecules by treating the important singularities present in the triatomic rotationalvibrational kinetic energy operator given in Jacobi coordinates and the R1 embedding. The singular term related to the diatomtype coordinate, R1, deemed to be unimportant for spectroscopic applications, is given no special attention. The work extends a previous [J. Chem. Phys., 2005, 122, 024101] vibrationonly approach and employs a generalized finite basis representation (GFBR) resulting in a nonsymmetric Hamiltonian matrix [J. Chem. Phys., 2006, 124, 014110]. The basis set to be used is obtained by taking the direct product of a 1D DVR basis, related to R1, with a 5D nondirectproduct basis, the latter formed by coupling BesselDVR functions depending on the distancetype coordinate causing the singularity, associated Legendre polynomials depending on the Jacobi angle, and rotational functions depending on the three Euler angles. The robust implicitly restarted Arnoldi method within the ARPACK package is used for the determination of a number of eigenvalues of the nonsymmetric Hamiltonian matrix. The suitability of the proposed approach is shown by the determination of the rotationalvibrational energy levels of the ground electronic state of H3+ somewhat above its barrier to linearity. Convergence of the eigenenergies is checked by an alternative approach, employing a Hamiltonian expressed in Radau coordinates, a standard directproduct basis, and no treatment of the singularities. © the Owner Societies. 
BibTeX:
@article{Czako2007,
author = {Czakó, Gábor and Furtenbacher, Tibor and Barletta, Paolo and Császár, Attila G. and Szalay, Viktor and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Use of a nondirectproduct basis for treating singularities in triatomic rotationalvibrational calculations},
journal = {Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics},
year = {2007},
volume = {9},
number = {26},
pages = {3407 – 3415},
doi = {10.1039/b701911d}
}

Demaison J, Herman M and Lievin J (2007), "The equilibrium OH bond length", International Reviews in Physical Chemistry. Vol. 26(3), pp. 391 – 420.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The equilibrium structure of 36 small molecules containing OH bonds, including molecules with an internal hydrogen bond, is reviewed from the literature. The structures are redetermined or determined, if necessary, using high level ab initio calculations at the CCSD(T) level of theory with basis sets of quintuple zeta quality and with a correction for the core correlation. The possibility of calculating accurate ab initio OH bond lengths at different levels of theory (MP2/VTZ, MP2/VQZ, CCSD(T)/VTZ, and CCSD(T)/AVTZ) is examined. All methods agree provided a small offset correction is taken into account. In most cases, the addition of diffuse functions does not improve the results. The MP2 method appears to be satisfactory whenever the nondynamical electron correlation is small, which is the most typical situation. The various results are merged to demonstrate the following quantitative correlation between re(OH) and 'isolated' OH stretching frequencies, relevant for predictive use: re(OH) [Å] = 1.2261(76)7.29(21) x 105 νis(OH) [cm1]. © 2007 Taylor & Francis. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demaison2007a,
author = {Demaison, J. and Herman, M. and Lievin, J.},
title = {The equilibrium OH bond length},
journal = {International Reviews in Physical Chemistry},
year = {2007},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {391 – 420},
doi = {10.1080/01442350701371919}
}

Demaison J, Herman M, Liévin J, Margulès L and Møllendal H (2007), "Rotational spectrum and structure of asymmetric dinitrogen trioxide, N2O3", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 244(2), pp. 160 – 169.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The rotational spectra of the ground vibrational state and the ν9 = 1 torsional state have been reinvestigated and accurate spectroscopic constants have been determined. The torsional frequency, ν9 = 70(15) cm1, has been determined by relative intensity measurements. The assignment of the infrared spectrum has been slightly revised and an accurate harmonic force field has been calculated. The equilibrium structure has been determined using different, complementary methods: experimental, semiexperimental and ab initio, leading to r(NN) = 1.870(2) Å, in particular. © 2007 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demaison2007b,
author = {Demaison, J. and Herman, M. and Liévin, J. and Margulès, L. and Møllendal, H.},
title = {Rotational spectrum and structure of asymmetric dinitrogen trioxide, N2O3},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2007},
volume = {244},
number = {2},
pages = {160 – 169},
doi = {10.1016/j.jms.2007.06.003}
}

Demaison J, Herman M, Liévin J and Rudolph H (2007), "Equilibrium structure of sulfuric acid", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 111(13), pp. 2602 – 2609.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The equilibrium structure of the more stable conformer of H 2SO4, of C2 symmetry, has been calculated ab initio using the CCSD(T) method and taking into account the core correlation correction. The accuracy of this structure has been checked by comparing it to that of similar molecules and by estimating the effects of basis set enlargement and of diffuse functions. Furthermore, the quadratic, cubic, and quartic force fields have been calculated at the MP2 level of theory using a basis set of tripleζ quality. The spectroscopic constants derived from the force field are in satisfactory agreement with the experimental ones. The resulting band origins are compared to literature infrared values, including those for overtone and combination bands. Normal modes of vibration are pictured. Using this force field, semiexperimental equilibrium rotational constants are determined which allows us to check the accuracy of the ab initio structure and to refine it using a mixed regression method. © 2007 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demaison2007,
author = {Demaison, J. and Herman, M. and Liévin, J. and Rudolph, H.D.},
title = {Equilibrium structure of sulfuric acid},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2007},
volume = {111},
number = {13},
pages = {2602 – 2609},
doi = {10.1021/jp068808e}
}

Froese Fischer C, Tachiev G, Gaigalas G and Godefroid MR (2007), "An MCHF atomicstructure package for largescale calculations", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 176(8), pp. 559 – 579.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An MCHF atomicstructure package is presented based on dynamic memory allocation, sparse matrix methods, and a recently developed angular library. It is meant for largescale calculations in a basis of orthogonal orbitals for groups of LS terms of arbitrary parity. For BreitPauli calculations, all operatorsspinorbit, spinother orbit, spinspin, and orbitorbitmay be included. For transition probabilities the orbitals of the initial and final state need not be orthogonal. A biorthogonal transformation is used for the evaluation of matrix elements in such cases. In addition to transition rates of all types, isotope shifts and hyperfine constants can be computed as well as gJ factors. New version summary: Title of program: atsp2K. Version number: 1.00. Catalogue identifier: ADLY_v2_0. Program summary URL: http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/ADLY_v2_0. Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University of Belfast, N. Ireland. Computer: Pentium III 500 MHz. Installations: Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN 37235, USA. Operating systems under which the present version has been tested: Red Hat 8. Programming language used in the present version: FORTRAN 90. Memory required to execute with typical data: 256 Mbytes words. No. of bits in a word: 32. Supplementary material: User manuals for the program atsp2k and for the SpinAngular library are available. No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.:209 992. No. of bytes in distributed package, including test data, etc.: 1 740 883. Distribution format: tar.gz. CPC Program Library subprograms used: none. Does the new version supersede the previous version?: Yes. Nature of physical problem: This program determines energy levels and associated wave functions for states of atoms and ions in the MCHF (LS) or BreitPauli (LSJ) approximation. Given the wave function, various atomic properties can be computed such as electric (Ek) and magnetic (Mk) multipole radiative transition probabilities (kmax = 10) between LS or LSJ states, isotope shift constants, hyperfine parameters, and gJ factors. Method of solution: The new version of the program closely follows the design and structure of the previous one [C. Froese Fischer, Comput. Phys. Comm. 128 (2000) 635], except that a simultaneous optimization scheme has been introduced. This program uses the angular methodology of [G. Gaigalas, Lithuanian J. Phys. 41 (2000) 39] and has been extended to include partially filled fsubshells in wavefunction expansions but assumes all orbitals are orthonormal. The biorthogonal transformation method is used to deal with the nonorthogonality of orbitals between initial and final states of an electromagnetic radiative transition. Reasons for new version: The previous version of the MCHF atomic structure package [C. Froese Fischer, Comput. Phys. Comm. 128 (2000) 635] was intended for small calculations, ideal for someone not familiar with the code, producing extensive printout of intermediate results. The codes for the calculation of spinangular coefficients were often not the most efficient and could only treat configurations with open fsubshells containing at most two electrons or an almost filled shell with one hole. The present version is designed for largescale computation using algorithms for angular integration that have been shown to be faster, and include the case of arbitrarily filled fshells. In addition, the MCHF program has been modified to include optimization on an energy functional that is a weighted average of energy functionals for expansions of wavefunctions for different LS terms or parity, thus facilitating BreitPauli calculations for complex atomic systems and for computing targets in collision calculations. Summary of revisions: Programs have been modified to take advantage of the newly developed angular library [G. Gaigalas, Lithuanian J. Phys. 41 (2000) 39], extended to arbitrarily filled fshells. New programs have been developed for simultaneous optimization and for the efficient calculation of atomic spectra and transition rates for an isoelectronic sequence. All applications now take advantage of dynamic memory allocation and sparse matrix methods. Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: All orbitals in a wave function expansion are assumed to be orthonormal. Configuration states are restricted to at most eight (8) subshells in addition to the closed shells common to all configuration states. The maximum size is limited by the available memory and disk space. Typical running time: Included with the code are scripts for calculating E2 and M1 transitions between levels of 3 s2 3 p2 for Si and P+. This calculation has two stages: LS and LSJ. The calculation of the former required 21 minutes for the LS calculation and 36.5 minutes for the BreitPauli configuration interaction calculation that determines the mixing of the terms. Unusual features of the program: The programming style is essentially F77 with extensions for the POINTER data type and associated memory allocation. These have been available on workstations for more than a decade but their implementations are compiler dependent. The present serial code has been installed and tested extensively using both the Portland Group, pgf90, compiler and the IBM SP2, xlf90, compiler. The former is compatible also with the Intel Fortran90 compiler. The MPI codes are included for completeness though testing has not been as extensive. Additional comments: Parallel versions (MPI) of the following programs are included in the distribution. Use of these is optional but can speed up the angular integration processing. A table is presented. © 2007 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer2007,
author = {Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Tachiev, Georgio and Gaigalas, Gediminas and Godefroid, Michel R.},
title = {An MCHF atomicstructure package for largescale calculations},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {2007},
volume = {176},
number = {8},
pages = {559 – 579},
doi = {10.1016/j.cpc.2007.01.006}
}

Mátyus E, Czakó G, Sutcliffe BT and Császár AG (2007), "Vibrational energy levels with arbitrary potentials using the EckartWatson Hamiltonians and the discrete variable representation", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 127(8)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An effective and general algorithm is suggested for variational vibrational calculations of N atomic molecules using orthogonal, rectilinear internal coordinates. The protocol has three essential parts. First, it advocates the use of the EckartWatson Hamiltonians of nonlinear or linear reference configuration. Second, with the help of an exact expression of curvilinear internal coordinates (e.g., valence coordinates) in terms of orthogonal, rectilinear internal coordinates (e.g., normal coordinates), any highaccuracy potential or force field expressed in curvilinear internal coordinates can be used in the calculations. Third, the matrix representation of the appropriate EckartWatson Hamiltonian is constructed in a discrete variable representation, in which the matrix of the potential energy operator is always diagonal, whatever complicated form the potential function assumes, and the matrix of the kinetic energy operator is a sparse matrix of special structure. Details of the suggested algorithm as well as results obtained for linear and nonlinear test cases including H2 O, H3+, C O2, HCNHNC, and C H4 are presented. © 2007 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Matyus2007,
author = {Mátyus, Edit and Czakó, Gábor and Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Császár, Attila G.},
title = {Vibrational energy levels with arbitrary potentials using the EckartWatson Hamiltonians and the discrete variable representation},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2007},
volume = {127},
number = {8},
doi = {10.1063/1.2756518}
}

Sutcliffe BT (2007), "Concluding remarks", Faraday Discussions. Vol. 135, pp. 503 – 506.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2007a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Concluding remarks},
journal = {Faraday Discussions},
year = {2007},
volume = {135},
pages = {503 – 506},
doi = {10.1039/b613462a}
}

Sutcliffe BT (2007), "The separation of electronic and nuclear motion in the diatomic molecule", Theoretical Chemistry Accounts. Vol. 118(3), pp. 563 – 571.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The Schrödinger Coulomb Hamiltonian for electronic and nuclear motion in a diatomic molecule is presented and its effect upon functions which are products of functions of electronic and of nuclear variables is explicitly exhibited. Computational approaches to finding approximate solutions in such a basis are outlined. © 2007 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2007,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T},
title = {The separation of electronic and nuclear motion in the diatomic molecule},
journal = {Theoretical Chemistry Accounts},
year = {2007},
volume = {118},
number = {3},
pages = {563 – 571},
doi = {10.1007/s0021400703578}
}

Timmermans B, Reniers F, Weightman P and Vaeck N (2007), "Auger and photoelectron relaxation energy in aluminum compounds: A cluster model", Journal of Electron Spectroscopy and Related Phenomena. Vol. 159(13), pp. 1 – 7.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The energies of the Al Auger KL2,3L2,3 transitions and the Al 2p photoelectron peak have been determined experimentally by AES, XPS and XAES for several Al compounds. The experimental results are compared with ab initio calculations based on a cluster model in which a central aluminum atom is surrounded by its first neighbours in the crystal. This model includes chemical, structural and relaxation effects and it allows the direct ab initio determination of the intra and extraatomic relaxation energies. These values are compared with the Wagner equation that relates the extraatomic relaxation energy and the Auger parameter. The three approximations that support this equation are examined on the basis of the cluster results. © 2007 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Timmermans2007,
author = {Timmermans, B. and Reniers, F. and Weightman, P. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Auger and photoelectron relaxation energy in aluminum compounds: A cluster model},
journal = {Journal of Electron Spectroscopy and Related Phenomena},
year = {2007},
volume = {159},
number = {13},
pages = {1 – 7},
doi = {10.1016/j.elspec.2007.01.004}
}

BoyéPéronne S, Gauyacq D and Liévin J (2006), "Vinylideneacetylene cation isomerization investigated by large scale ab initio calculations", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 124(21)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The planar isomerization routes of the vinylidene/acetylene cation in the lowest electronic states are accurately examined for the first time, by using large scale MRCI and CCSD(T) calculations in a complementary way. They are compared with the similar calculations performed for the neutral ground state isomerization. An accurate value of the adiabatic ionization potential of vinylidene (11.26 eV) is predicted. The vinylidene cation lowest state, 1 A12, follows an almost flat pathway with a shallow secondary minimum on the 1 A′2 potential energy surface, before suddenly dropping to the stable acetylene cation ground state, X̃ Πu2. It is therefore confirmed to be completely unstable with respect to isomerization. The first excited state of the vinylidene cation, 1 B12, which also correlates with the Πu2 ground state of acetylene cation along a A′2 isomerization route, has been studied at the same level of calculation. This 1 B12 state is lying only 0.15 eV above the 1 A12 state, and exhibits a potential energy barrier of 0.55 eV which explains the earlier assignment of this symmetry to the ground state of vinylidene cation. In addition to large scale calculations, a comprehensive description of the important steps of isomerization drawn from a very simple model involving monoconfigurational states is presented. In particular, the behavior of one unique orbital, namely, the 5 a1 outer molecular orbital, is shown to completely govern the molecular geometry and energy evolution along the isomerization route of the ground state cation C2 H2+. © 2006 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{BoyePeronne2006,
author = {BoyéPéronne, Séverine and Gauyacq, Dolores and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Vinylideneacetylene cation isomerization investigated by large scale ab initio calculations},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2006},
volume = {124},
number = {21},
doi = {10.1063/1.2187002}
}

CassamChenaï P and Liévin J (2006), "The VMFCI method: A flexible tool for solving the molecular vibration problem", Journal of Computational Chemistry. Vol. 27(5), pp. 627 – 640.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The present article introduces a general variational scheme to find approximate solutions of the spectral problem for the molecular vibration Hamiltonian. It is called the "vibrational mean field configuration interaction" (VMFCI) method, and consists in performing vibrational configuration interactions (VCI) for selected modes in the mean field of the others. The same partition of modes can be iterated until selfconsistency, generalizing the vibrational selfconsistent field (VSCF) method. As in contractedmode methods, a hierarchy of partitions can be built to ultimately contract all the modes together. So, the VMFCI method extends the traditional variational approaches and can be included in existing vibrational codes based on the latter approaches. The flexibility and efficiency of this new method are demonstrated on several molecules of atmospheric interest. © 2006 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{CassamChenai2006,
author = {CassamChenaï, P. and Liévin, J.},
title = {The VMFCI method: A flexible tool for solving the molecular vibration problem},
journal = {Journal of Computational Chemistry},
year = {2006},
volume = {27},
number = {5},
pages = {627 – 640},
doi = {10.1002/jcc.20374}
}

Cauët E, Dehareng D and Liévin J (2006), "Ab initio study of the lonization of the DNA bases: Ionization potentials and excited states of the cations", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 110(29), pp. 9200 – 9211.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The ionization of the four DNA bases is investigated by means of ab initio calculations. Accurate values of the gasphase vertical and adiabatic ionization potentials (IP) are obtained at the MP2/631G(2d(0.8,αd),p) level of theory. The need of introducing extra polarization to the standard 631G(d,p) basis set is demonstrated by test calculations and an optimal value of αd = 0.1 is obtained. Ionization to electronically excited radical cations is also considered. The lowlying excited states of the cations are characterized for the first time. The topology of the corresponding potential energy surfaces is qualitatively described in terms of the stationary points (minima and saddle points) located on these surfaces. A conical intersection is characterized for the first time on the groundstate potential energy surface of all cations. It arises from the crossing of the adiabatic surfaces of the ground and first excited state at planar geometries. A nonplanar minimum is observed for the cytosine cation only. The geometry and electronic changes occurring along these surfaces are analyzed, leading to a comparison between the different nucleobase cations. The study of larger ionized systems related to DNA is rendered possible thanks to the optimized medium size basis set proposed in this work, as exemplified by the calculation of the IP of a stacked dimer of guanines. © 2006 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2006,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Dehareng, Dominique and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Ab initio study of the lonization of the DNA bases: Ionization potentials and excited states of the cations},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2006},
volume = {110},
number = {29},
pages = {9200 – 9211},
doi = {10.1021/jp0617625}
}

Furtenbacher T, Czakó G, Sutcliffe BT, Császár AG and Szalay V (2006), "The methylene saga continues: Stretching fundamentals and zeropoint energy of X̃3 B1 CH2", Journal of Molecular Structure. Vol. 780781(SPEC. ISS.), pp. 283 – 294.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The vibrational fundamentals and the rotational levels up to J=7 of the X̃3B1 and ã1A1 electronic states of CH2 have been computed completely ab initio. The calculations were based on converged, variational nuclear motion calculations employing highquality ab initio quartic force field approximations of the related potential energy surfaces (PES). The vibrational fundamentals obtained are compared to other computational results, namely those obtained from secondorder vibrational perturbation theory (VPT2) and the nonrigidrotation largeamplitudeinternalmotion Hamiltonian (NRLH) approach. The variationally computed rotational transitions are compared both to experimentally available results and to results obtained using empirical, fitted PESs. The comparisons suggest that while the fitted PESs of X̃3B1 CH 2 reproduce excellently the available rovibrational transition wavenumbers, the corresponding stretching fundamental term values, which have not been determined experimentally, are less accurate than the ab initio values obtained in the present study. This means that the zeropoint energy (ZPE) computed ab initio in the present work is an improvement over that computed from the fitted PES of X̃3B1 CH2. No similar problems are observed for the semirigid ã1A1 state of CH2, where the computed, the fitted, and the experimental results all agree with each other. The symmetric and antisymmetric stretching fundamentals of X̃3B1 CH2 obtained in this study are 3035±7 and 3249±7 cm1, respectively. The corresponding ZPE of X̃3B1 is 3733±10 cm 1, while that of ã1A1 CH2 is 3605±15 cm1. © 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Furtenbacher2006,
author = {Furtenbacher, Tibor and Czakó, Gábor and Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Császár, Attila G. and Szalay, Viktor},
title = {The methylene saga continues: Stretching fundamentals and zeropoint energy of X̃3 B1 CH2},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure},
year = {2006},
volume = {780781},
number = {SPEC. ISS.},
pages = {283 – 294},
doi = {10.1016/j.molstruc.2005.06.052}
}

Lasorne B, BacchusMontabonel M, Vaeck N and DesouterLecomte M (2006), "Quantum dynamics simulations of photodissociation reactions", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 106(3), pp. 670 – 675.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Wave packet simulations using ab initio potential energy surfaces (PES) have been developed within the framework of the constrained Hamiltonian methodology. The approach is presented with the example of bromoacetyl chloride photodissociation. © 2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lasorne2006,
author = {Lasorne, B. and BacchusMontabonel, M.C. and Vaeck, N. and DesouterLecomte, M.},
title = {Quantum dynamics simulations of photodissociation reactions},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {2006},
volume = {106},
number = {3},
pages = {670 – 675},
doi = {10.1002/qua.20829}
}

Merke I, Vaeck N, Petitprez D and Wlodarczak G (2006), "The rotational spectrum of bromoacetyl chloride", Journal of Molecular Structure. Vol. 780781(SPEC. ISS.), pp. 306 – 309.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The rotational spectrum of bromoacetyl chloride, BrCH2COCl, has been assigned using a pulsed molecular beam Fourier transform microwave spectrometer. It has been possible to determine the rotational and quartic centrifugal distortion constants of the energetically favoured conformer (antiperiplanar) as well as the complete bromine and chlorine quadrupole coupling tensors including their off diagonal elements for the following isotopomers: 79BrCH2CO35Cl, 81BrCH2CO35Cl, 79BrCH 2CO37Cl, and 81BrCH2CO 37Cl. Experimental results are supported by quantum chemical calculations. © 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Merke2006,
author = {Merke, I. and Vaeck, N. and Petitprez, D. and Wlodarczak, G.},
title = {The rotational spectrum of bromoacetyl chloride},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure},
year = {2006},
volume = {780781},
number = {SPEC. ISS.},
pages = {306 – 309},
doi = {10.1016/j.molstruc.2005.06.040}
}

Sutcliffe B (2006), "The idea of a potential energy surface", Molecular Physics. Vol. 104(57), pp. 715 – 722.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The development of the idea of a potential energy surface is examined in the context of solutions to the full quantum mechanical problem specified by the Schrödinger Coulomb Hamiltonian expressed in laboratoryfixed coordinates. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2006,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {The idea of a potential energy surface},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2006},
volume = {104},
number = {57},
pages = {715 – 722},
doi = {10.1080/00268970500418059}
}

Cauët E, Rooman M, Wintjens R, Liévin J and Biot C (2005), "Histidinearomatic interactions in proteins and proteinligand complexes: Quantum chemical study of Xray and model structures", Journal of Chemical Theory and Computation. Vol. 1(3), pp. 472 – 483.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Hisaromatic complexes, with the His located above the aromatic plane, are stabilized by ππ, δ+π and/or cationπ interactions according to whether the His is neutral or protonated and the partners are in stacked or Tshape conformations. Here we attempt to probe the relative strength of these interactions as a function of the geometry and protonation state, in gas phase, in water and proteinlike environments (acetone, THF and CCl4), by means of quantum chemistry calculations performed up to second order of the MøllerPlesset pertubation theory. Two sets of conformations are considered for that purpose. The first set contains 89 interactions between His and Phe, Tyr, Trp, or Ade, observed in Xray structures of proteins and proteinligand complexes. The second set contains model structures obtained by moving an imidazolium/imidazole moiety above a benzene ring or an adenine moiety. We found that the protonated complexes are much more stable than the neutral ones in gas phase. This higher stability is due to the electrostatic contributions, the electron correlation contributions being equally important in the two forms. Thus, ππ and δ+π interactions present essentially favorable electron correlation energy terms, whereas cationπ interactions feature in addition favorable electrostatic energies. The protonated complexes remain more stable than the neutral ones in proteinlike environments, but the difference is drastically reduced. Furthermore, the Tshape conformation is undoubtedly more favorable than the stacked one in gas phase. This advantage decreases in the solvents, and the stacked conformation becomes even slightly more favorable in water. The frequent occurrence of Hisaromatic interactions in catalytic sites, at proteinDNA or proteinligand interfaces and in 3D domain swapping proteins emphasize their importance in biological processes. © 2005 American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cauet2005,
author = {Cauët, Emilie and Rooman, Marianne and Wintjens, René and Liévin, Jacques and Biot, Christophe},
title = {Histidinearomatic interactions in proteins and proteinligand complexes: Quantum chemical study of Xray and model structures},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Theory and Computation},
year = {2005},
volume = {1},
number = {3},
pages = {472 – 483},
doi = {10.1021/ct049875k}
}

Palmeri P, Fischer CF, Wyart JF and Godefroid M (2005), "Oscillator strength calculations in neutral technetium", Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. 363(2), pp. 452 – 458.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio multiconfiguration calculations are performed for the oscillator strengths of the λ = 4238, 4262 and 4297 Å Tc I resonance lines of astrophysical interest. Electron correlation is treated through multiconfiguration expansions built from elaborate correlation models, while relativistic effects are introduced in the perturbation BreitPauli approximation or in the multiconfiguration DiracFockBreit variational approach. The calculated gfvalues are sensitively lower (≈30 per cent) than the values obtained with the pseudorelativistic HartreeFock wavefunctions calculated from a parametric analysis of Tc I by Palmeri & Wyart. The inclusion of a corepolarization potential in the latter approach confirms the present ab initio results when different ionic cores are used for the different transition arrays. The strong lines of Tc I are revisited adopting this model, giving rise to a systematic reduction in the oscillator strength scale due to core polarization. The astrophysical implications are discussed. © 2005 RAS. 
BibTeX:
@article{Palmeri2005,
author = {Palmeri, P. and Fischer, C. Froese and Wyart, J.F. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Oscillator strength calculations in neutral technetium},
journal = {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society},
year = {2005},
volume = {363},
number = {2},
pages = {452 – 458},
note = {All Open Access, Hybrid Gold Open Access},
doi = {10.1111/j.13652966.2005.09410.x}
}

Sutcliffe B (2005), "Permutational symmetry and molecular structure calculations", Collection of Czechoslovak Chemical Communications. Vol. 70(5), pp. 657 – 676.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In a paper published in 1985 (Katriel J., Paldus J., Pauncz R.: Int. J. Quantum Chem. 1985, 28, 181) Paldus and his colleagues considered explicit relations between the permutational symmetry and the spin operators for systems of identical particles. The principal concern of this paper was with particles for which σ = 1/2 but there is some consideration of the case of particles for which σ = 1. This latter consideration was developed by Katriel (Katriel J.: J. Mol. Struct. (THEOCHEM) 2001, 547, 1) in a paper honouring Prof. Paldus on the occasion of his 65th birthday. The present paper attempts a consideration of aspects of permutational symmetry, not explicitly considered in those two papers, as they affect the interpretation of the results of molecular structure calculations. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2005a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {Permutational symmetry and molecular structure calculations},
journal = {Collection of Czechoslovak Chemical Communications},
year = {2005},
volume = {70},
number = {5},
pages = {657 – 676},
doi = {10.1135/cccc20050657}
}

Sutcliffe B, Nakai H, Hoshino M, Miyamoto K and Hyodo SA (2005), "Comment on "elimination of translational and rotational motions in nuclear orbital plus molecular orbital theory" [J. Chem. Phys. 122, 164101 (2005)]", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 123(23)
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In movingnuclei calculations on some simple diatomics and on water, Nakai [J. Chem. Phys.122, 164101 (2005)] extend their earlier translationfree nuclear orbital plus molecular orbital (TFNOMO) theory, in which the translational part of the Hamiltonian is subtracted from the full Hamiltonian, to a translation and rotationfree approach, in which a rotational term is subtracted from the TFNOMO Hamiltonian. It is suggested that the chosen rotational term is not unique and is not valid over all regions of space. © 2005 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2005,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian and Nakai, Hiromi and Hoshino, Minoru and Miyamoto, Kaito and Hyodo, ShiAki},
title = {Comment on "elimination of translational and rotational motions in nuclear orbital plus molecular orbital theory" [J. Chem. Phys. 122, 164101 (2005)]},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2005},
volume = {123},
number = {23},
doi = {10.1063/1.2134699}
}

Sutcliffe B and Woolley RG (2005), "Comment on 'Molecular structure in nonBornOppenheimer quantum mechanics'", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 408(46), pp. 445 – 447.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A recent Letter has proposed a method for obtaining molecular structures of small polyatomic molecules without recourse to the BornOppenheimer approximation. In this Comment we highlight the difficulties in the proposed strategy when identifying molecular structures in general. © 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2005d,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T. and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {Comment on 'Molecular structure in nonBornOppenheimer quantum mechanics'},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {2005},
volume = {408},
number = {46},
pages = {445 – 447},
doi = {10.1016/j.cplett.2005.04.022}
}

Sutcliffe BT (2005), "Victor Ronald Saunders: Upon his retirement from Daresbury Lab", Molecular Physics. Vol. 103(18), pp. 2461 – 2463.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2005b,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Victor Ronald Saunders: Upon his retirement from Daresbury Lab},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2005},
volume = {103},
number = {18},
pages = {2461 – 2463},
doi = {10.1080/00268970500178802}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Woolley RG (2005), "Molecular structure calculations without clamping the nuclei", Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics. Vol. 7(21), pp. 3664 – 3676.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A number of recent papers have considered ways in which molecular structure may be calculated when both the electrons and the nuclei are treated from the outset as quantum particles. This is in contrast to the conventional approach in which the nuclei initially have their positions fixed and so merely provide a potential for electronic motion. The usual approach is generally assumed to be justified by the 1927 work of Born and Oppenheimer. In this paper we discuss what precisely might be anticipated in the way of molecular structure from a mathematical consideration of the spectral properties of the full Coulomb Hamiltonian, to what extent the very idea of molecular structure might be dependent upon treating the nuclei simply as providing a potential and the extent to which the work of Born and Oppenheimer can be used to support this position. © The Owner Societies 2005. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2005c,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Woolley, R. Guy},
title = {Molecular structure calculations without clamping the nuclei},
journal = {Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics},
year = {2005},
volume = {7},
number = {21},
pages = {3664 – 3676},
doi = {10.1039/b509723c}
}

Borgoo A, Godefroid M, Sen K, De Proft F and Geerlings P (2004), "Quantum similarity of atoms: A numerical HartreeFock and Information Theory approach", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 399(46), pp. 363 – 367.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In this Letter Quantum Similarity for Atoms (HXe) is investigated using electron densities and shape functions, looking for patterns of periodicity as in Mendeleev's Table. An LSdependent restricted HartreeFock method is used to obtain the wave functions from which the electron densities are calculated. Utilizing the quantum similarity proposed by Carbó a nearest neighbour dominated similarity is retrieved, masking periodicity. Introduction of the information discrimination concept with reference to the noble gas atom of the previous row is found to reveal periodicity, with improved results when densities are replaced by shape functions throughout. This confirms recent literature on the fundamental role of the shape function as carrier of information. © 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Borgoo2004,
author = {Borgoo, A. and Godefroid, M. and Sen, K.D. and De Proft, F. and Geerlings, P.},
title = {Quantum similarity of atoms: A numerical HartreeFock and Information Theory approach},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {2004},
volume = {399},
number = {46},
pages = {363 – 367},
doi = {10.1016/j.cplett.2004.10.026}
}

Lasorne B, BacchusMontabonel MC, Vaeck N and DesouterLecomte M (2004), "Nonadiabatic interactions in wave packet dynamics of the bromoacetyl chloride photodissociation", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 120(3), pp. 1271 – 1278.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Wave packet simulations have shown that the preferential breaking of the CCl bond versus the weaker CBr one can be explained by nonadiabatic interactions at avoided crossings in both CO/CBr and CO/CCl subspaces leading to a stronger trapping of the CBr population. However, the branching ratio obtained by propagating wave packets in the two 2D subspaces was very satisfactory and permits not to discard this explanation. It was found that the results were in better agreement with the experimental branching ratio in 2D than in 1D. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lasorne2004,
author = {Lasorne, B. and BacchusMontabonel, M.C. and Vaeck, N. and DesouterLecomte, M.},
title = {Nonadiabatic interactions in wave packet dynamics of the bromoacetyl chloride photodissociation},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2004},
volume = {120},
number = {3},
pages = {1271 – 1278},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.1633759}
}

Nemouchi M, Taleb A and Godefroid M (2004), "Isotope shift in the electron affinity of beryllium", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 37(4), pp. 865 – 874.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The study of the isotope shift in the electron affinity is interesting for probing correlation effects. Experiments that allow this property to be measured are rare, being difficult to realize, while accurate calculations remain a challenge for atomic theory. The present work focuses on the theoretical estimation of the isotope shift in the electron affinity of Be (2s2p 3Po), using correlated electronic wavefunctions obtained from multiconfiguration HartreeFock and configuration interaction variational calculations. The reliability of the correlation models is assessed from a comparison between the observed and theoretical electron affinities, and between theoretical isotope shift values for the 2s2p 3P o2s2 1S transition of neutral beryllium. The sign and the magnitude of the difference between the mass polarization term expectation values obtained for the neutral atom and the negative ion are such that the resulting irsotope shift in the electron affinity is 'anomalous', corresponding to a smaller electron affinity for the heavier isotope. 
BibTeX:
@article{Nemouchi2004,
author = {Nemouchi, M. and Taleb, A. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Isotope shift in the electron affinity of beryllium},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2004},
volume = {37},
number = {4},
pages = {865 – 874},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/37/4/013}
}

Ram R, Rinskopf N, Liévin J and Bernath P (2004), "Fourier transform emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on NbCl", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 228(2 SPEC. ISS.), pp. 544 – 553.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectrum of NbCl has been recorded in the 300020000cm 1 region using a Fourier transform spectrometer. The bands were observed by microwave excitation of a mixture of NbCl5 vapor and He. Two groups of bands observed in the 65007000cm1 and 980011000cm1 regions have been assigned to two electronic transitions. Five bands observed in the 65007000cm1 region consist of R, P, and Q branches with no combination defect or Λdoubling. They have been assigned as five subbands of a ΔΛ=±1 transition with Λ1. Nine bands observed in the 980011000cm1 regions consist of R and P branches, and they are also free from Λdoubling. These bands have been classified into four subbands of a ΔΛ=0 transition (with Λ1), which has tentatively been assigned as 5Δ5Δ. The two transitions have no electronic states in common. Ab initio calculations have been performed on NbCl and the spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states have been calculated. The ground state of NbCl has been predicted to be a 5Π state arising from the 3σ1 1δ 2 2π1 configuration, with a lowlying 5Δ state at 1300cm1 from the 3σ1 1δ1 2π2 configuration. The results of our experimental and theoretical studies will be presented. This work represents the first experimental investigation of the spectra of NbCl and the first ab initio prediction of the spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states. © 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2004,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Rinskopf, N. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Fourier transform emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on NbCl},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2004},
volume = {228},
number = {2 SPEC. ISS.},
pages = {544 – 553},
doi = {10.1016/j.jms.2004.02.001}
}

Timmermans B, Hubin A, Vaeck N and Reniers F (2004), "Experimental and theoretical study of CVV Auger peaks of selected aluminium and carbon compounds", Surface and Interface Analysis. Vol. 36(8), pp. 798 – 800.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The Auger valence peak of Al2O3, Al and carbon compounds (graphite, fullerene, carbides) has been studied experimentally and theoretically. It is demonstrated, from a comparison of the experimental spectrum with the selfconvolution of the valence band, that the Al CVV transition in Al2O3 is an intraatomic transition. The behaviour of the C KVV Auger peak is shown to be intermediate between atomic and bandlike transitions. The different experimental carbide peaks could be reconstructed by a selfconvolution of the valence band and the introduction of a holehole repulsion term extracted from the CiniSawatzki equation. A nonexpected behaviour of the satellite peak at 280 eV for tungsten and chromium carbide is shown and interpreted, with a comparison with the Ramaker approach. Copyright © 2004 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Timmermans2004,
author = {Timmermans, B. and Hubin, A. and Vaeck, N. and Reniers, F.},
title = {Experimental and theoretical study of CVV Auger peaks of selected aluminium and carbon compounds},
journal = {Surface and Interface Analysis},
year = {2004},
volume = {36},
number = {8},
pages = {798 – 800},
doi = {10.1002/sia.1767}
}

Vaeck N and Godefroid M (2004), "Physica Script T: Preface", Physica Scripta T. Vol. T112, pp. 5.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@conference{Vaeck2004,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Physica Script T: Preface},
journal = {Physica Scripta T},
year = {2004},
volume = {T112},
pages = {5},
doi = {10.1238/Physica.Topical.112a00005}
}

BacchusMontabonel MC, Vaeck N, Lasorne B and DesouterLecomte M (2003), "Nonadiabatic effects in the photodissociation of bromoacetyl chloride", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 374(34), pp. 307 – 313.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The competitive photodissociation of bromoacetyl chloride has been investigated by means of ab initio methods. Quantum dynamics in full dimensionality is prohibitive for such a system and therefore a reduced dimensionality method based on constrained Hamiltonians has been used. A onedimensional (1D) nonadiabatic wave packet treatment in the CS optimized geometry (trans Cl and Br) on the first excited states leads to encouraging results when compared to experimental data. The slow relaxation of the torsion angle is assessed by a 2D dynamics in the subspace including the C=O bond length. © 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{BacchusMontabonel2003,
author = {BacchusMontabonel, MarieChristine and Vaeck, Nathalie and Lasorne, Benjamin and DesouterLecomte, Michèle},
title = {Nonadiabatic effects in the photodissociation of bromoacetyl chloride},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {2003},
volume = {374},
number = {34},
pages = {307 – 313},
doi = {10.1016/S00092614(03)006067}
}

Blanchet V, Boyé S, Zamith S, Campos A, Girard B, Liévin J and Gauyacq D (2003), "(3+1)resonantly enhanced multiphoton ionizationphotoelectron spectroscopy of the (3d4s) supercomplex of acetylene: The geometry of the E state revisited through experiment and theory", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 119(7), pp. 3751 – 3762.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A study was performed on the (3 + 1)resonantly enhanced multiphoton ionizationphotoelectron spectroscopy of the (3d4s) supercomplex of acetylene. The RennerTeller coupling occurring in the ion ground state was considered during the photoelectron analysis. The results showed the tentative frequencies for the stretching mode as well as for the bending mode. 
BibTeX:
@article{Blanchet2003,
author = {Blanchet, Valérie and Boyé, Séverine and Zamith, Sébastien and Campos, Andréa and Girard, Bertrand and Liévin, Jacques and Gauyacq, Dolores},
title = {(3+1)resonantly enhanced multiphoton ionizationphotoelectron spectroscopy of the (3d4s) supercomplex of acetylene: The geometry of the E state revisited through experiment and theory},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2003},
volume = {119},
number = {7},
pages = {3751 – 3762},
doi = {10.1063/1.1589480}
}

CassamChenaï P and Liévin J (2003), "Alternative perturbation method for the molecular vibrationrotation problem", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 93(3), pp. 245 – 264.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This article introduces an alternative perturbation scheme to find approximate solutions of the spectral problem for the rotationvibration molecular Hamiltonian. The method is implemented for the Watson Hamiltonian and applied to methane. The complete J = 0 spectrum of this pentaatomic molecule of atmospheric interest is calculated up to 9200 cm1 in a purely ab initio fashion. Then, the rotational spectra of the vibrational ground state is obtained up to J = 18. The largest relative error is 2.105 (for the highest J = 18 level) after scaling of a single parameter. Without scaling the accuracy on the rotational levels is limited by that of the ab initio equilibrium bond distance. The convergence of our results is analyzed with respect to the different parameters involved in our approach. The important concept of vibrational meanfield configuration interaction is introduced. 
BibTeX:
@article{CassamChenai2003,
author = {CassamChenaï, P. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Alternative perturbation method for the molecular vibrationrotation problem},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {2003},
volume = {93},
number = {3},
pages = {245 – 264},
doi = {10.1002/qua.10556}
}

Coheur P, Liévin J, Colin R and Razbirin B (2003), "Electronic and photophysical properties of C60Cl24", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 118(2), pp. 550 – 556.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The geometry, groundstate, and optical properties of three isomers of C60Cl24, displaying Th or D2h symmetries were analyzed by means of semiempirical quantumchemical calculations. Among these, the Th isomer was found to be the preferred thermodynamic product. The results bring some new information on the structure of halogenated fullerenes, which in turn were essential to determine the mechanism of halogen addition onto the carbon cages. Furthermore, the present analysis reinforces the usefulness of the semiempirical calculations of absorption spectra for the determination of the structural and the optical properties of fullerene derivatives. 
BibTeX:
@article{Coheur2003,
author = {Coheur, P.F. and Liévin, J. and Colin, R. and Razbirin, B.},
title = {Electronic and photophysical properties of C60Cl24},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2003},
volume = {118},
number = {2},
pages = {550 – 556},
doi = {10.1063/1.1525807}
}

Nemouchi M, Jönsson P, Pinard J and Godefroid M (2003), "Theoretical evaluation of the 7,9Be 2s2p2 4P1/2,3/2,5/2 hyperfine structure parameters and Be 2s2p 3Po electron affinity", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 36(11), pp. 2189 – 2201.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The hyperfine structures of 7,9Be 2s2p2 4P1/2,3/2,5/2 are investigated theoretically using the multiconfiguration Hartree  Fock and configuration interaction methods. The effects of the hyperfine mixing between the finestructure Jlevels are discussed. The feasibility of some atomic spectroscopy experiments, allowing determination of the 7Be quadrupole moment from the observed hyperfine structure of the 7Be negative ion and from the present electronic parameters, is investigated. The Be 2s2p 3Po electron affinity is monitored as a function of the orbital and configuration spaces to assess the reliability of the wavefunctions of the neutral atom and the negative ion. The theoretical value nicely converges towards the most recent theoretical and experimental results. 
BibTeX:
@article{Nemouchi2003,
author = {Nemouchi, M. and Jönsson, P. and Pinard, J. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Theoretical evaluation of the 7,9Be 2s2p2 4P1/2,3/2,5/2 hyperfine structure parameters and Be 2s2p 3Po electron affinity},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2003},
volume = {36},
number = {11},
pages = {2189 – 2201},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/36/11/305}
}

Palmeri P, Quinet P, Zitane N and Vaeck N (2003), "Auger processes in hollow atoms", Revista Mexicana de Fisica. Vol. 49(SUPPL. 3), pp. 76 – 78.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: Hollow atoms are characterized by a large number of vacant inner shells and electrons occupying the outer shells. These 'exotic' atomic species are formed in collision processes between highlycharged ions and several types of targets. The scope of the present contribution is to estimate, using a global approach, the Auger rates of the complex configurations belonging to these atoms. 
BibTeX:
@article{Palmeri2003,
author = {Palmeri, P. and Quinet, P. and Zitane, N. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Auger processes in hollow atoms},
journal = {Revista Mexicana de Fisica},
year = {2003},
volume = {49},
number = {SUPPL. 3},
pages = {76 – 78}
}

Ram R, Liévin J, Bernath P and Davis S (2003), "Infrared emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on VCl", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 217(2), pp. 186 – 194.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectrum of VCl has been investigated at high resolution in the 300019 400 cm1 region using a Fourier transform spectrometer. The bands were excited in a high temperature carbon tube furnace by the reaction of vanadium metal vapor and a trace of BCl3 as well as in a microwave discharge lamp by the reaction of VOCl3 vapor with active nitrogen. The spectra were recorded using the Fourier transform spectrometer associated with the McMathPierce telescope of the National Solar Observatory at Kitt Peak. The analysis of the E5 ΔX5 Δ system of VCl (previously labeled as [7.0]5 ΔX5Δ) has been extended by analyzing the rotational structure of some additional bands. A rotational analysis of the 5Δ15Δ1, 5Δ35Δ3, and 5Δ45Δ4 subbands of the 02, 01, 00, and 10 bands, and the 5Δ2  5Δ2 subband of the 01 and 00 bands has been obtained and molecular constants have been extracted. The 5Δ0±  5Δ0± subband was not identified in any of the assigned bands. The spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states of VCl have been predicted by CASSCF/CMRCI ab initio calculations and the experimental assignments are supported by the ab initio results. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2003,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F. and Davis, S.P.},
title = {Infrared emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on VCl},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2003},
volume = {217},
number = {2},
pages = {186 – 194},
doi = {10.1016/S00222852(02)000164}
}

Wintjens R, Biot C, Rooman M and Liévin J (2003), "Basis set and electron correlation effects on ab initio calculations of cationπ/Hbond stair motifs", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 107(32), pp. 6249 – 6258.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Cationπ/Hbond stair motifs are recurrently found at the binding interface between protein and DNA. They involve two nucleobases and an amino acid side chain, and encompass three different types of interactions: nucleobase stacking, nucleobaseamino acid Hbond and nucleobaseamino acid cationπ interaction. The interaction energies of the 77 stair motif geometries identified in a data set of 52 highresolution protein  DNA complexes were investigated by means of ab initio quantum chemistry calculations. Using the standard 63IG* basis set, we first establish the value of the Gaussian αdexponent of dpolarization functions on heavy atoms, which optimizes the MP2 interaction energies. We show that, although the default value of αd = 0.8 is appropriate to minimize the total MP2 energy of a system, the value of αd = 0.2 is optimal for the three types of pairwise interactions studied and yields MP2 interaction energies quite similar to those calculated with more extended basis sets. Indeed, the more diffuse nature of the αd = 0.2 basis functions allows a spatial overlap between the orbitals of the interacting partners. Such functions are also shown to improve the multipole electric moments in the interaction region, which results in a stabilizing polarization effect and a better description of the dispersive energy contributions. Using the MP2 computation level and the 631G* basis set with αd = 0.2 instead of αd = 0.8, we computed the interaction energies of the 77 observed stair motif geometries and found that, in a vacuum, the cationπ energy is much less favorable, about 3 times, than the Hbond energy and of the same order of magnitude as the ππ stacking energy. Furthermore, the convergence of the MP perturbation theory expansions was analyzed by computing the MP3 and MP4 corrections on simplified complexes. These expansions exhibited an oscillatory behavior, where MP2 seems to provide a satisfactory approximation, albeit slightly overestimated, to the interaction energy. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wintjens2003,
author = {Wintjens, René and Biot, Christophe and Rooman, Marianne and Liévin, Jacky},
title = {Basis set and electron correlation effects on ab initio calculations of cationπ/Hbond stair motifs},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2003},
volume = {107},
number = {32},
pages = {6249 – 6258},
doi = {10.1021/jp034103q}
}

BacchusMontabonel MC, Baloïtcha E, DesouterLecomte M and Vaeck N (2002), "Rate coefficient determination in charge transfer reactions", International Journal of Molecular Sciences. Vol. 3(3), pp. 176 – 189.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The development of experimental iontrap techniques provides the opportunity to compare directly theoretical rate coefficients to experimental data in the lowtemperature regime. In the present work, we consider the ionatom collisional systems, N2+, O2+, Si3+ and Si4+ on a He target, in order to examine the present status of the agreement between theory and experiment. 
BibTeX:
@article{BacchusMontabonel2002,
author = {BacchusMontabonel, MarieChristine and Baloïtcha, Ezinvi and DesouterLecomte, Michèle and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Rate coefficient determination in charge transfer reactions},
journal = {International Journal of Molecular Sciences},
year = {2002},
volume = {3},
number = {3},
pages = {176 – 189},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/i3030176}
}

Belyaev A, Grosser J, Liévin J and Vaeck N (2002), "Charge exchange in lowenergy H, D + C4+ collisions with full account of electron translation", International Journal of Molecular Sciences. Vol. 3(3), pp. 190 – 208.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report the application of the quantum approach, which takes full account of electron translation at low collisional energies, to the charge exchange process H, D + C4+ → H+, D+ + C 3+(3s; 3p; 3d). The partial and the total integral cross sections of the process are calculated in the energy range from 1 till 60 eV/amu. It is shown that the present results are independent from the upper integration limit for numerical solution of the coupled channel equations although nonadiabatic couplings remain nonzero up to infinity. The calculated partial and total cross sections are in agreement with the previous lowenergy calculations and the available experimental data. It is shown that for low collisional energies the isotopic effect takes place. The observed effect is explained in terms of the nonadiabatic dynamics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Belyaev2002,
author = {Belyaev, A.K. and Grosser, J. and Liévin, J. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Charge exchange in lowenergy H, D + C4+ collisions with full account of electron translation},
journal = {International Journal of Molecular Sciences},
year = {2002},
volume = {3},
number = {3},
pages = {190 – 208},
note = {All Open Access, Gold Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.3390/i3030190}
}

Bieron J, Fischer CF and Godefroid M (2002), "Hyperfinestructure calculations of excited levels in neutral scandium", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 35(15), pp. 3337 – 3345.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The multiconfiguration DiracFock model is used to evaluate the magnetic dipole hyperfine interaction constants of the 3d4s(1D)4p 2D3/2,5/20, 3d4s(3D)4p 4F9/20, 3d4s(1D)4p 2F5/2,7/20 and 3d2(1D)4s 2D3/2,5/2 levels of atomic scandium. The wavefunctions are obtained with the active space expansion method, where configuration state functions of a specific parity and J value are generated by substitutions from the reference configurations to an active set of orbitals. The active set is then increased in a systematic way, allowing the convergence of the expectation values to be monitored. The calculated magnetic dipole hyperfine interaction constants are compared with experimentally determined values. On the grounds of the level of agreement between experiment and theory, we confirm three of the hypothetical Avalues, previously deduced from highresolution Fourier transform spectroscopy. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bieron2002,
author = {Bieron, Jacek and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Hyperfinestructure calculations of excited levels in neutral scandium},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2002},
volume = {35},
number = {15},
pages = {3337 – 3345},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/35/15/308}
}

Freytes M, Hurtmans D, Kassi S, Liévin J, Vander Auwera J, Campargue A and Herman M (2002), "Overtone spectroscopy of formic acid", Chemical Physics. Vol. 283(12), pp. 47 – 61.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Vibrational assignments of fundamental, combination and overtone bands in the main isotopomer of gaseous transformic acid are reported from spectra either newly or previously [J. Chem. Phys. 113 (2000) 1535] recorded using highresolution Fourier transform and intracavity laser absorption spectroscopies. A total of 62 bands, with 32 newly reported ones, are observed from the lowest energy band, v7 at 626.16 cm1 up to 4v1 at 13284.1 cm1. Among these bands, 43 are firmly assigned, and 16 tentatively. Effective vibrational constants are obtained. The normal modes of vibrations are further characterised using ab initio calculations providing fundamental band intensities and picturing normal mode nuclear displacements. The effective investigation of the rotational structure in the first CH stretch overtone band (2v2) and in the second OH stretch overtone band (3v1) is detailed. Rotational information is also presented for 3v2 and two closelying bands, that could be extracted from the strong overlapping formic acid dimer bands using artificial filtering procedures. © 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Freytes2002,
author = {Freytes, M. and Hurtmans, D. and Kassi, S. and Liévin, J. and Vander Auwera, J. and Campargue, A. and Herman, M.},
title = {Overtone spectroscopy of formic acid},
journal = {Chemical Physics},
year = {2002},
volume = {283},
number = {12},
pages = {47 – 61},
doi = {10.1016/S03010104(02)005074}
}

Hartmann J, Brodbeck C, Flaud PM, Tipping R, Brown A, Ma Q and Liévin J (2002), "Collisioninduced absorption in the ν2 fundamental band of CH4. II. Dependence on the perturber gas", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 116(1), pp. 123 – 127.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The theory of CH4X was generalized for linear molecular perturbers (N2, H2, or CO2). Contributions from the anisotropic quadropolar mechanism were calculated for CH4N2, CH4H2, and CH4CO2. Evidence was obtained that collisioninduced absorption arises primarily through the quadrupolar induction mechanism. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hartmann2002,
author = {Hartmann, J.M. and Brodbeck, C. and Flaud, P.M. and Tipping, R.H. and Brown, Alex and Ma, Q. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Collisioninduced absorption in the ν2 fundamental band of CH4. II. Dependence on the perturber gas},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2002},
volume = {116},
number = {1},
pages = {123 – 127},
doi = {10.1063/1.1424311}
}

Ram R, Liévin J and Bernath P (2002), "Emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations for TaN", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 215(2), pp. 275 – 284.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectra of TaN have been investigated in the region 300035 000 cm1 using a Fourier transform spectrometer. The spectra were observed in a tantalum hollowcathode lamp by discharging a mixture of 1.5 Torr of Ne and about 6 mTorr of N2. In addition to previously known bands, numerous additional bands were observed and assigned to a number of new transitions. The spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states of TaN were also predicted by ab initio calculations. A 1Σ+ state, with equilibrium constants of Be = 0.457 852 1(48) cm1, αe = 0.002 235 9(67) cm1, and Re = 1.683 099 9(88) A, has been identified as the ground state of TaN based on our experimental observations supported by the ab initio results. The first excited state has been identified as the a3 Δ1 spin component at 2827 cm1 above the ground state. To higher energies, the states become difficult to assign because of their Hund’s case (c) behavior and extensive interactions between the spin components of the electronic terms. © 2002 Elsevier Science (USA). 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2002,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations for TaN},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2002},
volume = {215},
number = {2},
pages = {275 – 284},
doi = {10.1016/S00222852(02)986546}
}

Ram R, Liévin J and Bernath P (2002), "Emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations for TaN", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 215(2), pp. 275 – 284.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectra of TaN have been investigated in the region 300035 000 cm1 using a Fourier transform spectrometer. The spectra were observed in a tantalum hollowcathode lamp by discharging a mixture of 1.5 Torr of Ne and about 6 mTorr of N2. In addition to previously known bands, numerous additional bands were observed and assigned to a number of new transitions. The spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states of TaN were also predicted by ab initio calculations. A 1Σ+ state, with equilibrium constants of Be = 0.457 852 1(48) cm1, αe = 0.002 235 9(67) cm1, and Re = 1.683 099 9(88) Å, has been identified as the ground state of TaN based on our experimental observations supported by the ab initio results. The first excited state has been identified as the a3 Δ1 spin component at 2827 cm1 above the ground state. To higher energies, the states become difficult to assign because of their Hund's case (c) behavior and extensive interactions between the spin components of the electronic terms. © 2002 Elsevier Science (USA). 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2002a,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations for TaN},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {2002},
volume = {215},
number = {2},
pages = {275 – 284},
doi = {10.1006/jmsp.2002.8654}
}

Razbirin B, Starukhin A, Chugreev A, Zgoda A, Smirnov V, Grushko Y, Kolesnik S, Coheur PF, Liévin J and Colin R (2002), "Absorption line spectrum of the C60Cl24 halofullerene", Physics of the Solid State. Vol. 44(11), pp. 2204 – 2209.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Optical spectra of the C60Cl24 halofullerene in the crystalline state, as well as of C60Cl24 matrixisolated molecules, were studied. In both cases, a rich line structure was revealed in absorption spectra in the energy region 1.53.0 eV. An energy diagram of the electronic levels of the molecule which are responsible for the observed optical transitions is proposed. The parameters of the geometrical structure of the C60Cl24 molecule were calculated under the assumption of its having Th symmetry. These data were used in a theoretical study of the embedment of the C60Cl24 molecule in a toluene crystal matrix, which leads to the formation of a fine spectral structure (an analog of the Shpol'skii effect) observed experimentally in this study. © 2002 MAIK "Nauka/Interperiodica". 
BibTeX:
@article{Razbirin2002,
author = {Razbirin, B.S. and Starukhin, A.N. and Chugreev, A.V. and Zgoda, A.S. and Smirnov, V.P. and Grushko, Yu.S. and Kolesnik, S.G. and Coheur, P.F. and Liévin, J. and Colin, R.},
title = {Absorption line spectrum of the C60Cl24 halofullerene},
journal = {Physics of the Solid State},
year = {2002},
volume = {44},
number = {11},
pages = {2204 – 2209},
doi = {10.1134/1.1521480}
}

Rooman M, Liévin J, Buisine E and Wintjens R (2002), "Cationπ/Hbond stair motifs at proteinDNA interfaces", Journal of Molecular Biology. Vol. 319(1), pp. 67 – 76.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Hbonds and cationπ interactions between nucleic acid bases and amino acid sidechains are known to occur often concomitantly at the interface between protein and doublestranded DNA. Here we define and analyze stairshaped motifs, which simultaneously involve base stacking, Hbond and cationπ interactions. They consist of two successive bases along the DNA stack, one in cationπ interaction with an amino acid sidechain that carries a total or partial positive charge, and the other Hbonded with the same sidechain. A survey of 52 highresolution structures of protein/DNA complexes reveals the occurrence of such motifs in the majority of the complexes, the most frequent of these motifs involving Arg sidechains and G bases. These stair motifs are sometimes part of larger motifs, called multiple stair motifs, which contain several successive stairs; zinc finger proteins for example exhibit up to quadruple stairs. In another kind of stair motif extension, termed cationπ chain motif, an amino acid sidechain or a nucleic acid base forms simultaneously two cationπ interactions. Such a motif is observed in several homeodomains, where it involves a DNA base in cationπ interactions with an Arg in the minor groove and an Asn in the major groove. A different cationπ chain motif contains an Arg in cationπ with a G and a Tyr, and is found in ets transcription factors. Still another chain motif is encountered in proteins that expulse a base from the DNA stack and replace it by an amino acid sidechain carrying a net or partial positive charge, which forms cationπ interactions with the two neighboring bases along the DNA strand. The striking conservation of typical stair and cationπ chain motifs within families of protein/DNA complexes suggests that they might play a structural and/or functional role and might moreover influence electron migration through the DNA double helix. © 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Rooman2002,
author = {Rooman, Marianne and Liévin, Jacky and Buisine, Eric and Wintjens, René},
title = {Cationπ/Hbond stair motifs at proteinDNA interfaces},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Biology},
year = {2002},
volume = {319},
number = {1},
pages = {67 – 76},
doi = {10.1016/S00222836(02)002632}
}

Sutcliffe B (2002), "Some observations on P.O. Löwdin's definition of a molecule", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 90(1), pp. 66 – 79.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In a talk given in 1986 in honor of Prof. Raymond Daudel, Löwdin famously defined a molecule in the following quantum mechanical terms: "A system of electrons and atomic nuclei is said to form a molecule if the Coulombic Hamiltonian H′  with the centre of mass motion removed  has a discrete ground state energy E0." We examine this definition in the context of chemical thinking about a molecule and attempt to place it in the context of the developments since the time of that talk. © 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. Int. J. Quantum. Chem. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2002a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {Some observations on P.O. Löwdin's definition of a molecule},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {2002},
volume = {90},
number = {1},
pages = {66 – 79},
doi = {10.1002/qua.1819}
}

Sutcliffe B (2002), "The quantum dynamics of a system of two polyatomic fragments", Journal of Physical Chemistry A. Vol. 106(45), pp. 10806 – 10809.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The quantum dynamics of a system of two polyatomic fragments was studied. The Hamiltonian, designed to describe the quantum dynamics of a nonrigid system comprising two polyatomic molecules in terms of the separation of their centers of mass, was generalized. It was found that the fragments corresponded to a pair of electrons in a diatomic and the angular momentum of the polyatomic fragments played the same role as does the electronic angular momentum in the diatomic case. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2002,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {The quantum dynamics of a system of two polyatomic fragments},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry A},
year = {2002},
volume = {106},
number = {45},
pages = {10806 – 10809},
doi = {10.1021/jp021638v}
}

Timmermans B, Vaeck N, Hubin A and Reniers F (2002), "Chemical effects in Auger electron spectra of aluminium", Surface and Interface Analysis. Vol. 34(1), pp. 356 – 359.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The bonding and electronic structure of surface is most often studied by XPS, where the energy shift of a photoelectron peak can be ascribed to a change in the chemical environment. Because three atomic levels are involved in the Auger emission process, the use of Auger spectroscopy to obtain this information from peak positions and lineshape is more difficult. However, new progress in signal analysis techniques makes the extraction of chemical information intrinsically present in the Auger spectra possible. The advantage of AES over XPS is its higher lateral resolution, allowing study of the surface distribution of the elements (Auger mapping). This, combined with modern computational methods, opens up new opportunities in surface analysis. In order to try to correlate the changes in the Auger peak energies with the changes in the chemical environment, we performed a full experimental and theoretical study of the Auger KLL lines of aluminium in several compounds (Al2O3, AlN, AlB2 and AlF3) by AES and xrayinduced AES, the peak position for AlB2 being reported for the first time. The innershell KLL peaks of Al show large energy shifts, depending on the chemical environment. The experimental results are compared to ab initio calculations based on a new cluster model including chemical, structural and relaxation effects. 
BibTeX:
@article{Timmermans2002,
author = {Timmermans, B. and Vaeck, N. and Hubin, A. and Reniers, F.},
title = {Chemical effects in Auger electron spectra of aluminium},
journal = {Surface and Interface Analysis},
year = {2002},
volume = {34},
number = {1},
pages = {356 – 359},
doi = {10.1002/sia.1316}
}

Vaeck N and Kylstra NJ (2002), "Statistical properties of hollow atoms", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 65(6 A), pp. 625021 – 625028.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: The statistical properties of a prototype of an atom having a large number of empty inner shells was investigated. The resonance states were found to be strongly overlapping and the number of decay channels was much larger than the number of states. The results showed that the distribution of the nearestneighbor energylevel spacings followed a Wigner distribution. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck2002,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Kylstra, Niels J.},
title = {Statistical properties of hollow atoms},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2002},
volume = {65},
number = {6 A},
pages = {625021 – 625028}
}

Vaeck N and Kylstra NJ (2002), "Statistical properties of hollow atoms", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 65(6), pp. 8.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We investigate the statistical properties of a prototype of a “hollow atom", i.e., an atom having a large number of empty inner shells. In particular, we have carried out ab initio calculations of the positions and widths of the [Formula Presented] states of nitrogen. These states give rise to a dense spectrum of strongly overlapping resonances. Due to the large number of open channels, the statistical description of the system simplifies considerably. We find that the distribution of the nearestneighbor energylevel spacings follows a Wigner distribution, while the widths of the states are narrowly distributed about the average perturbative width. © 2002 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck2002a,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Kylstra, Niels J.},
title = {Statistical properties of hollow atoms},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2002},
volume = {65},
number = {6},
pages = {8},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.65.062502}
}

Baloïtcha E, DesouterLecomte M, BacchusMontabonel MC and Vaeck N (2001), "Wave packet methods for charge exchange processes in ionatom collisions", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 114(20), pp. 8741 – 8751.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Efficiency of different timedependent and timeindependent wave packet methods for chargeexchange cross sections in ionatom collisions was discussed. The timeindependent spectral projection method, based on the Chebyshev expansion of the resolvent function involved a time propagation while the flux operator method required propagation in time. Flux operator method used the properties of absorbing potentials in order to calculate the flux operator matrix elements. 
BibTeX:
@article{Baloitcha2001,
author = {Baloïtcha, E. and DesouterLecomte, M. and BacchusMontabonel, M.C. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Wave packet methods for charge exchange processes in ionatom collisions},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {114},
number = {20},
pages = {8741 – 8751},
doi = {10.1063/1.1367378}
}

Blondel C, Delsart C, Valli C, Yiou S, Godefroid M and Van Eck S (2001), "Electron affinities of [Formula Presented] [Formula Presented] [Formula Presented] the fine structure of [Formula Presented] and the hyperfine structure of [Formula Presented]", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 64(5), pp. 14.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Photodetachment microscopy has been used in a doublepass, fieldcollinear scheme in order to measure the electron affinity of atomic oxygen. As an illustration of the sensitivity of the method, electron images could be recorded even from the rarest [Formula Presented] ion. Analysis of photodetachment images recorded with this odd isotope, however, requires that one knows the unresolved hyperfine structures of the ground states of both the neutral atom [Formula Presented] and the negative ion. Calculation of the hyperfine structure of [Formula Presented] was achieved, which permitted to add the electron affinity of [Formula Presented] to the series of the measured electron affinities of oxygen isotopes. The anomalous isotope shift of these electron affinities is finally compared with ab initio calculations. © 2001 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Blondel2001,
author = {Blondel, C. and Delsart, C. and Valli, C. and Yiou, S. and Godefroid, M.R. and Van Eck, S.},
title = {Electron affinities of [Formula Presented] [Formula Presented] [Formula Presented] the fine structure of [Formula Presented] and the hyperfine structure of [Formula Presented]},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {64},
number = {5},
pages = {14},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.64.052504}
}

Blondel C, Delsart C, Valli C, Yiou S, Godefroid M and Van Eck S (2001), "Electron affinities of 16O, 17O, 18O, the fine structure of 16O, and the hyperfine structure of 17O", Physical Review A. Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 64(5), pp. 525041 – 5250414.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: Measurement of electron affinity of atomic oxygen was done using a photodetachment microscopy. For 17O, calculation of the hyperfine structure was done, which permitted to add the electron affinity of 17O to the series of the measured electron affinities of oxygen isotopes. Comparison of the anomalous isotope shift of these electron affinities was done with ab initio calculations. 
BibTeX:
@article{Blondel2001a,
author = {Blondel, C. and Delsart, C. and Valli, C. and Yiou, S. and Godefroid, M.R. and Van Eck, S.},
title = {Electron affinities of 16O, 17O, 18O, the fine structure of 16O, and the hyperfine structure of 17O},
journal = {Physical Review A. Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {64},
number = {5},
pages = {525041 – 5250414}
}

El Idrissi M, Liévin J, Herman M, Campargue A and Graner G (2001), "The vibrational energy pattern in propyne (12CH312C2H)", Chemical Physics. Vol. 265(3), pp. 273 – 289.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The results of ab initio calculations at the MP2 level of theory are presented, which provide refined equilibrium geometrical parameters and better characterization of the vibrational normal modes in propyne (CH3C2H). These results help performing the vibrational analysis of the high resolution Fourier transform absorption spectrum of this molecule which has been recorded between 2000 and 10 200 cm1. The vibrational assignment criteria also include, in particular, the detailed identification of the band shape based on the observed rotational structure that is resolved for most bands. Some 46 bands are observed and their band shape identified in most cases. Among the bands newly reported, some 14 are vibrationally assigned, three of them tentatively. The relative intensity of all observed bands is estimated from the spectra. Approximate ζ rotational constants are obtained for ν3 + ν6 (0.074) and 2ν1 +ν8 (0.38). The results are merged with those of the previous literature, leading to list the origin of 118 vibrational bands, from which an extensive set of vibrational constants is extracted. Two polyad quantum numbers emerge from the vibrational energy pattern: Nsb = 3v1 + v3 + 2v5 + v9 and Ns = v1 + v3, supported by the ν1 with ν3+ ν5 and ν1 with ν3+ 2ν9 anharmonic resonances. © 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. 
BibTeX:
@article{ElIdrissi2001,
author = {El Idrissi, M.I. and Liévin, J. and Herman, M. and Campargue, A. and Graner, G.},
title = {The vibrational energy pattern in propyne (12CH312C2H)},
journal = {Chemical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {265},
number = {3},
pages = {273 – 289},
doi = {10.1016/S03010104(01)003081}
}

Godefroid M, Froese Fischer C and Jönsson P (2001), "Nonrelativistic variational calculations of atomic properties in Lilike ions: Li I to O VI", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 34(6), pp. 1079 – 1104.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The multiconfiguration HartreeFock method is used to calculate wavefunctions in the infinite nuclear mass limit for the terms 2s 2S, 2p 2P o, 3s 2S, 3p 2P o, 3d 2D and 4s 2S of lithiumlike ions (3 ≤ Z ≤ 8). Transition data, isotope shift parameters and hyperfine structure electronic contributions involving the six terms of the six ions are evaluated ab initio and compared with the most recent observations and other theoretical calculations when available. The isotopes 7,6Li I, 11,10,9,7Be II, 14,13,12C IV, 15,14N V and 18,17,16 O VI are considered in the analysis of the mass isotope shifts. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid2001,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Froese Fischer, C. and Jönsson, P.},
title = {Nonrelativistic variational calculations of atomic properties in Lilike ions: Li I to O VI},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {34},
number = {6},
pages = {1079 – 1104},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/34/6/308}
}

Mellouki A, Liévin J and Herman M (2001), "The vibrational spectrum of pyrrole (C4H5N) and furan (C4H4O) in the gas phase", Chemical Physics. Vol. 271(3), pp. 239 – 266.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have recorded the absorption spectrum of pyrrole (C5H5N) and furan (C4H4O) on a broad spectral range in the infrared region and under various experimental conditions, using a Fourier transform interferometer. The resolution was good enough to reliably identify band shapes. We have performed the vibrational assignment of the vibrationrotation bands observed between 500 and 12,000 cm1 for pyrrole, and 500 and 9000 cm1 for furan. The assignment of the fundamental bands is supported by ab initio calculations at the MP2 level of approximation, considering both band positions and absolute absorption intensities. These calculations also allowed the normal mode coordinates to be drawn for the two species and their geometrical structure to be calculated. Vibrational mode numbering and symmetries are updated to latest conventions in the literature. In the combination and overtone spectral ranges, the band shape information guided the assignment, which could be achieved for most of the numerous observed bands. An extensive set of vibration constants was obtained for each species. The results from the literature available on each species are considered at each step of the investigation. © 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Mellouki2001,
author = {Mellouki, A. and Liévin, J. and Herman, M.},
title = {The vibrational spectrum of pyrrole (C4H5N) and furan (C4H4O) in the gas phase},
journal = {Chemical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {271},
number = {3},
pages = {239 – 266},
doi = {10.1016/S03010104(01)004475}
}

Palmeri P, Quinet P, Zitane N and Vaeck N (2001), "Calculation of Auger rates for complex hollowatom configurations", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 34(21), pp. 4125 – 4139.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In this paper, the general behaviour of the Auger rates of hollow atoms for different types of configurations involving identical or nonidentical electrons is studied in order to reveal trends in the decay properties of these complex systems. For highly charged ions neutralized with electrons in excited configurations, conventional calculations such as those using available atomic structure codes are generally out of reach. Therefore, we have developed a global approach which allows one to estimate the Auger rates for these 'exotic' systems. When using this method in several simple cases (nitrogen, neon), it has been possible to reproduce levelbylevel calculations with good accuracy. Our new approach has allowed us to calculate lifetimes for hollow xenon, lead and thorium ions and the results are discussed in connection with recent experimental data on ionfullerene collisions. 
BibTeX:
@article{Palmeri2001,
author = {Palmeri, P. and Quinet, P. and Zitane, N. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Calculation of Auger rates for complex hollowatom configurations},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {34},
number = {21},
pages = {4125 – 4139},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/34/21/305}
}

Ram R, Adam A, Sha W, Tsouli A, Liévin J and Bernath P (2001), "The electronic structure of ZrCl", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 114(9), pp. 3977 – 3987.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: The proposed electronic assignments of our previously reported near infrared transitions of ZrCl [J. Mol. Spectrosc. 186, 335 (1997); 196, 235 (1999)] have been revised following the suggestion of Sakai, Mogi, and Miyoshi [J. Chem. Phys. 111, 3989 (1999)]. The ground state is now assigned as the X2Δ state followed by the a 4Φ state being the lowest in the quartet manifold. The previously reported transitions [7.3]2Δa2Φ, [9.4]2Φa2Φ, and C4ΔX4Φ are now reassigned to C2ΦX2Δ, E2ΦX2Δ, and d4Δa4Φ, respectively. The new assignments are supported by our own ab initio calculations. Laser excitation spectra of the 414 nm band system have also been observed at low resolution and are attributed to a 4Γa4Φ transition. © 2001 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2001,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Adam, A.G. and Sha, W. and Tsouli, A. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {The electronic structure of ZrCl},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {114},
number = {9},
pages = {3977 – 3987}
}

Ram RS, Liévin J, Li G, Hirao T and Bernath PF (2001), "The X3Σ ground state of WO", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 343(34), pp. 437 – 445.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The WO molecule was formed as an impurity during the excitation of a mixture of WCl6 vapor and He in a microwave discharge lamp. The emission spectra were recorded using a highresolution Fourier transform spectrometer. A rotational analysis of the strong bands in the 900025000 cm1 interval has been carried out and the bands have been classified into two groups with different lower states. The two lower states have been assigned as the Ω=0+ and Ω=1 spin components of the X3Σ ground state. Ab initio calculations have also been performed and they confirm our experimental assignments. © 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2001a,
author = {Ram, Ram S. and Liévin, Jacky and Li, Gang and Hirao, Tsuyoshi and Bernath, Peter F.},
title = {The X3Σ ground state of WO},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {2001},
volume = {343},
number = {34},
pages = {437 – 445},
doi = {10.1016/S00092614(01)007047}
}

Sutcliffe B (2001), "Some mathematical problems in the description of dissociating molecules", Advances in Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 40, pp. 17 – 36.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: When separating the centre of mass motion from the Schrödinger problem for a system, some apparently reasonable choices of space fixed coordinates have transformation properties under nuclear permutations that mix variables that are formally nuclear with those that are formally electronic variables. This renders the idea of a potential surface expressed in such coordinates, problematic. The problems are discussed and some solutions suggested. © 2001. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2001,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {Some mathematical problems in the description of dissociating molecules},
journal = {Advances in Quantum Chemistry},
year = {2001},
volume = {40},
pages = {17 – 36},
doi = {10.1016/s00653276(01)400074}
}

Tipping R, Brown A, Ma Q, Hartmann J, Boulet C and Liévin J (2001), "Collisioninduced absorption in the v2 fundamental band of CH4. I. Determination of the quadrupole transition moment", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 115(19), pp. 8852 – 8857.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The vibrating quadrupole of CH4 interacting with the polarizability of the perturber is proposed as another collisioninduced dipole mechanism. This mechanism would be present for absorption in the v2 region. For demonstration purposes, the simplest case of CH4Ar is considered. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tipping2001,
author = {Tipping, R.H. and Brown, Alex and Ma, Q. and Hartmann, J.M. and Boulet, C. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Collisioninduced absorption in the v2 fundamental band of CH4. I. Determination of the quadrupole transition moment},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {115},
number = {19},
pages = {8852 – 8857},
doi = {10.1063/1.1408915}
}

Vaeck N, BacchusMontabonel MC, Baloïtcha E and DesouterLecomte M (2001), "Timedependent wavepacket treatment of the Si4+ + He collision", Physical Review A. Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 63(4), pp. 427041 – 427048.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: The charge exchange Si 4+ + He reaction at low energy and high energy was studied. A timedependent wavepacket approach was used in low energy range using two different propagator techniques. In high energy range, a semiclassical approach which included Coriolis effects was used. Splitoperator technique was used in diabatic representaion and Chebyshev method was used in adiabatic representation for timedependent approach. Two results were found to be in agreement and thus approved the accuracy of present approach. The order of the magnitude of theoretical values was confirmed by the rate constant of electron transfer reaction calculations. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck2001b,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and BacchusMontabonel, MarieChristine and Baloïtcha, Ezinvi and DesouterLecomte, Michèle},
title = {Timedependent wavepacket treatment of the Si4+ + He collision},
journal = {Physical Review A. Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {63},
number = {4},
pages = {427041 – 427048}
}

Vaeck N, BacchusMontabonel MC, Baloïtcha E and DesouterLecomte M (2001), "Timedependent wavepacket treatment of the Si4++He collision", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 63(4), pp. 1 – 8.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The collisional system Si4++He has been studied over a range of mean relative ion kinetic energy going from 102 to 102 eV/amu. In the lowenergy range, a timedependent wavepacket approach is used both in the diabatic and the adiabatic representation using two different propagator techniques. The agreement between the two sets of results assess the accuracy of the present numerical approach. Above 2.5 eV/amu., a semiclassical eikonal calculation is performed, which includes the Coriolis couplings. Finally, the rate constant is calculated and compared with the other theoretical data as well as with the experimental value of [Fang and Kwong, Phys. Rev. A 59, 342 (1999)]. The present results confirm the order of magnitude of previous theoretical values. ©2001 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck2001,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and BacchusMontabonel, MarieChristine and Baloïtcha, Ezinvi and DesouterLecomte, Michèle},
title = {Timedependent wavepacket treatment of the Si4++He collision},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2001},
volume = {63},
number = {4},
pages = {1 – 8},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.63.042704}
}

Vaeck N, Hansen J, Palmeri P, Quinet P, Zitane N, Godefroid M, Fritzsche S and Kylstra N (2001), "Hollow atoms: A theoretical challenge", Physica Scripta T. Vol. 95, pp. 68 – 75.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: Hollow atoms are characterized by a large number of vacant inner shells and electrons occupying the outer shells. These "exotic" atomic species are formed in collision processes between highlycharged ions and several types of targets. The scope of the present contribution is to examine the decay properties of hollow atom states populated in collision with atoms, molecules, solid surfaces and clusters. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Vaeck2001a,
author = {Vaeck, N. and Hansen, J.E. and Palmeri, P. and Quinet, P. and Zitane, N. and Godefroid, M. and Fritzsche, S. and Kylstra, N.},
title = {Hollow atoms: A theoretical challenge},
journal = {Physica Scripta T},
year = {2001},
volume = {95},
pages = {68 – 75}
}

Biémont E, Fischer CF, Godefroid MR, Palmeri P and Quinet P (2000), "Corepolarization effects in the cadmium isoelectronic sequence", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 62(3), pp. 8.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The oscillator strengths of the allowed and spinforbidden [Formula Presented] transitions in the cadmium isoelectronic sequence are evaluated for [Formula Presented] using the relativistic HartreeFock approach, including a corepolarization potential, and the multiconfiguration DiracFock method, taking the valence and corevalence correlation effects into account. A good agreement is noted when comparing the two sets of theoretical data and when comparing theory with experiment for the spinforbidden transition. The discrepancies observed between theory (both theories being in agreement) and experiment for the singletsinglet transition indicate that some experimental data are in need of revision. © 2000 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Biemont2000,
author = {Biémont, Emile and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Godefroid, Michel R. and Palmeri, Patrick and Quinet, Pascal},
title = {Corepolarization effects in the cadmium isoelectronic sequence},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {62},
number = {3},
pages = {8},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.62.032512}
}

Biémont E, Fischer CF, Godefroid MR, Palmeri P and Quinet P (2000), "Corepolarization effects in the cadmium isoelectronic sequence", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 62(3), pp. 032512 – 032511.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: In this study, experimental and theoretical values for the oscillator strengths of the 5s2 1S05s5p 1,3P10 transitions and for the lifetimes of the 5s5p 1,3P10 levels in the Cd isoelectronic sequence were examined in the context of the evaluation of the importance of corepolarization effects. Erroneous or inaccurate measurements were identified using regularities along the sequence and coherence among the HFR and MCDF results. 
BibTeX:
@article{Biemont2000a,
author = {Biémont, Emile and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Godefroid, Michel R. and Palmeri, Patrick and Quinet, Pascal},
title = {Corepolarization effects in the cadmium isoelectronic sequence},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {62},
number = {3},
pages = {032512 – 032511}
}

Coheur PF, Cornil J, Dos Santos D, Birkett P, Liévin J, Brédas J, Walton D, Taylor R, Kroto H and Colin R (2000), "Photophysical properties of hexafunctionalized C60 derivatives: Spectroscopic and quantumchemical investigations", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 112(19), pp. 8555 – 8566.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The photophysical properties of hexafunctionalized C60 derivatives (C60Cl6, C60Ph5Cl, C60Ph5H, and two C60Ph5OH isomers) have been investigated by means of UVvisible absorption and fluorescence spectroscopy in cyclohexane solution and quantumchemical calculations derived from semiempirical HartreeFock approaches. A very good agreement is obtained between the measured absorption and fluorescence spectra and the calculated excitation energies, thus allowing for a detailed assignment of the optical features. The effects of symmetry and chemical nature of the functional groups on the groundstate and spectroscopic properties of the C60 derivatives are discussed. © 2000 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Coheur2000,
author = {Coheur, P.F. and Cornil, J. and Dos Santos, D.A. and Birkett, P.R. and Liévin, J. and Brédas, J.L. and Walton, D.R.M. and Taylor, R. and Kroto, H.W. and Colin, R.},
title = {Photophysical properties of hexafunctionalized C60 derivatives: Spectroscopic and quantumchemical investigations},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {112},
number = {19},
pages = {8555 – 8566},
doi = {10.1063/1.481485}
}

Coheur PF, Cornil J, Dos Santos D, Birkett P, Liévin J, Brédas J, Walton D, Taylor R, Kroto H and Colin R (2000), "Photophysical properties of multiply phenylated C70 derivatives: Spectroscopic and quantumchemical investigations", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 112(14), pp. 6371 – 6381.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The photophysics of six multiply phenylated C70 derivatives [C70Ph2, C70Ph4, C70Ph6 (two regioisomers), C70Ph8 and C70Ph10] have been investigated by means of steady state spectroscopy in cyclohexane solution and quantumchemical calculations derived from semiempirical HartreeFock approaches. There is good agreement between the measured absorption spectra and the INDO/SCI calculated excitation energies for each derivative. The foregoing results and some additional ground state properties calculated at the AMI level have been used to predict that the perturbation of the π electronic system of the cage results in significant changes in the photophysics of the fullerene derivatives. The effects of conjugation and spatial localization of the HOMO and LUMO orbitals on the energy of the first electronic transition are discussed in greater detail. © 2000 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Coheur2000a,
author = {Coheur, P.F. and Cornil, J. and Dos Santos, D.A. and Birkett, P.R. and Liévin, J. and Brédas, J.L. and Walton, D.R.M. and Taylor, R. and Kroto, H.W. and Colin, R.},
title = {Photophysical properties of multiply phenylated C70 derivatives: Spectroscopic and quantumchemical investigations},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {112},
number = {14},
pages = {6371 – 6381},
doi = {10.1063/1.481198}
}

Godefroid M and Hibbert A (2000), "Theoretical lifetimes and branching fractions of 2p4(3P)3d 4D7/2, 2F7/2 and 4F7/2 in Ne II", Molecular Physics. Vol. 98(16), pp. 1099 – 1106.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Transition probabilities of the radiative decay processes of the excited levels 2p4(3P)3d 4D7/2, 2F7/2 and 4F7/2 of the fluorinelike neon ion (Ne+) are evaluated by variational calculations using superposition of configurations in the BreitPauli approximation. The strong 2F7/24F7/2 relativistic mixing is discussed in terms of level designation and doubletquartet intensity transfer. A detailed comparison of the results with other theories and with the NIST measurements of branching fractions, combined with lifetime measurements, confirms problems on the experimental side. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid2000,
author = {Godefroid, M.R. and Hibbert, A.},
title = {Theoretical lifetimes and branching fractions of 2p4(3P)3d 4D7/2, 2F7/2 and 4F7/2 in Ne II},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {98},
number = {16},
pages = {1099 – 1106},
doi = {10.1080/00268970050080465}
}

Hurtmans D, Herregodts F, Herman M, Liévin J, Campargue A, Garnache A and Kachanov A (2000), "Spectroscopic and ab initio investigation of the vOH overtone excitation in transformic acid", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 113(4), pp. 1535 – 1545.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In this study, three different inputs dedicated to the OH bond excitation in transformic acid were merged. First, experiments were carried out using FTS. Following this, ICLAS was used to record the 4vOH band at high spectral region. Finally, ab initio calculations were performed. Overall, the results indicate the occurrence of a chemical mechanism different from those usually probed with overtone spectroscopy. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hurtmans2000,
author = {Hurtmans, D. and Herregodts, F. and Herman, M. and Liévin, J. and Campargue, A. and Garnache, A. and Kachanov, A.A.},
title = {Spectroscopic and ab initio investigation of the vOH overtone excitation in transformic acid},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {113},
number = {4},
pages = {1535 – 1545},
doi = {10.1063/1.481939}
}

Jönsson P and Godefroid M (2000), "Theoretical studies of isotope shifts, hyperfine structures and oscillator strengths in transitions between lowlying levels in O I", Molecular Physics. Vol. 98(16), pp. 1141 – 1149.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) and configuration interaction (CI) calculations have been performed for the lowlying levels 2p4 3P, 2p3(4S0)3s 3,5S0 and 2p3(4S0)3p 3,5P0 of neutral oxygen. Different cancellation effects on the specific mass shift, on the electronic contributions to hyperfine interaction constants and on the length and velocity forms of oscillator strengths are illustrated. The final CI values are compared with experimental values and, when available, with values from other theories. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson2000,
author = {Jönsson, P. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Theoretical studies of isotope shifts, hyperfine structures and oscillator strengths in transitions between lowlying levels in O I},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {98},
number = {16},
pages = {1141 – 1149},
doi = {10.1080/00268970050080500}
}

Ram R, Adam A, Tsouli A, Liévin J and Bernath P (2000), "Highresolution spectroscopy and Ab initio calculations on HfCl", Journal of molecular spectroscopy. Vol. 202(1), pp. 116 – 130.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectrum of HfCl has been investigated in the 300018 500 cm1 region at high resolution using a Fourier transform spectrometer. The bands were excited in a microwave discharge through a flowing mixture of HfCl4 and helium. Two bands near 17 140 and 17 490 cm1 were also measured in absorption using laser excitation spectroscopy. In this instance the molecules were created by laser ablation in a molecular beam apparatus. The observed bands have been classified into two electronic transitions, [7.6]4Δ3/2X2Δ3/2 and [17.1]2Δ3/2X2Δ3/2 involving a common lower state. A rotational analysis of the 00 and 11 bands of [7.6]4Δ3/2X2Δ3/2 and 00, 11, and 10 bands of the [17.1]2Δ3/2X2Δ3/2 transitions has been carried out and the equilibrium spectroscopic constants have been determined. The ground state principal molecular constants are Be = 0.1097404(54) cm1, αe = 0.0004101(54) cm1, and re = 2.290532(57) angstrom. Ab initio calculations have been performed on HfCl and spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states have been predicted. The ground state is predicted to be a regular 2Δ state arising from the valence electron configuration, 1σ22σ23σ21π41δ1. On the basis of our ab initio calculations, we assign the observed transitions as [7.6]4Δ3/2X2Δ3/2 and [17.1]2Δ3/2X2Δ3/2. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram2000,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Adam, A.G. and Tsouli, A. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Highresolution spectroscopy and Ab initio calculations on HfCl},
journal = {Journal of molecular spectroscopy},
year = {2000},
volume = {202},
number = {1},
pages = {116 – 130},
doi = {10.1006/jmsp.2000.8120}
}

Sutcliffe B (2000), "The decoupling of electronic and nuclear motions in the isolated molecule SchröDinger Hamiltonian", Advances in Chemical Physics. Vol. 114, pp. 118 – 121.
[BibTeX]

BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe2000,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {The decoupling of electronic and nuclear motions in the isolated molecule SchröDinger Hamiltonian},
journal = {Advances in Chemical Physics},
year = {2000},
volume = {114},
pages = {118 – 121}
}

Wintjens R, Liévin J, Rooman M and Buisine E (2000), "Contribution of cationπ interactions to the stability of proteinDNA complexes", Journal of Molecular Biology. Vol. 302(2), pp. 393 – 408.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Cationπ interactions between an aromatic ring and a positive charge located above it have proven to be important in protein structures and biomolecule associations. Here, the role of these interactions at the interface of proteinDNA complexes is investigated, by means of ab initio quantum mechanics energy calculations and Xray structure analyses. Ab initio energy calculations indicate that Na ions and DNA bases can form stable cationπ complexes, whose binding strength strongly depends on the type of base, on the position of the Na ion, and whether the base is isolated or included in a doublestranded BDNA. A survey of proteinDNA complex structures using appropriate geometrical criteria revealed cationπ interactions in 71% of the complexes. More than half of the cationπ pairs involve arginine residues, about onethird asparagine or glutamine residues that only carry a partial charge, and oneseventh lysine residues. The most frequently observed pair, which is also the most stable as monitored by ab initio energy calculations, is arginineguanine. Arginineadenine interactions are also favorable in general, although to a lesser extent, whereas those with thymine and cytosine are not. Our calculations show that the major contribution to cationπ interactions with DNA bases is of electrostatic nature. These interactions often occur concomitantly with hydrogen bonds with adjacent bases; their strength is estimated to be from three to four times lower than that of hydrogen bonds. Finally, the role of cationπ interactions in the stability and specificity of proteinDNA complexes is discussed. (C) 2000 Academic Press. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wintjens2000,
author = {Wintjens, René and Liévin, Jacky and Rooman, Marianne and Buisine, Eric},
title = {Contribution of cationπ interactions to the stability of proteinDNA complexes},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Biology},
year = {2000},
volume = {302},
number = {2},
pages = {393 – 408},
doi = {10.1006/jmbi.2000.4040}
}

Bedouet C, Frémont F, Chesnel J, Husson X, Merabet H, Vaeck N, Zitane N, Sulik B, Grether M, Spieler A and Stolterfoht N (1999), "Dielectronic excitation of Ne Kshell electrons in 2–170keV [Formula Presented] collisions", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 59(6), pp. 4399 – 4406.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report on the projectile energy dependence of the cross sections for producing K Auger electrons in 2–170keV [Formula Presented] collisions. The present studies, which extend previous work performed at the impact energy of 35 keV, give evidence for a dielectronic excitation process produced by electronelectron interaction. At impact energies in the range 5–170 keV, the cross sections are found to be larger than [Formula Presented] Molecularorbital energy diagrams were determined to analyze details of the collision. Analytic models were used to evaluate cross sections associated with dielectronic excitation. The results show good agreement with experiment. The dielectronic excitation process is dominant when three electrons from the target are transferred into an excited state of the projectile. © 1999 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bedouet1999,
author = {Bedouet, C. and Frémont, F. and Chesnel, J.Y. and Husson, X. and Merabet, H. and Vaeck, N. and Zitane, N. and Sulik, B. and Grether, M. and Spieler, A. and Stolterfoht, N.},
title = {Dielectronic excitation of Ne Kshell electrons in 2–170keV [Formula Presented] collisions},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {59},
number = {6},
pages = {4399 – 4406},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.59.4399}
}

Coheur PF, Cornil J, Dos Santos D, Birkett P, Liévin J, Brédas J, Janot JM, Seta P, Leach S, Walton D, Taylor R, Kroto H and Colin R (1999), "Photophysical properties of C60Cl6, C60Ph5Cl and C60Ph5H", Synthetic Metals. Vol. 103(13), pp. 2407 – 2410.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The geometry and electronic structure of three C60 derivatives (C60Cl6, C60Ph5Cl and C60Ph5H) are studied by means of spectroscopic measurements in cyclohexane solution and semiempirical HartreeFock quantumchemical calculations. A good agreement between observed and simulated spectra is reported. Based on the latter, the importance of symmetry and nature of the functional groups on the properties of the C60 cages is discussed. 
BibTeX:
@article{Coheur1999,
author = {Coheur, P.F. and Cornil, J. and Dos Santos, D.A. and Birkett, P.R. and Liévin, J. and Brédas, J.L. and Janot, J.M. and Seta, P. and Leach, S. and Walton, D.R.M. and Taylor, R. and Kroto, H.W. and Colin, R.},
title = {Photophysical properties of C60Cl6, C60Ph5Cl and C60Ph5H},
journal = {Synthetic Metals},
year = {1999},
volume = {103},
number = {13},
pages = {2407 – 2410},
doi = {10.1016/S03796779(98)002501}
}

Di Lonardo G, Fusina L, Venuti E, Johns J, El Idrissi M, Liévin J and Herman M (1999), "The vibrational energy pattern in acetylene. V. 13C2H2", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 111(3), pp. 1008 – 1016.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A total of 134 vibrational levels with assigned rotational structure have been gathered in the ground electronic state of 13C2H2. Most of these measurements are updated or new compared to the previously published data. Altogether, they cover the range up to 23 670 cm1. 118 out of the 119 levels observed below 13 000 cm1 have been simultaneously fitted using the socalled cluster model, already used to deal with the vibrational energy levels in other isotopomers of acetylene [El Idrissi et al., J. Chem. Phys. 110, 2074 (1999), and references therein]. Twentynine vibrational constants have been determined, including the offdiagonal parameters K3/245, K1/244, K1/255, K11/33, K14/35, and r45, with a rms of the fit equal to 0.52 cm1. The same three constants of the motion as in 12C2H2 emerged, Ns = v1+v2+v3, Nr=5v1+3v2+5v3+v4+v 5 and k=l4+l5. The energies of the levels above 13 000 cm1 calculated with the obtained parameters compare reasonably well with the experimental values. For all levels the predicted rotational constants compare satisfactorily with the experimental results. © 1999 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{DiLonardo1999,
author = {Di Lonardo, G. and Fusina, L. and Venuti, E. and Johns, J.W.C. and El Idrissi, M.I. and Liévin, J. and Herman, M.},
title = {The vibrational energy pattern in acetylene. V. 13C2H2},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {111},
number = {3},
pages = {1008 – 1016},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.479381}
}

El Idrissi M, Liévin J, Campargue A and Herman M (1999), "The vibrational energy pattern in acetylene (IV): Updated global vibration constants for 12C2H2", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 110(4), pp. 2074 – 2086.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: All 253 vibrational levels in the ground electronic state of 12C2H2 with assigned rotational structure reported in the literature from absorption, stimulated emission pumping, and dispersed laser induced fluorescence spectroscopic investigations are gathered. They cover the range up to 18915 cm1. Some 219 of these energies are simultaneously fitted using the same socalled Cluster model based on the emergence of three constants of the motion, as previously used to deal with the vibrational energy levels up to 12 000 cm1 [Abbouti Temsamani and Herman, J. Chem. Phys. 103, 5931 (1995)]. Thirtynine vibrational constants are produced. The rms value of the fit is 0.81 cm1. Principal rotational constants are predicted for all levels, which satisfactorily compare with the experimental results. Problems are demonstrated to concern a fraction of the 34 remaining levels only. Thus, the adequacy of the model is fully confirmed. The remaining problems are discussed and globally attributed to problems of a vibrationrotation nature. A comprehensive listing of calculated vibrational energies for all k sublevels up to 15 000 cm1, including predicted Bv, values and assignments is made available. © 1999 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{ElIdrissi1999,
author = {El Idrissi, M.I. and Liévin, J. and Campargue, A. and Herman, M.},
title = {The vibrational energy pattern in acetylene (IV): Updated global vibration constants for 12C2H2},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {110},
number = {4},
pages = {2074 – 2086},
doi = {10.1063/1.477817}
}

Fritzsche S, Koike F, Sienkiewicz J and Vaeck N (1999), "Calculation of relativistic atomic transition and ionization properties for highlycharged ions", Physica Scripta T. Vol. 80(B), pp. 479 – 481.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: Recent years have seen a growing number of largescale atomic structure calculations using both nonrelativistic and relativistic theories. For investigations of multiple and highly charged ions, of course, a relativistic structure code like the widely known GRASP program is required. In a revised version of this program, namely GRASP92 [F.A. Parpia, C.F. Fischer, and I.P. Grant, Comput. Phys. Commun. 94, 249 (1996)], systematic studies of level energies and a few other boundstate properties are now being supported.  Here, we briefly introduce a new package RATIP which extends GRASP92 towards the computation of various Relativistic AtomicTransition and Ionization Properties. A short overview of the capabilities of RATIP along with current developments will be given. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Fritzsche1999,
author = {Fritzsche, S. and Koike, F. and Sienkiewicz, J.E. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Calculation of relativistic atomic transition and ionization properties for highlycharged ions},
journal = {Physica Scripta T},
year = {1999},
volume = {80},
number = {B},
pages = {479 – 481}
}

Godefroid M and Froese Fischer C (1999), "Mg+ 3s 2S 1/2 4p 2P3/2, 1/2 o weak transition probabilities revisited", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 32(18), pp. 4467 – 4483.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The oscillator strengths of the Mg+ weak transitions 3s 2S 1/2 4p 2P3/2, 1/2 o at λ = 1239, 1240 angstrom are evaluated using the multiconfiguration HartreeFock approach combined with the orbital active set method and configurationinteraction calculations, taking the effect of triple and quadruple excitations into account. The effects of core and corevalence correlation using different optimization schemes are discussed in detail. Relativistic corrections are calculated within the BreitPauli approximation. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1999,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Mg+ 3s 2S 1/2 4p 2P3/2, 1/2 o weak transition probabilities revisited},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {32},
number = {18},
pages = {4467 – 4483},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/32/18/307}
}

Godefroid MR and Fischer CF (1999), "Isotope shift in the oxygen electron affinity", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 60(4), pp. R2637 – R2640.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The present paper reports the ab initio evaluation of the electron affinity of oxygen, and the value of its isotope shift. The theoretical results are in good agreement with the recent electron affinity measurements for [Formula Presented] [Formula Presented] by photodetachment microscopy, revealing an “anomalous” isotope shift. The theoretical fine structure of the negative ion [Formula Presented] is also in very good agreement with observation. © 1999 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1999a,
author = {Godefroid, Michel R. and Fischer, Charlotte Froese},
title = {Isotope shift in the oxygen electron affinity},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {60},
number = {4},
pages = {R2637 – R2640},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.60.R2637}
}

Herman M, Lievin J, Vander Auwera J and Campargue A (1999), "Global and accurate vibration Hamiltonians from highresolution molecular spectroscopy", Advances in Chemical Physics. Vol. 108, pp. 1 – 330.
[BibTeX]

BibTeX:
@article{Herman1999,
author = {Herman, Michel and Lievin, Jacques and Vander Auwera, Jean and Campargue, Alain},
title = {Global and accurate vibration Hamiltonians from highresolution molecular spectroscopy},
journal = {Advances in Chemical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {108},
pages = {1 – 330}
}

Jönsson P, Froese Fischer C and Godefroid M (1999), "MCHF calculations of isotope shifts and oscillator strengths for transitions between lowlying states in Belike systems and neutral magnesium", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 32(5), pp. 1233 – 1245.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results from systematic multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations of isotope shifts and oscillator strengths are reported for the 2s2  2s2p and 2s2p  2p2 transitions in the Be isoelectronic sequence (Z = 410). In addition values for the same properties as well as for the hyperfine interaction constants are presented for the 3s23s3p transitions in Mg I. Different models for electron correlation are used, and it is shown that valence and corevalence effects alone are not sufficient to obtain accurate values for the isotope shifts, but that also corecore effects need to be accounted for. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson1999,
author = {Jönsson, P. and Froese Fischer, C. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {MCHF calculations of isotope shifts and oscillator strengths for transitions between lowlying states in Belike systems and neutral magnesium},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {32},
number = {5},
pages = {1233 – 1245},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/32/5/015}
}

Ram R, Liévin J and Bernath P (1999), "Emission Spectroscopy and Ab Initio Calculations on IrN", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 197(2), pp. 133 – 146.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectrum of IrN was recorded in the near infrared using a Fourier transform spectrometer. The IrN molecules were excited in an Ir hollow cathode lamp operated with a mixture of Ne and a trace of N2. Numerous IrN bands observed in the 75009200 cm1 region were assigned to a new a3ΠX1Σ+ electronic transition with the 00 bands of the a3Π0X1Σ+ and a3Π1X1Σ+ subbands near 9175 and 8841 cm1, respectively. A rotational analysis of several bands of the 00 and 01 sequences was obtained and molecular constants were extracted. The effective Hund's case (a) constants for the new a3Π state are: T00 = 8840.31747(88) cm1, A0 = 340.53329(93) cm1, ΔG(1/2) = 984.3629(23) cm1, Be = 0.4699116(27) cm1, αe = 0.0030058(50) cm1, and re= 1.6576432(47) Å. The spectroscopic properties of the ground state and several lowlying electronic states of IrN were also predicted by ab initio calculations. These calculations are consistent with our assignment of the a3ΠX1Σ+ transition and also support our previous assignments of the A′ 1Π and A1Π electronic states [R. S. Ram and P. F. Bernath, J. Mol. Spectrosc. 193, 363 (1999)]. The excited a3Π state of IrN has an 1σ22σ21π43σ 11δ4π1 electron configuration and the configurations of the other lowlying electronic states are also discussed. © 1999 Academic Press. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram1999a,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Emission Spectroscopy and Ab Initio Calculations on IrN},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1999},
volume = {197},
number = {2},
pages = {133 – 146},
doi = {10.1006/jmsp.1999.7911}
}

Ram R, Liévin J and Bernath P (1999), "Fourier transform emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on OsN", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 111(8), pp. 3449 – 3456.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectrum of OsN has been recorded in the 300013000 cm1 region using a Fourier transform spectrometer. OsN molecules were excited in an osmium hollow cathode lamp operated with neon gas and a trace of nitrogen. Six bands observed in the 800012 200 cm1 region have been classified into three transitions, a 4Π5/2X2Δ5/2, b 4Φ5/2X2Δ5/2, and b 4Φ5/2X2Δ5/2 with the 00 band origins near 8381.7, 11 147.9, and 12 127.2 cm1, respectively. A rotational analysis of these bands provides the following equilibrium constants for the ground electronic state: ωe = 1147.9492(77) cm1, ωexe=5.4603(36) cm1, Be=0.493 381(55) cm1, αe = 0.002753(38) cm1, and re = 1.618 023(91) Å. Ab initio calculations have been performed on OsN and the spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states have been calculated. Our assignments are supported by these calculations. The ground state of OsN has been identified as a 2Δi state consistent with the observations for the isoelectronic IrC molecule [Jansson et al., Chem. Phys. Lett. 4, 188 (1969); J. Mol. Spectrosc. 36, 248 (1970)]. The 1σ22σ21π41δ 3σ2 electron configuration has been proposed for the ground state and the configurations for the other lowlying electronic states have also been discussed. This work represents the first experimental or theoretical investigation of the electronic spectra of OsN. © 1999 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram1999,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Fourier transform emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on OsN},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {111},
number = {8},
pages = {3449 – 3456},
doi = {10.1063/1.479630}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1999), "Dipole moment surfaces and spectroscopic calculations", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 74(6), pp. 681 – 695.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Modern nonempirical calculations of the rotationvibration spectra of small molecules often use a dipole moment surface computed from a clamped nuclei electronic structure calculation to determine the transition intensities. In this article, an attempt is made to analyze what exactly is involved in such an enterprise. © 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Int J Quant Chem 74: 681695, 1999. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1999a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Dipole moment surfaces and spectroscopic calculations},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1999},
volume = {74},
number = {6},
pages = {681 – 695},
doi = {10.1002/(SICI)1097461X(1999)74:6<681::AIDQUA9>3.0.CO;26}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1999), "The bornoppenheimer correction terms for a triatomic system in the sutcliffetennyson formulation", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 74(2), pp. 109 – 121.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An attempt is made to formulate the BornOppenheimer correction terms arising from the interaction of the electronic and nuclear motions in a triatomic system. The formulation for the nuclear motion problem is kept as general as possible while using the nuclei to define the instantaneous (xz) plane, following the approach presented in Sutcliffe and Tennyson. © 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1999,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The bornoppenheimer correction terms for a triatomic system in the sutcliffetennyson formulation},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1999},
volume = {74},
number = {2},
pages = {109 – 121},
doi = {10.1002/(SICI)1097461X(1999)74:2<109::AIDQUA8>3.0.CO;2K}
}

Vaeck N, DesouterLecomte M and Liévin J (1999), "Nonadiabatic wavepacket dynamics for chargeexchange processes in ionatom collisions: Application to C4+ + H", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 32(2), pp. 409 – 428.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The collisional system C4+ + H is studied as a test case to assess the efficiency of a full quantum timedependent method to calculate chargeexchange cross sections. The molecular diabatic electronic channels are calculated at the CASSCF level from the adiabatic potential energy curves and the radial coupling matrix. The elements of the collision matrix are extracted, for each value of the total angular momentum K, by Fourier transforming the postcollisional amplitudes of the wavepackets which are prepared in the entry channel C4+ + H and propagated on the coupled effective channels for each value of K. The results are compared with previous calculations of cross sections obtained by solving the stationary scattering equations and with recent experimental results. The closecoupling wavepacket method also provides a timedependent picture of the collision dynamics for any K value. The kinematic isotopic effect is also examined. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1999,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and DesouterLecomte, Michèle and Liévin, Jacques},
title = {Nonadiabatic wavepacket dynamics for chargeexchange processes in ionatom collisions: Application to C4+ + H},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1999},
volume = {32},
number = {2},
pages = {409 – 428},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/32/2/021}
}

Brage T, Judge PG, Aboussaïd A, Godefroid MR, Jönsson P, Ynnerman A, Fischer CF and Leckrone DS (1998), "Hyperfine induced transitions as diagnostics of isotopic composition and densities of lowdensity plasmas", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 500(1 PART I), pp. 507 – 521.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The J = 0 → J′ = 0 radiative transitions, usually viewed as allowed through twophoton decay, may also be induced by the hyperfine (HPF) interaction in atoms or ions having a nonzero nuclear spin. We compute new and review existing decay rates for the nsnp 3PJo → ns2 1SJ′ = 0 transitions in ions of the Be (n = 2) and Mg (n = 3) isoelectronic sequences. The HPF induced decay rates for the J = 0 → J′ = 0 transitions are many orders of magnitude larger than those for the competing twophoton processes, and when present are typically 1 or 2 orders of magnitude smaller than the decay rates of the magnetic quadrupole (J = 2 → J′ = 0) transitions for these ions. Several HPF induced transitions are potentially of astrophysical interest in ions of C, N, Na, Mg, Al, Si, K, Cr, Fe, and Ni. We highlight those cases that may be of particular diagnostic value for determining isotopic abundance ratios and/or electron densities from UV or EUV emissionline data. We present our atomic data in the form of scaling laws so that, given the isotopic nuclear spin and magnetic moment, a simple expression yields estimates for HPF induced decay rates. We examine some UV and EUV solar and nebular data in light of these new results and suggest possible applications for future study. We could not find evidence for the existence of HPF induced lines in the spectra we examined, but we demonstrate that existing data have come close to providing interesting upper limits. For the planetary nebula SMC N2, we derive an upper limit of 0.1 for 13C/12C from Goddard HighResolution Spectrograph data obtained by Clegg. It is likely that more stringent limits could be obtained using newer data with higher sensitivities in a variety of objects. © 1998. The American Astronomical Society. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Brage1998,
author = {Brage, Tomas and Judge, Philip G. and Aboussaïd, Abdellatif and Godefroid, Michel R. and Jönsson, Per and Ynnerman, Anders and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Leckrone, David S.},
title = {Hyperfine induced transitions as diagnostics of isotopic composition and densities of lowdensity plasmas},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {1998},
volume = {500},
number = {1 PART I},
pages = {507 – 521},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1086/305690}
}

Doggett G and Sutcliffe B (1998), "A modern approach to LS coupling in the theory of atomic spectra", Journal of Chemical Education. Vol. 75(1), pp. 110 – 114.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Doggett1998,
author = {Doggett, Graham and Sutcliffe, Brian},
title = {A modern approach to LS coupling in the theory of atomic spectra},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Education},
year = {1998},
volume = {75},
number = {1},
pages = {110 – 114},
doi = {10.1021/ed075p110}
}

Fischer CF, Saparov M, Gaigalas G and Godefroid M (1998), "Breitpauli energies, transition probabilities, and lifetimes for 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, 3d, 4s2llevels of the lithium sequence,Z= 38", Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables. Vol. 70(1), pp. 119 – 134.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Multiconfiguration BreitPauli energy levels, lifetimes, and transition data are presented for the lithium sequence in the rangeZ≤ 8. Included are allJlevels of the six lowest2Lterms, namely those with configuration labels 1s22s, 1s22p, 1s23s, 1s23p, 1s23d, and 1s24s. © 1998 Academic Press. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fischer1998,
author = {Fischer, C. Froese and Saparov, M. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Breitpauli energies, transition probabilities, and lifetimes for 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, 3d, 4s2llevels of the lithium sequence,Z= 38},
journal = {Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables},
year = {1998},
volume = {70},
number = {1},
pages = {119 – 134},
doi = {10.1006/adnd.1998.0788}
}

Fleming J, Hibbert A, Bell K and Vaeck N (1998), "The 3s 2S4p 2Po transition probability in Mg II", Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. 300(3), pp. 767 – 772.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The superposition of configurations (SOC) method has been used to calculate fvalues for the Mg H doublet at 1240 Å, which has been observed in the interstellar medium near stars such as ζ Ophiuchi. Our best value for the multiplet oscillator strength is 0.00083. SOC calculations have also been undertaken for the stronger (3s3p) doublet at 2800 Å giving a multiplet fvalue of 0.92. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fleming1998,
author = {Fleming, J. and Hibbert, A. and Bell, K.L. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {The 3s 2S4p 2Po transition probability in Mg II},
journal = {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society},
year = {1998},
volume = {300},
number = {3},
pages = {767 – 772},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1111/j.13658711.1998.01935.x}
}

Froese Fischer C, Jönsson P and Godefroid M (1998), "Some twoelectron properties of sodium", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 57(3), pp. 1753 – 1758.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Some properties of atoms defined in terms of twoelectron operators are investigated for sodium. Systematic multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) methods are used. Of particular interest are the energy, the isotope shift parameter, and a dipoledipole parameter defined as the expectation value of the operator [Formula Presented]. Unlike the oneelectron dipole operator, where the line strength was predicted accurately from single, double, and triple excitations, these properties require that quadruple excitations also be considered. © 1998 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer1998,
author = {Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Jönsson, Per and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Some twoelectron properties of sodium},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {1998},
volume = {57},
number = {3},
pages = {1753 – 1758},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.57.1753}
}

Godefroid MR, Jönsson P and Fischer CF (1998), "Atomic structure variational calculations in spectroscopy", Physica Scripta T. Vol. 78, pp. 33 – 46.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: Recent ab initio variational calculations of radiative transition probabilities, isotope shifts and hyperfine structures are described in the spirit of the EGAS tradition for plenary talks. A few simple cases are selected to make the exposé at a level accessible to nonspecialists in the field and to illustrate how computational atomic structure can be used in atomic spectroscopy for testing theoretical models or experimental results, predicting properties or interpreting them in terms of electron correlation. The effects inherent in the multiconfiguration HartreeFock method due to its variational nature are emphasized through some simple analysis of the wave function spatial distribution in correlation with the model used. © Physica Scripta 1998. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Godefroid1998,
author = {Godefroid, Michel R. and Jönsson, Per and Fischer, Charlotte Froese},
title = {Atomic structure variational calculations in spectroscopy},
journal = {Physica Scripta T},
year = {1998},
volume = {78},
pages = {33 – 46}
}

Liévin J, Delon A and Jost R (1998), "Absorption cross section of NO2 by the reflection method from ab initio calculations involving the three low lying electronic states", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 108(21), pp. 8931 – 8943.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The potential energy surfaces of the three low lying electronic states of NO2, namely the X̃ 2A1, Ã 2B2, and B̃ 2B1 states, and the transition dipole moment surfaces between the ground state and both excited states have been calculated at two levels of ab initio theory; complete active space selfconsistent field (CASSCF) and internally contracted multireference configuration interaction (CMRCI). Only 9 points of these surfaces, located around the equilibrium geometry of X̃ 2A1 and corresponding to C2v geometries, have been found sufficient for calculating the cross section, in the 1000045000 cm1 energy range, by means of a 2D version of the reflection method. The agreement between the experimental low resolution data and the ab initio absorption cross section is satisfactory, mainly at the CMRCI level, at which the energy at maximum amplitude, the width, the maximum amplitude and the effective transition dipole moment describing both involved electronic transitions are predicted within 4%, 6%, 20%, and 11%, respectively. The sources of errors coming from the reflection approximation and from the level of ab initio approximation are analyzed on the basis of test calculations. The relative importance of the different contributions to the total cross section (both electronic transitions, cold and hot bands) is also discussed. In addition, quantum calculations based on FranckCondon factors have been performed in order to improve the description of the low energy part of the cross section and to interpret the observed radiative lifetimes. © 1998 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1998,
author = {Liévin, J. and Delon, A. and Jost, R.},
title = {Absorption cross section of NO2 by the reflection method from ab initio calculations involving the three low lying electronic states},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1998},
volume = {108},
number = {21},
pages = {8931 – 8943},
doi = {10.1063/1.475351}
}

Ram R, Liévin J and Bernath P (1998), "Fourier transform infrared emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on RuN", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 109(15), pp. 6329 – 6337.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The emission spectrum of RuN has been observed in the near infrared using a Fourier transform spectrometer. RuN molecules were excited in a hollow cathode lamp operated with neon gas and a trace of nitrogen. Two bands with 00 Q heads near 7354 and 8079 cm1 and a common lower state have been assigned as 2Π1/22Σ+ and 2Π3/22Σ+ subbands, respectively, of a C2ΠX2Σ+ transition. A rotational analysis of these bands has been performed and molecular constants have been extracted. The principal molecular constants for the ground X2Σ+ state of the most abundant 102RuN isotopomer are: B0=0.5527829(70)cm1, D0=5.515(13)×107cm1, γ0 =0.044432(22)cm1 and r0=1.573869(10)Å. The excited C2Π state has the following molecular constants: T00=7714.34260(53)cm1, A0=725.8064(11)cm1, B0=0.5168434(80)cm1, D0=5.685(16)×107cm1, p0=5.467(36)×103cm1 and r0=1.627670(13)Å. Ab initio calculations have been carried out on RuN to ascertain the nature of the experimentally observed states and to predict the spectroscopic properties of the lowlying electronic states. Our electronic assignment is supported by these calculations and is also consistent with the observations for the isoelectronic RhC molecule [Kaving and Scullman, J. Mol. Spectrosc. 32, 475500 (1969)]. The valence electron configuration 1σ22σ21π41δ 43σ1 is proposed for the X2Σ+ ground state of RuN and the configurations for the excited states have been discussed. There is no previous experimental or theoretical work on RuN. © 1998 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ram1998,
author = {Ram, R.S. and Liévin, J. and Bernath, P.F.},
title = {Fourier transform infrared emission spectroscopy and ab initio calculations on RuN},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1998},
volume = {109},
number = {15},
pages = {6329 – 6337},
doi = {10.1063/1.477275}
}

Sutcliffe B (1998), "Quantum Systems in Chemistry and Physics: Some Hopes and Fears", Advances in Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 31(C), pp. 1 – 13.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The topics to be discussed at this meeting are surveyed in an attempt to place them in the context of the considerations of our last meeting and of developments since then. © 1999 Academic Press Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1998,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Quantum Systems in Chemistry and Physics: Some Hopes and Fears},
journal = {Advances in Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1998},
volume = {31},
number = {C},
pages = {1 – 13},
doi = {10.1016/S00653276(08)60180X}
}

Youssoufi Y, Lievin J, Vander Auwera J, Herman M, Fedorov A and Snavely D (1998), "The ground electronic state of 1,dichloroethane II. Experimental investigation of the fundamental and overtone vibrations", Molecular Physics. Vol. 94(3), pp. 473 – 484.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The absorption spectrum of 1,dichloroethane has been recorded under various experimentalconditions, between 50cm−1 and 10000cm−1 using Fourier transform spectroscopy, andbetween 10800cm−1 and 17400cm−1 using optoacoustic laser spectroscopy. The assignment of the fundamental bands of the trans and gauche isomers was confirmed using in particular the results of recent ab initio calculations (El Youssoufi et al., 1998, Molec. Phys.,). The first overtone and combination bands were assigned for the first time using a variety of criteria including the band type and, in some cases, the spacing between clumps of rotational lines. Emphasis is placed on the CH progression of bands. Most of the results concern bands from the more abundant trans isomer, up to the near infrared range. Bands are tentatively assigned to the gauche species in the mid and near infrared regions and to the trans rotamer in the visible range. Vibrational frequencies and anharmonic parameters are obtained. © 1998 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Youssoufi1998,
author = {Youssoufi, Y.E. and Lievin, J. and Vander Auwera, J. and Herman, M. and Fedorov, A. and Snavely, D.L.},
title = {The ground electronic state of 1,dichloroethane II. Experimental investigation of the fundamental and overtone vibrations},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1998},
volume = {94},
number = {3},
pages = {473 – 484},
doi = {10.1080/002689798167980}
}

Youssoufi YE, Herman YE and Lievin J (1998), "The ground electronic state of 1,dichloroethane I. Ab initio investigation of the geometrical, vibrational and torsional structure", Molecular Physics. Vol. 94(3), pp. 461 – 472.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The trans and gauche isomers of 1,dichloroethane are characterized using ab initio calculations at the MP4(SDQ) level of theory with the full double zeta polarized D95** basis set. The molecular geometry parameters, the torsion potential and the harmonic frequency of the normal modes of vibrations are calculated. The integrated intensity and the rotational type of the infrared fundamental bands also are determined. New labelling of the normal modes of vibration is introduced for the gauche isomer. The relative abundance and stability of both isomers are discussed. The torsional motion is investigated by means of an effective model taking the geometrical relaxation into account and leading to a theoretical torsional spectrum. © 1998 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Youssoufi1998a,
author = {Youssoufi, Y. El and Herman, Y. El and Lievin, J.},
title = {The ground electronic state of 1,dichloroethane I. Ab initio investigation of the geometrical, vibrational and torsional structure},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1998},
volume = {94},
number = {3},
pages = {461 – 472},
doi = {10.1080/002689798167971}
}

DesouterLecomte M and Liévin J (1997), "Memory kernels and effective Hamiltonians from time dependent methods. I. Predissociation with a curve crossing", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 107(5), pp. 1428 – 1440.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: NonHermitian complex effective Hamiltonians resulting from boundcontinuous partitioning techniques are built from time dependent methods. We treat predissociation processes with a curve crossing. The energy dependent shift and halfwidth matrices are obtained simultaneously by a generalization of the wave packet Golden Rule treatment, as the real and imaginary parts of the Fourier transform of a memory kernel matrix. The latter contains auto and crosscorrelation functions. They are overlap integrals among the projections on the continuum of bound states multiplied by the interchannel coupling function responsible for the predissociation. These wave packets are propagated by the propagator of the sole continuous subspace. An approximate analytical expression of this correlation matrix is established for the harmonic/linear model. The numerical method is applied to the electronic predissociation of the MgCl A 2Π state, to a Morse/ exponential model and to a predissociation with two coupled repulsive decay channels. The comparison between the correlation time scales and the Golden Rule lifetimes is decisive so as to justify whether the memory kernel can be considered as an impulsive kernel. This Markovian approximation implies that the two time scales are well separated. In the energy domain, this corresponds to the introduction of a mean phenomenological effective Hamiltonian that neglects the energy variation of the discretecontinuous coupling elements. We observe that the separation of the time scales is effective for weakly open systems, but not for overlapping metastable states for which the perturbativetheory widths largely exceed the mean energy spacing. This confirms from a temporal viewpoint that a nonperturbative treatment should not neglect the energy dependence of the effective Hamiltonian, as currently assumed in the study of largely open systems. © 1997 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{DesouterLecomte1997,
author = {DesouterLecomte, M. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Memory kernels and effective Hamiltonians from time dependent methods. I. Predissociation with a curve crossing},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1997},
volume = {107},
number = {5},
pages = {1428 – 1440},
doi = {10.1063/1.474497}
}

El Youssoufi Y, Georges R, Liévin J and Herman M (1997), "HighResolution Spectroscopic Investigation of v16 in trans1,2Dichloroethane", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 186(2), pp. 239 – 245.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report on the first detailed rovibrational analysis in 1,2dichloroethane. It concerns the atype v16 absorption band of gaseous trans1,2dichloroethane at 1232 cm1, which we have recorded using a Fourier transform interferometer, under room temperature and jetcooled experimental conditions. The rotational analysis of the almost diatomiclike prominent R and P structures in v16 is performed for trans1,212C2H435Cl2 and trans1,212C2H435Cl37Cl. The nuclear spin statistics is discussed for various isotopomers and isomers of 1,2dichloroethane. The complex absorption pattern observed at the band center is tentatively assigned in terms of overlapping Q branches, arising from fundamental bands involving different isotopomers in natural abundance (with 35Cl and 37Cl), and from related hot bands involving the three lowest vibrational modes in the molecule, v6, v10, and v18. © 1997 Academic Press. 
BibTeX:
@article{ElYoussoufi1997,
author = {El Youssoufi, Y. and Georges, R. and Liévin, J. and Herman, M.},
title = {HighResolution Spectroscopic Investigation of v16 in trans1,2Dichloroethane},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1997},
volume = {186},
number = {2},
pages = {239 – 245},
doi = {10.1006/jmsp.1997.7445}
}

Elyoussoufi Y, Herman M, Liévin J and Kleiner I (1997), "Ab initio and experimental investigation of the vibrational energy pattern in N2O4: The mid and near infrared ranges", Spectrochimica Acta  Part A: Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 53(6), pp. 881 – 894.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Extensive ab initio calculations are performed concerning N2O4 in the ground electronic state, at the MP4 and CMRCI levels of theory, using the 631G* and ccpVTZ basis sets. Special care is devoted to internal degrees of freedom characterizing the quasi van der Waals NN bond, namely the torsion and the NN stretch vibrational modes. The role of the methodology is investigated with the help of previous literature results. It is shown that most properties are significantly better described by MP4 than by MP2, but that a variational multireference method, like CMRCI, is however required for all properties linked to the NN bond. The ab initio vibrational analysis is merged with the one of absorption spectra recorded at medium resolution between 700 and 7000 cm1, using a Fourier transform interferometer. The resulting set of effective vibrational frequencies and anharmonicities is provided. The height of the torsional potential energy barrier is calculated to be 2000 cm1, at the best level of theory (CMRCI/ccpVTZ), in agreement with the highest experimental value available. © 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. 
BibTeX:
@article{Elyoussoufi1997,
author = {Elyoussoufi, Y. and Herman, M. and Liévin, J. and Kleiner, I.},
title = {Ab initio and experimental investigation of the vibrational energy pattern in N2O4: The mid and near infrared ranges},
journal = {Spectrochimica Acta  Part A: Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1997},
volume = {53},
number = {6},
pages = {881 – 894},
doi = {10.1016/S13861425(96)01774X}
}

Froese Fischer C, Gaigalas G and Godefroid M (1997), "The 2s2 1S02s3p 3P01 intercombination line in the Belike sequence", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 30(15), pp. 3333 – 3342.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results from systematic multiconfiguration HartreeFock studies of the 2s2 1S02s3p 3Po1 transitions in the Belike sequence in the range of Z = 410 are reported for valence and corevalence models of correlation. The inclusion of corevalence correlation was essential for obtaining good agreement for the finestructure splitting. The most accurate transition rates are in good agreement with the rates predicted from a semiempirical analysis of experimental data. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer1997,
author = {Froese Fischer, C. and Gaigalas, G. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {The 2s2 1S02s3p 3P01 intercombination line in the Belike sequence},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1997},
volume = {30},
number = {15},
pages = {3333 – 3342},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/30/15/006}
}

Froese Fischer C, Godefroid M and Olsen J (1997), "Systematic studies of the 2s2 1S02s3p1Po1 transition in the Belike sequence", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 30(5), pp. 1163 – 1172.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results from systematic multiconfiguration HartreeFock studies of the 2s2 1S2s3p1Po transition in the Belike sequence in the range of 7 = 410 are reported for several models. The inclusion of corevalence correlation is essential for obtaining good agreement in the length and velocity form of the oscillator strength, the agreement improving with Z and reaching one part in 4000 for neon. In the case of Be, extensive cancellation occurs in the calculation of the dipole matrix element and correlation in the 1s2 core already plays a role at the 1% level of accuracy. The orbitals obtained from the core correlation model were used in a BreitPauli calculation mixing 1,3 Po states. The effect on the allowed transition data is included. The present calculations are generally in better agreement with semiempirical values predicted from experiment than from experiment itself. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer1997a,
author = {Froese Fischer, C. and Godefroid, M. and Olsen, J.},
title = {Systematic studies of the 2s2 1S02s3p1Po1 transition in the Belike sequence},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1997},
volume = {30},
number = {5},
pages = {1163 – 1172},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/30/5/011}
}

Godefroid M, Van Meulebeke G, Jönsson P and Froese Fischer C (1997), "Largescale MCHF calculations of hyperfine structures in nitrogen and oxygen", Zeitschrift fur Physik DAtoms Molecules and Clusters. Vol. 42(3), pp. 193 – 201.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The hyperfine structure constants for the 1s22s22p3 4S ground state in nitrogen and the 1s22s22p33s 5So excited state in oxygen are calculated using the MCHF Atomic Structure Package. The single excitation picture is explored through the use of compact wave functions allowing radial nonorthogonalities. Electron correlation is described through numerical multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations for configuration expansions obtained by allowing all single and double excitations from the reference configuration to an active set of orbitals. The latter is increased in a systematic way allowing the convergence of the hyperfine parameters to be studied. Three and fourparticle effects are shown to be important and are taken into account in a sequence of large configuration interaction calculations. The final results are in good agreement with experiment. © SpringerVerlag 1997. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1997,
author = {Godefroid, M.R. and Van Meulebeke, G. and Jönsson, P. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Largescale MCHF calculations of hyperfine structures in nitrogen and oxygen},
journal = {Zeitschrift fur Physik DAtoms Molecules and Clusters},
year = {1997},
volume = {42},
number = {3},
pages = {193 – 201},
doi = {10.1007/s004600050354}
}

Liévin J and Vaeck N (1997), "Use of symmetryadapted Brillouin theorem to analyze the variational content of molecular wave functions along potential energy surfaces: Application to BH2 and PO2", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 62(5), pp. 521 – 541.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The analysis of the Brillouin conditions in a chain of groups is used to explain why selfconsistent field (SCF), multiconfigurationai SCF (MCSCFX or configuration interaction (CI) methods can lead to an unbalanced description of the potential energy hypersurfaces along symmetrybroken pathways. A WignerRacah formulation of the generalized Brillouin theorem is the appropriate theoretical tool for performing such an analysis. We apply this procedure to a RennerTeller splitting in BH2 and to a pseudoJahnTeller conical intersection in PO2. A systematic ab initio study of both systems leads to the definition of compact CASSCF wave functions which ensure a balanced description of the ground BornOppenheimer potential enerev surfaces. © 1997 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1997,
author = {Liévin, Jacques and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Use of symmetryadapted Brillouin theorem to analyze the variational content of molecular wave functions along potential energy surfaces: Application to BH2 and PO2},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1997},
volume = {62},
number = {5},
pages = {521 – 541},
doi = {10.1002/(SICI)1097461X(1997)62:5<521::AIDQUA9>3.0.CO;2Y}
}

Smith SJ and Sutcliffe BT (1997), "The Development of Computational Chemistry in the United Kingdom", Reviews in Computational Chemistry. Vol. 10, pp. 271 – 316.
[BibTeX]

BibTeX:
@article{Smith1997,
author = {Smith, Stephen J. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The Development of Computational Chemistry in the United Kingdom},
journal = {Reviews in Computational Chemistry},
year = {1997},
volume = {10},
pages = {271 – 316}
}

Sutcliffe B (1997), "The Nuclear Motion Problem in Molecular Physics", Advances in Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 28(C), pp. 65 – 80.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Modern highly accurate electronic structure calculations are undertaken with a view to elucidating molecular structure. For this to be possible the relationship of nuclear motion to electronic structure must be specified. An outline of how this specification might be made and some of the problems encountered in making it are discussed. © 1997 Academic Press Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1997,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {The Nuclear Motion Problem in Molecular Physics},
journal = {Advances in Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1997},
volume = {28},
number = {C},
pages = {65 – 80},
doi = {10.1016/S00653276(08)602075}
}

Vaeck N, Fleming J, Bell K, Hibbert A and Godefroid M (1997), "The 2s22p3s 1,3PJo→2s22p2 and 2s22p3p LSJ oscillator strengths in N II", Physica Scripta. Vol. 56(6), pp. 603 – 608.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A comparison between the recent measurements [Musielok et al., Phys. Rev. A53, 3122 (1996)] of the relative oscillator strengths for all lines in the three multiplets comprising the 2p3s2p3p transition array in N II, and theoretical configuration interaction calculations performed with the CIV3 code [Bell et al., Physica Scripta 52, 240 (1995)] shows that, although the agreement between the experimental data and the theoretical results is good for allowed transitions, some unexpected deviations occur for the intersystem lines. In this work, we show that the previous theoretical work can be improved and some significant discrepancies with experiment eliminated by increasing the accuracy of the calculated energy difference between the 2p3s 3P1o and 1P1o states. This is achieved by the inclusion of additional orbitals and configurations together with adjustment of the diagonal matrix elements of the Hamiltonian. The new theoretical results for the transitions 2p3s 1,2PJo→2p2 and 2p3p LSJ are compared with other theoretical work and with the experimental data. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1997,
author = {Vaeck, N. and Fleming, J. and Bell, K.L. and Hibbert, A. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {The 2s22p3s 1,3PJo→2s22p2 and 2s22p3p LSJ oscillator strengths in N II},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1997},
volume = {56},
number = {6},
pages = {603 – 608},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/56/6/012}
}

Wauters L, Vaeck N, Godefroid M, Van Der Hart H and Demeur M (1997), "Recoilinduced electronic excitation and ionization in oneand twoelectron ions", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 30(20), pp. 4569 – 4589.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The electronic redistribution of an ion or atom induced by a sudden recoil of the nucleus occurring during the emission or capture of a neutral particle is theoretically investigated. For oneelectron systems, analytical expressions are derived for the electronic transition probabilities to bound and continuum states. The quality of a Bspline basis set approach is evaluated from a detailed comparison with the analytical results. This numerical approach is then used Io study the dynamics of twoelectron systems (neutral He and Ne 8+) using correlated wavefunctions for both the target and daughter ions. The total transition probabilities to discrete states, autoionizing states and direct single and doubleionization probabilities are calculated from the pseudospectra. Sum rules for transition probabilities involving an initial bound state and a complete final series are discussed. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wauters1997,
author = {Wauters, L. and Vaeck, N. and Godefroid, M. and Van Der Hart, H.W. and Demeur, M.},
title = {Recoilinduced electronic excitation and ionization in oneand twoelectron ions},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1997},
volume = {30},
number = {20},
pages = {4569 – 4589},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/30/20/018}
}

Aboussaïd A, Carleer M, Hurtmans D, Biémont E and Godefroid M (1996), "Hyperfine structure of Sc I by infrared fourier transform spectroscopy", Physica Scripta. Vol. 53(1), pp. 28 – 32.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The spectrum of scandium was recorded in the infrared region using a high resolution Fourier transform spectrometer and a hollowcathode discharge. Hyperfine structures of the lines connecting the 3d24s and 3d4s4p level systems of Sc45I were observed between 4000 and 5000cm1. The structures were not completely resolved but the individual line contributions to the complex profiles were simulated using the 3d24s 4FJ hyperfine structure constants previously measured with a high precision by laser techniques. We investigate the possibility of extracting the hyperfine constants of the 3d4s4p levels from a leastsquares fit of the line profiles, assuming a Doppler lineshape and theoretical relative intensities. New results are presented for 12 levels. 
BibTeX:
@article{Aboussaid1996,
author = {Aboussaïd, A. and Carleer, M. and Hurtmans, D. and Biémont, E. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Hyperfine structure of Sc I by infrared fourier transform spectroscopy},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1996},
volume = {53},
number = {1},
pages = {28 – 32},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/53/1/004}
}

Anderson N and Sutcliffe BT (1996), "The nuclear motion Hamiltonian for a tetratomic molecule considered as a combination of an atom and a triatom", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 60(1), pp. 37 – 46.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The bodyfixed Hamiltonian developed here is expressed in terms of the atom's distance from and orientation with respect to the plane defined by the triatomic. © 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Anderson1996,
author = {Anderson, Norman and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The nuclear motion Hamiltonian for a tetratomic molecule considered as a combination of an atom and a triatom},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1996},
volume = {60},
number = {1},
pages = {37 – 46},
doi = {10.1002/(SICI)1097461X(1996)60:1<37::AIDQUA4>3.0.CO;26}
}

Brems V, DesouterLecomte M and Liévin J (1996), "Avoided resonance overlapping beyond the energy independent formalism. II. Electronic predissociation", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 104(6), pp. 2222 – 2236.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The transition between the diabatic and the adiabatic zero order representation when the electronic potential coupling increases, is studied in the partitioning method (PM) and in the complex coordinate method (CCM) implemented in a discrete variable representation (DVR). The model is a C+ type predissociation in a diatomic system with a crossing between a Morse potential energy curve and an exponentially repulsive curve. In the weak coupling regime (isolated diabatic metastable states), both methods confirm the linear variation of the resonance widths with the strength of the electronic interaction, as expected in a perturbative treatment. When the coupling is large in the diabatic representation (strong overlap regime), the formation of narrow resonances supported by the upper adiabatic potential can be related, in PM, to the process of avoided resonance overlapping among interfering states. The complete change of representation can be described in the initial diabatic basis set in PM. However, the full energy dependence of the discretecontinuous matrix elements must then be taken into account. The deformation and the final splitting of a diffuse spectral line .with increasing coupling is reexamined in terms of these energy dependent eigenvalues of the effective Hamiltonian. The use of the appropriate representation, either diabatic or adiabatic, according to the strength of the electronic coupling, has been found decisive in CCM so as to observe the correct migration of the resonance positions towards the zero order adiabatic states, and the decrease of their widths. No relevant results have been obtained for the intermediate strength of the coupling in CCM. Analytical expressions for the derivative coupling matrix elements (∂/∂R) in the fixed node DVR (corresponding to the particleinabox wave functions) have been established. © 1996 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Brems1996,
author = {Brems, V. and DesouterLecomte, M. and Liévin, J.},
title = {Avoided resonance overlapping beyond the energy independent formalism. II. Electronic predissociation},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1996},
volume = {104},
number = {6},
pages = {2222 – 2236},
doi = {10.1063/1.470919}
}

Cox H, Sinclair PE, Smith SJ and Sutcliffe BT (1996), "Some calculations on the ground 1S state of the positronium negative ion", Molecular Physics. Vol. 87(2), pp. 399 – 406.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The series solution method used by H. Cox, S. J. Smith and B. T. Sutcliffe (1994, Phys. Rev. A, 49, 4520, 4533) to obtain extremely accurate eigenvalues and eigenvectors for the lowest singlet and triplet states of low Z heliumlike systems has been applied to the ground 1S state of the positronium negative ion. Secular determinatnts of up to size 2847 × 2847 have been solved to give a ground state energy of 0·262 005 070 231 742 au. This agrees to 12 decimal places with the most accurate literature value reported by Y. K. Ho (1993, Phys. Rev. A, 48, 4780). Various expectation values involving the interparticle distances have also been evaluated. We estimate the positronelectron annihilation rate Г as 2·086 1223 ns1. This is in agreement with the most accurate literature value of 2·086 1222 ± 5 × 107 (Ho, 1993, Phys. Rev. A, 48, 4780) and the experimental value of 2·09 ± 9 × 102 (Mills, 1983, Phys. Rev. Lett., 50, 671). © 1996 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cox1996,
author = {Cox, Hazel and Sinclair, Phillip E. and Smith, Stephen J. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Some calculations on the ground 1S state of the positronium negative ion},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1996},
volume = {87},
number = {2},
pages = {399 – 406},
doi = {10.1080/00268979600100261}
}

Fleming J, Bell K, Hibbert A, Vaeck N and Godefroid M (1996), "Forbidden transitions in B II, C III, O V, Ne VII and Mg IX", Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. 279(4), pp. 1289 – 1293.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Intercombination line transition rates between n = 2 levels of B II, O V, Ne VII and Mg IX have been calculated using the configuration interaction code CIV3. The recommended Avalues for the 2s2p 3P1o2s2 1S0 intercombination lines are 9.73 s1 for B II, 2280 s1 for O V, 19 204 s1 for Ne VII and 97 242 s1 for Mg IX. We estimate that the accuracy of these values is better than 2 per cent. Calculations of the M2, E2 and M1 transitions have also been carried out for these ions and for C III. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fleming1996b,
author = {Fleming, J. and Bell, K.L. and Hibbert, A. and Vaeck, N. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Forbidden transitions in B II, C III, O V, Ne VII and Mg IX},
journal = {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society},
year = {1996},
volume = {279},
number = {4},
pages = {1289 – 1293},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1093/mnras/279.4.1289}
}

Fleming J, Godefroid M, Bell K, Hibbert A, Vaeck N, Olsen J, Jönsson P and Froese Fischer C (1996), "The 2s2 1S2s2p 1Po resonance line in neutral beryllium", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 29(19), pp. 4347 – 4363.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The oscillator strength of the resonance transition 2s2 1S02s2p 1Po1 in neutral beryllium is evaluated using two independent codes: CIV3 and MCHF. Two separate approaches are executed using the code CIV3, which uses a common set of orbitals, the inclusion of valence, corevalence and corecore correlation being approached in different ways. In the MCHF scheme the wavefunctions of the two states are optimized independently. The convergence of the MCHF results with respect to the addition of orbital functions is considered in some detail. This convergence, together with the results of the CIV3 calculates, lead us to recommend a value of 1.375 for the oscillator strength, with an estimated uncertainty of less than 0.5%. This agrees closely with other recent extensive calculations but is 2.5% higher than the value derived from beamfoil experiments. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fleming1996,
author = {Fleming, J. and Godefroid, M.R. and Bell, K.L. and Hibbert, A. and Vaeck, N. and Olsen, J. and Jönsson, P. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {The 2s2 1S2s2p 1Po resonance line in neutral beryllium},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1996},
volume = {29},
number = {19},
pages = {4347 – 4363},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/29/19/009}
}

Fleming J, Vaeck N, Hibbert A, Bell K and Godefroid M (1996), "Oscillator strengths for the resonance line of ions in the beryllium isoelectronic sequence", Physica Scripta. Vol. 53(4), pp. 446 – 453.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Extensive configurationinteraction calculations have been performed to obtain oscillator strengths for the resonance line of the ions of the beryllium isoelectronic sequence up to nuclear charge Z = 12. Valence, corevalence and corecore correlation effects are taken into account and relativistic effects are incorporated using the BreitPauli scheme. The present results are believed to be accurate to better than 1%. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fleming1996a,
author = {Fleming, J. and Vaeck, N. and Hibbert, A. and Bell, K.L. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Oscillator strengths for the resonance line of ions in the beryllium isoelectronic sequence},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1996},
volume = {53},
number = {4},
pages = {446 – 453},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/53/4/006}
}

Georges R, Liévin J, Herman M and Perrin A (1996), "The v1 band in N2O3", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 256(6), pp. 675 – 678.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The v1 fundamental band in N2O3 was recorded in absorption at high spectral resolution with a Fourier Transform interferometer, under jet cooled experimental conditions. The rotational structure, corresponding to 44 K rotational temperature, could be analysed, leading to a set of precise upper state parameters. The absence of btype lines in the spectrum, expected to occur from the direction of the Q1 normal coordinate with respect to the principal axes of inertia, is fully justified by ab initio calculations performed at the MP2/631G * level, confirming the decisive role of the polarizing NO2 chromophore in tilting the corresponding induced dipole moment towards the direction of the a axis. The calculations also provide equilibrium geometry parameters. 
BibTeX:
@article{Georges1996,
author = {Georges, R. and Liévin, J. and Herman, M. and Perrin, A.},
title = {The v1 band in N2O3},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1996},
volume = {256},
number = {6},
pages = {675 – 678},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(96)005106}
}

Godefroid MR, Fischer CF and Jönsson P (1996), "Multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations of atomic properties in light atoms", Physica Scripta T. Vol. 65, pp. 70 – 83.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The progress achieved over the last few years in variational Multiconfiguration HartreeFock and Configuration Interaction calculations is reviewed. The high level of accuracy which can be reached in the ab initio calculation of atomic properties of light systems is illustrated through the results of calculations of isotope shifts, hyperfine structures and transition probabilities. The active space method and associated restricted active space methods allowing systematic calculations from which the accuracy of the studied property can be estimated will be discussed. We exemplify quality checks through results in small systems for which spectroscopic accuracy is often required. For transition probabilities, recent progress derived from new algorithm developments allowing independent optimization of the states is emphasized. 
BibTeX:
@conference{Godefroid1996,
author = {Godefroid, Michel R. and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Jönsson, Per},
title = {Multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations of atomic properties in light atoms},
journal = {Physica Scripta T},
year = {1996},
volume = {65},
pages = {70 – 83},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/1996/t65/010}
}

Jönsson P, Froese Fischer C and Godefroid M (1996), "Accurate calculations of transition probabilities, isotope shifts and hyperfine structures for some allowed 2s22pn2s2pn+1 transitions in B I, C II and C I", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 29(12), pp. 2393 – 2412.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results from systematic multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations of transition probabilities, isotope shifts and hyperfine structures of the 1s22s22p 2Po1s22s23s 2S and 1s22s22p 2Po1s22s2p2 2D transitions in B I, the 1s22s22p 2Po1s22s2p2 2(S, P, D) transitions in C II and the 1s22s22p2 3P1s22s2p3 3Do transition in C I are reported. Higherorder correlation effects beyond the paircorrelation approximation are shown to be important for the transition probabilities, and are included in large configuration interaction calculations. For all the transitions except one, the agreement between the length and velocity forms of the weighted oscillator strength is better than 0.4%. The present results are believed to be substantially more accurate than those of other theories. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson1996a,
author = {Jönsson, P. and Froese Fischer, C. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Accurate calculations of transition probabilities, isotope shifts and hyperfine structures for some allowed 2s22pn2s2pn+1 transitions in B I, C II and C I},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1996},
volume = {29},
number = {12},
pages = {2393 – 2412},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/29/12/007}
}

Jönsson P, Ynnerman A, Froese Fischer C, Godefroid MR and Olsen J (1996), "Largescale multiconfiguration HartreeFock and configurationinteraction calculations of the transition probability and hyperfine structures in the sodium resonance transition", Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics. Vol. 53(6), pp. 4021 – 4030.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results from largescale multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) and configurationinteraction (CI) calculations of the transition probability and hyperfine structures in the sodium 3s[Formula Presented]S3p[Formula Presented]P resonance transition are presented. In the calculations the orbital sets of the initial and final state wave functions were not restricted to be the same, but were optimized independently. The evaluation of the transition matrix elements was done using a technique where the two orbital sets are transformed so as to become biorthonormal, in which case standard Racah algebra can be used. Threeparticle effects were taken into account in the CI calculations and were found to be important for the hyperfine structures, but less important for the transition probability. The calculated transition probability is in perfect agreement with the most recent experimental values, thus resolving the longstanding disagreement between theory and experiment. Also the 3s[Formula Presented] and 3p[Formula Presented] hyperfine interaction constants are in very good agreement with available experimental values. © 1996 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Joensson1996,
author = {Jönsson, Per and Ynnerman, Anders and Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Godefroid, Michel R. and Olsen, Jeppe},
title = {Largescale multiconfiguration HartreeFock and configurationinteraction calculations of the transition probability and hyperfine structures in the sodium resonance transition},
journal = {Physical Review A  Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics},
year = {1996},
volume = {53},
number = {6},
pages = {4021 – 4030},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.53.4021}
}

Kleiner I, Lovas F and Godefroid M (1996), "Microwave spectra of molecules of astrophysical interest. XXIII. Acetaldehyde", Journal of Physical and Chemical Reference Data. Vol. 25(4), pp. 1113 – 1116.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The microwave spectrum of acetaldehyde is critically reviewed and supplemented with spectral frequency calculations derived from the rotationinternal rotation analysis. A simultaneous analysis of the torsional ground state, vt = 0, and first and second torsionally excited states, vt = 1 and 2, was carried out. The primary objective of this review is to provide radio astronomers with complete spectral coverage over the range of 900 MHz to 500 GHz for the ground state and covering rotational quantum number, J, from 0 to 26. © 1996 American Institute of Physics and American Chemical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kleiner1996,
author = {Kleiner, I. and Lovas, F.J. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Microwave spectra of molecules of astrophysical interest. XXIII. Acetaldehyde},
journal = {Journal of Physical and Chemical Reference Data},
year = {1996},
volume = {25},
number = {4},
pages = {1113 – 1116},
doi = {10.1063/1.555983}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1996), "The development of the idea of a chemical bond", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 58(6), pp. 645 – 655.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The development of the idea of a chemical bond is traced from Frankland to Heitler and London and beyond with emphasis on how electrons came to be considered essential to explaining the bond. © 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1996,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The development of the idea of a chemical bond},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1996},
volume = {58},
number = {6},
pages = {645 – 655},
doi = {10.1002/(SICI)1097461X(1996)58:6<645::AIDQUA7>3.0.CO;2Y}
}

Wauters L and Vaeck N (1996), "Study of the electronic rearrangement induced by nuclear transmutations: A Bspline approach applied to the β decay of 6He", Physical Review C  Nuclear Physics. Vol. 53(1), pp. 497 – 500.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The electronic rearrangement resulting from the β decay of 6He has been calculated in the framework of the sudden approximation using a numerical Bspline basis set approach. We have calculated the excitation probabilities to the final discrete states of 6Li+ (including to the doubly excited autoionizing states) as well as the total probabilities for single and double ionization. The correct treatment of electronic correlation in the framework of the sudden approximation is shown to modify the PK value (the probability that an atomic K vacancy is created) by more than 2%. 
BibTeX:
@article{Wauters1996,
author = {Wauters, L. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Study of the electronic rearrangement induced by nuclear transmutations: A Bspline approach applied to the β decay of 6He},
journal = {Physical Review C  Nuclear Physics},
year = {1996},
volume = {53},
number = {1},
pages = {497 – 500},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevC.53.497}
}

Aboussaïd A, Godefroid M, Jönsson P and Froese Fischer C (1995), "Multiconfigurational HartreeFock calculations of hyperfineinduced transitions in heliumlike ions", Physical Review A. Vol. 51(3), pp. 2031 – 2039.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We are investigating the hyperfine quenching of 1s2p 3P0o for the three heliumlike ions F7+19, Na9+23, and Al11+27 in the multiconfigurational HartreeFockBreitPauli scheme. The configuration expansions are generated with the activespace method and are increased in a systematic way, allowing the convergence of the calculated parameters to be studied. A careful comparison is done with the pioneering work of Mohr using a perturbation approach [BeamFoil Spectroscopy, Atomic Structure and Lifetimes, edited by I. Sellin and D. Pegg (Plenum, New York, 1976), Vol. 1, pp. 97103]. In the present calculations the orbital and spindipole magnetic contributions, which were previously neglected, are added to the dominant Fermi contact interaction term and a detailed analysis of the hyperfine induced transition rate is done in order to learn how to get an accurate description of the property in the multiconfiguration HartreeFockBreitPauli approximation. © 1995 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Aboussaid1995,
author = {Aboussaïd, A. and Godefroid, M.R. and Jönsson, P. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Multiconfigurational HartreeFock calculations of hyperfineinduced transitions in heliumlike ions},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1995},
volume = {51},
number = {3},
pages = {2031 – 2039},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.51.2031}
}

Carlsson J, Jonsson P, Godefroid M and Fischer CF (1995), "Accurate multiconfiguration hartreefock calculations of isotope shifts in c i and c iv", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 28(17), pp. 3729 – 3740.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A flew isotope shift program, part of the mchf atomic structure package, has recently been written. The program calculates the isotope shift of an atomic level from multiconfiguration HartreeFock (mchf) or configuration interaction (Ci) wavefunctions and is specially designed to be used with very large ci expansions, for which angular data cannot be stored on disk. To explore the capacity of the program, largescale isotope shift calculations have been performed for the 1s22s2S and Is22p2P levels in C tv and for the ls22s22p2 S, ls22s22p3s ‘P, ls22s22p2 3P and ls22s2p3 5S levels in C t. From the isotope shifts of these levels theMCi2C isotope shifts were calculated for the Is22s2Sls22p2P transition in C iv and for the Is22s22p2 1 Sls22s22p3sJP and ls22s22p2 3P!s22s2p3 5S transitions in C i. The calculated transition isotope shifts are in very good agreement with experimental values, available for the C i transitions. As a check on the overall quality of the wavefunctions, the hyperfine structure interaction constants were calculated for the levels in C tv. © 1995 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carlsson1995,
author = {Carlsson, J. and Jonsson, P. and Godefroid, M.R. and Fischer, C. Froese},
title = {Accurate multiconfiguration hartreefock calculations of isotope shifts in c i and c iv},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1995},
volume = {28},
number = {17},
pages = {3729 – 3740},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/28/17/012}
}

Culot F, Laruelle F and Liévin J (1995), "A vibrational CASSCF study of stretchbend interactions and their influence on infrared intensities in the water molecule", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 92(4), pp. 211 – 226.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An extension of the multiconfigurational SCF approach for the resolution of the vibrational problem is presented; it follows the philosophy of the CASSCF method developed in Quantum Chemistry. The new method allows a more complete treatment of anharmonic mode couplings, converges much faster and gives a clearer physical insight of vibrational interactions. This is exemplified by the calculation of infrared transition moments in the H2O and D2O isotopomers of the water molecule. It is shown how this property varies with the quality of the wave function when vibrational resonances occur. A detailed analysis by means of this new VCASSCF method demonstrates the crucial importance of excited bending oscillators in the intensity of some pure stretching transitions. © 1995 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Culot1995,
author = {Culot, F. and Laruelle, F. and Liévin, J.},
title = {A vibrational CASSCF study of stretchbend interactions and their influence on infrared intensities in the water molecule},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1995},
volume = {92},
number = {4},
pages = {211 – 226},
doi = {10.1007/BF01125947}
}

DesouterLecomte M, Liévin J and Brems V (1995), "Avoided resonance overlapping beyond the energy independent formalism. I. Vibrational predissociation", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 103(11), pp. 4524 – 4537.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The interaction of overlapping resonances is studied in the case of a vibrational predissociation in a linear molecule. The energy independent approach rests on the neglect of the variation of the coupling elements with the energy in the continuum. It predicts the formation of trapped and shortlived decay modes when resonances overlap. The relevance of this prediction is discussed on the basis of results obtained from two different methods going beyond this energy independent formalism. The first one consists in searching the solutions of the implicit equation derived from the Feshbach partitioning method, taking into account the full energy dependence of the local effective Hamiltonian Heff(E). The second one is the variational complex coordinate method (CCM), implemented in a discrete variable representation (DVR). The results demonstrate that the energy dependency enhances the trapping effect. The distribution of the resonance energies in the complex plane is different from the prediction of the energy independent formalism. The fast modes are found to be slower than expected. Their position is also completely shifted. The mean width is not constrained by a sum rule which is characteristic of the energy independent approximation. © 1995 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{DesouterLecomte1995,
author = {DesouterLecomte, M. and Liévin, J. and Brems, V.},
title = {Avoided resonance overlapping beyond the energy independent formalism. I. Vibrational predissociation},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1995},
volume = {103},
number = {11},
pages = {4524 – 4537},
doi = {10.1063/1.470641}
}

Fleming J, Brage T, Bell K, Vaeck N, Hibbert A, Godefroid M and Froese Fischer C (1995), "Systematic studies of N IV transitions of astrophysical importance", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 455(2), pp. 758 – 768.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: E1, M2, M1 and E2 rates of transitions between n = 2 levels of N IV have been calculated using the two independent codes CIV3 and MCHF. Convergence of each of the approaches has been studied and comparisons made as the complexity of the calculations increases to include valence, corevalence and corecore correlation. The agreement between the two methods is sufficiently good to allow us to set quite narrow uncertainty bars. For the 1S1P0 resonance line, our recommended fvalue is 0.609 with an estimated uncertainty of 0.002, while our recommended Avalue for the 1S03P01 intercombination line is 580 s1 with an estimated uncertainty of 10 s1. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fleming1995,
author = {Fleming, J. and Brage, T. and Bell, K.L. and Vaeck, N. and Hibbert, A. and Godefroid, M.R. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Systematic studies of N IV transitions of astrophysical importance},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {1995},
volume = {455},
number = {2},
pages = {758 – 768},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1086/176621}
}

Godefroid M, Olsen J, Jönsson P and Fischer CF (1995), "Accurate multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations of oscillator strengths in light atoms: The boron (B II) line at 1362 Å", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 450(1), pp. 473 – 476.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new method to deal with nonorthogonalities in transition calculations has been implemented and tested. Largescale transition calculations using the multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) method have been performed for the resonance line of B II at 1362 Å. In these calculations the orbital sets of the initial and finalstate wavefunctions have not been assumed to be equal but have been optimized independently. The calculated weighted multiplet oscillator strength gf = 0.999 has an estimated uncertainty of less than 0.5%. Together with the previously calculated isotope shift and hyperfine structure (Jönsson, Johansson, & Froese Fischer 1994), all the important atomic parameters needed for a detailed modeling of the B II resonance line in highresolution astrophysical spectra are now available with high accuracy. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1995,
author = {Godefroid, Michel and Olsen, Jeppe and Jönsson, Per and Fischer, Charlotte Froese},
title = {Accurate multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations of oscillator strengths in light atoms: The boron (B II) line at 1362 Å},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {1995},
volume = {450},
number = {1},
pages = {473 – 476},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1086/176157}
}

Liévin J, Abbouti Temsamani M, Gaspard P and Herman M (1995), "Overtone spectroscopy and dynamics in monodeuteroacetylene (C2HD)", Chemical Physics. Vol. 190(23), pp. 419 – 445.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Complementary experimental, ab initio and dynamical investigations are reported on monodeuteroacetylene, C2HD (X̃1Σ+). All experimental spectroscopic results previously reported in the literature on C2HD, i.e. from 500 to 16000 cm1 are gathered. New results are included, which are obtained from the analysis of absorption data recorded with a Fourier transform interferometer at high resolution between 4600 and 9000 cm1. The presence of numerous weak bands along the whole spectral range is analysed in terms of systematic anharmonic couplings. The entire set of energy data is then used to produce thirtyfive vibrational frequencies and anharmonicities from a fit of the vibrational energies to a Dunhamtype expansion, and the vibrational level density is extrapolated, up to higher energy. One and twodimensional potential energy and dipole moment surfaces refined from new ab initio results are fitted to a selected set among those experimental data, associated to the stretch overtones. The iterative procedure involving an original package of computer programs is described. The evolution of the overtone intensities of the CH and CD stretches, up to η = 4, is interpreted on that basis in terms of electric and mechanical anharmonicity contributions. Eventually, dynamical aspects are studied thanks to the newly introduced vibrograms, which allow to obtain the time recurrences of the vibrational dynamics. Using the Gutzwiller and BerryTabor trace formulas, these vibrational recurrences are semiclassically assigned to periodic orbits of the classical Hamiltonian given by the Dunham expansion. © 1995. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1995,
author = {Liévin, J. and Abbouti Temsamani, M. and Gaspard, P. and Herman, M.},
title = {Overtone spectroscopy and dynamics in monodeuteroacetylene (C2HD)},
journal = {Chemical Physics},
year = {1995},
volume = {190},
number = {23},
pages = {419 – 445},
doi = {10.1016/03010104(94)00378N}
}

Olsen J, Godefroid MR, Jönsson P, Malmqvist PA and Fischer CF (1995), "Transition probability calculations for atoms using nonorthogonal orbitals", Physical Review E. Vol. 52(4), pp. 4499 – 4508.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Individual orbital optimization of wave functions for the initial and final states produces the most accurate wave functions for given expansions, but complicates the calculation of transitionmatrix elements since the two sets of orbitals will be nonorthogonal. The orbital sets can be transformed to become biorthonormal, in which case the evaluation of any matrix element can proceed as in the orthonormal case. The transformation of the wavefunction expansion to the new basis imposes certain requirements on the wave function, depending on the type of transformation. An efficient and general method was found a few years ago for expansions in determinants, spincoupled configurations, or configuration state functions for molecules belonging to the D2h point group or its subgroups. The method requires only that the expansions are closed under deexcitation and thus applies to restricted active space wave functions. This type of expansion is efficient for correlation studies and includes many types of expansions as special cases. The above technique has been generalized to the atomic, symmetry adapted case requiring the treatment of degenerate shells nlN, with arbitrary occupation numbers 0≤N≤4l+2. A computer implementation of the algorithm in the multiconfiguration HartreeFock atomicstructure package for atoms allows the calculation of transition moments for individually optimized states. An application is presented for the B i 1s22s22p 2Po→1s22s2p2 2D electric dipole transition probability, which is highly sensitive to corepolarization effects. © 1995 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Olsen1995,
author = {Olsen, Jeppe and Godefroid, Michel R. and Jönsson, Per and Malmqvist, Per Ake and Fischer, Charlotte Froese},
title = {Transition probability calculations for atoms using nonorthogonal orbitals},
journal = {Physical Review E},
year = {1995},
volume = {52},
number = {4},
pages = {4499 – 4508},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevE.52.4499}
}

Palmeri P, Biémont E, Aboussaid A and Godefroid M (1995), "Hyperfine structure of infrared vanadium lines", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 28(17), pp. 3741 – 3752.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: High resolution profiles of neutral vanadium lines have been recorded in the infrared region (18009000 cm1) by Fourier transform spectroscopy. 106 transitions showing resolvedor partially resolved hyperfine profiles have been analysed. An investigation of these structureshas allowed the deduction of magnetic dipole constants for 101 levels. For 69 levels the resultsobtained are new. The results of the present work have been compared with the few datapreviously published in the literature and they are generally in good agreement. © 1995 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Palmeri1995,
author = {Palmeri, P. and Biémont, E. and Aboussaid, A. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Hyperfine structure of infrared vanadium lines},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1995},
volume = {28},
number = {17},
pages = {3741 – 3752},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/28/17/013}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1995), "The idea of a potential energy surface", Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM. Vol. 341(13), pp. 217 – 235.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The development of the idea of a potential energy surface is examined in the context of solutions to the full quantum mechanical problem specified by the Schrödinger Hamiltonian expressed in laboratoryfixed coordinates. © 1995 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1995,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The idea of a potential energy surface},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM},
year = {1995},
volume = {341},
number = {13},
pages = {217 – 235},
doi = {10.1016/01661280(95)04125P}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1995), "Auger decay of hollow nitrogen atoms", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 28(16), pp. 3523 – 3543.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present calculations of autoionization lifetimes for ‘hollow’ nitrogen atoms with and without a core of one or two Is electrons. We have observed a very similar patternin theNdependence of the lifetimes for all lsnp configurations withM= 0, 1 and 2, n 2, 3, 4.5, 6, 7 and 10 andN =2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Also some IsntNconfigurations witht 1have been considered as well as configurations with mixed values ofn.For configurations withall the electrons in the samenshell we have found that the average lifetime inneutralsystemsis very short, typically of the order of 35 x 1016 for n = 3 to 7. The same applies toconfigurations with mixed values ofn(of the order of 16 x 1016s for n = 3 to 7). Wefind that the importance of electron correlation increases dramatically withnandNbut that theaverage autoionization decay rates do not change. The configurations studied are of interest, forexample, in the study of processes that occur during neutralization of highly charged nitrogenions at surfaces. © 1995 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1995,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen E.},
title = {Auger decay of hollow nitrogen atoms},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1995},
volume = {28},
number = {16},
pages = {3523 – 3543},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/28/16/008}
}

Van Der Hart HW, Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1995), "Radiative stabilization of the doublyexcited 4l4l' and 4l5l' singlet terms in ne8+", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 28(24), pp. 5207 – 5228.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Calculations concerning the competition between radiative and nonradiative decay for doublyexcited 4lnl' (n = 4.5) singlet states in Ne8+ are reported. Recent coincidence experiments have been interpreted as showing that for the 414/' states in Ne8+, as well as in the isoelectronic N5+ and O6+ systems, radiation contributes more than 50% to the total decay. The 4l4l' states in Ne8+ are, as in N5+ and O6+, degenerate with the 3ln!' Rydberg states and a considerable mixing exists between the two, which leads to an increase in the radiative decay probability. In the free Ne8+ ion we find that radiative decay accounts for 29% of the total decay for the singlet terms assuming a statistical population distribution. The results vary considerably between terms and the total radiative yield is strongly dependent on the initial population distribution. The branching ratio is similar to the ratio obtained under similar conditions for O6+. The similarity is ascribed to two competing effects: the lowering of the 4/41' states relative to the 3Ini' series with increasing Z, which favours decay through autoionization, and the Z4 behaviour of the radiative decay rates, which has the opposite effect. The free ion results are compared to results including the autotransfer to Rydberg states (atr) mechanism. In N5+ we have shown that this effect leads to an appreciable reduction in the radiative yield. For Ne8+, the ATR mechanism is less important but we conclude that also here the effect on average is a (small) reduction in radiative yield. This is because the atr mechanism is usually so effective that the 4l4l' population is transferred to low Rydberg states. These autoionize in light ions while they have a larger probability for radiative decay with increasing Z. This seems to account for a large part of the difference between the atr results in N5+ and Ne8+. We report the results of an alternative approach in which part of the collision dynamics is included and we find that the atr model is rather sensitive to a number of parameters, which at the moment are not known very well. For the 4l5l' states, which are located above the N = 3 threshold, radiative decay accounts for 6% of the total decay, much less than for the 4l4l' states, due to the opening of autoionization channels to the N = 3 thresholds for the 4l5l' states. Assuming a statistical population distribution, the theoretical results are in clear disagreement with recent observations for both 4l4l' and 4l5l' manifolds. However, we conclude that it is necessary to obtain a more definite idea about the real population distribution before it is possible to make meaningful comparisons with the observed radiative yields. © 1995 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{VanDerHart1995,
author = {Van Der Hart, Hugo W. and Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen E.},
title = {Radiative stabilization of the doublyexcited 4l4l' and 4l5l' singlet terms in ne8+},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1995},
volume = {28},
number = {24},
pages = {5207 – 5228},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/28/24/007}
}

Xantheas SS and Sutcliffe BT (1995), "The Hamiltonian for a weakly interacting trimer of polyatomic monomers", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 103(18), pp. 8022 – 8030.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The bodyfixed Hamiltonian for a trimer of polyatomic monomers is expressed in terms of the distances between the monomer centers of mass and of the orientation angles of the monomers relative to the bodyfixed frame. The particular case where the monomers are water molecules is considered in some detail. In this work we attempt to assess the possibility of using a computer algebra system to aid in the evaluation of the angular matrix elements. © 1995 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Xantheas1995,
author = {Xantheas, Sotiris S. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The Hamiltonian for a weakly interacting trimer of polyatomic monomers},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1995},
volume = {103},
number = {18},
pages = {8022 – 8030},
doi = {10.1063/1.470713}
}

Cox H, Smith SJ and Sutcliffe BT (1994), "An application of the computer algebra system Maple for calculations on atomic and molecular systems", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 84(13), pp. 186 – 200.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This paper presents a discussion of some programs written in the computer algebra language Maple and in the C language for solving the bodyfixed Schrödinger equation for three particles with Coulomb interaction in perimetric coordinates by means of a series solution. © 1994. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cox1994a,
author = {Cox, Hazel and Smith, Stephen J. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {An application of the computer algebra system Maple for calculations on atomic and molecular systems},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1994},
volume = {84},
number = {13},
pages = {186 – 200},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(94)902119}
}

Cox H, Smith SJ and Sutcliffe BT (1994), "Some calculations on the ground and lowesttriplet state of helium in the fixednucleus approximation", Physical Review A. Vol. 49(6), pp. 4520 – 4532.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The series solution method developed by Pekeris [Phys. Rev. 112, 1649 (1958); 115, 1216 (1959)] for the Schrödinger equation for twoelectron atoms, as generalized by Frost et al. [J. Chem. Phys. 41, 482 (1964)] to handle any three particles with a Coulomb interaction, has been used. The wave function is expanded in triple orthogonal set in three perimetric coordinates. From the Schrödinger equation an explicit recursion relation for the coefficients in the expansion is obtained, and the vanishing of the determinant of these coefficients provides the condition for the energy eigenvalues and for the eigenvectors. The Schrödinger equation is solved and the matrix elements are produced algebraically by using the computer algebra system maple. The substitutions for a particular atom and diagonalization were performed by a program written in the c language. Since the determinant is sparse, it is possible to go to the order of 1078 as Pekeris did without using excessive memory or computer CPU time. By using a nonlinear variational parameter in the expression used to remove the energy, nonrelativistic energies, within the fixednucleus approximation, have been obtained. For the groundstate singlet 1 1S state, this is of the accuracy claimed by Frankowski and Pekeris [Phys. Rev. 146, 46 (1966); 150, 366(E) (1966)] using logarithmic terms for Z from 1 to 10, and for the triplet 2 3S state, energies have been obtained to 12 decimal places of accuracy, which, with the exception of Z=2, are lower than any previously published, for all Z from 3 to 10. © 1994 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cox1994b,
author = {Cox, Hazel and Smith, Stephen J. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Some calculations on the ground and lowesttriplet state of helium in the fixednucleus approximation},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1994},
volume = {49},
number = {6},
pages = {4520 – 4532},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.49.4520}
}

Cox H, Smith SJ and Sutcliffe BT (1994), "Some calculations on the ground and lowesttriplet state of the helium isoelectronic sequence with the nucleus in motion", Physical Review A. Vol. 49(6), pp. 4533 – 4539.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The method described in the preceding paper for the solution of twoelectron atoms, which was used to calculate the 1 1S and 2 3S states of helium and heliumlike atoms within the fixednucleus approximation, has been applied to the case where all three particles are in relative motion. The solutions in the present case automatically include the effects of the mass polarization term and are compared with the results obtained for the term by using firstorder perturbation theory with the fixednucleus wave functions. The input data for a particular atom consist of the atomic number, as before, but now the corresponding mass of the nucleus must be given also. Nonrelativistic energies with the nuclear mass included in the calculation have been obtained for the 1 1S and 2 3S states for Z ranging from 1 to 10. The energy with the nucleus in motion can be expressed only to eight significant figures (SF's) given the accuracy with which the relevant physical constants are known at present. All the results given here are computed as if these constants were known to ten SF's so that errors not incurred due to rounding. Convergence of the energies to ten SF's for both the singlet and triplet state was reached with a matrix of size 444 for Z values from 2 to 10. Convergence for the H ion was a little slower. © 1994 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cox1994,
author = {Cox, Hazel and Smith, Stephen J. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Some calculations on the ground and lowesttriplet state of the helium isoelectronic sequence with the nucleus in motion},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1994},
volume = {49},
number = {6},
pages = {4533 – 4539},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.49.4533}
}

Culot F and Liévin J (1994), "A multiconfigurational SCF computational method for the resolution of the vibrational Schrödinger equation in polyatomic molecules", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 89(4), pp. 227 – 250.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new variational method for solving the molecular vibration problem is proposed. The socalled VMCSCF method (vibrational multiconfigurational selfconsistent field) is based on the superCI algorithm, previously developed in the framework of electronic ab initio calculations. This approach makes direct use of the generalised Brillouin theorem to ensure selfconsistency. The method is dedicated to the study of strongly interacting states (vibrational resonances), which are one of the main sources of perturbation in vibrational spectra. The interest of the method to tackle resonance interactions is illustrated by means of test calculations performed on the water and formaldehyde molecules. © 1994 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Culot1994,
author = {Culot, F. and Liévin, J.},
title = {A multiconfigurational SCF computational method for the resolution of the vibrational Schrödinger equation in polyatomic molecules},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1994},
volume = {89},
number = {4},
pages = {227 – 250},
doi = {10.1007/BF01225116}
}

Demeur M, Heenen PH and Godefroid M (1994), "HartreeFock study of molecules in very intense magnetic fields", Physical Review A. Vol. 49(1), pp. 176 – 183.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We investigate the stability of homonuclear diatomic molecules from H2 up to C2 and of the finite chains Hn (n≤5) and Hen (n≤4) immersed in very intense magnetic fields (B108 T). The atomic and molecular total energies are calculated within the onedimensional HartreeFock approximation, using a Lagrange basis set associated with a Cartesian mesh. The stability of the molecules decreases beyond Li2 although all the studied molecules are found stable. The energy per atom of H and He finite chains stabilizes already for the small chain sizes that we have investigated. © 1994 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Demeur1994,
author = {Demeur, M. and Heenen, P.H. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {HartreeFock study of molecules in very intense magnetic fields},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1994},
volume = {49},
number = {1},
pages = {176 – 183},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.49.176}
}

Godefroid M, Judd B and Vaeck N (1994), "Applying the quark model to the atomic d shell", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 27(16), pp. 3635 – 3652.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The atomic d shell is explored from the perspective of the quark model of the atom. In this scheme, all the states are generated by four statistically independent fictitious particles (the quarks), each with angular momentum 3/2, augmented by two parity labels. The detailed quark expansions are given for the two 2D terms of d3, and the results are compared to the classic analysis of Condon and Shortley (1935). Matrix elements of singleelectron tensor operators and of the Coulomb interaction are calculated in the quark scheme, and the connection to the conventional approach is made. The diagonal sum method of Slater is applied to the quark states and extensions to manyelectron operators are discussed. The correspondence between the quark model and the traditional method implies relations between various nj symbols, and this is illustrated by two special cases. © 1994 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1994,
author = {Godefroid, M.R. and Judd, B.R. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Applying the quark model to the atomic d shell},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1994},
volume = {27},
number = {16},
pages = {3635 – 3652},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/27/16/011}
}

Henderson JR, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1994), "The calculation of molecular spectra using finiteelement methods", Philosophical Magazine B: Physics of Condensed Matter; Statistical Mechanics, Electronic, Optical and Magnetic Properties. Vol. 69(5), pp. 1027 – 1036.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The bodyfixed Hamiltonian for a triatomic molecule as given by Sutcliffe and Tennyson in 1991 had the molecule define the xz plane. Here the relationship between this Hamiltonian and those in which the molecule defines other planes is exhibited. It is shown that in the SutcliffeTennyson approach the original embedding is preferred. In this embedding the relative effectiveness of the finite basis representation and the discretevariable representation as a means of approximate solution are considered for rotationally excited states of water. © 1994 Taylor & Francis Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Henderson1994,
author = {Henderson, James R. and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The calculation of molecular spectra using finiteelement methods},
journal = {Philosophical Magazine B: Physics of Condensed Matter; Statistical Mechanics, Electronic, Optical and Magnetic Properties},
year = {1994},
volume = {69},
number = {5},
pages = {1027 – 1036},
doi = {10.1080/01418639408240171}
}

Hougen JT, Kleiner I and Godefroid M (1994), "Selection rules and intensity calculations for a cs asymmetric top molecule containing a methyl group internal rotor", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 163(2), pp. 559 – 586.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A detailed discussion is presented of the relationships between four different molecular symmetry groups. i.e. D2, Cs, C3v, and C(m)3v commonly used to discuss energy level symmetry species and electricdipole selection rules for internal rotor problems in molecules with a symmetric rotor top and a frame with a plane of symmetry. paying particular attention to confusion arising from the fact that the smaller groups are not always subgroups of the larger, and the groups are applied to different parts of the internal rotation problem (i.e., D2 to pure rotation, Cs to vibrationrotation, C3v and C(m) 3v to torsionrotation). The meaning in this context of the traditional Ka, Kc labels for rotational energy levels in molecules with internal rotation is examined in detail. A discussion is also given of the relationship between three different schemes for defining a moleculefixed axis system in internal rotation problems. i.e., the principal axis method, the internal axis method, and a hybrid method referred to here as the “rho axis method,” paying particular attention to the meaning of atype, btype, and ctype transitions when using each of these axis systems. Some of the above ideas were helpful in adding intensity calculations to our earlier computer program treating internal rotation and overall rotation in acetaldehydelike molecules, and these intensity calculations are also briefly discussed. © 1994 Academic Press, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hougen1994,
author = {Hougen, Jon T. and Kleiner, I. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Selection rules and intensity calculations for a cs asymmetric top molecule containing a methyl group internal rotor},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1994},
volume = {163},
number = {2},
pages = {559 – 586},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1006/jmsp.1994.1047}
}

Van der Hart HW, Vaeck N and Hansen J (1994), "Radiative stabilization in doubleelectron capture to 4l4l' and 4l5l' states in O6+", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 27(15), pp. 3489 – 3514.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Following slow collisions between O8+ and Ar, doubleelectron capture into 4l4l' and 4l5l' states of O6+ has been reported. The experimental results show that in 25% of the events the two electrons are retained on the oxygen presumably due to radiative stabilization. In order to understand this high rate of stabilization, we have calculated for the first time the decay properties of all the 4l4l' and 4l5l' terms in the isolated atom using a truncated diagonalization method with Bspline basis sets. The 4l4l' states are lying in the same range of energy as the higher members of the 3lnl' Rydberg series and we have extended our Bspline approach to represent accurately the 3lnl' states with n up to 50. In this static approach, we obtain 30.8% radiative stabilization for the 4l4l' manifold and 2.6% for the 4l5l' manifold assuming in both cases a statistical population of the states. We conclude that these values, when combined with the experimentally determined initial populations of the two configurations, are too small to explain the experimental features assuming a statistical population distribution and we propose that in order to clarify the situation an experimental and/or theoretical study of the population distribution over the two configurations is necessary. © 1994 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{VanderHart1994,
author = {Van der Hart, Hugo W. and Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen},
title = {Radiative stabilization in doubleelectron capture to 4l4l' and 4l5l' states in O6+},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1994},
volume = {27},
number = {15},
pages = {3489 – 3514},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/27/15/023}
}

Biémont E, Hibbert A, Godefroid M and Vaeck N (1993), "New fvalues in C I and the CNO abundances in the sun", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 412(1), pp. 431 – 435.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In an attempt to refine our knowledge of the solar abundances of the CNO elements, we discuss in this paper the implications of a new accurate set of oscillator strengths recently calculated in intermediate coupling for the 2p(2Po)nl2p(2Po)n′l′ E1 transitions of astrophysical interest in C I and also for the forbidden transitions within the 2p2 ground configuration. As with previous analyses devoted to nitrogen and oxygen, configuration interaction effects have been considered in the calculations in a detailed way and empirical adjustments have been introduced in the diagonal Hamiltonian matrix elements in order to improve the agreement between theoretical eigenvalues and experimental energy differences. The new LTE result, based on a sample of 55 E1 transitions observed in the visible and in the near infrared regions, is AC = 8.60 ± 0.03 in the usual logarithmic scale. Taking departures from LTE into account leads, for a sample of 31 weak lines, to a mean result AC = 8.57 ± 0.03 in agreement with recent determinations. 
BibTeX:
@article{Biemont1993,
author = {Biémont, E. and Hibbert, A. and Godefroid, M. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {New fvalues in C I and the CNO abundances in the sun},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {1993},
volume = {412},
number = {1},
pages = {431 – 435},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1086/172932}
}

Brage I, Fischer CF and Vaeck N (1993), "Mchf calculations of autoionization widths in two and threeelectron systems", Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics. Vol. 26(4), pp. 621 – 640.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present calculations of autoionization widths using a fully numerical multiconfigurational HartreeFock method (mchf). Energy positions and autoionization rates are given for several doublyexcited states lying below the n = 2 threshold in He [and H˜. Particular attention is given to orthogonality considerations in the computation of the autoionization widths. The method is extended to the ls2p2 2D, ls2s(3S)3d 2D and ls2s(3S)4d 2D states of Li 1. To the authors’ knowledge, our MCHF value, 12.5 meV, is the first result obtained for the autoionization width of the ls2s(3S)4d 2D state. Comparison is made with other theoretical results and with experimental values and we point out several inconsistencies between the two sets of results. © 1993 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Brage1993a,
author = {Brage, Ibmas and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Mchf calculations of autoionization widths in two and threeelectron systems},
journal = {Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics},
year = {1993},
volume = {26},
number = {4},
pages = {621 – 640},
doi = {10.1088/2015000624501X}
}

Brage I, Fischer CF and Vaeck N (1993), "Mchf calculations of autoionization widths in two and threeelectron systems", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 26(4), pp. 621 – 640.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present calculations of autoionization widths using a fully numerical multiconfigurational HartreeFock method (mchf). Energy positions and autoionization rates are given for several doublyexcited states lying below the n = 2 threshold in He [and H. Particular attention is given to orthogonality considerations in the computation of the autoionization widths. The method is extended to the ls2p2 2D, ls2s(3S)3d 2D and ls2s(3S)4d 2D states of Li 1. To the authors’ knowledge, our MCHF value, 12.5 meV, is the first result obtained for the autoionization width of the ls2s(3S)4d 2D state. Comparison is made with other theoretical results and with experimental values and we point out several inconsistencies between the two sets of results. © 1993 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Brage1993b,
author = {Brage, Ibmas and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Mchf calculations of autoionization widths in two and threeelectron systems},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1993},
volume = {26},
number = {4},
pages = {621 – 640},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/26/4/006}
}

Brage T, Fischer CF, Vaeck N, Godefroid M and Hibbert A (1993), "Core polarization in ca i and ca ii", Physica Scripta. Vol. 48(5), pp. 533 – 545.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The effect of core polarization on binding energies, term splitting, fine structure, and transition probabilities is investigated for the low lying states 4s2S, 3d2D, 4p2P° in Ca II and 4s2‘S, 4s4p1'3P° in Ca I. Results from inclusions of core polarization in the form of model potentials are compared with explicit MCHF calculations, and the accuracy of the different approaches is discussed. © 1993 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Brage1993,
author = {Brage, Tomas and Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Vaeck, Nathalie and Godefroid, Michel and Hibbert, Alan},
title = {Core polarization in ca i and ca ii},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1993},
volume = {48},
number = {5},
pages = {533 – 545},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/48/5/006}
}

Bramley MJ, Henderson JR, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1993), "On the MeyerBotschwinaBurton potential energy surface for H 3 + ", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 98(12), pp. 10104 – 10105.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Bramley1993,
author = {Bramley, Matthew J. and Henderson, James R. and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {On the MeyerBotschwinaBurton potential energy surface for H 3 + },
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1993},
volume = {98},
number = {12},
pages = {10104 – 10105},
doi = {10.1063/1.464402}
}

Burden FR and Sutcliffe BT (1993), "Threebody calculations in laboratoryfixed hyperspherical coordinates: Convergence properties using numerical wavefunctions as applied to the positronium ion e3", Molecular Physics. Vol. 80(2), pp. 383 – 389.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Nonadiabatic calculations on the positronium ion have been performed using laboratoryfixed hyperspherical coordinates and numerical wavefunctions. Convergence properties show that more than 98% of the true energy can be recovered using modest basis sets by truncating the radial domain and carrying out selfconsistent field iterations solely on K = 0 levels. It seems likely that such procedures will enable more complex systems to be studied without recourse to extremely large basis sets. © 1993 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Burden1993,
author = {Burden, Frank R. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Threebody calculations in laboratoryfixed hyperspherical coordinates: Convergence properties using numerical wavefunctions as applied to the positronium ion e3},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1993},
volume = {80},
number = {2},
pages = {383 – 389},
doi = {10.1080/00268979300102321}
}

Dahl P, Andersen T, Jodal L, Kylstra N, Hansen J and Vaeck N (1993), "Angular distributions in autodetachment from doubly excited O states", Physical Review A. Vol. 48(4), pp. 2844 – 2849.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The angular distributions of electrons ejected from collisionally excited O ions have been measured in order to test the previous assignments of excited states for this ion. The angular distributions support the interpretation that the two dominant peaks in the electronenergy spectrum represent the autodetachment of the 2p3(2D)3s2 2Do state, decaying to the 3P and 1D states of the oxygen groundstate configuration, with an experimental branching ratio of 1.58±0.08, and not that two different autodetaching states are populated, as previously assumed. Theoretical calculations are in good agreement with the experimental findings. © 1993 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Dahl1993,
author = {Dahl, P. and Andersen, T. and Jodal, L. and Kylstra, N.J. and Hansen, J.E. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Angular distributions in autodetachment from doubly excited O states},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1993},
volume = {48},
number = {4},
pages = {2844 – 2849},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.48.2844}
}

Fischer CF, SmentekMielczarek L, Vaeck N and Miecznik G (1993), "A program to compute isotope shifts in atomic spectra", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 74(3), pp. 415 – 431.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The energy of a level of a specific isotope is affected both by the nuclear motion and the nuclear volume. This program treats the resulting energy shift as a small perturbation that can be separated into the normal and specific mass shift and field shift. Given an electronic wave function, generated either by the MCHF program (LS format) or the MCHF_CI (LSJ format), isotope independent parameters are computed and, from these, shifts between isotopes are predicted. © 1993. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fischer1993,
author = {Fischer, Charlotte Froese and SmentekMielczarek, Lidia and Vaeck, Nathalie and Miecznik, Gregory},
title = {A program to compute isotope shifts in atomic spectra},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1993},
volume = {74},
number = {3},
pages = {415 – 431},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(93)900236}
}

Guilmot JM, Godefroid M and Herman M (1993), "Rovibrational Parameters for transNitrous Acid", Journal of molecular spectroscopy. Vol. 160(2), pp. 387 – 400.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The Fourier transform absorption spectrum of HONO was recorded at high resolution between 600 and 12 000 cm1 using various experimental conditions. The results concerning the trans isomer are presented; i.e., the full rovibrational analysis of the ν1, ν2, ν3, ν4, and 2ν1 bands and the vibrational analysis and band contour simulation of the 2ν2, ν1 + ν4, ν1 + ν3, ν1 + 2ν3, and 3ν1 bands have been given. The results are combined with those of previous literature investigations to obtain a complete set of rovibrational parameters, including equilibrium rotational parameters, Ae = 3.122 cm1, Be = 0.4230 cm1, and Ce = 0.3724 cm1. © 1993 Academic Press, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Guilmot1993,
author = {Guilmot, J.M. and Godefroid, M. and Herman, M.},
title = {Rovibrational Parameters for transNitrous Acid},
journal = {Journal of molecular spectroscopy},
year = {1993},
volume = {160},
number = {2},
pages = {387 – 400},
doi = {10.1006/jmsp.1993.1186}
}

Hansen J, Bentley M, Van Der Hart H, Landtman M, Lister G, Shen YT and Vaeck N (1993), "The introduction of bspline basis sets in atomic structure calculations", Physica Scripta. Vol. 1993(T47), pp. 7 – 17.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We review some of the progress which has been achieved in calculations of atomic structure over the last few years, especially connected with the introduction of Bspline basis sets. The most important property of these basis sets is that they are effectively complete even in the case of a rather small set of basis functions. The possibilities for systematic calculations are discussed and applications to configuration interaction calculations as well as to calculations based on manybody perturbation theory are reviewed. © 1993 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hansen1993,
author = {Hansen, J.E. and Bentley, M. and Van Der Hart, H.W. and Landtman, M. and Lister, G.M.S. and Shen, Y.T. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {The introduction of bspline basis sets in atomic structure calculations},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1993},
volume = {1993},
number = {T47},
pages = {7 – 17},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/1993/T47/001}
}

Henderson JR, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1993), "All the bound vibrational states of H3 +: A reappraisal", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 98(9), pp. 7191 – 7203.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The 3D discrete variable representation (DVR) calculations of Henderson and Tennyson [Chem. Phys. Lett. 173, 133 (1990)] are reanalyzed to find the source of the nonvariational behavior highlighted by Carter and Meyer [J. Chem. Phys. 96, 2424 (1992)]. The discrepancy is found to be caused not by the use of incorrect boundary conditions, but by a failure of the quadrature approximation commonly used hi DVR calculations. Corrected DVR calculations show variational but slow convergence. Calculations using the same intermediate vectors as the nonvariational calculations and a corrected final Hamiltonian show greatly enhanced convergence. The vibrational band origins computed with this method are converged to within 2 cm1 up to 35 000 cm1. A complete list of these is presented and comparisons made with previous predictions. © 1993 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Henderson1993,
author = {Henderson, James R. and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {All the bound vibrational states of H3 +: A reappraisal},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1993},
volume = {98},
number = {9},
pages = {7191 – 7203},
doi = {10.1063/1.464711}
}

Judd B, Lister G and Vaeck N (1993), "Overlaps between the irreducible representations of two SO(7) subgroups of SO(8) used in the quark model of the atomic f shell", Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and General. Vol. 26(19), pp. 4991 – 5005.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In his studies of f electrons in atoms, Racah introduced the group SO(7) and its subgroup G2, with irreducible representations (irreps) W and U. By using a quarklike basis, these groups can be conveniently embedded in SO(8). This larger group, with irreps V, possesses two other SO(7) groups as subgroups that themselves contain G2 as a common subgroup. One of them, SO(7)' (with irreps W'), has been used to derive new selection rules on operators of physical interest. We describe methods for calculating the overlaps (VWU mod VW' U), the ultimate aim being to facilitate the transformations between SO(7) and SO(7)'. A table of relevant 6U symbols (the G2 generalizations of 6j symbols) is given. When V possesses null triality (that is, when the symbols labelling the open ends of the Dynkin diagram for SO(8) are equal), an undetermined phase in the overlaps can be used to generate matrix representations of S3, the permutation group on three objects. A brief table of zero overlaps is given. A remarkable factorization of the overlaps ((4310)W(40) I(4310)W'(40)) is noted, where (4310) is the irrep of SO(8) with dimension 25725. 
BibTeX:
@article{Judd1993,
author = {Judd, B.R. and Lister, G.M.S. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Overlaps between the irreducible representations of two SO(7) subgroups of SO(8) used in the quark model of the atomic f shell},
journal = {Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and General},
year = {1993},
volume = {26},
number = {19},
pages = {4991 – 5005},
doi = {10.1088/03054470/26/19/028}
}

Sundholm D, Olsen J, Godefroid M and Van Meulebeke G (1993), "Corevalence correlation on the lowlying 1,3Fo terms of Ca i", Physical Review A. Vol. 48(5), pp. 3606 – 3610.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The excitation energies of the 3d4p 3Fo, 4s4f 3Fo, 3d4p 1Fo, and 4s4f 1Fo states relative to the ground state 4s2 1S and the groundstate ionization potential of neutral calcium (Ca i) are calculated using a finiteelement multiconfiguration HartreeFock method, through the use of a systematic sequence of active spaces of increasing size. It is confirmed, through largescale ab initio calculations, that a wrong position of the 3d4p perturber in the 1Fo series, found in valence multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations, is due to the missing corevalence correlation. Some interference effects between corevalence and corecore correlation effects are also analyzed. © 1993 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sundholm1993,
author = {Sundholm, Dage and Olsen, Jeppe and Godefroid, Michel and Van Meulebeke, Guy},
title = {Corevalence correlation on the lowlying 1,3Fo terms of Ca i},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1993},
volume = {48},
number = {5},
pages = {3606 – 3610},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.48.3606}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1993), "The coupling of nuclear and electronic motions in molecules", Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions. Vol. 89(14), pp. 2321 – 2335.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The usual quantum mechanical approach to the separation of electronic and nuclear motions is reformulated in a precise manner and reexamined. The coupling terms between the two kinds of motions prove to be rather elusive and their theoretical status often problematic. The problem areas are identified and suggestions are made about the ways in which the field might in future be developed. This LennardJones memorial lecture was given on 21st September, 1992 at the Quantum Theory Conference in York. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1993,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The coupling of nuclear and electronic motions in molecules},
journal = {Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions},
year = {1993},
volume = {89},
number = {14},
pages = {2321 – 2335},
doi = {10.1039/FT9938902321}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1993), "Comment on ‘stabilization of autoionizing states during ionatom collisions’", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 26(17), pp. 2977 – 2980.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In a recent tetter Bachau, Roncdn and Hare! have proposed an ingenious method based on the PCI effect to obtain stabilization of certain classes of autoionizing states during ionatom collisions. In this comment we argue that although the effect as such is possible we find several difficulties with its application to cases for which stabilization has been observed. © 1993 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1993,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, JØrgen E.},
title = {Comment on ‘stabilization of autoionizing states during ionatom collisions’},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1993},
volume = {26},
number = {17},
pages = {2977 – 2980},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/26/17/028}
}

Cantarella E, Culott F and Lievin J (1992), "Ab initio calculation of vibrational dipole moment matrix elements.I.methods of calculation and diatomic test systems", Physica Scripta. Vol. 46(6), pp. 489 – 501.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This paper is the first part of a series devoted to the ab initio calculation of some vibrational properties helpful in the interpretation of high resolution spectroscopy, atmospherical and astrophysical data.An ab initio method of calculation of the vibrational transition energies and dipole moment matrix elements is described and analyzed.The main features of this method are the resolution of both electronic and vibrational problems by analytical variational techniques and the representation of the potential energy and dipole moment hypersurfaces as Taylor’s series expansions in normal coordinates up to the fourth order.The dipole moment matrix elements are then evaluated by simple analytical formulae.In this first paper, some of the approximations inherent to the methodology are systematically analyzed on the basis of results obtained for diatomic molecules (BeH, HF, NH and NO) with a comparison to experimental and other theoretical results found in the literature.The dependence on the results of the effects of electrical and mechanical anharmonicities, electron correlation and basis set dependencies are investigated.The applicability of the method to small polyatomic systems is discussed in the second paper of this series, on the basis of test calculations on the water molecule. © 1992 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Cantarella1992,
author = {Cantarella, E. and Culott, F. and Lievin, J.},
title = {Ab initio calculation of vibrational dipole moment matrix elements.I.methods of calculation and diatomic test systems},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1992},
volume = {46},
number = {6},
pages = {489 – 501},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/46/6/003}
}

Culot F and Lievin J (1992), "Ab initio calculation of vibrational dipole moment matrix elements.Ii.the water molecule as a polyatomic test case", Physica Scripta. Vol. 46(6), pp. 502 – 517.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This paper is the second part of a series devoted to the ab initio calculation of vibrational properties, like transition energies, dipole moment matrix elements and infrared intensities.The method of calculation has been detailed in the first paper, where test calculations on diatomic systems were also analyzed.The present paper applies the method to a simple polyatomic system, the water molecule in its ground electronic state.The purely polyatomic features of the method are discussed, as the determination of the potential energy and dipole moment surfaces and the description of vibrational mode couplings.The results concern vibrational energies of levels in the range 0 < v1+ v2+ v3< 3 and vibrational transition moments and intensities of cold and hot bands.Many methodological tests and comparisons to the experimental and theoretical literature are reported, showing that theoretical values of transition energies and dipole moments converge to the experimental ones; at the highest level of approximation (TZ + 2P/SDCI; vibrational SCF/CI and FCI) the precision obtained is sufficient to provide useful complementary spectroscopical data.This convergence is however not achieved for diagonal dipole moment matrix elements, which are shown to be very sensitive to the mechanical and electrical anharmonicities. © 1992 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Culot1992,
author = {Culot, F. and Lievin, J.},
title = {Ab initio calculation of vibrational dipole moment matrix elements.Ii.the water molecule as a polyatomic test case},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1992},
volume = {46},
number = {6},
pages = {502 – 517},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/46/6/004}
}

Hansen JE, Schraa O and Vaeck N (1992), "Calculations of auger energies and autoionisation rates for KLL and LMM transitions involved in the neutralisation of nitrogen ions at surfaces", Physica Scripta. Vol. 1992(T41), pp. 41 – 44.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Calculations of KLL and LMM transition energies and autoionisation transition probabilities for KLL transitions are reported for nitrogen ions with different Lshell populations. These quantities are of interest for the understanding of the process of neutralisation of ions at surfaces. A number of experiments have been carried out recently in which KLL and LMM Auger electrons have been observed. The observed energies have been used to obtain information about the number of L (M) electrons present when the KLL (LMM) transitions occur and about the population of the outer shells at this point. The spread in the quantities we report show that only very limited conclusions can be drawn from the observed energies about these two aspects of the neutralisation process. © 1992 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hansen1992,
author = {Hansen, Jergen E. and Schraa, Olaf and Vaeck, Nathalie},
title = {Calculations of auger energies and autoionisation rates for KLL and LMM transitions involved in the neutralisation of nitrogen ions at surfaces},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1992},
volume = {1992},
number = {T41},
pages = {41 – 44},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/1992/T41/007}
}

Henderson JR, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1992), "Reply to Comment on: Discrepancies between variationally calculated vibrational energies of H3 + ", Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 96(3), pp. 2426 – 2427.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Henderson1992,
author = {Henderson, James R. and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Reply to Comment on: Discrepancies between variationally calculated vibrational energies of H3 + },
journal = {Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1992},
volume = {96},
number = {3},
pages = {2426 – 2427},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.462045}
}

Kleiner I, Hougen J, Suenram R, Lovas F and Godefroid M (1992), "The ground and first torsional states of acetaldehyde", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 153(12), pp. 578 – 586.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We have fitted to within experimental accuracy a data set for acetaldehyde consisting of 423 vt = 0 microwave lines, 270 vt = 1 microwave lines, and 214 vt = 1 ← 0 farinfrared lines, using a global model from the earlier literature. The vt = 1 microwave data set was extended and corrected by 76 new measurements from NIST; the theoretical model was extended by inclusion of higher order terms from the literature. The final fit requires only 34 parameters to achieve a unitless weighted standard deviation for the whole fit of 1.15, demonstrating both the power of the model and the internal consistency of the data. © 1992. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kleiner1992,
author = {Kleiner, I. and Hougen, J.T. and Suenram, R.D. and Lovas, F.J. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {The ground and first torsional states of acetaldehyde},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1992},
volume = {153},
number = {12},
pages = {578 – 586},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(92)904949}
}

Lievin J (1992), "Ab initio characterization of the C ̃′1Ag state of the acetylene molecule", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 156(1), pp. 123 – 146.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio calculations on the few lowest 1Ag states of transbent acetylene have been performed at different levels of theory (SCF, CASSCF, SDCI, and SOCI) and with basis sets of increasing flexibilities (321G + pol, TZ + 2P, TZ + 2P + diff). The results predict the existence of an equilibrium structure (RCC = 1.621 A ̊, RCH = 1.096 A ̊, and θHCC = 104.5°) on the second potential energy surface of 1Ag symmetry, corresponding to the valence configuration 1ag21bu22ag2 2bu23ag23bu 24ag2 arising from a double Π → Π* excitation applied to the ground state configuration. The calculated parameters for this state, labeled C ̃′ (A = 8.71, B = 0.912, C = 0.825 cm1; ν1 = 3126, ν2 = 934, ν3 = 1386 cm1; Te = 7.53 eV), strictly confirm the recent findings of UVODR experiments. The analysis of the wavefunctions allows an interpretation of some of the features of this state, namely, its valence nature, its geometry (strong bending and enlarged CC bond), and the occurrence of multiple avoided crossings, leading to a potential energy barrier, along the pathway linking the C ̃′ minimum to the linear ground state geometry. The reason why previous ab initio calculations did not report the existence of this state is also discussed. © 1992. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1992,
author = {Lievin, Jacques},
title = {Ab initio characterization of the C ̃′1Ag state of the acetylene molecule},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1992},
volume = {156},
number = {1},
pages = {123 – 146},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(92)900989}
}

Ruth Le Sueur C, Miller S, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1992), "On the use of variational wavefunctions in calculating vibrational band intensities", Molecular Physics. Vol. 76(5), pp. 1147 – 1156.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: It is shown that vibrational band intensities calculated using variational wavefunctions and dipole surfaces give results which depend on how the Cartesian axes of the dipole surface are defined. It is suggested that the most consistent definition of these axes uses the rules proposed by Eckart for separating rovibrational motion. The consequences of this choice of axis system for the calculated band intensities of H2S, LiNC and H3+, and the apparent validity of HönlLondon factors are discussed. Computed band intensities are presented for H2S, HDS and D2S which correct previous literature values. © 1992 Taylor and Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{RuthLeSueur1992,
author = {Ruth Le Sueur, C. and Miller, Steven and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {On the use of variational wavefunctions in calculating vibrational band intensities},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1992},
volume = {76},
number = {5},
pages = {1147 – 1156},
doi = {10.1080/00268979200101941}
}

Sutcliffe B, Smith S and Duffey GH (1992), "Computing the tetrahedral angle [3] (multiple letters)", Journal of Chemical Education. Vol. 69(2), pp. 171.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1992b,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T. and Smith, S.J. and Duffey, George H.},
title = {Computing the tetrahedral angle [3] (multiple letters)},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Education},
year = {1992},
volume = {69},
number = {2},
pages = {171},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1021/ed069p171.1}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1992), "The chemical bond and molecular structure", Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM. Vol. 259(C), pp. 29 – 58.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Since Coulson's Tilden Lecture in 1951 there have been many developments in ideas about the chemical bond and about molecular structure. One aspect of those developments is considered here from a quantum mechanical standpoint. The conclusion reached is one of qualified pessimism about the extent to which it is possible to account for bonding and molecular structure (as perceived by the working chemist) from a quantum mechanical point of view. © 1992. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1992a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The chemical bond and molecular structure},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM},
year = {1992},
volume = {259},
number = {C},
pages = {29 – 58},
doi = {10.1016/01661280(92)87004J}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1992), "The use of perimetric coordinates in the vibrationrotation hamiltonian for triatomic molecules", Molecular Physics. Vol. 75(6), pp. 1233 – 1236.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: That part of the vibrationrotation Hamiltonian for a triatomic molecule which is independent of the rotational motion, is expressed in generalized distance and generalized perimetric coordinates which, in special cases, are the interparticle coordinates and the standard perimetric coordinates. © 1992 Taylor & Francis Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1992,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The use of perimetric coordinates in the vibrationrotation hamiltonian for triatomic molecules},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1992},
volume = {75},
number = {6},
pages = {1233 – 1236},
doi = {10.1080/00268979200100941}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1992), "Dicretization to avoid singularities in vibration–rotation Hamiltonians: A bisector embedding for AB2 triatomics", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 42(4), pp. 941 – 952.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A previously proposed [Sutcliffe and Tennyson, Int. J. Quantum Chem. 29, 183 (1991)] body‐fixed Hamiltonian is applied to AB2 systems in Radau coordinates with the x‐axis embedded along the bisector of the angle. It is shown that by using a discrete variable representation for the angular coordinate it is possible to avoid singular regions of the Hamiltonian. A two‐step variational procedure is used to obtain rotationally excited states of the system. The results of test calculations H2S and D2S with J = 0, 1, 5, and 10 are discussed along with computer‐usage characteristics. Copyright © 1992 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1992,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Dicretization to avoid singularities in vibration–rotation Hamiltonians: A bisector embedding for AB2 triatomics},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1992},
volume = {42},
number = {4},
pages = {941 – 952},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560420429}
}

Vaeck N, Godefroid M and Froese Fischer C (1992), "Corevalence correlation effects on E1 and E2 decay rates in Ca+", Physical Review A. Vol. 46(7), pp. 3704 – 3716.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Elaborate multiconfiguration HartreeFock wave functions have been obtained for the 4s 2S, 3d 2D, and 4p 2P°states in Ca+ in order to investigate the corevalence correlation effects on the transition probabilities of the electric dipole (E1) and quadrupole (E2) processes involving these levels. In parallel, modelpotential calculations using a corepolarization potential have been performed. They support the large reduction of the oscillator strengths found in the ab initio approach for both the E1 and E2 processes. The agreement between the two sets of results is satisfactory only if the polarization term is included in the HartreeFock variational procedure. The present theoretical 2P°1/2,3/2 lifetime values differ by 3.5% from the most recent fastbeam laser measurements with an estimated singlestandarddeviation uncertainty of about 1%. © 1992 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1992d,
author = {Vaeck, N. and Godefroid, M. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Corevalence correlation effects on E1 and E2 decay rates in Ca+},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1992},
volume = {46},
number = {7},
pages = {3704 – 3716},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.46.3704}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1992), "Auger decay of slow highlyionised ions neutralised at surfaces", Surface Science. Vol. 269270(C), pp. 596 – 600.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We present results of calculations of decay rates for hollow atoms which could be formed when an ion approaches a surface and we discuss the implications of these results for the interpretation of recent experiements concerned with the neutralisation of slow highly charged ions at surfaces. We find that multiply excited states in neutral atoms have lifetimes considerably shorter than those in the corresponding ions and point out that this property can explain the large number of lowenergy electrons, which have been observed experimentally. In addition, the lifetimes appear to be of the right order of magnitude to explain the observed time development of the neutralisation process. We consider also the implications for the highenergy spectrum. © 1992. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1992a,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen E.},
title = {Auger decay of slow highlyionised ions neutralised at surfaces},
journal = {Surface Science},
year = {1992},
volume = {269270},
number = {C},
pages = {596 – 600},
doi = {10.1016/00396028(92)913164}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1992), "Calculations of autoionization rates for doubleauger decay of multiplyexcited states in nitrogen", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 25(17), pp. 3613 – 3619.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We consider the probability for doubleAuger decay of multiplyexcited states in Nn+ with two Is vacancies. We have calculated the branching ratio R3 between the doubleAuger decay filling both holes in the Is shell and the normal Auger decay for initial 2pN, 2s2pNl and 2s22pN2 configurations with N = 3, 4, 5 and 6. We show that R3 depends more strongly on the number of 2s electrons than on the total number of electrons in the n = 2 shells. We find that the ‘shakedown’ of a 2s electron due to the nonorthogonality between the initial 2s and the final is electron is the most important effect. Comparison with the result of recent studies of neutralization of slow highlyexcited ions at surfaces suggests the presence of one or two 2s electrons in the ion at the time of the doubleAuger decay. © 1992 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1992,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen E.},
title = {Calculations of autoionization rates for doubleauger decay of multiplyexcited states in nitrogen},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1992},
volume = {25},
number = {17},
pages = {3613 – 3619},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/25/17/013}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1992), "Calculations of Energies, Radiative and NonRadiative Decay Rates of TriplyExcited States in LiLike and BLike Nitrogen", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 25(5), pp. 883 – 905.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report calculations of energies and decay rates for triplyexcited 3l3l’3l” configurations in Lilike N, N4+, and in Blike N, N2+, using a configuration interaction approach. Triplyexcited configurations can be obtained in chargeexchange experiments and might be important in the process of neutralization of slow highlyionized ions at surfaces but nearly no spectroscopic information is available for such states. They have found that there is a very strong configuration mixing in these systems which makes it difficult to give singleparticle labels to the terms. This suggests that a molecular (collective) description might be useful in analogy with the molecular model of the doublyexcited nlnl’ configurations in Helike spectra. Watanabe and Lin (1987) have considered a molecular description of the 3l3l’3l” configurations in He−. We have considered whether this model is useful in the present case where the nuclear attraction is much stronger compared to the interelectronic repulsion but they do not find any compelling evidence for such a description. One of the motivations for the introduction of the collective model in the case of the doublyexcited states was the large difference between nonradiative decay rates for different states in these systems. However, we have not found evidence from the decay rates in the 3131’31” configurations far a collective behaviour of the atomic shell. The 3131’31” configurations have many levels and can be difficult to resolve experimentally so average values are often more useful for comparison with experiment than rates for individual levels. We show that the average values of the decay rates, calculated assuming that there is no configuration interaction between the 3131’31” configurations, are in very good agreement with the correct average values even though configuration interaction is very strong. Since doublyexcited states of the type 3131’ have a rather long lifetime we have suggested that multiplyexcited states might be formed in the neutralization of slow highlyionized ions at surfaces. We have found that triplyexcited states have a considerably shorter lifetime and if additional electrons are added the lifetime seems to be reduced further so that this type of configuration can be responsible for the large number of lowenergy electrons which are produced during a neutralization process. © 1992 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1992c,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen E.},
title = {Calculations of Energies, Radiative and NonRadiative Decay Rates of TriplyExcited States in LiLike and BLike Nitrogen},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1992},
volume = {25},
number = {5},
pages = {883 – 905},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/25/5/005}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1992), "Competition between radiative and nonradiative decay processes in triplyexcited 3l3l′ nlʺ and doublyexcited 2 lnl′ states in nitrogen ions", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 25(15), pp. 3267 – 3282.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results are presented for radiative and nonradiative decay rates for 3l3l′ nlʺ states in N4+and 2lnlʹ states in N5+in a single configuration as well as in a CI approximation. It is found that while radiative stabilization is negligible for the triplyexcited states it is important for the doublyexcited states with n > 6. These results are used to interpret multiple chargeexchange experiments in nitrogen by BenoitCattin et al. The reasons for the difference between the doublyand triplyexcited states are discussed. © 1992 IOP Publication Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1992b,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen E.},
title = {Competition between radiative and nonradiative decay processes in triplyexcited 3l3l′ nlʺ and doublyexcited 2 lnl′ states in nitrogen ions},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1992},
volume = {25},
number = {15},
pages = {3267 – 3282},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/25/15/009}
}

Aspectt A, Bauchei J, Godefroid M, Grangier P, Hansen J and Vaeck N (1991), "Experimental and mchf isotope shifts of strongly perturbed levels in ca i and sr i", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 24(18), pp. 4077 – 4099.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Theoretical and experimental isotope shifts for Ca l and Sr i levels are presented. The isotope shifts of the levels 4s6s1S0 4p2 ‘So and 4p21D2 of calcium have been measured between the isotopes 40, 42, 43, 44 and 48 in twophoton transitions from the Ca ground state using two lasers with different wavelengths. Results of ab inilio mass and field shift calculations are presented for these levels as well as for a number of other strongly perturbed lowlying levels in calcium and strontium using the multiconfigutation HartreeFock method. The ‘gradient’ and the alternative ‘Slater’ forms of the specific mass shift operator have been tested; the latter is found to be unreliable with our mchf expansions which are limited to valence correlation effects. The agreement between theory and experiment is systematically better in strontium than in calcium for the specific mass shifts. The ab inilio field shift values agree well with the trend of the observations for both atoms, although they are systematically too small. A semiempirical calibration procedure leads to very good agreement for both atoms. Corerelaxation effects are shown to be large particularly for the mass shift. © 1991 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Aspectt1991,
author = {Aspectt, A. and Bauchei, J. and Godefroid, M. and Grangier, P. and Hansen, J.E. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Experimental and mchf isotope shifts of strongly perturbed levels in ca i and sr i},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1991},
volume = {24},
number = {18},
pages = {4077 – 4099},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/24/18/019}
}

Biémont E, Hibbert A, Godefroid M, Vaeck N and Fawcett B (1991), "Accurate oscillator strengths of astrophysical interest for neutral oxygen", Astrophysical Journal. Vol. 375(2), pp. 818 – 822.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Knowledge of accurate oscillator strengths in neutral oxygen is of crucial importance in astrophysics. The accurate determination of the solar abundance of O I, which remains the primary source for the entry in cosmic abundance tables, requires the use of E1 transitions appearing in the solar photospheric spectrum. A new accurate scale of oscillator strengths has therefore been obtained for the 2p3(4S)nl2p3(4S)n′l′ transitions of O I of astrophysical interest. Configuration interaction effects have been considered in a detailed way. The results have been used to improve the solar abundance determination for oxygen. The new result is A(O) = 8.86 ± 0.04 (in the usual logarithmic scale). 
BibTeX:
@article{Biemont1991,
author = {Biémont, E. and Hibbert, A. and Godefroid, M. and Vaeck, N. and Fawcett, B.C.},
title = {Accurate oscillator strengths of astrophysical interest for neutral oxygen},
journal = {Astrophysical Journal},
year = {1991},
volume = {375},
number = {2},
pages = {818 – 822},
doi = {10.1086/170245}
}

Froese Fischer C and Godefroid MR (1991), "Programs for computing LS and LSJ transitions from MCHF wave functions", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 64(3), pp. 501 – 519.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Given wavefunction expansions for the initial and final state along with expressions for the transition matrix elements, the programs evaluate oscillator strengths and transition probabilities. The MCHF_LSTR program assumes wave functions are represented in the nonrelativistic formalism and computers E1 and E2 transition data. The MCHF_LSJTR program requires wavefunction expansions from a BreitPauli CI calculation and evaluates transition data for E1, E2, ..., or M1, M2, ..., transitions between a series of initial and final states. This program could be used for the study of transitions between multiplets. © 1991. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer1991a,
author = {Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Godefroid, Michel R.},
title = {Programs for computing LS and LSJ transitions from MCHF wave functions},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1991},
volume = {64},
number = {3},
pages = {501 – 519},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(91)901417}
}

Froese Fischer C, Godefroid MR and Hibbert A (1991), "A program for performing angular integrations for transition operators", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 64(3), pp. 486 – 500.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The MCHF_MLTPOL program performs the angular integrations necessary for expressing the matrix elements of transition operators, E1, E2, ..., or M1, M2, ..., as linear combinations of radial integrals. All matrix elements for transitions between two lists of configuration states will be evaluated. A limited amount of nonorthogonality is allowed between orbitals of the initial and final state. © 1991. 
BibTeX:
@article{FroeseFischer1991,
author = {Froese Fischer, Charlotte and Godefroid, Michel R. and Hibbert, Alan},
title = {A program for performing angular integrations for transition operators},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1991},
volume = {64},
number = {3},
pages = {486 – 500},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(91)90140G}
}

Gaardsted J, Andersent T, Haugen H, Hansen J and Vaeck N (1991), "Multiphoton spectroscopy of doubly excited autoionizing states of ca", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 24(20), pp. 4363 – 4377.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The autoionizing spectrum of Ca has been studied in the wavelength ranges of 490540 nm and 555590 nm through multiphoton absorption and the subsequent decay to excited Ca+(4p2P3/2, 1/2) states. The fluorescence signal of Ca+(4p) exhibits resonances attributed to the 3d6p and 3dnf (n=47) doubly excited autoionizing 3 = 1, 3 states (threephoton absorption) together with resonances due to excited bound states (two photon absorption) of the neutral atom. Sufficient atomic density was obtained utilizing a vapour in a moderate pressure regime (25 mTorr) such that collisional excitation was stilt negligible. The pulsed 8 ns duration (fwhm) laser radiation was used in linear as well as in circular polarization. The observed 3 = 3 states has been interpreted with the help of theoretical results obtained by a configuration interaction approach. © 1991 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Gaardsted1991,
author = {Gaardsted, J.O. and Andersent, T. and Haugen, H.K. and Hansen, J.E. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Multiphoton spectroscopy of doubly excited autoionizing states of ca},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1991},
volume = {24},
number = {20},
pages = {4363 – 4377},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/24/20/008}
}

Godefroid M, Lievin J and Metz J (1991), "Symmetry adapted formulation of the generalized Brillouin theorem", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 40(2), pp. 243 – 264.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The singly excited functions satisfying Brillouin theorem are expressed as linear combinations of configuration‐state functions for any spin and spatial symmetries (atomic or molecular) and for any reference wave function. The generality of the formulation is ensured by the use of the irreducible tensor method that can be adapted to any symmetry point group of interest. The expansion coefficients are simply written as products of fractional parentage coefficients, spin‐ and orbit‐recoupling coefficients, and phase factors. The formalism is illustrated for some atomic (Kh) and molecular (C∞v, C3v, and Td) configurations. Group theoretical techniques are also used to correlate the Brillouin conditions within a chain of groups. Copyright © 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1991,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Lievin, J. and Metz, J.‐Y.},
title = {Symmetry adapted formulation of the generalized Brillouin theorem},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1991},
volume = {40},
number = {2},
pages = {243 – 264},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560400207}
}

Hansen J, van der Hart H, Landtman M, Shen YT and Vaeck N (1991), "Calculations for doublyexcited states populated in twoelectron processes", Zeitschrift für Physik D Atoms, Molecules and Clusters. Vol. 21(1 Supplement), pp. S87–S91.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Recent calculations of doublyexcited states for two and fourelectron states in neutral atoms and ions are described. In particular the radiative properties of these states are considered. It is pointed out that some of these states live so long that triplyexcited states perhaps can be formed in neutralisation processes at surfaces. © 1991 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hansen1991,
author = {Hansen, J.E. and van der Hart, H. and Landtman, M. and Shen, Y.T. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {Calculations for doublyexcited states populated in twoelectron processes},
journal = {Zeitschrift für Physik D Atoms, Molecules and Clusters},
year = {1991},
volume = {21},
number = {1 Supplement},
pages = {S87–S91},
doi = {10.1007/BF01426256}
}

Hibbertt A, Biémont E, Godefroid M and Vaeck N (1991), "El transitions of astrophysical interest in neutral oxygen", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 24(18), pp. 3943 – 3958.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Atomic transition rates and f values have been calculated in the triplet and quintet systems and for some intercombination lines of neutral oxygen. Configuration interaction was included in tbs calculations performed with the CiV3 code of Hibbcrt for all the transitions connecting the n =3 and n =4 energy levels. In order to reproduce the observed energy splittings between the energy states, small empirical adjustments were introduced to the diagonal matrix elements. Comparisons with previously published f values and radiative lifetimes are discussed and the subsequent astrophysical applications of the results are briefly mentioned. © 1991 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hibbertt1991,
author = {Hibbertt, A. and Biémont, E. and Godefroid, M. and Vaeck, N.},
title = {El transitions of astrophysical interest in neutral oxygen},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1991},
volume = {24},
number = {18},
pages = {3943 – 3958},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/24/18/010}
}

Kleiner I, Hougen J, Suenram R, Lovas F and Godefroid M (1991), "The ground torsional state of acetaldehyde", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 148(1), pp. 38 – 49.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: New microwave measurements on the ground state of acetaldehyde have been carried out using a Fourier transform spectrometer in the region from 7 to 26 GHz (typical measurement uncertainty 4 kHz), and a conventional Stark spectrometer in the region from 45 to 116 GHz (typical measurement uncertainty 40 kHz). These new ground state measurements and remeasurements have permitted a much better fit to two theoretical models of a data set containing farinfrared combination differences from the literature, microwave transitions from the literature, and the new microwave transitions. Rootmeansquare residuals obtained here for all these data (which come from a large number of sources) are only slightly larger (for either model) than the estimated measurement uncertainties. The first theoretical model is essentially a highbarrier effective Hamiltonian for one vibrational state only, based on Fourier expansions in terms of the form cos( 2πn 3)(ρK  σ). The second model is based on calculation using the internalrotation potential function, and is in principle much more powerful than the first. The present successful fits using either model indicate that earlier fitting difficulties using the second model and a combined infrared and microwave data set were caused by problems in the microwave data set, rather than problems in the model. It is hoped that similar success can be achieved with the more powerful second model when data from higher excited torsional states are considered. © 1991. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kleiner1991,
author = {Kleiner, I and Hougen, J.T and Suenram, R.D and Lovas, F.J and Godefroid, M},
title = {The ground torsional state of acetaldehyde},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1991},
volume = {148},
number = {1},
pages = {38 – 49},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(91)900326}
}

Ramsay D, Vervloet M, Vanhorenbeke F, Godefroid M and Herman M (1991), "Rotational analysis of the 00 band of the a ̃3Au X ̃1Ag system of transglyoxal", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 149(2), pp. 348 – 355.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The 00 band of the a ̃3Au X ̃1Ag system of transglyoxal has been recorded in absorption using a Bomem DA3.002 Fouriertransform spectrometer. Rotational analysis reveals that the dominant structure consists of branches obeying the selection rules ΔJ = 0, ±1, ΔN = 0, ±1, ±2, and ΔKa = 0. The following molecular constants were obtained for the excited state (in cm1): A = 1.9681(7), B = 0.15699(3), C = 0.14543(4), a0 = 0.025(3), a = 0.008(3), α = 0.08(3), T0 = 19 198.63(2), where the error limits are 3σ. © 1991. 
BibTeX:
@article{Ramsay1991,
author = {Ramsay, D.A and Vervloet, M and Vanhorenbeke, F and Godefroid, M and Herman, M},
title = {Rotational analysis of the 00 band of the a ̃3Au X ̃1Ag system of transglyoxal},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1991},
volume = {149},
number = {2},
pages = {348 – 355},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(91)90291H}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Tennyson J (1991), "A general treatment of vibration‐rotation coordinates for triatomic molecules", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 39(2), pp. 183 – 196.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An exact, within the Born–Oppenheimer approximation, body‐fixed Hamiltonian for the nuclear motions of a triatomic system is presented. This Hamiltonian is expressed in terms of two arbitrarily defined internal distances and the angle between them. The body‐fixed axis system is related to these coordinates in a general fashion. Problems with singularities and the domain of the Hamiltonian are discussed using specific examples of axis embedding. A number of commonly used coordinate systems including Jacobi, bond‐length‐bond‐angle, and Radau coordinates are special cases of this Hamiltonian. Sample calculations on the H2S molecule are presented using all these and other coordinate systems. The possibility of using this Hamiltonian for reactive scattering calculations is also discussed. Copyright © 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1991,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Tennyson, Jonathan},
title = {A general treatment of vibration‐rotation coordinates for triatomic molecules},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1991},
volume = {39},
number = {2},
pages = {183 – 196},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560390208}
}

Vaeck N, Godefroid M and Hansen J (1991), "Mchf oscillator strength and lifetime calculations in neutral calcium", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 24(2), pp. 361 – 381.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report extensive multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) calculations, taking into account valence correlation and corerelaxation effects, of energy levels, eigenvector compositions, electric dipole and quadrupole oscillator strengths involving the n*S (n = 14), n1P° (n = 1, 2), n1D (n = 1—3) and n1F° (n = 1, 2) states in Ca I. On the whole, the agreement between theory and observation has been improved by our set of MCHF results. The theoretical transition probabilities allow the evaluation of the lifetimes for the levels 4s4p, 4s5p IP°; 4s4d, 4p2 *D and 3d4p, 4s4f 1F° which are compared with the most recent measurements. The differences between MCHF calculations for series perturbed by doublyexdted states in Ca and Sr are discussed. It is concluded that corepolarization effects are of about the same importance in the two atoms but that the effects on the 3d (Ca) and 4d (Sr) orbitals are such that the total corepolarization effects for series and perturbers are of the same magnitude in Sr while large differences exist in Ca. © 1991 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1991b,
author = {Vaeck, N. and Godefroid, M. and Hansen, J.E.},
title = {Mchf oscillator strength and lifetime calculations in neutral calcium},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1991},
volume = {24},
number = {2},
pages = {361 – 381},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/24/2/006}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen J (1991), "Calculations of decay rates for triplyexcited states in N2+", Zeitschrift für Physik D Atoms, Molecules and Clusters. Vol. 21(1 Supplement), pp. S221–S223.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We report here calculations of energy level values and autoionization decay rates for all the terms belonging to the 1s23 l3 l'3 l'' configuration in N2+. Comparison are made with previous calculations for 1s23 l3 l' terms in N3+. The properties of the triplyexcited states and in particular the fast autoionization decay rates found in the present calculations can perhaps help in understanding the mechanism responsible for neutralisation of ions at surfaces. © 1991 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1991a,
author = {Vaeck, N. and Hansen, J.E.},
title = {Calculations of decay rates for triplyexcited states in N2+},
journal = {Zeitschrift für Physik D Atoms, Molecules and Clusters},
year = {1991},
volume = {21},
number = {1 Supplement},
pages = {S221–S223},
doi = {10.1007/BF01426298}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen JE (1991), "Lifetimes of multiplyexcited states in nitrogen", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 24(19), pp. L469 – L475.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: It has been observed experimentally that slow highlyionized atoms are already neutralized on impact with a metal surface due to the strong potential which can 'puli’ electrons out of the surface into highlying multiplyexcited atomic states. We present quantitative results for decay rates of such multiplyexcited states and show that the lifetimes for such states, when the electrons have large values of n, appear to be significantly different in neutral atoms and in the corresponding ions. © 1991 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1991,
author = {Vaeck, Nathalie and Hansen, Jørgen E.},
title = {Lifetimes of multiplyexcited states in nitrogen},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1991},
volume = {24},
number = {19},
pages = {L469 – L475},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/24/19/001}
}

Guilmot J, Carleer M, Godefroid M and Herman M (1990), "The ν1 fundamental band of transHNO2", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 143(1), pp. 81 – 90.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The spectrum of transnitrous acid has been recorded at a resolution of about 2.5 × 103 cm1 in the region from 3200 to 3800 cm1. Over 500 lines are assigned to the ν1 fundamental band (OH stretching). Rovibrational constants are obtained for ν1. Systematic perturbations affecting some of the levels are attributed to a btype Coriolis interaction involving the 2ν3 + ν5 + ν6 level. © 1990. 
BibTeX:
@article{Guilmot1990,
author = {Guilmot, J.M. and Carleer, M. and Godefroid, M. and Herman, M.},
title = {The ν1 fundamental band of transHNO2},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1990},
volume = {143},
number = {1},
pages = {81 – 90},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(90)90262O}
}

Huet T, Godefroid M and Herman M (1990), "The A ̃ electronic state of acetylene: Geometry and axisswitching effects", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 144(1), pp. 32 – 44.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The geometrical parameters concerning acetylene in the A ̃ state are derived: rCC = 1.375 A ̊, rCH = 1.097 A ̊, and HCH = 122.48°. New rovibrational parameters of acetylene in the A ̃ state are provided or predicted. Axisswitching intensities are discussed on the basis of an extended formulation using the tensor algebra. © 1990. 
BibTeX:
@article{Huet1990,
author = {Huet, T.R and Godefroid, M and Herman, M},
title = {The A ̃ electronic state of acetylene: Geometry and axisswitching effects},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1990},
volume = {144},
number = {1},
pages = {32 – 44},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(90)90306B}
}

Kleiner I, Godefroid M, Herman M and McKellar A (1990), "The fundamental torsion band in acetaldehyde", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 142(2), pp. 238 – 253.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Highresolution spectroscopy and lowtemperature experimental conditions allowed us to carry out the rotational analysis of the ν15 fundamental band of acetaldehyde, observed around 150 cm1. Some 1000 lines of A and E types have been assigned to the main band and some 90 Atype lines have been identified in the first overtone of the torsion mode. A simultaneous fit, using the nonrigid internal axis method, of a very severely selected set of unblended FIR data from the fundamental band (214 lines with J ≤ 10 and K < 9), together with microwave data published in the literature, allowed us to obtain accurate molecular parameters describing describing internal and overall rotation in acetaldehyde. In particular, the Fourier coefficients V3 and V6 of the barrier for internal rotation as well as the rotationless origins of the ν15 fundamental band and its first overtone were determined with improved accuracy, compared to the data previously available in the literature. Some difficulties in treating vt = 1 microwave data led us to suspect problems in the theoretical model adopted or in the present vt = 1 microwave data set. Finally, a fit of selected unblended data from the first overtone of the torsion (29 Atype lines), together with the previously mentioned selected unblended data from the fundamental band, was carried out but resulted in a standard deviation somewhat higher than was obtained with the fundamental band alone. © 1990. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kleiner1990,
author = {Kleiner, I. and Godefroid, M. and Herman, M. and McKellar, A.R.W.},
title = {The fundamental torsion band in acetaldehyde},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1990},
volume = {142},
number = {2},
pages = {238 – 253},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(90)90181O}
}

Miller S, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1990), "Forbidden rotational and rovibrational transitions in H3+: First principles calculations", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 141(1), pp. 104 – 117.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Calculations of the linestrengths and transition frequencies of the forbidden pure rotational spectrum of H3+ in the vibrationally excited ν2 state are presented. These transitions occur in the farinfrared region, and their observation may be complicated by ν1  ν2 difference transitions. Examples of these are also given. Forbidden rovibrational transition frequencies and linestrengths have also been calculated in the frequency range 20003000 cm1. The bands (ν2 + ν1)  ν2 and (2ν2 (l = 0) + ν1)  2ν2 (l = 2) are found to be particularly strong. Possible phenomenological explanations for the observed line intensities are discussed. Two routes to obtaining the energy levels of the ν1 manifold of H3+ are suggested. © 1990. 
BibTeX:
@article{Miller1990,
author = {Miller, Steven and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Forbidden rotational and rovibrational transitions in H3+: First principles calculations},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1990},
volume = {141},
number = {1},
pages = {104 – 117},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(90)90281T}
}

Carter S, Rosmus P, Handy NC, Miller S, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1989), "Benchmark calculations of first principles rotational and rovibrational line strenghts", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 55(1), pp. 71 – 75.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Benchmark first principles calculations of the pure rotational and rovibrational transition frequencies and line strengths are presented, using two independent program suites. Both sets of calculations were performed using the same potential energy and dipole surfaces. Our example calculations use recently calculated surfaces for H2S which have been shown to give good agreement with experimental data. The results, which show perfect agreement for the energy levels, transition frequencies and line strengths, are used as an external check on the two program suites. It is suggested they could provide a standard with which other groups working in this field can compare their calculations. © 1989. 
BibTeX:
@article{Carter1989,
author = {Carter, Stuart and Rosmus, Pavel and Handy, Nicholas C. and Miller, Steven and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Benchmark calculations of first principles rotational and rovibrational line strenghts},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1989},
volume = {55},
number = {1},
pages = {71 – 75},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(89)900647}
}

Godefroid M, Lievin J and Heenen PH (1989), "Laguerre meshes in atomic structure calculations", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 22(20), pp. 3119 – 3136.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A new method to discretise the Schrodinger equations has been described recently and applied successfully to simple quantum mechanical and nuclear HartreeFock problems. The method is based on an accurate approximation of a variational calculation. The authors apply this approach in atomic structure calculations by discretising on Laguerre meshes the Schrodinger equation for hydrogen and the HartreeFock and configuration interaction equations of twoelectron systems. They investigate the accuracy of the method for the ground states and some of the excited states of H, He and H. They illustrate the striking simplicity of the Hamiltonian matrix elements arising from the Lagrange functions properties when using the Gauss quadrature integration formula and test its accuracy as a function of the number of points defining the mesh. They also test the quality of the Lagrange function basis set by checking sum rules and by calculating the secondorder energy of helium. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1989,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Lievin, J. and Heenen, P.H.},
title = {Laguerre meshes in atomic structure calculations},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1989},
volume = {22},
number = {20},
pages = {3119 – 3136},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/22/20/006}
}

Kabbadj Y and Lievin J (1989), "Ab initio study of the electronic structure of the PO2radical", Physica Scripta. Vol. 40(3), pp. 259 – 269.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Kabbadj1989,
author = {Kabbadj, Y. and Lievin, J.},
title = {Ab initio study of the electronic structure of the PO2radical},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1989},
volume = {40},
number = {3},
pages = {259 – 269},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/40/3/002}
}

Miller S, Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1989), "First principles calculation of rotational and rovibrational line strengths spectra for H2D+and D2H+", Molecular Physics. Vol. 66(2), pp. 429 – 456.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Theory is developed for the calculation of dipole transition line strengths and frequencies for rotational and rovibrational transitions from wavefunctions expressed in the generalized bodyfixed coordinates proposed by Sutcliffe and Tennyson (1986, Molec. Phys., 58, 1053). Computations using this theory produce calculated frequencies for the fundamental rovibrational transitions of H2D+and D2H+in very good agreement with experiment. These first principles calculations use the highly accurate ab initio electronic potential energy and dipole surface of Meyer, Botschwina and Burton, which has previously been shown by the authors to give rovibrational transition frequencies, rotational constants and vibrational fundamentals of spectroscopic accuracy. Three line reassignments are proposed on frequency considerations. Several transitions are proposed as candidates for observation on the grounds of computed relative intensities. Calculated pure rotational transitions in ground state for H2D+and D2H+ are in excellent agreement with limited data available, and the full rotational spectra of these molecules are predicted. © 1989 Taylor & Francis Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Miller1989,
author = {Miller, Steven and Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {First principles calculation of rotational and rovibrational line strengths spectra for H2D+and D2H+},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1989},
volume = {66},
number = {2},
pages = {429 – 456},
doi = {10.1080/00268978900100211}
}

Vaeck N and Hansen J (1989), "Calculations for 1s23l3l' states in C2+, N 3+, O4+, Ne6+ and Xe50+", Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics. Vol. 22(20), pp. 3137 – 3153.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Calculations are presented of energy level values, radiative transition probabilities and autoionisation rates for terms belonging to the 1s 23l3l' configurations for several ions in the Be I isoelectronic sequence (C2+, N3+, O4+, Ne6+ and Xe50+). The results of a CI calculation including the configurations of the complex (and the 3d4f configuration) are compared with experimental results obtained in collisions of highly stripped ions with He, H2 and Ar and with the results of theoretical calculations. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1989,
author = {Vaeck, N. and Hansen, J.E.},
title = {Calculations for 1s23l3l' states in C2+, N 3+, O4+, Ne6+ and Xe50+},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics},
year = {1989},
volume = {22},
number = {20},
pages = {3137 – 3153},
doi = {10.1088/09534075/22/20/007}
}

Botschwina P, Handy N, Halonen L, Gaw J, Ha T, Lewerenz M, Quack M, Sheppard N, Duncan J, Brodersen S, Baggott J, Law D, Lehmann K, Hutchinson J, Winnewisser M, Holme T, Carney G, Duxbury G, Tennyson J, Child M, Chambers A, Sutcliffe B, Jensen P, Marquardt R, Newnham D, Henry B, Mills I, Coy S, Caldow G, Smith A, Walsh R, Ashfold M, McKean D, Watts R, Carrasquillo E, Utz A, Crim F, Temps F, Santamaría J, GetinoGonzalez C, Ezra G, Simons J, GarcíaAyllón A and Levine R (1988), "General discussion", Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics. Vol. 84(9), pp. 1555 – 1642.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Botschwina1988,
author = {Botschwina, P. and Handy, N.C. and Halonen, L. and Gaw, J.F. and Ha, T.K. and Lewerenz, M. and Quack, M. and Sheppard, N. and Duncan, J.L. and Brodersen, S. and Baggott, J.E. and Law, D.W. and Lehmann, K.K. and Hutchinson, J.S. and Winnewisser, M. and Holme, T.A. and Carney, G.D. and Duxbury, G. and Tennyson, J. and Child, M.S. and Chambers, A.V. and Sutcliffe, B.T. and Jensen, P. and Marquardt, R. and Newnham, D.A. and Henry, B.R. and Mills, I.M. and Coy, S.L. and Caldow, G.L. and Smith, A.M. and Walsh, R. and Ashfold, M.N.R. and McKean, D.C. and Watts, R.O. and Carrasquillo, E. and Utz, A.L. and Crim, F.F. and Temps, F. and Santamaría, J. and GetinoGonzalez, C. and Ezra, G.S. and Simons, J.P. and GarcíaAyllón, A. and Levine, R.D.},
title = {General discussion},
journal = {Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics},
year = {1988},
volume = {84},
number = {9},
pages = {1555 – 1642},
doi = {10.1039/F29888401555}
}

Hibbert A, Froese Fischer C and Godefroid M (1988), "Nonorthogonal orbitals in MCHF or configuration interaction wave functions", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 51(3), pp. 285 – 293.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The method of calculating interaction matrix elements between multiconfigurational wave functions, given by Fano (1965) for orthogonal orbitals, is extended to allow the use of nonorthogonal orbitals. We allow up to two subshells in each configuration function which contain spectator (noninteracting) electrons described by orbitals which are not orthogonal to orbitals in the other configuration function of the matrix element. A discussion of the effects of less restrictive conditions is presented. © 1988. 
BibTeX:
@article{Hibbert1988,
author = {Hibbert, A. and Froese Fischer, C. and Godefroid, M.R.},
title = {Nonorthogonal orbitals in MCHF or configuration interaction wave functions},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1988},
volume = {51},
number = {3},
pages = {285 – 293},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(88)901415}
}

Sutcliffe B, Miller S and Tennyson J (1988), "An effective computational approach to the calculation of the vibrationrotation spectra of triatomic molecules", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 51(12), pp. 73 – 82.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The results of some highly accurate nonempirical rovibrational calculations on H2D+ are reported including some for J = 30 which are the first calculations to describe such a highly rotationally excited state. These results are obtained using an improved version of our algorithm. The method used is a variational one and is well adapted to execution on supercomputers. The computational characteristics of the performance the method on the CRAY 1s and the CRAY XMP 48 are given. © 1988. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1988,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T. and Miller, S. and Tennyson, J.},
title = {An effective computational approach to the calculation of the vibrationrotation spectra of triatomic molecules},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1988},
volume = {51},
number = {12},
pages = {73 – 82},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(88)90063X}
}

Tennyson J, Miller S and Sutcliffe BT (1988), "Beyond rovibrational separation", Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics. Vol. 84(9), pp. 1295 – 1303.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results are presented for nuclear motion calculations on D3+, H2D+ and the van der Waals complex ArCO in rotationally excited states. These calculations are performed using a twostep variational procedure which allows large rovibrational interactions (Coriolis couplings) to be treated accurately. The difficulty of assigning states in systems such as H2D+ where the Coriolis interactions are large is illustrated and the limitations of effective Hamiltonians derived from perturbation theory discussed. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1988,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Miller, Steven and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Beyond rovibrational separation},
journal = {Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics},
year = {1988},
volume = {84},
number = {9},
pages = {1295 – 1303},
doi = {10.1039/F29888401295}
}

Urdaneta C, LargoCabrerizo A, Lievin J, Lie G and Clementi E (1988), "Gaussian functions in hylleraasCl calculations. I. Ground state energies for H2, HeH+, and H3+", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 88(3), pp. 2091 – 2093.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Urdaneta1988,
author = {Urdaneta, C. and LargoCabrerizo, A. and Lievin, J. and Lie, G.C. and Clementi, E.},
title = {Gaussian functions in hylleraasCl calculations. I. Ground state energies for H2, HeH+, and H3+},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1988},
volume = {88},
number = {3},
pages = {2091 – 2093},
doi = {10.1063/1.454090}
}

Vaeck N, Godefroid M and Hansen JE (1988), "Multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations for singlet terms in neutral strontium", Physical Review A. Vol. 38(6), pp. 2830 – 2845.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) calculations are presented for singlet terms in neutral strontium (Sr i) belonging to (perturbed) sp, sd, and sf Rydberg series. We discuss briefly some particularly difficult MCHF calculations and the steps taken to overcome the difficulties. The ab initio wave functions are used to calculate radiative lifetimes as well as individual transition rates for electric dipole and quadrupole radiation. The calculated lifetimes are compared to recent experimental results. The observed trends are well reproduced by the calculations. We compare our wave functions with wave functions obtained from multichannel quantumdefect theory (MQDT) in either of two different ways. One is based on semiempirical fitting to the observed energy levels and the other on a recent ab initio Rmatrix calculation of MQDT parameters. We find good agreement with the wave functions obtained in the latter calculation, confirming earlier conjectures about the degree of reliability of semiempirical MQDT fits to perturbed Rydberg series [C. Froese Fischer and J. E. Hansen, Phys. Rev. A 24, 631 (1981)]. © 1988 The American Physical Society. 
BibTeX:
@article{Vaeck1988,
author = {Vaeck, N. and Godefroid, M. and Hansen, Jorgen E.},
title = {Multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations for singlet terms in neutral strontium},
journal = {Physical Review A},
year = {1988},
volume = {38},
number = {6},
pages = {2830 – 2845},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevA.38.2830}
}

Godefroid M, Lievin J and Metz J (1987), "Brillouin's theorem for complex atomic configurations", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 20(14), pp. 3283 – 3296.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: General mathematical expressions are derived for the weighting coefficients of the configuration state functions defining the singly excited function satisfying Brillouin's theorem for complex atomic configurations. The relations are illustrated for different cases and tested numerically by the cancellation of the Brillouin matrix elements using the HartreeFock solution for the reference function. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1987a,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Lievin, J. and Metz, J.Y.},
title = {Brillouin's theorem for complex atomic configurations},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1987},
volume = {20},
number = {14},
pages = {3283 – 3296},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/20/14/004}
}

Godefroid M, Lievin J and Metz J (1987), "Inversion of the fractional parentage matrix", Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and General. Vol. 20(7), pp. 1645 – 1653.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The Racah fractional parentage coefficients (1943) used in atomic structure calculations contribute to a part of an ordinary unitary matrix transformation. In the present paper the authors describe three different approaches for completing this matrix using (i) projection operator techniques, (ii) the factorisation lemma of Racah and (iii) the spinfree formalism already used in theoretical studies of nuclear structures. The authors hope to give a deeper insight into the fractional parentage expansion and to its inverse transformation. © 1987, IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1987,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Lievin, J. and Metz, J.Y.},
title = {Inversion of the fractional parentage matrix},
journal = {Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and General},
year = {1987},
volume = {20},
number = {7},
pages = {1645 – 1653},
doi = {10.1088/03054470/20/7/011}
}

Kleiner I, Godefroid M, Herman M and Mc Kellar A (1987), "Infrared laser Stark spectrum of HNO3 at 6 μm", Journal of the Optical Society of America B: Optical Physics. Vol. 4(7), pp. 1159 – 1164.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Intracavity laser Stark experiments were performed on the v2 fundamental band of nitric acid, HNO3, using a CO laser. Despite the high density of observed resonances in the spectra, it was possible to recognize and fit several transitions. Calculations were made using a theoretical approach describing the Stark effect in asymmetrictopped molecules in terms of tensorial elements. The main result of the analysis was the first reported determination of the a and b components of the electricdipole moment in the v2 = 1 vibrational level. © 1987, Optical Society of America. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kleiner1987,
author = {Kleiner, I. and Godefroid, M. and Herman, M. and Mc Kellar, A.R.W.},
title = {Infrared laser Stark spectrum of HNO3 at 6 μm},
journal = {Journal of the Optical Society of America B: Optical Physics},
year = {1987},
volume = {4},
number = {7},
pages = {1159 – 1164},
doi = {10.1364/JOSAB.4.001159}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Tennyson J (1987), "Variational methods for the calculation of rovibrational energy levels of small molecules", Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics. Vol. 83(9), pp. 1663 – 1674.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Variational rovibrational calculations performed on the molecules H2O and CH+2 are discussed with a view to pinpointing the best solution strategy for each system. While all the methods discussed appeared to be reliable for the lowlying levels of water, CH+2 has proved a more testing system. A recently proposed method for calculating highly rotationally excited states is applied to the J = 10 levels of CH+2. Comparison of these calculations with those of Carter and Handy suggests that at this level of rotational excitation it will be necessary to consider full rovibronic coupling effects in the characterisation of any spectra of this floppy system. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1987,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Tennyson, Jonathan},
title = {Variational methods for the calculation of rovibrational energy levels of small molecules},
journal = {Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics},
year = {1987},
volume = {83},
number = {9},
pages = {1663 – 1674},
doi = {10.1039/F29878301663}
}

Sutcliffe BT, Tennyson J and Miller S (1987), "The use of supercomputers for the variational calculation of rovibrationally excited states of floppy molecules", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 72(4), pp. 265 – 276.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The advent of supercomputers has led to great advances in electronic structure calculations and to the ab initio calculation of molecular spectra. Recent theoretical developments have allowed us to develop a twostep variational algorithm for the calculation of rotationally highly excited states of floppy molecules. This algorithm allows highly accurate nuclear motion calculations to be performed on lowlying rovibrational states and greatly extends the range of states that can practicably be considered. The algorithm has been adapted to run efficiently on the Cray supercomputers. Analysis of the timings suggest that construction of the secular matrix is highly vectorised and that the special structure of secular matrix can be used to give rapid diagonalisation. The limiting factor on these calculations is the available fast storage, but analysis suggests that this bottleneck could be removed by use of a Solid State Device (SSD). Sample results are given for calculations involving a range of rotational excitation. An adaptation of the algorithm to a loop of parallel processors is also suggested. © 1987 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1987a,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Tennyson, Jonathan and Miller, Steven},
title = {The use of supercomputers for the variational calculation of rovibrationally excited states of floppy molecules},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1987},
volume = {72},
number = {4},
pages = {265 – 276},
doi = {10.1007/BF00529031}
}

Fischer CF and Godefroid M (1986), "Multiconfiguration HartreeFock plus BreitPauli results for some forbidden transitions", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 19(2), pp. 137 – 148.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The multiconfiguration HartreeFock method, extended to include relativistic effects in the BreitPauli approximation (MCHF+BP), has been applied to the study of some forbidden transitions between levels of the 3s 23p3 configuration in the phosphorus sequence. Term energy separations, finestructure splittings, and E2 and M1 transition rates are reported for S II of interest in astrophysics and for several atomic systems with nuclear charge, Z, in the range 28

BibTeX:
@article{Fischer1986,
author = {Fischer, Charlotte Froese and Godefroid, Michel},
title = {Multiconfiguration HartreeFock plus BreitPauli results for some forbidden transitions},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1986},
volume = {19},
number = {2},
pages = {137 – 148},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/19/2/004}
}

Henriet C and Verhaegen G (1986), "Accurate calculation of the excited states of the molecule beh", Physica Scripta. Vol. 33(4), pp. 299 – 309.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The five lowest states of both2∑+ and2π symmetries were calculated with a large STO basis set (24σ, 13π, 55δ, including Rydberg orbitals on Be and on H), over a wide range of interatomic distances. A twostep Cl procedure (singles, doubles and triples over the valence shell) involving each 2899 and 4122 CSF’s for2∑+ and2π states respectively was used throughout the work. The results include term energies (also of dissociation products), dissociation energies, spectroscopic constants and dipole moments. The agreement between calculated results and available experimental data indicates a precision of 400cm1 in the energies 0.005Å in the equilibrium internuclear distances and 15 cm1 in the vibration frequencies. The states are analysed as a function of intemuclear distance by means of their natural orbitals, and semiquantitive information is obtained concerning the validity of the BomOppenheimer approximation for certain states at certain distances. Finally, experimental interpretations of observed anomalies are rationalized. © 1986 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Henriet1986,
author = {Henriet, C. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Accurate calculation of the excited states of the molecule beh},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1986},
volume = {33},
number = {4},
pages = {299 – 309},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/33/4/004}
}

Sutcliffe B and Tennyson J (1986), "The construction and fitting of molecular potential energy surfaces and their use in vibration‐rotation calculations", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 30(20 S), pp. 507 – 520.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The state‐of‐the‐art in non‐empirical calculations of potential energy surfaces for small molecules is discussed, as is the present position with respect to the analytic fitting of such surfaces. The results of some nonempirical vibration‐rotation calculations performed on such analytic surfaces are presented and compared with experimental results. An attempt is made to assess the extent to which present methods of electronic structure calculation and present analytic fitting methods are adequate to produce surfaces for the interpretation of high‐resolution spectral data. Copyright © 1986 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1986a,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T. and Tennyson, J.},
title = {The construction and fitting of molecular potential energy surfaces and their use in vibration‐rotation calculations},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1986},
volume = {30},
number = {20 S},
pages = {507 – 520},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560300744}
}

Sutcliffe BT and Tennyson J (1986), "A generalized approach to the calculation of rovibrational spectra of triatomic molecules", Molecular Physics. Vol. 58(6), pp. 1053 – 1066.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A generalization of the well known atomdiatom scattering hamiltonian to a coordinate system of two lengths and an angle is derived, another special case of which is a previously known bond anglebond length hamiltonian. Different axis embeddings are also considered. The formalism is applied to the rovibrational levels of D2H+, CH2+ and HDHe (A1A’) and the advantage of a judicious choice of coordinates demonstrated. The vibrational band origins for HDHe*, the first predictions for this system for which previous calculations had failed, are obtained using a new geometrically defined coordinate system. It is suggested that these coordinates might be used to represent isotopically substituted van der Waals complexes. © 1986 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1986,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T. and Tennyson, Jonathan},
title = {A generalized approach to the calculation of rovibrational spectra of triatomic molecules},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1986},
volume = {58},
number = {6},
pages = {1053 – 1066},
doi = {10.1080/00268978600101801}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1986), "Highly rotationally excited states of floppy molecules: H2D+ with j≤20", Molecular Physics. Vol. 58(6), pp. 1067 – 1085.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A partitioning of the generalized triatomic hamiltonian of the preceding paper is developed which allows the calculation of highlyexcited rotational states, without approximation, in a twostep variational procedure. Iterative diagonalization techniques are found to be particularly useful for the second variational step. The rotationallyexcited states of H2D+ are studied with J≤20, well into the region where the ground and excited state manifolds overlap. Comparison of results for two different ab initio potentials and convergence considerations suggest that pure rotational transition frequencies obtained from our results should be accurate to about 1 cm1 for J 15. © 1986 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1986a,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Highly rotationally excited states of floppy molecules: H2D+ with j≤20},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1986},
volume = {58},
number = {6},
pages = {1067 – 1085},
doi = {10.1080/00268978600101811}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1986), "The infrared spectrum of H3+ and its isotopomers. A challenge to theory and experiment", Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics. Vol. 82(8), pp. 1151 – 1162.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: H3+ and its isotopomers are seen as a benchmark for the comparison of theory and experiment. The stages of an ab initio calculation (electronic structure, potential fitting and nuclear motion) are discussed and the sources of error highlighted by consideration of recent results. Fitting of the electronic structure data is seen to be an area needing more development. New results are presented for the lowlying rovibrational states of D3+. While rovibrational properties can be calculated in the lowenergy region to within ca. 0.1% accuracy, the highenergy region is still largely unexplored. New developments in the calculation of excited rotational states (J ≤ 20) are outlined and the possibility of quantummechanical calculations of vibrational levels in the neardissociation region is discussed in the light of illustrative calculations. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1986,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The infrared spectrum of H3+ and its isotopomers. A challenge to theory and experiment},
journal = {Journal of the Chemical Society, Faraday Transactions 2: Molecular and Chemical Physics},
year = {1986},
volume = {82},
number = {8},
pages = {1151 – 1162},
doi = {10.1039/F29868201151}
}

Godefroid M and Froese Fischer C (1985), "Relativistic and correlation effects on the lifetimes of 3s4p3p°j levels in mglike sulphur and chlorine", Physica Scripta. Vol. 31(4), pp. 237 – 245.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Accurate multiconfiguration HartreeFock calculations were performed to investigate the Jdependence of the lifetimes of 3s4p3P°J (J = 2, 1, 0) in S V and Cl VI. The relativistic corrections have been included through the BreitPauli approximation. The variation with J, observed in S V but not in Cl VI [4], is explained by the selective opening of decay channels resulting from the tripletsinglet mixing and by the Jdependence found in the El spinallowed transition decay rates where the coulomb and relativistic configuration interaction between 3s4p and 3p3d play a crucial role. The effects of the relativistic shift corrections on the wavefunction compositions and transition probabilities are discussed. New gfvalues are reported for the singletsinglet electric dipole transistions from 3s4p1P°1, taking into account the1Pcharacter loss due to the intersymmetry mixing. © 1985 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1985,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Froese Fischer, C.},
title = {Relativistic and correlation effects on the lifetimes of 3s4p3p°j levels in mglike sulphur and chlorine},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1985},
volume = {31},
number = {4},
pages = {237 – 245},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/31/4/004}
}

Godefroid M, Magnusson C, Zetterberg P and Joelsson I (1985), "Forbidden transitions in na− and mglike spectra", Physica Scripta. Vol. 32(2), pp. 125 – 128.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Quantitative comparisons between observed and theoretical wavelengths and intensity ratios are made to confirm the identification of some emission lines observed in the spectra of Na and Mglike ions as electric quadrupole (E2) transitions. The transition rates of these lines connecting D symmetry levels and the ground level are calculated using the multiconfiguration HartreeFock (MCHF) wavefunctions. © 1985 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1985a,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Magnusson, C.E. and Zetterberg, P.O. and Joelsson, I.},
title = {Forbidden transitions in na− and mglike spectra},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1985},
volume = {32},
number = {2},
pages = {125 – 128},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/32/2/006}
}

Lievin J and Metz JY (1985), "Extension of a simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations to molecules containing third row atoms II. Application to HCl, HCl+, ClO and NCl molecules", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 67(5), pp. 391 – 407.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations developed in I is applied to the determination of the potential curves of some diatomic chlorinated molecules HCl(1Σ+), HCl+(2II), ClO(2II) and NCl(X3Σ, a1Δ, b1Σ+). Dissociation energies, vibrational frequencies and equilibrium internuclear distances are derived from these curves. The ionisation potential (Ip) of HCl, the proton affinity (PA) of Cl, and the term energies of the excited states of the NCl radical are also calculated. It is shown that the results are very sensitive to correlation effects and that the correlated results converge to the corresponding experimental values within 10% for PA, De, Te and ωe, 2% for Re and 0.3% for Ip. This agreement allows us to predict the following lower limits for the dissociation energies of the NCl radical: 2.14, 3.28 and 2.47 eV respectively for the X3Σ, a1Δ and b1Σ+ states. Results on HF and HF+ are also discussed and compared with those obtained for HCl and HCl+. © 1985 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1985,
author = {Lievin, Jacques and Metz, JeanYves},
title = {Extension of a simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations to molecules containing third row atoms II. Application to HCl, HCl+, ClO and NCl molecules},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1985},
volume = {67},
number = {5},
pages = {391 – 407},
doi = {10.1007/BF00530089}
}

McWeeny R and Sutcliffe B (1985), "Fundamentals of SelfConsistentField (SCF), HartreeFock (HF), MultiConfiguration (MC)SCF and Configuration Interaction (CI) schemes", Computer Physics Reports. Vol. 2(5), pp. 219 – 278.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: This report is concerned with the calculation of molecular wavefunctions and consist of two parts: the first provides an overview of the development of various forms of selfconsistent field (SCP) theory, from the early work of Hartee and collaborators (on atoms) up to the present day; while tehsecond turns to the systematic improvement of approximations at the HarteeFock (HF) level by the admission of configuration interaction (CI). The emphasis of the report is on the development of methodology, always in a form well adapted to computer implementation, but considerations of a purely computational nature are excluded. The aim is rather to provide a coherent review of one sector of a large and rapidly expanding area of computational physics  the calculation and use of highprecision electronic wavefunctions for molecules  and to provide a general introduction to other reports in this series. Part I deals first with the traditional approach to the problem of optimizing the orbitals in a onedeterminant wavefunctions, as applied in the closedshell, retricted and unrestricted forms of the HF approximation. This is followed by the introduction of secondquantization techniques and a more detailed discussion of solution methods. Part II is concerned with the general problem of constructing highprecision wavefunctions as truncated completeset expansions containing thousands, sometimes millions, of terms. Recent progress is discussed, with emphasis on the exploitation of permutation and unitary group symmetries, the efficient evaluation of matrix elements, and the development of algorithms for solving very high order matrix eigenvalue equations. © 1984. 
BibTeX:
@article{McWeeny1985,
author = {McWeeny, R. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Fundamentals of SelfConsistentField (SCF), HartreeFock (HF), MultiConfiguration (MC)SCF and Configuration Interaction (CI) schemes},
journal = {Computer Physics Reports},
year = {1985},
volume = {2},
number = {5},
pages = {219 – 278},
doi = {10.1016/01677977(85)900097}
}

Metz JY and Lievin J (1985), "Extension of a simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations to molecules containing third row atoms. I. Methodological developments", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 67(5), pp. 369 – 390.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An extension of a simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations to molecules containing third row atoms is presented. In addition to the use of pseudopotentials in the calculations, the consequences of this extension on the different components of the energy partition which is the basic idea of the method, is analysed. Particular emphasis is placed on the specific role played by the 3 d orbitals in each of the energy components. First, at the zeroth order, the energy is found to be very sensitive to the optimization of the 3 d polarization functions. Secondly, the internal correlation energy, calculated by CI, requires the optimization of distinct 3 d correlation orbitals to describe adequately the strong neardegeneracy effects that occur within the valence space. Finally it is shown that the 3 d orbitals contribute partially to the noninternal correlation energy and that, the "atomsinmolecule" structures corresponding typically to allexternal contributions are negligible. The concept of error energy is introduced in place of the noninternal correlation energy: it includes the relativistic contributions within the semiempirical tables. Such tables are presented for second row atoms and for the chlorine atom. From these tables, predicted values for some atomic term energies, experimentally undetermined, are derived. The methodological tests are limited here to the chlorine atom which is chosen for further applications in the next paper of this series. The conclusions concerning the applicability of the method to third row atoms are however quite general. © 1985 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Metz1985,
author = {Metz, JeanYves and Lievin, Jacques},
title = {Extension of a simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations to molecules containing third row atoms. I. Methodological developments},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1985},
volume = {67},
number = {5},
pages = {369 – 390},
doi = {10.1007/BF00530088}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1985), "A calculation of the rovibrational spectra of the H+3, H2D+ and D2H+ molecules", Molecular Physics. Vol. 56(5), pp. 1175 – 1183.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Variationally exact rovibrational calculations are performed for the H3+, H2D+ and D2H+ molecules using two recent fits to the ab initio potential energy data of Burton et al. (1985, Molec. Phys., 55, 527). For the best surface, vibrational fundamentals are vA1 = 3175 cm1 and νE = 2518 (2521) cm1 for H3+ ; νl = 2989 (2992) cm1, ν2= 2203 cm1, and ν3 = 2332cm1 for H2D+ , and νt = 2733 (2737), ν2 = 1965, ν3 = 2027 for D2H+ (where experimental results are given in parenthesis). Rotational constants, which agree well with the experimental constants, where available, are calculated for H3+ and D2H+ . Results are presented for the (0, 1, 0) and (0, 0, 1) states of D2H+ which are yet to be characterized experimentally. © 1985 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1985a,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {A calculation of the rovibrational spectra of the H+3, H2D+ and D2H+ molecules},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1985},
volume = {56},
number = {5},
pages = {1175 – 1183},
doi = {10.1080/00268978500102981}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1985), "Calculated rovibrational spectrum of H2D+", Molecular Physics. Vol. 54(1), pp. 141 – 144.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio data for the rotational levels of the (0, 0, 0), (0, 1, 0) and (0, 0, 1) states of H2D+ are fitted and assignments suggested for the spectrum of Shy, Farley and Wing (1981, Phys. Rev., A, 24, 1146). © 1985 Taylor and Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1985,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Calculated rovibrational spectrum of H2D+},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1985},
volume = {54},
number = {1},
pages = {141 – 144},
doi = {10.1080/00268978500100111}
}

Godefroid M and Fischer C (1984), "MCHFBP finestructure splittings and transition rates for the ground configuration in the nitrogen sequence", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 17(5), pp. 681 – 692.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The multiconfiguration HartreeFock method extended to include relativistic effects in the BreitPauli approximation (MCHFBP) is tested in the study of the ground configuration of nitrogenlike ions. Finestructure splittings, E2 and M1 transition rates calculated with the classical (nonrelativistic) form of the magnetic transition operator are presented and compared with other theoretical and experimental results up to Zn XXIV. The astrophysical problem of the highdensity limit of the intensity ratio I(2D5/2 to 4S3/2)/I(2D3/2 to 4S 3/2) is discussed on the basis of these new theoretical data. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1984,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Fischer, C.F.},
title = {MCHFBP finestructure splittings and transition rates for the ground configuration in the nitrogen sequence},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1984},
volume = {17},
number = {5},
pages = {681 – 692},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/17/5/008}
}

Henriet C and Verhaegen G (1984), "Valence and Rydberg states of the BeH molecule", Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM. Vol. 107(C), pp. 63 – 73.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Accurate ab initio LCAOMOSCFCI calculations were performed at a series of internuclear distances in order to obtain the potential energy curves for the five lowest states of 2Σ+ symmetry and the four lowest of 2Π symmetry. A large STO basis set including Rydberg orbitals (RO) was used. The CI calculations were carried out in two steps, the first without including the RO's, the second including them together with the leading NO's of the first CI calculation. The results are in excellent agreement with available experimental values. Calculations were run with ALCHBXL (ref.1), an adapted version of ALCHEMY (ref.2) to CDC CYBER 170 computers. © 1984. 
BibTeX:
@article{Henriet1984,
author = {Henriet, C. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Valence and Rydberg states of the BeH molecule},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM},
year = {1984},
volume = {107},
number = {C},
pages = {63 – 73},
doi = {10.1016/01661280(84)80038X}
}

Lievin J and Metz J (1984), "Semiempirical calculation of the molecular correlation energy", Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM. Vol. 107(C), pp. 23 – 38.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations has been recently proposed (ref. 12) on the basis of a partition into internal and noninternal contributions. The field of application of the method is discussed, some typical results are commented and recent developments are presented. The formalism of the "atomsinmolecule" approach adopted for the noninternal correlation energy calculations is analyzed in order to optimize its programming. The extension of the method to molecules containing atoms of the third row is considered and particular emphasis is layed on the choice of semiempirical atomic data. Finally, preliminar results obtained for the Chlorine atom are presented. © 1984. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1984,
author = {Lievin, J. and Metz, J.Y.},
title = {Semiempirical calculation of the molecular correlation energy},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM},
year = {1984},
volume = {107},
number = {C},
pages = {23 – 38},
doi = {10.1016/01661280(84)800342}
}

Moreau B, Sana M, Leroy G and Lievin J (1984), "Contribution to the semiempirical calculation of electronic correlation hypersurfaces", Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM. Vol. 107(C), pp. 111 – 115.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A semiempirical method for electronic correlation energy calculations, recently proposed by Liévin and al. (refs.1,3), is discussed in regard to its domain of applicability. Although the economical version of this method was primarily limited to the calculation of reaction energies, it is proposed here to extend the use of this version to the study of potential surfaces associated with the fundamental state of a supermolecule. A few points of the potential surface of 2 CN are examined as an example. © 1984. 
BibTeX:
@article{Moreau1984,
author = {Moreau, B. and Sana, M. and Leroy, G. and Lievin, J.},
title = {Contribution to the semiempirical calculation of electronic correlation hypersurfaces},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM},
year = {1984},
volume = {107},
number = {C},
pages = {111 – 115},
doi = {10.1016/01661280(84)800457}
}

Tenyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1984), "On the rovibrational levels of the H3+ and H2D+ molecules", Molecular Physics. Vol. 51(4), pp. 887 – 906.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Variationally exact rovibrational levels for the H3+ and H2D+ molecules are calculated using a recently published accurate potential. Vibrational fundamentals are vA1 = 3191 cm1 and vE = 2494 (25216) cm1 for H3+ and v1 = 3000 cm1, v2 = 2184 cm1 and v3 = 2310 cm1 for H2D+. For H3+ calculated ground state rotational constants are B0 = 4351 (4357) cm1, C„ = 2059 (2071) cm1, Dj0 = 004 (005) cm1, DJK0= 007 (010) cm1 and Dk = 004 (004) cm1 (where experimental results are given in parenthesis). An attempt is made to stabilize many vibrational states. We thus reassess the results of Carney and Porter. The implications for astrophysics, the interpretation of the infrared spectrum of H3+ near its dissociation limit and the unassigned spectrum of H2D+ are discussed. © 1984 Taylor & Francis Group, LLc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tenyson1984,
author = {Tenyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brain T.},
title = {On the rovibrational levels of the H3+ and H2D+ molecules},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1984},
volume = {51},
number = {4},
pages = {887 – 906},
doi = {10.1080/00268978400100591}
}

Breuletx J and Lievin J (1983), "Study of correlation effects in the calculation of heats of reactions.", Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM. Vol. 93(C), pp. 341 – 345.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A simplified method of correlation energy calculation has been recently proposed (ref. 12). This method, which was shown to give good reaction heats where H.F. calculation fails (dissociations) is tested here in the calculation of reaction heats for which the H.F. approximation gives good results. © 1983. 
BibTeX:
@article{Breuletx1983,
author = {Breuletx, J. and Lievin, J.},
title = {Study of correlation effects in the calculation of heats of reactions.},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Structure: THEOCHEM},
year = {1983},
volume = {93},
number = {C},
pages = {341 – 345},
doi = {10.1016/01661280(83)801237}
}

Brocks G, Van Der Avoird A, Sutcliffe B and Tennyson J (1983), "Quantum dynamics of nonrigid systems comprising two polyatomic fragments", Molecular Physics. Vol. 50(5), pp. 1025 – 1043.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: We combine earlier treatments for the embedding of bodyfixed coordinates in linear molecules with the closecoupling formalism developed for atom diatom scattering and derive a hamiltonian which is most convenient for describing the nuclear motions in van der Waals complexes and other nonrigid Systems comprising two polyatomic fragments, A and B. This hamiltonian can stili be partitioned in the form Ha + Hb + HINT, just as the spacefixed hamiltonian. The bodyfixed form, however, has several advantages. We discuss solution strategies for the rovibrational problem in nonrigid dimers, based on this partitioning of the hamiltonian. Finally, in view of the size of the generai polyatomicpolyatomic case, we suggest problems which should be currently practicable. © 1983 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Brocks1983,
author = {Brocks, G. and Van Der Avoird, A. and Sutcliffe, B.T. and Tennyson, J.},
title = {Quantum dynamics of nonrigid systems comprising two polyatomic fragments},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1983},
volume = {50},
number = {5},
pages = {1025 – 1043},
note = {All Open Access, Green Open Access},
doi = {10.1080/00268978300102831}
}

Carter S, Handy N and Sutcliffe B (1983), "Preliminary communication: A variational method for the calculation of rovibrational levels of any triatomic molecule", Molecular Physics. Vol. 49(3), pp. 745 – 748.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Carter1983,
author = {Carter, S. and Handy, N.C. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Preliminary communication: A variational method for the calculation of rovibrational levels of any triatomic molecule},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1983},
volume = {49},
number = {3},
pages = {745 – 748},
doi = {10.1080/00268978300101521}
}

Metz JY and Lievin J (1983), "Application of an economical method for the calculation of molecular correlation energies to the study of a potential energy surface: The HO2 radical dissociation process", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 62(3), pp. 195 – 207.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A simplified method for the calculation of molecular correlation energies, developed previously, is applied to the study of the potential energy hypersurface related to the reaction O2+H→HO2→OH+O. The main parameters that characterize the topology of the surface have been determined: the equilibrium geometries and vibrational frequencies of HO2 and of its dissociation products, the dissociation energies, the energy gap between the dissociation limits, the geometry of an activated complex, and the corresponding potential barrier height. The particular importance of including the correlation energy is discussed for each of the calculated parameters. In spite of the minimal computational effort required, the results are in good agreement with the experimental data on the one hand, and with the results proceeding from elaborate variational calculations on the other hand. Moreover the controverted existence of a potential barrier (0.19 eV) along the O2+H→ HO2 recombination path is discussed. © 1983 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Metz1983,
author = {Metz, JeanYves and Lievin, Jacques},
title = {Application of an economical method for the calculation of molecular correlation energies to the study of a potential energy surface: The HO2 radical dissociation process},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1983},
volume = {62},
number = {3},
pages = {195 – 207},
doi = {10.1007/BF00548834}
}

Sutcliffe B (1983), "A comment on a recent proposal for the calculation of vibrational energies in the general triatomic molecule", Molecular Physics. Vol. 48(3), pp. 561 – 566.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In a recent paper Carter and Handy recommended the use generally of a particular form of the vibrationrotation hamiltonian for a triatomic molecule. The grounds on which this recommendation is made are examined and shown to be inadequate. A detailed examination of the properties of the proposed hamiltonian is undertaken and some suggestions about its likely domain are made. © 1983 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1983,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {A comment on a recent proposal for the calculation of vibrational energies in the general triatomic molecule},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1983},
volume = {48},
number = {3},
pages = {561 – 566},
doi = {10.1080/00268978300100391}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1983), "Variationally exact rovibrational levels of the floppy CH2+ molecule", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 101(1), pp. 71 – 82.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Rovibrational calculations are performed on the CH2+ radical using a method recently developed for atomdiatom systems. The vibrational fundamentals obtained are 2998.8, 718.3, and 3270.7 cm1, in good agreement with recent results. Band origins for several higher vibrational levels are also obtained. Calculations with J = 1 show that the Coriolis interaction play a significant role and two alternative embeddings are discussed. Use of correlation parameters confirms that CH2+ belongs to no idealized class of molecules in keeping with its "floppy" nature. © 1983. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1983a,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Variationally exact rovibrational levels of the floppy CH2+ molecule},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1983},
volume = {101},
number = {1},
pages = {71 – 82},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(83)900073}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1983), "Variationally exact rovibrational spectra of nonrigid triatomics: The HeHF van der Waals molecule", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 79(1), pp. 43 – 51.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A variationally exact method of obtaining the rovibrational levels of triatomic potentials is presented. This LCRAMP method derives from the closecoupling approach in bodyfixed coordinates, but uses optimized Morse oscillator functions to give radial basis sets for both the diatomic and complex stretching coordinates. The method is suited to the nuclear dynamics of nonrigid molecules and atomdiatom van der Waals complexes. A recent full interaction surface for HeHF is fitted and used for dynamical calculations. The binding energy of the complex increases slowly with HF vibrational excitation. Correlation between the HF and complex vibrational modes is found to be negligible. © 1983 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1983,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Variationally exact rovibrational spectra of nonrigid triatomics: The HeHF van der Waals molecule},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1983},
volume = {79},
number = {1},
pages = {43 – 51},
doi = {10.1063/1.445541}
}

Breulet J and Lievin J (1982), "Comparative theoretical study of the dissociation process of the isoelectronic molecules BH3CO, CH2CO, HNCO, CO2 and BH3N2, CH2N2, HN3, N2O", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 61(1), pp. 59 – 72.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: An ab initio study of the electronic structure of several 22electrons molecules is presented. The equilibrium geometries of their ground state are calculated at the SCF level using the 631G basis set and are found to be in good agreement with the experimental geometries. The dissociation process of these molecules leading to the isoelectronic products CO or N2 on the one hand and BH3, CH2, NH and O on the other hand is studied. The leastenergy dissociation paths of the ground states determined at the SCF level are compared on the basis of electron density interactions. The dissociation energies corresponding to the two lowest dissociation channels are calculated. In these calculations, the correlation energy is taken into account using a nonvariational method developed previously. The calculated values of dissociation energies are in good agreement with the existing experimental values. The results permit to predict values for HNCO, BH3CO and CH2N2 and to confirm the instability of BH3N2. © 1982 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Breulet1982,
author = {Breulet, Jacques and Lievin, Jacques},
title = {Comparative theoretical study of the dissociation process of the isoelectronic molecules BH3CO, CH2CO, HNCO, CO2 and BH3N2, CH2N2, HN3, N2O},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1982},
volume = {61},
number = {1},
pages = {59 – 72},
doi = {10.1007/BF00573865}
}

Fischer C and Godefroid M (1982), "Lifetime trends for the n=3 singlet states in the Mg sequence", Nuclear Instruments and Methods In Physics Research. Vol. 202(12), pp. 307 – 322.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Theoretical lifetime trends are reported for all bound singlet states in the n=3 complex of the Mg sequence for Z≤26. Calculations are based on MCHF wavefunctions and include only dipole allowed transitions in the LS scheme. For states that are entering the bound spectrum, the reported lifetime is an upper bound. At sufficiently high Z, all these states can decay only through Δn=0 transitions and several lifetime trends become similar. Implications for the cascade problem in beamfoil spectroscopy are discussed. © 1982. 
BibTeX:
@article{Fischer1982,
author = {Fischer, C.Froese and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Lifetime trends for the n=3 singlet states in the Mg sequence},
journal = {Nuclear Instruments and Methods In Physics Research},
year = {1982},
volume = {202},
number = {12},
pages = {307 – 322},
doi = {10.1016/01675087(82)904112}
}

Godefroid M (1982), "Note on the mutual spinorbit matrix elements", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 15(20), pp. 3583 – 3586.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Relations between magnetic radial integrals are derived and used in the discussion of symmetry properties of mutual spinorbit matrix elements. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1982,
author = {Godefroid, M.},
title = {Note on the mutual spinorbit matrix elements},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1982},
volume = {15},
number = {20},
pages = {3583 – 3586},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/15/20/008}
}

Herman M and Lievin J (1982), "Acetylene from intensity alternation in spectra to ortho and para molecules", Journal of Chemical Education. Vol. 59(1), pp. 17 – 21.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Herman1982,
author = {Herman, Michel and Lievin, Jacques},
title = {Acetylene from intensity alternation in spectra to ortho and para molecules},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Education},
year = {1982},
volume = {59},
number = {1},
pages = {17 – 21},
doi = {10.1021/ed059p17}
}

Lievin J (1982), "Plots of potential curves and vibritional levels", Journal of Chemical Education. Vol. 59(9), pp. 777 – 778.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1982a,
author = {Lievin, Jacques},
title = {Plots of potential curves and vibritional levels},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Education},
year = {1982},
volume = {59},
number = {9},
pages = {777 – 778},
doi = {10.1021/ed059p777}
}

Lievin J, Breulet J, Clercq P and Metz JY (1982), "A simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations by separation into internal and noninternal parts. Application to multiconfigurational zerothorder wavefunctions", Theoretica chimica acta. Vol. 61(6), pp. 513 – 537.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A simplified method of determining the molecular correlation energy by two separate calculations, one for the internal and one for the noninternal correlation energies, is extended to multiconfigurational zerothorder wavefunctions. This extension offers the possibility of deriving correlated potential energy curves or surfaces for processes involving configurational changes. The internal correlation energy is shown to be correctly determined by an MC/CI procedure combining the use of minimal and extended basis sets. An original semiempirical “atomsinmolecules” method based on the L.C.A.O. expansion of the molecular wavefunction is proposed for the noninternal correlation energy calculations. This method is shown to be able to overcome some of the shortcomings of a previous populations analysis approach. Test calculations concern potential curve parameters (De, Te, Re, We) of the ground and some excited states of the NH, C2, HCN and CN molecules. The results are found to be in good agreement with corresponding experimental and large CI results. © 1982, SpringerVerlag. All rights reserved. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1982,
author = {Lievin, Jacques and Breulet, Jacques and Clercq, Philippe and Metz, Jean Yves},
title = {A simplified method for molecular correlation energy calculations by separation into internal and noninternal parts. Application to multiconfigurational zerothorder wavefunctions},
journal = {Theoretica chimica acta},
year = {1982},
volume = {61},
number = {6},
pages = {513 – 537},
doi = {10.1007/BF02394731}
}

Neisius D and Verhaegen G (1982), "Bond functions for AB initio calculations. MCSCF results for CH, NH, OH and FH", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 89(3), pp. 228 – 233.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Separate optimized s and p bond functions (BFs) were added to the corresponding Dunning basis sets (11s,6p15s) → (5s,4p13s) for the four hydrides. Properties calculated with these basis sets are quasiidentical to those obtained with conventional polarization functions (dlp). The computer time ratios found are: t(BF)/t(dlp) = 1 2 for UHF calculations, and 2 3 for MC SCF calculations. © 1982. 
BibTeX:
@article{Neisius1982,
author = {Neisius, Daniel and Verhaegen, Georges},
title = {Bond functions for AB initio calculations. MCSCF results for CH, NH, OH and FH},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1982},
volume = {89},
number = {3},
pages = {228 – 233},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(82)80047X}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1982), "Ab initio vibrationalrotational spectrum of potassiumcyanide: Kcn", Molecular Physics. Vol. 46(1), pp. 109.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Dynamical calculations are performed on an ab initio potential energy surface for KCN. Approximate variational solutions of the vibrational Eckart hamiltonian are presented for several states. Fundamental vibrations are found to lie at 3027 cm1 and 1197 cm1. An effective rotational hamiltonian is solved for several vibrational states allowing vibrational assignments to be made to the observed rotational spectrum. © 1982 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1982a,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Ab initio vibrationalrotational spectrum of potassiumcyanide: Kcn},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1982},
volume = {46},
number = {1},
pages = {109},
doi = {10.1080/00268978200101101}
}

Tennyson J and Sutcliffe BT (1982), "The ab initio calculation of the vibrationalrotational spectrum of triatomic systems in the closecoupling approach, with KCN and H2Ne as examples", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 77(8), pp. 4061 – 4072.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A Hamiltonian for the vibrationrotation motions of atomdiatom systems is derived in bodyfixed coordinates and a method for its solution as a closecoupled secular problem is formulated. The radial coordinate is expanded in Morse oscillator functions. Calculations on KCN and H2Ne are presented. For KCN the neglect of Coriolis interactions is found to have little effect. Extensions of the method to problems in more dimensions are suggested. © 1982 American Institute of Physics. 
BibTeX:
@article{Tennyson1982,
author = {Tennyson, Jonathan and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {The ab initio calculation of the vibrationalrotational spectrum of triatomic systems in the closecoupling approach, with KCN and H2Ne as examples},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1982},
volume = {77},
number = {8},
pages = {4061 – 4072},
doi = {10.1063/1.444316}
}

Bartholomae R, Martin D and Sutcliffe B (1981), "A nonempirical calculation of the lowest vibrational band origins for the CH2+ radical using a novel vibrational wavefunction", Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy. Vol. 87(2), pp. 367 – 381.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Nonempirical molecular structure calculations were performed to obtain an electronic potential energy surface for the CH2+ radical. The vibrational Eckart Hamiltonian was approximately solved on this surface using a variational method, with basis functions designed to allow for the singular behavior of the Eckart Hamiltonian as the radical becomes linear. © 1981. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bartholomae1981,
author = {Bartholomae, R. and Martin, D. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {A nonempirical calculation of the lowest vibrational band origins for the CH2+ radical using a novel vibrational wavefunction},
journal = {Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy},
year = {1981},
volume = {87},
number = {2},
pages = {367 – 381},
doi = {10.1016/00222852(81)904094}
}

Lievin J, Breulet J and Verhaegen G (1981), "A method for molecular correlation energy calculations. Application to the determination of dissociation energies of diatomic and polyatomic molecules", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 60(4), pp. 339 – 353.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A simple and economical method for molecular correlation energy calculations is developed. In this method, the internal part of the correlation energy is calculated by means of a CI in a minimal basis set and the noninternal part (semiinternal and allexternal) is evaluated using an original "atomsinmolecule" method. It is successfully applied to the determination of dissociation energies of some diatomic (H2, NH, C2, CN, N2, CO, NO, O2, F2) and polyatomic (H2O, N2O, CO2, N3H, CH2N2, CH2CO, C2N2) molecules. The results are compared to those obtained using very elaborate variational methods. © 1981 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1981,
author = {Lievin, Jacques and Breulet, Jacques and Verhaegen, Georges},
title = {A method for molecular correlation energy calculations. Application to the determination of dissociation energies of diatomic and polyatomic molecules},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1981},
volume = {60},
number = {4},
pages = {339 – 353},
doi = {10.1007/BF00549277}
}

Neisius D and Verhaegen G (1981), "Bond functions for ab initio calculations on polyatomic molecules. Molecules containing C, N, O and H", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 78(1), pp. 147 – 152.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Parameters (exponent and position) have been optimized for bond functions and lonepair functions to be added to basis sets 631G. Single average values are proposed for: CH: NH and OH; CC; CN, CO, NN, NO and OO bonds; and all lone pairs on C, N and O. Test calculations favour this type of polarization function with respect to traditional d functions. © 1981. 
BibTeX:
@article{Neisius1981,
author = {Neisius, Daniel and Verhaegen, Georges},
title = {Bond functions for ab initio calculations on polyatomic molecules. Molecules containing C, N, O and H},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1981},
volume = {78},
number = {1},
pages = {147 – 152},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(81)85573X}
}

Adamantides V, Neisius D and Verhaegen G (1980), "Ab initio study of the O4 molecule", Chemical Physics. Vol. 48(2), pp. 215 – 220.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: SCFCI calculations were done on tetratomic oxygen complexes at various geometries. The results point to the existence of a metastable covalent molecule O4 completely different from the van der Waals structure (O2)2 detected experimentally. At its equilibrium geometry, the O4 molecule is a quasisquare (r(OO) ≈ 1.4 Å), slightly twisted out of plane, corresponding to the symmetry group D2d. The activation energy of the reaction O4(1Ag) → 202(X 3Σg) is found to be ≈ 15 kcal/mole, that of the inverse reaction, ≈ 75 kcal/mole. © 1980. 
BibTeX:
@article{Adamantides1980,
author = {Adamantides, V. and Neisius, D. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Ab initio study of the O4 molecule},
journal = {Chemical Physics},
year = {1980},
volume = {48},
number = {2},
pages = {215 – 220},
doi = {10.1016/03010104(80)800516}
}

Biemont E and Godefroid M (1980), "Outer correlation MCHF wavefunctions and oscillator strengths along the zinc isoelectronic sequence", Physica Scripta. Vol. 22(3), pp. 231 – 239.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Nonrelativistic multiconfiguration Hartree–Fock wavefunctions and oscillator strengths are reported for selected transitions of neutral zinc and of its isoelectronic sequence up to W XLV. Correlation among the outer electrons has been considered in a detailed way. The final values, when compared with the few experimental observations or theoretical calculations available at the neutral end of the sequence, agree well with the most recent and accurate results published for Zn I. © 1980 IOP Publishing Ltd. 
BibTeX:
@article{Biemont1980,
author = {Biemont, E. and Godefroid, M.},
title = {Outer correlation MCHF wavefunctions and oscillator strengths along the zinc isoelectronic sequence},
journal = {Physica Scripta},
year = {1980},
volume = {22},
number = {3},
pages = {231 – 239},
doi = {10.1088/00318949/22/3/009}
}

Godefroid M and Verhaegen G (1980), "MCHF calculations of electric dipole and quadrupole oscillator strengths along the helium isoelectronic sequence", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 13(16), pp. 3081 – 3098.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Accurate wavefunctions obtained by the MCHF method in its reduced form were used to compute the oscillator strengths for all possible electric dipole (E1) and electric quadrupole (E2) transitions between the states 11S, 21,3(S,P0), 31,3D and 41,3F 0 of heliumlike systems ranging from He I to Ne IX. The length and velocity forms of the oscillator strengths are in close agreement in all cases; the correlation contributions to the gf values are discussed. The present results are the most accurate to date for E11,3(3D4F0) and for all the E2 transitions. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1980,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {MCHF calculations of electric dipole and quadrupole oscillator strengths along the helium isoelectronic sequence},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1980},
volume = {13},
number = {16},
pages = {3081 – 3098},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/13/16/007}
}

Lievin J, Breulet J and Verhaegen G (1979), "Ab initio study of hydrazoic acid  I. The ground state: HN3(1 A′)", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 52(1), pp. 75 – 88.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: SCF and CI calculations were carried out on the ground1 A′ state of HN3. The equilibrium geometry and vibration frequencies were computed. The results point to a planar structure (group Cs) but to a nonlinear (170 °) NNN conformation. The calculated vibration frequencies are in fair agreement with experimental assignments. The dissociation path of the molecule to NH and N2 products was investigated and compared to the isoelectronic reaction of diazomethane. The dissociation energy of hydrazoic acid is estimated to be about 8 kcal/mole, with a potential barrier to dissociation of about 30 kcal/mole. © 1979 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1979,
author = {Lievin, Jacques and Breulet, Jacques and Verhaegen, Georges},
title = {Ab initio study of hydrazoic acid  I. The ground state: HN3(1 A′)},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1979},
volume = {52},
number = {1},
pages = {75 – 88},
doi = {10.1007/BF00581703}
}

Neisius D and Verhaegen G (1979), "Bond functions for AB initio calculations on polyatomic molecules hydrocarbons", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 66(2), pp. 358 – 362.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Transferable gaussian CH and CC bond functions and a C lonepair function were optimized and compared to conventional polarization functions. The exponents (α) and position (γ,β) of these functions are α = 0.9, γ = 0.27 for CH bonds; α = 1.2, γ = 0.50 for CC bonds; α = 0.3, β = 0.47 for C lonepair. © 1979. 
BibTeX:
@article{Neisius1979,
author = {Neisius, Daniel and Verhaegen, Georges},
title = {Bond functions for AB initio calculations on polyatomic molecules hydrocarbons},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1979},
volume = {66},
number = {2},
pages = {358 – 362},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(79)850344}
}

Godefroid M (1978), "An adaptation of acrz to calculate electric quadrupole oscillator strengths", Computer Physics Communications. Vol. 15(34), pp. 275 – 282.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1978,
author = {Godefroid, M.},
title = {An adaptation of acrz to calculate electric quadrupole oscillator strengths},
journal = {Computer Physics Communications},
year = {1978},
volume = {15},
number = {34},
pages = {275 – 282},
doi = {10.1016/00104655(78)900978}
}

Sutcliffe B and Gaze C (1978), "A theoretical study of the temperature dependence of isotropic hyperfine coupling constants for the ch3 and ch2oh radicals", Molecular Physics. Vol. 35(2), pp. 525 – 539.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A theoretical model is described which is based on the assumption that the temperature dependence of hyperfine coupling constants (h.c.c.s) in the E.S.R. spectra of organic free radicals is due to nuclear vibrations. The model is tested on the αproton h.c.c.s of the methyl and hydroxymethyl radicals and in each case it shows that, although only the lowest vibrational mode contributes to the temperature dependence of the h.c.c.s, other modes do contribute to the vibrationally averaged coupling constant. © 1978 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1978,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T. and Gaze, C.},
title = {A theoretical study of the temperature dependence of isotropic hyperfine coupling constants for the ch3 and ch2oh radicals},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1978},
volume = {35},
number = {2},
pages = {525 – 539},
doi = {10.1080/00268977800100381}
}

CorvilainBerger S and Verhaegen G (1977), "Theoretical determination of the ionization potentials of the 1σ and 2σ electrons of CO(1Σ+)", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 50(3), pp. 468 – 475.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Largebasisset calculations of near HartreeFock accuracy were performed on CO+(1σhole 2Σ+) and CO+)2σhole, 2Σ+); correlation energies for these systems and for CO were calculated using an atomsinmolecule approach, relativistic energies and vibrational structure corrections were also considered. The results are: IP(CO, 1σ) = 542.4 (542.57) eV, IP(CO,2σ) = 297.0 (296.24) cV, Dc(CO, 1Σ+) = 10.8 (11.1) Ev, D3(CO+, 1σ, 2Σ+) = 11.9 eV, De(CO+, 2σ, 2Σ+) = 9.1 eV, where IP and De stand respectively for ionization potential and dissociation energy, and where the numbers in parentheses refer to the most recent experimental values. The electron transfers resulting from the ionization of innershell electrons are discussed. Finally a quantitative correlation is developed correlating absolute chemical shifts to charge densities. Agreement between the calculated values and those derived from the correlation is quite satisfactory. © 1977. 
BibTeX:
@article{CorvilainBerger1977,
author = {CorvilainBerger, S. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Theoretical determination of the ionization potentials of the 1σ and 2σ electrons of CO(1Σ+)},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1977},
volume = {50},
number = {3},
pages = {468 – 475},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(77)803680}
}

Gervy D and Verhaegen G (1977), "Simplified methods for ab initio calculations. The valence states of CH2 and CH 2+", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 12(1), pp. 115 – 131.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Three simplifying methodds are discussed and applied to the four lowest valence states of CH2(3B1, 1A1, 1B1 and 1Σ g+(1A 1*)) and to the two lowest of CH 2+(2A1 and 2∏u(2B1)). These methods concern: (1) the development of polarization functions for Gaussian‐lobe basis sets by least‐square fitting of numebrical multiconfigurational atomic fuinctions (this approach is tested also on (C2H2, (2) the use of intermediate Hamiltonians to calculate avoided crossings between potential hypersurfaces, and (3) thecalculation of correlation energies using an atoms‐in‐molecule approach. The calculated equilibrium geometries of the CH2 States are within 0.02 Å and 5° of available experimental data. The calculated term values and ionization potentials, Te(1A1 = 0.35 eV, Te (1B1) = 1.22 eV, Te (1Σ g+(1A 1*)) 2.48 eV, I.P. (2A1) = 10.39 eV and I. P. (2∏u(2B1)) = 10.58 eV, are in agreement with some recent theoretical studies, and are very close to existing experimental information. Copyright © 1977 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Gervy1977,
author = {Gervy, D. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Simplified methods for ab initio calculations. The valence states of CH2 and CH 2+},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1977},
volume = {12},
number = {1},
pages = {115 – 131},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560120111}
}

Godefroid M, Berger J and Verhaegen G (1977), "Multiconfigurational transition state calculations of atomic oscillator strengths. The resonance transition of beryllium", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 12(11 S), pp. 119 – 123.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Transition state Hamiltonians are used at a multiconflgurational level of accuracy to calculate the oscillator strength (length and velocity forms) of the 1s22s2(1S) → 1s22s2p(1P0) transition of beryllium. Three distinct approximations of the formalism are developed and examined. Copyright © 1977 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1977,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Berger, J.J. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Multiconfigurational transition state calculations of atomic oscillator strengths. The resonance transition of beryllium},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1977},
volume = {12},
number = {11 S},
pages = {119 – 123},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560120817}
}

Herman M and Lievin J (1977), "Group theory: From common objects to molecules", Journal of Chemical Education. Vol. 54(10), pp. 596 – 598.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In order to express precisely the abstract concept of symmetry, let us "work" on a common objecta tennis ball. 
BibTeX:
@article{Herman1977,
author = {Herman, Michel and Lievin, Jacques},
title = {Group theory: From common objects to molecules},
journal = {Journal of Chemical Education},
year = {1977},
volume = {54},
number = {10},
pages = {596 – 598},
doi = {10.1021/ed054p596}
}

Lievin J and Verhaegen G (1977), "Theoretical study of the electronic structure of diazomethane  II. Determination of the leastenergy dissociation path to CH2 and N2 products", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 45(4), pp. 269 – 281.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The leastenergy dissociation path of the ground state of CH2N2 was determined from ab initio calculations using in a complementary way basis sets of minimal size (STO3G) and doublezeta (DZ) quality. The results indicate that the leastenergy point of attack of the N2 molecule on CH2 (1A1) is roughly perpendicular to the molecular plane (93 °), the C and N atoms being almost colinear (angle CNN:203 ° with outermost N atom pointing away from CH2). The potential barrier of ∼ 1.2 eV found previously on the C2v dissociation path, disappears completely along the leastenergy dissociation path (point group Cs (outofplane)). These findings corroborate the WoodwardHoffman rules for this process since the outermost orbitals of the two intersecting states found in point group C2v (...2 b1 and ...8 a1) both correlate to the same irreducible representation (10 á) in point group Cs (outofplane). Larger basis set calculations (DZ + polarization functions on all centers, 3 dc and 3 dN developed here), were also carried out on CH2N2 (1A1,3A2 and1A2) at the1A1 equilibrium geometry and on CH2 (3B1) and N2 (1Σg+) at their respective equilibrium geometries. These calculations, together with consideration of correlation energy differences, yield D00 (CH2N2,1A1) = 19 kcal/mole and vertical excitation energies of 67 and 73 kcal/mole for the3A2 and1A2 states respectively. The latter value is in good agreement with the measured experimental value: 72.4 kcal/mole corresponding to the maximum of intensity in the1A2←1A1 absorption band. © 1977 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1977,
author = {Lievin, Jacques and Verhaegen, Georges},
title = {Theoretical study of the electronic structure of diazomethane  II. Determination of the leastenergy dissociation path to CH2 and N2 products},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1977},
volume = {45},
number = {4},
pages = {269 – 281},
doi = {10.1007/BF00554536}
}

Woolley R and Sutcliffe B (1977), "Molecular structure and the bornOppenheimer approximation", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 45(2), pp. 393 – 398.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A discussion is attempted of the validity of the BornOppenheimer approximation which is characterized as an asymptotic analysis leading to a semiclassical theory of molecular structure. It is suggested that there are inherent defects in the resulting semiclassical theory which will limit its utility in the explanation of highly accurate experiments involving molecules. © 1977. 
BibTeX:
@article{Woolley1977,
author = {Woolley, R.G. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Molecular structure and the bornOppenheimer approximation},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1977},
volume = {45},
number = {2},
pages = {393 – 398},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(77)802984}
}

Godefroid M, Berger J and Verhaegen G (1976), "A priori calculation of atomic oscillator strengths using correlated transition states", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 9(13), pp. 2181 – 2193.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Atomic oscillator strengths (length and velocity forms) are calculated for a series of transitions using transition Hamiltonians within the HartreeFock (HF) approximation. Two methods are implemented: the first defines a transition configuration (TC) corresponding to an average over the occupation numbers of initial and final configurations of the transition considered; the second defines a transition state (TS) corresponding to an average over the energies of the states involved in the transition. In general the TS results agree well with the corresponding HF values, while the TC results show larger discrepancies due to nonphysical selfinteractions described in the text. An original method is described for obtaining a multiconfigurational transition state wavefunction. This method (MCTS) is applied to the evaluation of the oscillator strength of the transition Be(1s22s2 1S to 1s 22s2p1P degrees ). 
BibTeX:
@article{Godefroid1976,
author = {Godefroid, M. and Berger, J.J. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {A priori calculation of atomic oscillator strengths using correlated transition states},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1976},
volume = {9},
number = {13},
pages = {2181 – 2193},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/9/13/007}
}

Lievin J and Verhaegen G (1976), "Theoretical study of the electronic structure of diazomethane  I. The dissociation process CH2N2→CH2 + N2 in point group C2 v Symmetry", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 42(1), pp. 47 – 65.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio calculations of the dissociation process CH2N2 → CH2 + N2 are presented. Calculations were made on the ground 1A1 state as well as on the first few excited states (3B1, 1B1, 1A1*) necessary to the description of the dissociation mechanism in point group C2 v symmetry. The variation of energy was determined as a function of the parameters RCHRNN and θHCH at several RCN values. Most results were obtained by using a basis set of Gaussian lobe functions contracted to "doublezeta" accuracy. A few calculations were made with the addition of polarization functions on all centers. The equilibrium geometry of the ground state, determined from coupled quadratic equations in the molecular parameters, is in satisfactory agreement with experimental values. The dissociation paths on the potential energy surfaces were determined. The locus of intersection points of the two 1A1 states is described; the avoided crossing of the two potential surfaces was determined from CI calculations based on an "intermediate" Hamiltonian. The geometric and electronic rearrangements due to dissociation as well as the bonding characteristics of the orbitals are discussed. The dissociation energy of the molecule (D00(CH2N2)) is calculated to be 0.91 eV. Finally, the term energy of the 1A1 state of CH2 is predicted to be 0.49 eV. © 1976 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Lievin1976,
author = {Lievin, Jacques and Verhaegen, Georges},
title = {Theoretical study of the electronic structure of diazomethane  I. The dissociation process CH2N2→CH2 + N2 in point group C2 v Symmetry},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1976},
volume = {42},
number = {1},
pages = {47 – 65},
doi = {10.1007/BF00548290}
}

Scott JM and Sutcliffe BT (1976), "A configuration interaction study of phosphine using bonded functions", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 41(2), pp. 141 – 148.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A computational study is made of the effect of basis set upon the energy, properties and inversion barrier of the phosphine molecule. The calculations are performed at both the SCF and CI level. The flexibility of the double zeta basis is discussed in the light of the results. © 1976 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Scott1976,
author = {Scott, James M. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {A configuration interaction study of phosphine using bonded functions},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1976},
volume = {41},
number = {2},
pages = {141 – 148},
doi = {10.1007/BF01178074}
}

Scott JM and Sutcliffe BT (1975), "Direct formation of the CI Hamiltonian matrix from an expansion of Bonded Functions", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 39(4), pp. 289 – 300.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A method of forming the CI Hamiltonian matrix directly from a list of Bonded Functions and the MOSCF wavefunction is proposed. For small expansions (circa 500 members) this method is definitely more efficient than the normal symbolic techniques and can be more efficient than iterative energy construction techniques. © 1975 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Scott1975,
author = {Scott, James M. and Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Direct formation of the CI Hamiltonian matrix from an expansion of Bonded Functions},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1975},
volume = {39},
number = {4},
pages = {289 – 300},
doi = {10.1007/BF00551540}
}

Sutcliffe B (1975), "The convergence properties of direct energy minimisation with respect to linear coefficients in the MCLCAOMOSCF approach", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 39(1), pp. 93 – 102.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: It is shown that in the LCAOMOMCSCF problem, if the molecular orbital orthonormality constraints are introduced in the manner suggested by Kari and Sutcliffe or indeed by any similar method then the Hessian of the problem with respect to the linear coefficients is singular. The nature of this singularity is analysed and it is shown that in general it is possible to remove it in a levelshiftinglike scheme, but that only in certain special cases is this procedure likely to be quickly convergent. © 1975 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1975,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {The convergence properties of direct energy minimisation with respect to linear coefficients in the MCLCAOMOSCF approach},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1975},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
pages = {93 – 102},
doi = {10.1007/BF00547789}
}

Colin R, de Greef D, Goethals P and Verhaegen G (1974), "The ionization potential of the BeH molecule", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 25(1), pp. 70 – 73.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The ionization potential of the BeH molecule is derived from a few Rydberg states observed in the absorption spectrum and from "ab initio" calculations of the energies of the ground states of the BeH and BeH+ molecules at their equilibrium distances. The values are in agreement and yield PI(BeH, X2Σ+) = 66 100 ± 500 cm1. © 1974. 
BibTeX:
@article{Colin1974,
author = {Colin, R. and de Greef, D. and Goethals, P. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {The ionization potential of the BeH molecule},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1974},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
pages = {70 – 73},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(74)803349}
}

Diercksen GH and Sutcliffe B (1974), "Configuration interaction by the method of bonded functions, some preliminary calculations", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 34(2), pp. 105 – 114.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A resumé of Boys' approach to configuration interaction calculations is presented, and a program suitable to perform such calculations is described in some detail. The results of a preliminary calculation on water, together with some timings are presented. © 1974 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Diercksen1974,
author = {Diercksen, Geerd H.F. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Configuration interaction by the method of bonded functions, some preliminary calculations},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1974},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
pages = {105 – 114},
doi = {10.1007/BF00551361}
}

Sutcliffe B (1974), "The convergence properties of direct methods of energy minimization with respect to linear coefficients in the LCAOMOSCF approach", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 33(3), pp. 201 – 214.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: It is shown that in the LCAOMOSCF problem, if the molecular orbital orthonormality constraints are introduced in the manner first suggested by Fletcher, then the Hessian of the problem is singular. It is suggested that this singularity may well account for the slow convergence observed using direct energy minimization methods to solve the SCF problem. Ways of avoiding the consequences of this singularity are discussed. © 1974 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1974,
author = {Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {The convergence properties of direct methods of energy minimization with respect to linear coefficients in the LCAOMOSCF approach},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1974},
volume = {33},
number = {3},
pages = {201 – 214},
doi = {10.1007/BF00551255}
}

Bagus P, Moser C, Goethals P and Verhaegen G (1973), "Accurate ab initia calculation of the BeH molecule. I. the X 2Σ+ and A2∏ states", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 58(5), pp. 1886 – 1897.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results of calculations using a configuration interaction LCAOMO method are presented for the X 2Σ+ and A 2∏ states of BeH. Apart from the 1s shell of Be, the correlation energy of the remaining three electrons is calculated quantitatively using an extended basis set and complete configuration interaction including all single, double and triple replacements. The calculated spectroscopic constants are in excellent agreement with available experimental data. The present calculations also predict a value of De(BeH, X 2Σ+) = 2.115 eV, and dismiss the possibility of a potential maximum in the ground state potential energy curve. 
BibTeX:
@article{Bagus1973,
author = {Bagus, P.S. and Moser, C.M. and Goethals, P. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Accurate ab initia calculation of the BeH molecule. I. the X 2Σ+ and A2∏ states},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1973},
volume = {58},
number = {5},
pages = {1886 – 1897},
doi = {10.1063/1.1679448}
}

Corvilain S and Verhaegen G (1973), "K‐shell binding energies in C and O", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 7(7 S), pp. 69 – 81.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The 1s‐ionization potentials of carbon and oxygen atoms have been calculated. The effects due to the relaxation of the valence orbitals have been taken into account at all levels of the calculations (Hartree‐Fock, relativistic, and correlation energies). The results obtained are IP(1s, C3P) = 295.2 eV and IP (1s, O3P) = 543.5 eV. Exchange‐induced splittings have also been determined: ΔE(C+, 1s(4P – 2P)) = 3.34 eV and ΔE(O +, 1s(4P – 2P)) = 4.43 eV. These predictions are compared to analogous experimental results. Copyright © 1973 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Corvilain1973,
author = {Corvilain, S. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {K‐shell binding energies in C and O},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1973},
volume = {7},
number = {7 S},
pages = {69 – 81},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560070711}
}

Kari R and Sutcliffe B (1973), "Direct minimization of the energy functional in LCAO–MO calculations", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 7(3), pp. 459 – 473.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In this paper we obtain formulae useful in methods for the direct minimization of the energy functional in the LCAO‐MO‐MC‐SCF approach. The formulae are appropriate for dealing with variations in both the linear and nonlinear parameters. We include formulae for the usual closed‐ and open‐shell problems as special cases. Copyright © 1973 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kari1973,
author = {Kari, R. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Direct minimization of the energy functional in LCAO–MO calculations},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1973},
volume = {7},
number = {3},
pages = {459 – 473},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560070304}
}

Chiu M, Gilbert B and Sutcliffe B (1972), "A Theoretical study of hyperfme coupling constants of some σ radicals based on the INDO method", Journal of Physical Chemistry. Vol. 76(4), pp. 553 – 564.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A study based on the INDO method has been made of a variety of σ radicals. The desirability of minimizing the energy with respect to molecular geometry for a number of small radicals (e.g., ·CONH2, H2C=N ·, H2C= ĊH) is discussed. INDO calculations have also been performed for a series of iminoxy radicals (R2C=NO·), the appropriate geometry around the radical center being chosen as that which minimizes the energy for the smallest radical in the series. An alternative method of determining the proportionality constants for relating esr hyperfine splittings to spin density matrix elements is suggested. Spin density distributions in the space around some of the radicals studied are expressed in the form of spin density contour maps. 
BibTeX:
@article{Chiu1972,
author = {Chiu, M.F. and Gilbert, B.C. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {A Theoretical study of hyperfme coupling constants of some σ radicals based on the INDO method},
journal = {Journal of Physical Chemistry},
year = {1972},
volume = {76},
number = {4},
pages = {553 – 564},
doi = {10.1021/j100648a018}
}

Liu H and Verhaegen G (1972), "Theoretical Calculation of the Electronic States of the Molecule LiO", Bulletin des Sociétés Chimiques Belges. Vol. 81(1), pp. 109 – 124.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio calculations are performed on a serie of valence states of LiO. The calculations are carried out according to the LCAOMOSCF scheme with a basis set sufficiently large so as to furnish energies very close to the corresponding Hartree‐Fock limits. Correlation energies are calculated semi‐empirically using corresponding atomic data. The results are in good agreement with available experimental data concerning the equilibrium internuclear distance and vibration frequency of the ground state. A2 Π ‐ 2Σ+ electronic transition is predicted to lie in the infra‐red region of the spectrum at about 1750 cm−1. Copyright © 1972 Wiley‐VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim 
BibTeX:
@article{Liu1972,
author = {Liu, H.P.D. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Theoretical Calculation of the Electronic States of the Molecule LiO},
journal = {Bulletin des Sociétés Chimiques Belges},
year = {1972},
volume = {81},
number = {1},
pages = {109 – 124},
doi = {10.1002/bscb.19720810109}
}

Desclaux J, Moser C and Verhaegen G (1971), "Relativistic energies of excited states of atoms and ions of the second period", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 4(3), pp. 296 – 310.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Relativistic energies are computed for a series of j states corresponding to 1s22sm2pn (0?m?2; 0?n?6) configurations by solution of the hartreefockdirac equations. The j states calculated are those states whose eigenfunctions within a configuration correspond to a unique and maximum eigenvalue of the operator j2. In addition, average relativistic energies are obtained for all configurations considered. The two sets of results are compared, and in certain cases (for the 1s22p, 1s22p5, 1s22s22p, 1s 22s22p5 configurations) permit a determination of multiplet splittings (e(2p12/2p 32/)). The results of these splittings are in excellent agreement with available experimental data. The present results also tend to confirm the assumption that the relativistic energy contributions for the j averaged ls states are the same for all states arising from the same configuration. This makes it possible to evaluate the relativistic energies of all states belonging to the configurations of interest to this paper. These in turn serve to reevaluate more correctly recently obtained correlation energies for the same states. 
BibTeX:
@article{Desclaux1971,
author = {Desclaux, J.P. and Moser, C.M. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Relativistic energies of excited states of atoms and ions of the second period},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1971},
volume = {4},
number = {3},
pages = {296 – 310},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/4/3/003}
}

Liu H and Verhaegen G (1971), "Electronic states of NH and OH+", International Journal of Quantum Chemistry. Vol. 5(5 S), pp. 103 – 118.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio calculations (LCAO‐MO‐SCF) nearing Hartree‐Fock accuracy were made for a series of valence states of the molecules NH and OH+. The correlation energies of all states considered were calculated by a method used precedingly and described in this work. Good agreement with experimental data is found for a series of molecular properties such as equilibrium internuclear distances, term values, dissociation energies and ionization potentials; fair agreement is found for vibration frequencies and unharmonic constants. The precision of the present calculations allow definite predictions to be made concerning the relative energies of the singlet and triplet states in NH, and concerning the potential energy curves of unobserved singlets in OH+. Finally, the examination of the dissociation properties of the electronic states from calculations carried out at large internuclear distances, make it possible to reach conclusions concerning the eventual presence of potential maxima in their potential energy curves. Copyright © 1971 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
BibTeX:
@article{Liu1971,
author = {Liu, H.P.D. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Electronic states of NH and OH+},
journal = {International Journal of Quantum Chemistry},
year = {1971},
volume = {5},
number = {5 S},
pages = {103 – 118},
doi = {10.1002/qua.560050813}
}

McWeeny R and Sutcliffe B (1971), "Methods of Molecular Quantum Mechanics", Physics Today. Vol. 24(5), pp. 50.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{McWeeny1971,
author = {McWeeny, R. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Methods of Molecular Quantum Mechanics},
journal = {Physics Today},
year = {1971},
volume = {24},
number = {5},
pages = {50},
doi = {10.1063/1.3022743}
}

Moser C, Nesbet R and Verhaegen G (1971), "A correlation energy calculation of the 1s hole state in neon", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 12(2), pp. 230 – 232.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The BetheGoldstone formalism for calculating correlation energy has been applied to the 1s hole state in neon. The binding energy of the 1s electron is computed to be 870.0 eV which is in excellent agreement with experiment. © 1971. 
BibTeX:
@article{Moser1971,
author = {Moser, C.M. and Nesbet, R.K. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {A correlation energy calculation of the 1s hole state in neon},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1971},
volume = {12},
number = {2},
pages = {230 – 232},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(71)850522}
}

Verhaegen G, Berger J, Desclaux J and Moser C (1971), "A priori calculation of the 1s and 2s hole states in neon", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 9(5), pp. 479 – 481.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The 1s and 2s electron binding energies in Ne are calculated from the HartreeFock and FockDirac energies of Ne(1S0), Ne+(2S, 1shole) and Ne+ (2S, 2shole). Correlation energies are estimated from the work of Nesbet and of Oksüz and Sinanoǧlu. Close agreement with recent experimental data is found for both binding energies. © 1971. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1971,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Berger, J.J. and Desclaux, J.P. and Moser, C.M.},
title = {A priori calculation of the 1s and 2s hole states in neon},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1971},
volume = {9},
number = {5},
pages = {479 – 481},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(71)802750}
}

Chiu M and Sutcliffe B (1970), "A semiempirical approach to the estimation of ESR isotropic hyperfine coupling constants in aromatic radicals", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 16(5), pp. 331 – 345.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Using a generalised product wave function, an expression is given for the isotropic hyperfine coupling constant at a given atom in an aromatic πradical. By a consistent scheme of approximation the expression is cast in a form in which the coupling constant at a given atom in the radical can be evaluated from the results of a Hückel calculation, provided that certain integrals are known. A scheme for assigning and relating these integrals is given, coupling constants are calculated for 13C, 14N, 17O and 19F atoms, and the calculations compared with experiment. © 1970 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Chiu1970,
author = {Chiu, M.F. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {A semiempirical approach to the estimation of ESR isotropic hyperfine coupling constants in aromatic radicals},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1970},
volume = {16},
number = {5},
pages = {331 – 345},
doi = {10.1007/BF00527081}
}

Kari R and Sutcliffe B (1970), "Direct minimisation of the energy functional in some openshell LCAO calculations on atoms", Chemical Physics Letters. Vol. 7(1), pp. 149 – 152.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: In this paper we investigate the solution of the openshell problem, in the LCAO approximation, for some first row atoms, by methods involving direct minimisation of the energy functional. We believe these methods to be applicable to the general multiconfiguration SCF problem. © 1970. 
BibTeX:
@article{Kari1970,
author = {Kari, R. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Direct minimisation of the energy functional in some openshell LCAO calculations on atoms},
journal = {Chemical Physics Letters},
year = {1970},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {149 – 152},
doi = {10.1016/00092614(70)802718}
}

Liu H and Verhaegen G (1970), "Electronic states of CH and NH+", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 53(2), pp. 735 – 745.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Ab initio calculations (LCAOMOSCF) are performed on a series of valence levels of the molecules CH and NH+. Correlation energies are estimated semiempirically from corresponding atomic data. Close agreement with experiment is found for known states for a series of molecular properties such as equilibrium internuclear distances, vibration frequencies, term values, and dissociation energies. A lowlying 4∑ state in CH is calculated to lie 7500 cm1 above the X 2∏ state. No observable quartet transition could be found for CH, while for NH+ a 4∏4∑ transition should occur in the region of 1000 Å. Other qualitative differences in the observed spectra of the two molecules are discussed. Finally a value of D0 0(NH+)=3.4 eV is calculated. 
BibTeX:
@article{Liu1970,
author = {Liu, H.P.D. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Electronic states of CH and NH+},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1970},
volume = {53},
number = {2},
pages = {735 – 745},
doi = {10.1063/1.1674051}
}

Verhaegen G and Moser C (1970), "HartreeFock, correlation and term energies of valence excited states of atoms and ions of the second row of the periodic table", Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics. Vol. 3(4), pp. 478 – 492.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: HartreeFock energies have been calculated for 333 valence states of atoms and ions of the second row of the periodic table corresponding to 1s 22sm2pn (m=0.1; 0

BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1970,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Moser, C.M.},
title = {HartreeFock, correlation and term energies of valence excited states of atoms and ions of the second row of the periodic table},
journal = {Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics},
year = {1970},
volume = {3},
number = {4},
pages = {478 – 492},
doi = {10.1088/00223700/3/4/004}
}

Goldfinger P and Verhaegen G (1969), "Stability of the gaseous ammonium chloride molecule", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 50(3), pp. 1467 – 1471.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The equilibrium vapor effusing from a Knudsen cell, in which solid ND 4Cl was evaporated, was analyzed by a quadrupole mass spectrometer. In the temperature range considered (335°485°K) the main vaporization process corresponds to the decomposition of the solid towards gaseous ND 3 and DCl; the measured enthalpy change ΔH°407 dec[ND4Cl(s)]=42.6±2.0 kcal mole1 is very close to that measured for NE4Cl: ΔH°407 dec[NH4Cl(s)]=42.5 kcal mole1. Apart from the main gaseous species, small proportions (5×1052×10 3) of ND4Cl molecules were also observed. The ND 4Cl molecule fragments (>99%) under electron impact and yields the ND4+(m/e=22) ion. From the observed ion intensity ratios, as well as their dependence on temperature, D0°(NH 4Cl⇌NH3+HCl)= 10.0±3.0 kcal mole 1 was obtained confirming Clementi's computed prediction <14.0 kcal mole1. 
BibTeX:
@article{Goldfinger1969,
author = {Goldfinger, P. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Stability of the gaseous ammonium chloride molecule},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1969},
volume = {50},
number = {3},
pages = {1467 – 1471},
doi = {10.1063/1.1671212}
}

Verhaegen G (1968), "Theoretical calculation of the electronic states of C2+", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 49(10), pp. 4674 – 4679.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Results of ab initia calculations are presented for a series of valence levels of C2+ and for the two lowest states of Cs (x 1∑ g + and X′ IIu). Correlation energies of all the levels are estimated by a new scheme taking into account neardegeneracy effects in the molecule and in the constituent ion pairs. Results for C2 are in close agreement with experiment for equilibrium internuclear distances, vibration frequencies,, term energies and dissociation energies. For C 2+ the calculations show the ground state to be 4∑g with relatively lowlying (∼0.6 eV)* δg and 2IIu levels. The electronimpact measurement for the appearance potential of C2+ is interpreted as C2 (3IIu, ν= 1)→ Cs+ (4∑, ν=0). The quartet transition %→4∑ is predicted to lie at 60001. The major doublet transitions all lie in the infrared. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1968,
author = {Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Theoretical calculation of the electronic states of C2+},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1968},
volume = {49},
number = {10},
pages = {4674 – 4679},
doi = {10.1063/1.1669932}
}

Csizmadia I, Harrison M, Moskowitz J and Sutcliffe B (1967), "Nonempirical LCAOMOSCFCI calculations on organic molecules with Graussian type functions", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 7(2), pp. 156.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Csizmadia1967,
author = {Csizmadia, I.G. and Harrison, M.C. and Moskowitz, J.W. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Nonempirical LCAOMOSCFCI calculations on organic molecules with Graussian type functions},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1967},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {156},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1007/BF01151918}
}

Verhaegen G and Richards W (1967), "The ground state of the BeS molecule", Proceedings of the Physical Society. Vol. 90(2), pp. 579 – 581.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Matrix HartreeFock wave functions are calculated for the lowlying configurations of the BeS molecule The energy of each state is computed variationally and estimates made of differences in correlation energy between the various levels The results indicate a 1Σ+ ground state. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1967,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Richards, W.G.},
title = {The ground state of the BeS molecule},
journal = {Proceedings of the Physical Society},
year = {1967},
volume = {90},
number = {2},
pages = {579 – 581},
doi = {10.1088/03701328/90/2/129}
}

Verhaegen G, Richards W and Moser C (1967), "Ground state and main spectroscopic system of the nitrogenmolecule positive ion", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 47(8), pp. 2595 – 2598.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The ground state and first excited state of the nitrogenmolecule positive ion are calculated using the matrix HartreeFock approximation, which results in a reversal of the observed spectroscopic order of states. The inclusion of estimates of correlationenergy differences between the levels corrects this and leads to a calculated term value of the excited state (1.17 eV) in extremely close agreement with experiment (1.16 eV). 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1967b,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Richards, W.G. and Moser, C.M.},
title = {Ground state and main spectroscopic system of the nitrogenmolecule positive ion},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1967},
volume = {47},
number = {8},
pages = {2595 – 2598},
doi = {10.1063/1.1712275}
}

Verhaegen G, Richards W and Moser C (1967), "Lowlying valence levels of BN and C2. The ground state of BN", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 46(1), pp. 160 – 164.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Some lowlying valence levels of BN and C2 are calculated by the LCAO MO SCF method. Variational calculations are performed on three different configurations for BN and two for C2. Term values are obtained from the minima of the computed potential curves together with estimates of pair correlation energy differences between the various configurations. The results obtained for C2 are in reasonably good agreement (error∼0.2 eV) with experiment. For BN the calculations indicate a 3Π ground state with lowlying 3Σ+, 1Σ +, and 1Π states. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1967a,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Richards, W.G. and Moser, C.M.},
title = {Lowlying valence levels of BN and C2. The ground state of BN},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1967},
volume = {46},
number = {1},
pages = {160 – 164},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.1840367}
}

Csizmadia I, Harrison M, Moskowitz J and Sutcliffe B (1966), "Nonempirical LCAOMOSCFCI calculations on organic molecules with Gaussian type functions  Part I. Introductory review and mathematical formalism", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 6(3), pp. 191 – 216.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: This paper (Part I) describes the theoretical and computational bases of some nonempirical calculations on small organic molecules to be reported in later papers (Parts II et seq). Approximate solutions for the usual fixed nucleus electronic Hamiltonian, in the term of wave functions composed of Slater determinants, are discussed, with particular emphasis on their computational utility. Possible choices of basis functions, from which to form the determinants are examined, and the advantages of Gaussian type functions (GTF) centered on the component atoms are pointed out. Some of the properties of molecules which can be calculated using such approximate wave functions are outlined. Finally an attempt is made to discuss the current limitations of nonempirical calculations of the type described here, and some guesses are made about their future. Brief outlines as a set of appendices are given of the mathematical formalism and computational details of the calculations. © 1966 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Csizmadia1966a,
author = {Csizmadia, I.G. and Harrison, M.C. and Moskowitz, J.W. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Nonempirical LCAOMOSCFCI calculations on organic molecules with Gaussian type functions  Part I. Introductory review and mathematical formalism},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1966},
volume = {6},
number = {3},
pages = {191 – 216}
}

Csizmadia I, Harrison M and Sutcliffe B (1966), "Nonempirical LCAOMOSCFCI calculations on organic molecules with Gaussian type functions  Part II. Preliminary investigations on formyl fluoride", Theoretica Chimica Acta. Vol. 6(3), pp. 217 – 239.
[Abstract] [BibTeX]

Abstract: Nonempirical molecular quantum chemical calculations were performed on formyl fluoride (HCOF) in the LCAOMOSCF framework using Gaussian type functions as atomic orbitals. In the first half of this paper a quantitative correlation has been established between some of the calculable molecular properties of HCOF and the size of the basis set used. It is hoped that the basic conclusions are general enough to be applicable to calculations of similar type on different molecules. The second part consists of a preliminary SCF study of HCOF in its electronic ground state. © 1966 SpringerVerlag. 
BibTeX:
@article{Csizmadia1966,
author = {Csizmadia, I.G. and Harrison, M.C. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Nonempirical LCAOMOSCFCI calculations on organic molecules with Gaussian type functions  Part II. Preliminary investigations on formyl fluoride},
journal = {Theoretica Chimica Acta},
year = {1966},
volume = {6},
number = {3},
pages = {217 – 239}
}

Gilbert B, Hanson P, Norman R and Sutcliffe B (1966), "The cationradical and the neutral radical from phenothiazine", Chemical Communications (London). (6), pp. 161 – 164.
[BibTeX] [DOI]

BibTeX:
@article{Gilbert1966,
author = {Gilbert, B.C. and Hanson, P. and Norman, R.O.C. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {The cationradical and the neutral radical from phenothiazine},
journal = {Chemical Communications (London)},
year = {1966},
number = {6},
pages = {161 – 164},
doi = {10.1039/C19660000161}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1966), "Matrix elements between bonded functions", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 45(1), pp. 235 – 239.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: Formulas are given for the spinless one and twoparticle density matrices and for certain other density functions in terms of bonded function wavefunctions. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1966,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Matrix elements between bonded functions},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1966},
volume = {45},
number = {1},
pages = {235 – 239},
doi = {10.1063/1.1727316}
}

Verhaegen G and Richards W (1966), "Valence levels of beryllium oxide", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 45(5), pp. 1828 – 1833.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The lowlying valence levels of BeO, are calculated by the LCAO MO SCF method in order to ascertain the nature of the ground state of the molecule. Calculations of excited states using virtual orbitals are found to be inconclusive. Better results are found by doing variational calculations on three lowlying configurations for a series of internuclear distances, employing a large basis set and data on differences in molecular correlation energies between the various configurations. The calculations indicate a closedshell 1∑+ ground state. Spectroscopic constants are derived for this and other valence states. An unobserved 3∑+ 3II transition is predicted to lie in the infrared region at about 9000 Å. The lowestlying excited state is a 3II. This level is shown to lie sufficiently high with respect to the ground state so as not to require an alteration of the published dissociation energy. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1966,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Richards, W.G.},
title = {Valence levels of beryllium oxide},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1966},
volume = {45},
number = {5},
pages = {1828 – 1833},
doi = {10.1063/1.1727840}
}

Colin R, Drowart J and Verhaegen G (1965), "Massspectrometric study of the vaporization of tin oxides: Dissociation energy of SnO", Transactions of the Faraday Society. Vol. 61, pp. 1364 – 1371.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The evaporation of tin oxide SnO2 and mixtures of tin and tin oxide was studied. The vaporization reactions are (Equation Presented) The dissociation energy of the molecule SnO was determined: D°0 = 126.5±2.0 kcal/mole; as well as the polymerization energies ΔH 298° = 66.8±4, 136.5±5, 207.6±5 kcal/mole for (SnO)2, (SnO)3 snd (SnO)4 respectively. A reinterpretation of the total vapour pressures given in the literature was made. The presence of the polymeric molecules is the cause of previously unexplained differences. 
BibTeX:
@article{Colin1965,
author = {Colin, R. and Drowart, J. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Massspectrometric study of the vaporization of tin oxides: Dissociation energy of SnO},
journal = {Transactions of the Faraday Society},
year = {1965},
volume = {61},
pages = {1364 – 1371},
doi = {10.1039/tf9656101364}
}

Drowart J, Degreve F, Verhaegen G and Colin R (1965), "Thermochemical study of the germanium oxides using a mass spectrometer: Dissociation energy of the molecule GeO", Transactions of the Faraday Society. Vol. 61, pp. 1072 – 1085.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The mass spectrometric study of the vaporization of the compounds GeO 2(hex) and GeO(am) and of the mixture GeO2(hex)+Ge(c) made it possible to establish their mode of vaporization: GeO2(hex) →GeO(g)+1/2O2 (I) n GeO(am)→(GwO)n(g) (n = 1,2,3), (II) (n/2)GeO2(hex) + (n/2)Ge(c)→(GeO)n(g) (n = 1,2,3). (III) The enthalpies of vaporization are ΔH298° (I) = 124.3±2.4 kcal/mole; ΔH298°(II, n = 1) = 53.1± 1.0 kcal/mole; ΔH298°(III, n = 1) = 57.5±1.0 kcal/mole. The polymerization energies are ΔH 298° (GeOGeO) = 44.7±3.0 kcal/mole; ΔH 298°(GeOGeOGeO) = 88.5±5.0 kcal/mole. Total pressures given in the literature were reinterpreted taking the presence of the polymers into account. The heat of formation of the metastable compound GeO(am) is ΔHf°(GeO) = 60.8±1.4 kcal/mole. The dissociation energy of the gaseous molecule GeO is D0°(GeO) = 156.2±1.9 kcal/mole. 
BibTeX:
@article{Drowart1965,
author = {Drowart, J. and Degreve, F. and Verhaegen, G. and Colin, R.},
title = {Thermochemical study of the germanium oxides using a mass spectrometer: Dissociation energy of the molecule GeO},
journal = {Transactions of the Faraday Society},
year = {1965},
volume = {61},
pages = {1072 – 1085},
doi = {10.1039/TF9656101072}
}

Smoes S, Drowart J and Verhaegen G (1965), "MassSpectrometric Study of Gaseous Oxides and Suboxides of Scandium, Yttrium, and Lanthanum", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 43(2), pp. 732 – 736.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The dissociation energy of the molecule ScO was determined: D 0°(ScO) = 160.9±3.5 kcal/mole. The dissociation energies of the molecules YO and LaO, D0°(YO) = 168.6±2.8 and D0°(LaO) = 191.0±2.5 kcal/mole, are discussed. The molecules SC2O, Y2O, Y2O2, La 2O, and La2O2 were identified. Their atomization energies are: D0°(Sc2O) = 245±11, D0° (Y2O) = 258±8, D0°(Y 2O2) = 445±12, D0° (La2O) = 266±8, D0° (La2O2) = 468±11 kcal/mole. 
BibTeX:
@article{Smoes1965,
author = {Smoes, S. and Drowart, J. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {MassSpectrometric Study of Gaseous Oxides and Suboxides of Scandium, Yttrium, and Lanthanum},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1965},
volume = {43},
number = {2},
pages = {732 – 736},
doi = {10.1063/1.1696798}
}

Verhaegen G, Colln R, Exsteen G and Drowart J (1965), "Mass spectrometric determination of the stability of gaseous molybdites, tungstites, molybdates and tungstates of magnesium, calcium, strontium and tin", Transactions of the Faraday Society. Vol. 61, pp. 1372 – 1375.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: A number of gaseous ternary oxides have been identified by mass spectrometry, while vaporizing MgO, CaO, SrO and SnO2+Sn from Mo and W crucibles. The stabilities of the gaseous molecules SrMoO3, CaWO3, SrWO3, MgMoO4, CaMoO4, SrMoO4, MgWO4, CaWO4, SrWO4, SnWO4 and Sn2WO5, were deduced from the measurements. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1965,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Colln, R. and Exsteen, G. and Drowart, J.},
title = {Mass spectrometric determination of the stability of gaseous molybdites, tungstites, molybdates and tungstates of magnesium, calcium, strontium and tin},
journal = {Transactions of the Faraday Society},
year = {1965},
volume = {61},
pages = {1372 – 1375},
doi = {10.1039/tf9656101372}
}

Drowart J, Exsteen G and Verhaegen G (1964), "Mass spectrometric determination of the dissociation energy of the molecules MgO, CaO, SrO and Sr2O", Transactions of the Faraday Society. Vol. 60, pp. 1920 – 1933.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The dissociation energy of the molecules MgO, CaO, SrO was determined: D0°(MgO) = 86±5; D0°(CaO) = 93±5; D0(SrO) = 102±5 kcal/mole. The ground state was considered to be 1Σ. This choice is discussed. A discussion of the literature values for D0°(MgO, CaO, SrO) is made. The molecule Sr 2O was identified and its atomization energy determined: ΔH0°, at(Sr2O) = 194±6 kcal/mole. 
BibTeX:
@article{Drowart1964,
author = {Drowart, J. and Exsteen, G. and Verhaegen, G.},
title = {Mass spectrometric determination of the dissociation energy of the molecules MgO, CaO, SrO and Sr2O},
journal = {Transactions of the Faraday Society},
year = {1964},
volume = {60},
pages = {1920 – 1933},
doi = {10.1039/tf9646001920}
}

Verhaegen G, Stafford F and Deowart J (1964), "Mass spectrometric study of the systems boroncarbon and boroncarbonsilicon", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 40(6), pp. 1622 – 1628.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The vaporization behavior of the systems boroncarbon and boroncarbonsilicon has been studied with a mass spectrometer. In addition to the gaseous species characteristic of graphite, silicon carbide and boron, the molecules BC2, B2C, BCSi, BSi2, BC, and BSi were identified and their atomization energies measured. The values are: 294, 254, 247, 174, 106, and 68 kcal/mole, respectively. The atomization energies of SiC, Si2C, and SiC2 have been redetermined. 
BibTeX:
@article{Verhaegen1964,
author = {Verhaegen, G. and Stafford, F.E. and Deowart, J.},
title = {Mass spectrometric study of the systems boroncarbon and boroncarbonsilicon},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1964},
volume = {40},
number = {6},
pages = {1622 – 1628},
doi = {10.1063/1.1725370}
}

McWeeny R and Sutcliffe B (1963), "Spin polarization effects in paramagnetic molecules calculations on the nh2 radical", Molecular Physics. Vol. 6(5), pp. 493 – 502.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The ‘ spin polarization ’ induced in one part of a molecule by the presence of unpaired spins in another part is investigated in a general way, using a density matrix formulation. The general theory is then applied in a nonempirical calculation of spin densities and hyperfine coupling constants in the NH2 radical. © 1963 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 
BibTeX:
@article{McWeeny1963,
author = {McWeeny, R. and Sutcliffe, B.T.},
title = {Spin polarization effects in paramagnetic molecules calculations on the nh2 radical},
journal = {Molecular Physics},
year = {1963},
volume = {6},
number = {5},
pages = {493 – 502},
doi = {10.1080/00268976300100551}
}

Sutcliffe BT (1963), "Hyperfine electron spin resonance spectrum of the NH2 free radical", The Journal of Chemical Physics. Vol. 39(12), pp. 3322 – 3326.
[Abstract] [BibTeX] [DOI]

Abstract: The unrestricted HartreeFock method in the LCAOMO approximation is used to calculate the coupling constants for nitrogen and hydrogen in the NHa free radical. Both Slater and selfconsistent field orbitals are used as basis functions. The effect of a spin annihilator after energy minimization, and the effects of "freezing" the nitrogen core are examined. The results are compared with those obtained in a recent configuration interaction calculation; and with the experimental results. 
BibTeX:
@article{Sutcliffe1963,
author = {Sutcliffe, Brian T.},
title = {Hyperfine electron spin resonance spectrum of the NH2 free radical},
journal = {The Journal of Chemical Physics},
year = {1963},
volume = {39},
number = {12},
pages = {3322 – 3326},
note = {All Open Access, Bronze Open Access},
doi = {10.1063/1.1734196}
}

Ackerman M, Drowart J, Stafford FE and Verhaegen G (1962), "Mass spectrometric study of the gaseous molecules above AgSn, AuSn, and CuSn alloys", The Journal of Chemical Phys   